--- /dev/null
+# $NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.49 2009/04/14 22:15:23 lukem Exp $
+# @(#)Makefile 5.2 (Berkeley) 12/28/90
+
+PROG= make
+SRCS= arch.c buf.c compat.c cond.c dir.c for.c hash.c job.c main.c \
+ make.c parse.c str.c suff.c targ.c trace.c var.c util.c
+SRCS+= strlist.c
+SRCS+= make_malloc.c
+SRCS+= lstAppend.c lstAtEnd.c lstAtFront.c lstClose.c lstConcat.c \
+ lstDatum.c lstDeQueue.c lstDestroy.c lstDupl.c lstEnQueue.c \
+ lstFind.c lstFindFrom.c lstFirst.c lstForEach.c lstForEachFrom.c \
+ lstInit.c lstInsert.c lstIsAtEnd.c lstIsEmpty.c lstLast.c \
+ lstMember.c lstNext.c lstOpen.c lstRemove.c lstReplace.c lstSucc.c
+SRCS += lstPrev.c
+
+.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/lst.lib
+.if make(install)
+SUBDIR= PSD.doc
+.endif
+.if make(obj) || make(clean)
+SUBDIR+= unit-tests
+.endif
+
+.include <bsd.prog.mk>
+.include <bsd.subdir.mk>
+
+CPPFLAGS+= -DMAKE_NATIVE
+COPTS.var.c+= -Wno-cast-qual
+
+.ifdef TOOLDIR
+# this is a native netbsd build,
+# use libutil rather than the local emalloc etc.
+CPPFLAGS+= -DUSE_EMALLOC
+LDADD+=-lutil
+DPADD+=${LIBUTIL}
+.endif
+
+# A simple unit-test driver to help catch regressions
+accept test:
+ cd ${.CURDIR}/unit-tests && ${.MAKE:S,^./,${.CURDIR}/,} TEST_MAKE=${TEST_MAKE:U${.OBJDIR}/${PROG:T}} ${.TARGET}
--- /dev/null
+# $NetBSD: Makefile.boot,v 1.19 2009/01/24 11:59:39 dsl Exp $
+#
+# a very simple makefile...
+#
+# You only want to use this if you aren't running NetBSD.
+#
+# modify MACHINE and MACHINE_ARCH as appropriate for your target architecture
+#
+#CC=gcc -O -g
+CC=cc
+CFLAGS=-g -Wall -DHAVE_SETENV -DHAVE_STRERROR -DHAVE_STRDUP -DHAVE_STRFTIME -DHAVE_VSNPRINTF -DUSE_SELECT -D_POSIX_SOURCE
+
+.c.o:
+ ${CC} ${CFLAGS} -c $< -o $@
+
+MACHINE=i386
+MACHINE_ARCH=i386
+# tested on HP-UX 10.20
+#MAKE_MACHINE=hp700
+#MAKE_MACHINE_ARCH=hppa
+CFLAGS+= -DTARGET_MACHINE=\"${MACHINE}\" \
+ -DTARGET_MACHINE_ARCH=\"${MACHINE_ARCH}\" \
+ -DMAKE_MACHINE=\"${MACHINE}\"
+LIBS=
+
+OBJ=arch.o buf.o compat.o cond.o dir.o for.o hash.o job.o main.o make.o \
+ make_malloc.o parse.o str.o strlist.o suff.o targ.o trace.o var.o util.o
+
+LIBOBJ= lst.lib/lstAppend.o lst.lib/lstAtEnd.o lst.lib/lstAtFront.o \
+ lst.lib/lstClose.o lst.lib/lstConcat.o lst.lib/lstDatum.o \
+ lst.lib/lstDeQueue.o lst.lib/lstDestroy.o lst.lib/lstDupl.o \
+ lst.lib/lstEnQueue.o lst.lib/lstFind.o lst.lib/lstFindFrom.o \
+ lst.lib/lstFirst.o lst.lib/lstForEach.o lst.lib/lstForEachFrom.o \
+ lst.lib/lstInit.o lst.lib/lstInsert.o lst.lib/lstIsAtEnd.o \
+ lst.lib/lstIsEmpty.o lst.lib/lstLast.o lst.lib/lstMember.o \
+ lst.lib/lstNext.o lst.lib/lstOpen.o lst.lib/lstRemove.o \
+ lst.lib/lstReplace.o lst.lib/lstSucc.o lst.lib/lstPrev.o
+
+bmake: ${OBJ} ${LIBOBJ}
+# @echo 'make of make and make.0 started.'
+ ${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${OBJ} ${LIBOBJ} -o bmake ${LIBS}
+ @ls -l $@
+# nroff -h -man make.1 > make.0
+# @echo 'make of make and make.0 completed.'
+
+clean:
+ rm -f ${OBJ} ${LIBOBJ} ${PORTOBJ} bmake
--- /dev/null
+# $NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.2 1995/06/14 15:20:23 christos Exp $
+# @(#)Makefile 8.1 (Berkeley) 8/14/93
+
+DIR= psd/12.make
+SRCS= tutorial.ms
+MACROS= -ms
+
+.include <bsd.doc.mk>
--- /dev/null
+.\" $NetBSD: tutorial.ms,v 1.10 2004/06/27 19:12:33 uwe Exp $
+.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1993
+.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Adam de Boor.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\" without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Adam de Boor.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\" without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" @(#)tutorial.ms 8.1 (Berkeley) 8/18/93
+.\"
+.EH 'PSD:12-%''PMake \*- A Tutorial'
+.OH 'PMake \*- A Tutorial''PSD:12-%'
+.\" xH is a macro to provide numbered headers that are automatically stuffed
+.\" into a table-of-contents, properly indented, etc. If the first argument
+.\" is numeric, it is taken as the depth for numbering (as for .NH), else
+.\" the default (1) is assumed.
+.\"
+.\" @P The initial paragraph distance.
+.\" @Q The piece of section number to increment (or 0 if none given)
+.\" @R Section header.
+.\" @S Indent for toc entry
+.\" @T Argument to NH (can't use @Q b/c giving 0 to NH resets the counter)
+.de xH
+.NH \\$1
+\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 \\$8 \\$9
+.nr PD .1v
+.XS \\n%
+.ta 0.6i
+\\*(SN \\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 \\$8 \\$9
+.XE
+.nr PD .3v
+..
+.\" CW is used to place a string in fixed-width or switch to a
+.\" fixed-width font.
+.\" C is a typewriter font for a laserwriter. Use something else if
+.\" you don't have one...
+.de CW
+.ie !\\n(.$ .ft C
+.el \&\\$3\fC\\$1\fP\\$2
+..
+.\" Anything I put in a display I want to be in fixed-width
+.am DS
+.CW
+..
+.\" The stuff in .No produces a little stop sign in the left margin
+.\" that says NOTE in it. Unfortunately, it does cause a break, but
+.\" hey. Can't have everything. In case you're wondering how I came
+.\" up with such weird commands, they came from running grn on a
+.\" gremlin file...
+.de No
+.br
+.ne 0.5i
+.po -0.5i
+.br
+.mk
+.nr g3 \\n(.f
+.nr g4 \\n(.s
+.sp -1
+.\" .st cf
+\D's -1u'\D't 5u'
+.sp -1
+\h'50u'\D'l 71u 0u'\D'l 50u 50u'\D'l 0u 71u'\D'l -50u 50u'\D'l -71u 0u'\D'l -50u -50u'\D'l 0u -71u'\D'l 50u -50u'
+.sp -1
+\D't 3u'
+.sp -1
+.sp 7u
+\h'53u'\D'p 14 68u 0u 46u 46u 0u 68u -46u 46u -68u 0u -47u -46u 0u -68u 47u -46u'
+.sp -1
+.ft R
+.ps 6
+.nr g8 \\n(.d
+.ds g9 "NOTE
+.sp 74u
+\h'85u'\v'0.85n'\h\a-\w\a\\*(g9\au/2u\a\&\\*(g9
+.sp |\\n(g8u
+.sp 166u
+\D't 3u'\D's -1u'
+.br
+.po
+.rt
+.ft \\n(g3
+.ps \\n(g4
+..
+.de Bp
+.ie !\\n(.$ .IP \(bu 2
+.el .IP "\&" 2
+..
+.po +.3i
+.TL
+PMake \*- A Tutorial
+.AU
+Adam de Boor
+.AI
+Berkeley Softworks
+2150 Shattuck Ave, Penthouse
+Berkeley, CA 94704
+adam@bsw.uu.net
+\&...!uunet!bsw!adam
+.FS
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies.
+The University of California, Berkeley Softworks, and Adam de Boor make no
+representations about the suitability of this software for any
+purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+.FE
+.PP
+.xH 1 Introduction
+.LP
+PMake is a program for creating other programs, or anything else you
+can think of for it to do. The basic idea behind PMake is that, for
+any given system, be it a program or a document or whatever, there
+will be some files that depend on the state of other files (on when
+they were last modified). PMake takes these dependencies, which you
+must specify, and uses them to build whatever it is you want it to
+build.
+.LP
+PMake is almost fully-compatible with Make, with which you may already
+be familiar. PMake's most important feature is its ability to run
+several different jobs at once, making the creation of systems
+considerably faster. It also has a great deal more functionality than
+Make. Throughout the text, whenever something is mentioned that is an
+important difference between PMake and Make (i.e. something that will
+cause a makefile to fail if you don't do something about it), or is
+simply important, it will be flagged with a little sign in the left
+margin, like this:
+.No
+.LP
+This tutorial is divided into three main sections corresponding to basic,
+intermediate and advanced PMake usage. If you already know Make well,
+you will only need to skim chapter 2 (there are some aspects of
+PMake that I consider basic to its use that didn't exist in Make).
+Things in chapter 3 make life much easier, while those in chapter 4
+are strictly for those who know what they are doing. Chapter 5 has
+definitions for the jargon I use and chapter 6 contains possible
+solutions to the problems presented throughout the tutorial.
+.xH 1 The Basics of PMake
+.LP
+PMake takes as input a file that tells a) which files depend on which
+other files to be complete and b) what to do about files that are
+``out-of-date.'' This file is known as a ``makefile'' and is usually
+.Ix 0 def makefile
+kept in the top-most directory of the system to be built. While you
+can call the makefile anything you want, PMake will look for
+.CW Makefile
+and
+.CW makefile
+(in that order) in the current directory if you don't tell it
+otherwise.
+.Ix 0 def makefile default
+To specify a different makefile, use the
+.B \-f
+flag (e.g.
+.CW "pmake -f program.mk" ''). ``
+.Ix 0 ref flags -f
+.Ix 0 ref makefile other
+.LP
+A makefile has four different types of lines in it:
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 2
+File dependency specifications
+.IP \(bu 2
+Creation commands
+.IP \(bu 2
+Variable assignments
+.IP \(bu 2
+Comments, include statements and conditional directives
+.RE
+.LP
+Any line may be continued over multiple lines by ending it with a
+backslash.
+.Ix 0 def "continuation line"
+The backslash, following newline and any initial whitespace
+on the following line are compressed into a single space before the
+input line is examined by PMake.
+.xH 2 Dependency Lines
+.LP
+As mentioned in the introduction, in any system, there are
+dependencies between the files that make up the system. For instance,
+in a program made up of several C source files and one header file,
+the C files will need to be re-compiled should the header file be
+changed. For a document of several chapters and one macro file, the
+chapters will need to be reprocessed if any of the macros changes.
+.Ix 0 def "dependency"
+These are dependencies and are specified by means of dependency lines in
+the makefile.
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def "dependency line"
+On a dependency line, there are targets and sources, separated by a
+one- or two-character operator.
+The targets ``depend'' on the sources and are usually created from
+them.
+.Ix 0 def target
+.Ix 0 def source
+.Ix 0 ref operator
+Any number of targets and sources may be specified on a dependency line.
+All the targets in the line are made to depend on all the sources.
+Targets and sources need not be actual files, but every source must be
+either an actual file or another target in the makefile.
+If you run out of room, use a backslash at the end of the line to continue onto
+the next one.
+.LP
+Any file may be a target and any file may be a source, but the
+relationship between the two (or however many) is determined by the
+``operator'' that separates them.
+.Ix 0 def operator
+Three types of operators exist: one specifies that the datedness of a
+target is determined by the state of its sources, while another
+specifies other files (the sources) that need to be dealt with before
+the target can be re-created. The third operator is very similar to
+the first, with the additional condition that the target is
+out-of-date if it has no sources. These operations are represented by
+the colon, the exclamation point and the double-colon, respectively, and are
+mutually exclusive. Their exact semantics are as follows:
+.IP ":"
+.Ix 0 def operator colon
+.Ix 0 def :
+If a colon is used, a target on the line is considered to be
+``out-of-date'' (and in need of creation) if
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 2
+any of the sources has been modified more recently than the target, or
+.IP \(bu 2
+the target doesn't exist.
+.RE
+.Ix 0 def out-of-date
+.IP "\&"
+Under this operation, steps will be taken to re-create the target only
+if it is found to be out-of-date by using these two rules.
+.IP "!"
+.Ix 0 def operator force
+.Ix 0 def !
+If an exclamation point is used, the target will always be re-created,
+but this will not happen until all of its sources have been examined
+and re-created, if necessary.
+.IP "::"
+.Ix 0 def operator double-colon
+.Ix 0 def ::
+If a double-colon is used, a target is out-of-date if:
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 2
+any of the sources has been modified more recently than the target, or
+.IP \(bu 2
+the target doesn't exist, or
+.IP \(bu 2
+the target has no sources.
+.RE
+.IP "\&"
+If the target is out-of-date according to these rules, it will be re-created.
+This operator also does something else to the targets, but I'll go
+into that in the next section (``Shell Commands'').
+.LP
+Enough words, now for an example. Take that C program I mentioned
+earlier. Say there are three C files
+.CW a.c , (
+.CW b.c
+and
+.CW c.c )
+each of which
+includes the file
+.CW defs.h .
+The dependencies between the files could then be expressed as follows:
+.DS
+program : a.o b.o c.o
+a.o b.o c.o : defs.h
+a.o : a.c
+b.o : b.c
+c.o : c.c
+.DE
+.LP
+You may be wondering at this point, where
+.CW a.o ,
+.CW b.o
+and
+.CW c.o
+came in and why
+.I they
+depend on
+.CW defs.h
+and the C files don't. The reason is quite simple:
+.CW program
+cannot be made by linking together .c files \*- it must be
+made from .o files. Likewise, if you change
+.CW defs.h ,
+it isn't the .c files that need to be re-created, it's the .o files.
+If you think of dependencies in these terms \*- which files (targets)
+need to be created from which files (sources) \*- you should have no problems.
+.LP
+An important thing to notice about the above example, is that all the
+\&.o files appear as targets on more than one line. This is perfectly
+all right: the target is made to depend on all the sources mentioned
+on all the dependency lines. E.g.
+.CW a.o
+depends on both
+.CW defs.h
+and
+.CW a.c .
+.Ix 0 ref dependency
+.No
+.LP
+The order of the dependency lines in the makefile is
+important: the first target on the first dependency line in the
+makefile will be the one that gets made if you don't say otherwise.
+That's why
+.CW program
+comes first in the example makefile, above.
+.LP
+Both targets and sources may contain the standard C-Shell wildcard
+characters
+.CW { , (
+.CW } ,
+.CW * ,
+.CW ? ,
+.CW [ ,
+and
+.CW ] ),
+but the non-curly-brace ones may only appear in the final component
+(the file portion) of the target or source. The characters mean the
+following things:
+.IP \fB{}\fP
+These enclose a comma-separated list of options and cause the pattern
+to be expanded once for each element of the list. Each expansion
+contains a different element. For example,
+.CW src/{whiffle,beep,fish}.c
+expands to the three words
+.CW src/whiffle.c ,
+.CW src/beep.c ,
+and
+.CW src/fish.c .
+These braces may be nested and, unlike the other wildcard characters,
+the resulting words need not be actual files. All other wildcard
+characters are expanded using the files that exist when PMake is
+started.
+.IP \fB*\fP
+This matches zero or more characters of any sort.
+.CW src/*.c
+will expand to the same three words as above as long as
+.CW src
+contains those three files (and no other files that end in
+.CW .c ).
+.IP \fB?\fP
+Matches any single character.
+.IP \fB[]\fP
+This is known as a character class and contains either a list of
+single characters, or a series of character ranges
+.CW a-z , (
+for example means all characters between a and z), or both. It matches
+any single character contained in the list. E.g.
+.CW [A-Za-z]
+will match all letters, while
+.CW [0123456789]
+will match all numbers.
+.xH 2 Shell Commands
+.LP
+``Isn't that nice,'' you say to yourself, ``but how are files
+actually `re-created,' as he likes to spell it?''
+The re-creation is accomplished by commands you place in the makefile.
+These commands are passed to the Bourne shell (better known as
+``/bin/sh'') to be executed and are
+.Ix 0 ref shell
+.Ix 0 ref re-creation
+.Ix 0 ref update
+expected to do what's necessary to update the target file (PMake
+doesn't actually check to see if the target was created. It just
+assumes it's there).
+.Ix 0 ref target
+.LP
+Shell commands in a makefile look a lot like shell commands you would
+type at a terminal, with one important exception: each command in a
+makefile
+.I must
+be preceded by at least one tab.
+.LP
+Each target has associated with it a shell script made up of
+one or more of these shell commands. The creation script for a target
+should immediately follow the dependency line for that target. While
+any given target may appear on more than one dependency line, only one
+of these dependency lines may be followed by a creation script, unless
+the `::' operator was used on the dependency line.
+.Ix 0 ref operator double-colon
+.Ix 0 ref ::
+.No
+.LP
+If the double-colon was used, each dependency line for the target
+may be followed by a shell script. That script will only be executed
+if the target on the associated dependency line is out-of-date with
+respect to the sources on that line, according to the rules I gave
+earlier.
+I'll give you a good example of this later on.
+.LP
+To expand on the earlier makefile, you might add commands as follows:
+.DS
+program : a.o b.o c.o
+ cc a.o b.o c.o \-o program
+a.o b.o c.o : defs.h
+a.o : a.c
+ cc \-c a.c
+b.o : b.c
+ cc \-c b.c
+c.o : c.c
+ cc \-c c.c
+.DE
+.LP
+Something you should remember when writing a makefile is, the
+commands will be executed if the
+.I target
+on the dependency line is out-of-date, not the sources.
+.Ix 0 ref target
+.Ix 0 ref source
+.Ix 0 ref out-of-date
+In this example, the command
+.CW "cc \-c a.c" '' ``
+will be executed if
+.CW a.o
+is out-of-date. Because of the `:' operator,
+.Ix 0 ref :
+.Ix 0 ref operator colon
+this means that should
+.CW a.c
+.I or
+.CW defs.h
+have been modified more recently than
+.CW a.o ,
+the command will be executed
+.CW a.o "\&" (
+will be considered out-of-date).
+.Ix 0 ref out-of-date
+.LP
+Remember how I said the only difference between a makefile shell
+command and a regular shell command was the leading tab? I lied. There
+is another way in which makefile commands differ from regular ones.
+The first two characters after the initial whitespace are treated
+specially.
+If they are any combination of `@' and `\-', they cause PMake to do
+different things.
+.LP
+In most cases, shell commands are printed before they're
+actually executed. This is to keep you informed of what's going on. If
+an `@' appears, however, this echoing is suppressed. In the case of an
+.CW echo
+command, say
+.CW "echo Linking index" ,'' ``
+it would be
+rather silly to see
+.DS
+echo Linking index
+Linking index
+.DE
+.LP
+so PMake allows you to place an `@' before the command
+.CW "@echo Linking index" '') (``
+to prevent the command from being printed.
+.LP
+The other special character is the `\-'. In case you didn't know,
+shell commands finish with a certain ``exit status.'' This status is
+made available by the operating system to whatever program invoked the
+command. Normally this status will be 0 if everything went ok and
+non-zero if something went wrong. For this reason, PMake will consider
+an error to have occurred if one of the shells it invokes returns a non-zero
+status. When it detects an error, PMake's usual action is to abort
+whatever it's doing and exit with a non-zero status itself (any other
+targets that were being created will continue being made, but nothing
+new will be started. PMake will exit after the last job finishes).
+This behavior can be altered, however, by placing a `\-' at the front
+of a command
+.CW "\-mv index index.old" ''), (``
+certain command-line arguments,
+or doing other things, to be detailed later. In such
+a case, the non-zero status is simply ignored and PMake keeps chugging
+along.
+.No
+.LP
+Because all the commands are given to a single shell to execute, such
+things as setting shell variables, changing directories, etc., last
+beyond the command in which they are found. This also allows shell
+compound commands (like
+.CW for
+loops) to be entered in a natural manner.
+Since this could cause problems for some makefiles that depend on
+each command being executed by a single shell, PMake has a
+.B \-B
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.Ix 0 ref flags -B
+flag (it stands for backwards-compatible) that forces each command to
+be given to a separate shell. It also does several other things, all
+of which I discourage since they are now old-fashioned.\|.\|.\|.
+.No
+.LP
+A target's shell script is fed to the shell on its (the shell's) input stream.
+This means that any commands, such as
+.CW ci
+that need to get input from the terminal won't work right \*- they'll
+get the shell's input, something they probably won't find to their
+liking. A simple way around this is to give a command like this:
+.DS
+ci $(SRCS) < /dev/tty
+.DE
+This would force the program's input to come from the terminal. If you
+can't do this for some reason, your only other alternative is to use
+PMake in its fullest compatibility mode. See
+.B Compatibility
+in chapter 4.
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.LP
+.xH 2 Variables
+.LP
+PMake, like Make before it, has the ability to save text in variables
+to be recalled later at your convenience. Variables in PMake are used
+much like variables in the shell and, by tradition, consist of
+all upper-case letters (you don't
+.I have
+to use all upper-case letters.
+In fact there's nothing to stop you from calling a variable
+.CW @^&$%$ .
+Just tradition). Variables are assigned-to using lines of the form
+.Ix 0 def variable assignment
+.DS
+VARIABLE = value
+.DE
+.Ix 0 def variable assignment
+appended-to by
+.DS
+VARIABLE += value
+.DE
+.Ix 0 def variable appending
+.Ix 0 def variable assignment appended
+.Ix 0 def +=
+conditionally assigned-to (if the variable isn't already defined) by
+.DS
+VARIABLE ?= value
+.DE
+.Ix 0 def variable assignment conditional
+.Ix 0 def ?=
+and assigned-to with expansion (i.e. the value is expanded (see below)
+before being assigned to the variable\*-useful for placing a value at
+the beginning of a variable, or other things) by
+.DS
+VARIABLE := value
+.DE
+.Ix 0 def variable assignment expanded
+.Ix 0 def :=
+.LP
+Any whitespace before
+.I value
+is stripped off. When appending, a space is placed between the old
+value and the stuff being appended.
+.LP
+The final way a variable may be assigned to is using
+.DS
+VARIABLE != shell-command
+.DE
+.Ix 0 def variable assignment shell-output
+.Ix 0 def !=
+In this case,
+.I shell-command
+has all its variables expanded (see below) and is passed off to a
+shell to execute. The output of the shell is then placed in the
+variable. Any newlines (other than the final one) are replaced by
+spaces before the assignment is made. This is typically used to find
+the current directory via a line like:
+.DS
+CWD != pwd
+.DE
+.LP
+.B Note:
+this is intended to be used to execute commands that produce small amounts
+of output (e.g. ``pwd''). The implementation is less than intelligent and will
+likely freeze if you execute something that produces thousands of
+bytes of output (8 Kb is the limit on many UNIX systems).
+.LP
+The value of a variable may be retrieved by enclosing the variable
+name in parentheses or curly braces and preceding the whole thing
+with a dollar sign.
+.LP
+For example, to set the variable CFLAGS to the string
+.CW "\-I/sprite/src/lib/libc \-O" ,'' ``
+you would place a line
+.DS
+CFLAGS = \-I/sprite/src/lib/libc \-O
+.DE
+in the makefile and use the word
+.CW "$(CFLAGS)"
+wherever you would like the string
+.CW "\-I/sprite/src/lib/libc \-O"
+to appear. This is called variable expansion.
+.Ix 0 def variable expansion
+.No
+.LP
+Unlike Make, PMake will not expand a variable unless it knows
+the variable exists. E.g. if you have a
+.CW "${i}"
+in a shell command and you have not assigned a value to the variable
+.CW i
+(the empty string is considered a value, by the way), where Make would have
+substituted the empty string, PMake will leave the
+.CW "${i}"
+alone.
+To keep PMake from substituting for a variable it knows, precede the
+dollar sign with another dollar sign.
+(e.g. to pass
+.CW "${HOME}"
+to the shell, use
+.CW "$${HOME}" ).
+This causes PMake, in effect, to expand the
+.CW $
+macro, which expands to a single
+.CW $ .
+For compatibility, Make's style of variable expansion will be used
+if you invoke PMake with any of the compatibility flags (\c
+.B \-V ,
+.B \-B
+or
+.B \-M .
+The
+.B \-V
+flag alters just the variable expansion).
+.Ix 0 ref flags -V
+.Ix 0 ref flags -B
+.Ix 0 ref flags -M
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.LP
+.Ix 0 ref variable expansion
+There are two different times at which variable expansion occurs:
+When parsing a dependency line, the expansion occurs immediately
+upon reading the line. If any variable used on a dependency line is
+undefined, PMake will print a message and exit.
+Variables in shell commands are expanded when the command is
+executed.
+Variables used inside another variable are expanded whenever the outer
+variable is expanded (the expansion of an inner variable has no effect
+on the outer variable. I.e. if the outer variable is used on a dependency
+line and in a shell command, and the inner variable changes value
+between when the dependency line is read and the shell command is
+executed, two different values will be substituted for the outer
+variable).
+.Ix 0 def variable types
+.LP
+Variables come in four flavors, though they are all expanded the same
+and all look about the same. They are (in order of expanding scope):
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 2
+Local variables.
+.Ix 0 ref variable local
+.IP \(bu 2
+Command-line variables.
+.Ix 0 ref variable command-line
+.IP \(bu 2
+Global variables.
+.Ix 0 ref variable global
+.IP \(bu 2
+Environment variables.
+.Ix 0 ref variable environment
+.RE
+.LP
+The classification of variables doesn't matter much, except that the
+classes are searched from the top (local) to the bottom (environment)
+when looking up a variable. The first one found wins.
+.xH 3 Local Variables
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def variable local
+Each target can have as many as seven local variables. These are
+variables that are only ``visible'' within that target's shell script
+and contain such things as the target's name, all of its sources (from
+all its dependency lines), those sources that were out-of-date, etc.
+Four local variables are defined for all targets. They are:
+.RS
+.IP ".TARGET"
+.Ix 0 def variable local .TARGET
+.Ix 0 def .TARGET
+The name of the target.
+.IP ".OODATE"
+.Ix 0 def variable local .OODATE
+.Ix 0 def .OODATE
+The list of the sources for the target that were considered out-of-date.
+The order in the list is not guaranteed to be the same as the order in
+which the dependencies were given.
+.IP ".ALLSRC"
+.Ix 0 def variable local .ALLSRC
+.Ix 0 def .ALLSRC
+The list of all sources for this target in the order in which they
+were given.
+.IP ".PREFIX"
+.Ix 0 def variable local .PREFIX
+.Ix 0 def .PREFIX
+The target without its suffix and without any leading path. E.g. for
+the target
+.CW ../../lib/compat/fsRead.c ,
+this variable would contain
+.CW fsRead .
+.RE
+.LP
+Three other local variables are set only for certain targets under
+special circumstances. These are the ``.IMPSRC,''
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .IMPSRC
+.Ix 0 ref .IMPSRC
+``.ARCHIVE,''
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .ARCHIVE
+.Ix 0 ref .ARCHIVE
+and ``.MEMBER''
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .MEMBER
+.Ix 0 ref .MEMBER
+variables. When they are set and how they are used is described later.
+.LP
+Four of these variables may be used in sources as well as in shell
+scripts.
+.Ix 0 def "dynamic source"
+.Ix 0 def source dynamic
+These are ``.TARGET'', ``.PREFIX'', ``.ARCHIVE'' and ``.MEMBER''. The
+variables in the sources are expanded once for each target on the
+dependency line, providing what is known as a ``dynamic source,''
+.Rd 0
+allowing you to specify several dependency lines at once. For example,
+.DS
+$(OBJS) : $(.PREFIX).c
+.DE
+will create a dependency between each object file and its
+corresponding C source file.
+.xH 3 Command-line Variables
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def variable command-line
+Command-line variables are set when PMake is first invoked by giving a
+variable assignment as one of the arguments. For example,
+.DS
+pmake "CFLAGS = -I/sprite/src/lib/libc -O"
+.DE
+would make
+.CW CFLAGS
+be a command-line variable with the given value. Any assignments to
+.CW CFLAGS
+in the makefile will have no effect, because once it
+is set, there is (almost) nothing you can do to change a command-line
+variable (the search order, you see). Command-line variables may be
+set using any of the four assignment operators, though only
+.CW =
+and
+.CW ?=
+behave as you would expect them to, mostly because assignments to
+command-line variables are performed before the makefile is read, thus
+the values set in the makefile are unavailable at the time.
+.CW +=
+.Ix 0 ref +=
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment appended
+is the same as
+.CW = ,
+because the old value of the variable is sought only in the scope in
+which the assignment is taking place (for reasons of efficiency that I
+won't get into here).
+.CW :=
+and
+.CW ?=
+.Ix 0 ref :=
+.Ix 0 ref ?=
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment expanded
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment conditional
+will work if the only variables used are in the environment.
+.CW !=
+is sort of pointless to use from the command line, since the same
+effect can no doubt be accomplished using the shell's own command
+substitution mechanisms (backquotes and all that).
+.xH 3 Global Variables
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def variable global
+Global variables are those set or appended-to in the makefile.
+There are two classes of global variables: those you set and those PMake sets.
+As I said before, the ones you set can have any name you want them to have,
+except they may not contain a colon or an exclamation point.
+The variables PMake sets (almost) always begin with a
+period and always contain upper-case letters, only. The variables are
+as follows:
+.RS
+.IP .PMAKE
+.Ix 0 def variable global .PMAKE
+.Ix 0 def .PMAKE
+.Ix 0 def variable global MAKE
+.Ix 0 def MAKE
+The name by which PMake was invoked is stored in this variable. For
+compatibility, the name is also stored in the MAKE variable.
+.IP .MAKEFLAGS
+.Ix 0 def variable global .MAKEFLAGS
+.Ix 0 def .MAKEFLAGS variable
+.Ix 0 def variable global MFLAGS
+.Ix 0 def MFLAGS
+All the relevant flags with which PMake was invoked. This does not
+include such things as
+.B \-f
+or variable assignments. Again for compatibility, this value is stored
+in the MFLAGS variable as well.
+.RE
+.LP
+Two other variables, ``.INCLUDES'' and ``.LIBS,'' are covered in the
+section on special targets in chapter 3.
+.Ix 0 ref variable global .INCLUDES
+.Ix 0 ref variable global .LIBS
+.LP
+Global variables may be deleted using lines of the form:
+.Ix 0 def #undef
+.Ix 0 def variable deletion
+.DS
+#undef \fIvariable\fP
+.DE
+The
+.CW # ' `
+must be the first character on the line. Note that this may only be
+done on global variables.
+.xH 3 Environment Variables
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def variable environment
+Environment variables are passed by the shell that invoked PMake and
+are given by PMake to each shell it invokes. They are expanded like
+any other variable, but they cannot be altered in any way.
+.LP
+One special environment variable,
+.CW PMAKE ,
+.Ix 0 def variable environment PMAKE
+is examined by PMake for command-line flags, variable assignments,
+etc., it should always use. This variable is examined before the
+actual arguments to PMake are. In addition, all flags given to PMake,
+either through the
+.CW PMAKE
+variable or on the command line, are placed in this environment
+variable and exported to each shell PMake executes. Thus recursive
+invocations of PMake automatically receive the same flags as the
+top-most one.
+.LP
+Using all these variables, you can compress the sample makefile even more:
+.DS
+OBJS = a.o b.o c.o
+program : $(OBJS)
+ cc $(.ALLSRC) \-o $(.TARGET)
+$(OBJS) : defs.h
+a.o : a.c
+ cc \-c a.c
+b.o : b.c
+ cc \-c b.c
+c.o : c.c
+ cc \-c c.c
+.DE
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC
+.Ix 0 ref .ALLSRC
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .TARGET
+.Ix 0 ref .TARGET
+.Rd 3
+.xH 2 Comments
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def comments
+Comments in a makefile start with a `#' character and extend to the
+end of the line. They may appear
+anywhere you want them, except in a shell command (though the shell
+will treat it as a comment, too). If, for some reason, you need to use the `#'
+in a variable or on a dependency line, put a backslash in front of it.
+PMake will compress the two into a single `#' (Note: this isn't true
+if PMake is operating in full-compatibility mode).
+.Ix 0 ref flags -M
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.xH 2 Parallelism
+.No
+.LP
+PMake was specifically designed to re-create several targets at once,
+when possible. You do not have to do anything special to cause this to
+happen (unless PMake was configured to not act in parallel, in which
+case you will have to make use of the
+.B \-L
+and
+.B \-J
+flags (see below)),
+.Ix 0 ref flags -L
+.Ix 0 ref flags -J
+but you do have to be careful at times.
+.LP
+There are several problems you are likely to encounter. One is
+that some makefiles (and programs) are written in such a way that it is
+impossible for two targets to be made at once. The program
+.CW xstr ,
+for example,
+always modifies the files
+.CW strings
+and
+.CW x.c .
+There is no way to change it. Thus you cannot run two of them at once
+without something being trashed. Similarly, if you have commands
+in the makefile that always send output to the same file, you will not
+be able to make more than one target at once unless you change the
+file you use. You can, for instance, add a
+.CW $$$$
+to the end of the file name to tack on the process ID of the shell
+executing the command (each
+.CW $$
+expands to a single
+.CW $ ,
+thus giving you the shell variable
+.CW $$ ).
+Since only one shell is used for all the
+commands, you'll get the same file name for each command in the
+script.
+.LP
+The other problem comes from improperly-specified dependencies that
+worked in Make because of its sequential, depth-first way of examining
+them. While I don't want to go into depth on how PMake
+works (look in chapter 4 if you're interested), I will warn you that
+files in two different ``levels'' of the dependency tree may be
+examined in a different order in PMake than they were in Make. For
+example, given the makefile
+.DS
+a : b c
+b : d
+.DE
+PMake will examine the targets in the order
+.CW c ,
+.CW d ,
+.CW b ,
+.CW a .
+If the makefile's author expected PMake to abort before making
+.CW c
+if an error occurred while making
+.CW b ,
+or if
+.CW b
+needed to exist before
+.CW c
+was made,
+s/he will be sorely disappointed. The dependencies are
+incomplete, since in both these cases,
+.CW c
+would depend on
+.CW b .
+So watch out.
+.LP
+Another problem you may face is that, while PMake is set up to handle the
+output from multiple jobs in a graceful fashion, the same is not so for input.
+It has no way to regulate input to different jobs,
+so if you use the redirection from
+.CW /dev/tty
+I mentioned earlier, you must be careful not to run two of the jobs at once.
+.xH 2 Writing and Debugging a Makefile
+.LP
+Now you know most of what's in a makefile, what do you do next? There
+are two choices: (1) use one of the uncommonly-available makefile
+generators or (2) write your own makefile (I leave out the third choice of
+ignoring PMake and doing everything by hand as being beyond the bounds
+of common sense).
+.LP
+When faced with the writing of a makefile, it is usually best to start
+from first principles: just what
+.I are
+you trying to do? What do you want the makefile finally to produce?
+.LP
+To begin with a somewhat traditional example, let's say you need to
+write a makefile to create a program,
+.CW expr ,
+that takes standard infix expressions and converts them to prefix form (for
+no readily apparent reason). You've got three source files, in C, that
+make up the program:
+.CW main.c ,
+.CW parse.c ,
+and
+.CW output.c .
+Harking back to my pithy advice about dependency lines, you write the
+first line of the file:
+.DS
+expr : main.o parse.o output.o
+.DE
+because you remember
+.CW expr
+is made from
+.CW .o
+files, not
+.CW .c
+files. Similarly for the
+.CW .o
+files you produce the lines:
+.DS
+main.o : main.c
+parse.o : parse.c
+output.o : output.c
+main.o parse.o output.o : defs.h
+.DE
+.LP
+Great. You've now got the dependencies specified. What you need now is
+commands. These commands, remember, must produce the target on the
+dependency line, usually by using the sources you've listed.
+You remember about local variables? Good, so it should come
+to you as no surprise when you write
+.DS
+expr : main.o parse.o output.o
+ cc -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+.DE
+Why use the variables? If your program grows to produce postfix
+expressions too (which, of course, requires a name change or two), it
+is one fewer place you have to change the file. You cannot do this for
+the object files, however, because they depend on their corresponding
+source files
+.I and
+.CW defs.h ,
+thus if you said
+.DS
+ cc -c $(.ALLSRC)
+.DE
+you'd get (for
+.CW main.o ):
+.DS
+ cc -c main.c defs.h
+.DE
+which is wrong. So you round out the makefile with these lines:
+.DS
+main.o : main.c
+ cc -c main.c
+parse.o : parse.c
+ cc -c parse.c
+output.o : output.c
+ cc -c output.c
+.DE
+.LP
+The makefile is now complete and will, in fact, create the program you
+want it to without unnecessary compilations or excessive typing on
+your part. There are two things wrong with it, however (aside from it
+being altogether too long, something I'll address in chapter 3):
+.IP 1)
+The string
+.CW "main.o parse.o output.o" '' ``
+is repeated twice, necessitating two changes when you add postfix
+(you were planning on that, weren't you?). This is in direct violation
+of de Boor's First Rule of writing makefiles:
+.QP
+.I
+Anything that needs to be written more than once
+should be placed in a variable.
+.IP "\&"
+I cannot emphasize this enough as being very important to the
+maintenance of a makefile and its program.
+.IP 2)
+There is no way to alter the way compilations are performed short of
+editing the makefile and making the change in all places. This is evil
+and violates de Boor's Second Rule, which follows directly from the
+first:
+.QP
+.I
+Any flags or programs used inside a makefile should be placed in a variable so
+they may be changed, temporarily or permanently, with the greatest ease.
+.LP
+The makefile should more properly read:
+.DS
+OBJS = main.o parse.o output.o
+expr : $(OBJS)
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+main.o : main.c
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c main.c
+parse.o : parse.c
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c parse.c
+output.o : output.c
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c output.c
+$(OBJS) : defs.h
+.DE
+Alternatively, if you like the idea of dynamic sources mentioned in
+section 2.3.1,
+.Rm 0 2.3.1
+.Rd 4
+.Ix 0 ref "dynamic source"
+.Ix 0 ref source dynamic
+you could write it like this:
+.DS
+OBJS = main.o parse.o output.o
+expr : $(OBJS)
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+$(OBJS) : $(.PREFIX).c defs.h
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c $(.PREFIX).c
+.DE
+These two rules and examples lead to de Boor's First Corollary:
+.QP
+.I
+Variables are your friends.
+.LP
+Once you've written the makefile comes the sometimes-difficult task of
+.Ix 0 ref debugging
+making sure the darn thing works. Your most helpful tool to make sure
+the makefile is at least syntactically correct is the
+.B \-n
+.Ix 0 ref flags -n
+flag, which allows you to see if PMake will choke on the makefile. The
+second thing the
+.B \-n
+flag lets you do is see what PMake would do without it actually doing
+it, thus you can make sure the right commands would be executed were
+you to give PMake its head.
+.LP
+When you find your makefile isn't behaving as you hoped, the first
+question that comes to mind (after ``What time is it, anyway?'') is
+``Why not?'' In answering this, two flags will serve you well:
+.CW "-d m" '' ``
+.Ix 0 ref flags -d
+and
+.CW "-p 2" .'' ``
+.Ix 0 ref flags -p
+The first causes PMake to tell you as it examines each target in the
+makefile and indicate why it is deciding whatever it is deciding. You
+can then use the information printed for other targets to see where
+you went wrong. The
+.CW "-p 2" '' ``
+flag makes PMake print out its internal state when it is done,
+allowing you to see that you forgot to make that one chapter depend on
+that file of macros you just got a new version of. The output from
+.CW "-p 2" '' ``
+is intended to resemble closely a real makefile, but with additional
+information provided and with variables expanded in those commands
+PMake actually printed or executed.
+.LP
+Something to be especially careful about is circular dependencies.
+.Ix 0 def dependency circular
+E.g.
+.DS
+a : b
+b : c d
+d : a
+.DE
+In this case, because of how PMake works,
+.CW c
+is the only thing PMake will examine, because
+.CW d
+and
+.CW a
+will effectively fall off the edge of the universe, making it
+impossible to examine
+.CW b
+(or them, for that matter).
+PMake will tell you (if run in its normal mode) all the targets
+involved in any cycle it looked at (i.e. if you have two cycles in the
+graph (naughty, naughty), but only try to make a target in one of
+them, PMake will only tell you about that one. You'll have to try to
+make the other to find the second cycle). When run as Make, it will
+only print the first target in the cycle.
+.xH 2 Invoking PMake
+.LP
+.Ix 0 ref flags
+.Ix 0 ref arguments
+.Ix 0 ref usage
+PMake comes with a wide variety of flags to choose from.
+They may appear in any order, interspersed with command-line variable
+assignments and targets to create.
+The flags are as follows:
+.IP "\fB\-d\fP \fIwhat\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -d
+.Ix 0 ref debugging
+This causes PMake to spew out debugging information that
+may prove useful to you. If you can't
+figure out why PMake is doing what it's doing, you might try using
+this flag. The
+.I what
+parameter is a string of single characters that tell PMake what
+aspects you are interested in. Most of what I describe will make
+little sense to you, unless you've dealt with Make before. Just
+remember where this table is and come back to it as you read on.
+The characters and the information they produce are as follows:
+.RS
+.IP a
+Archive searching and caching.
+.IP c
+Conditional evaluation.
+.IP d
+The searching and caching of directories.
+.IP j
+Various snippets of information related to the running of the multiple
+shells. Not particularly interesting.
+.IP m
+The making of each target: what target is being examined; when it was
+last modified; whether it is out-of-date; etc.
+.IP p
+Makefile parsing.
+.IP r
+Remote execution.
+.IP s
+The application of suffix-transformation rules. (See chapter 3)
+.IP t
+The maintenance of the list of targets.
+.IP v
+Variable assignment.
+.RE
+.IP "\&"
+Of these all, the
+.CW m
+and
+.CW s
+letters will be most useful to you.
+If the
+.B \-d
+is the final argument or the argument from which it would get these
+key letters (see below for a note about which argument would be used)
+begins with a
+.B \- ,
+all of these debugging flags will be set, resulting in massive amounts
+of output.
+.IP "\fB\-f\fP \fImakefile\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -f
+Specify a makefile to read different from the standard makefiles
+.CW Makefile "\&" (
+or
+.CW makefile ).
+.Ix 0 ref makefile default
+.Ix 0 ref makefile other
+If
+.I makefile
+is ``\-'', PMake uses the standard input. This is useful for making
+quick and dirty makefiles.\|.\|.
+.Ix 0 ref makefile "quick and dirty"
+.IP \fB\-h\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -h
+Prints out a summary of the various flags PMake accepts. It can also
+be used to find out what level of concurrency was compiled into the
+version of PMake you are using (look at
+.B \-J
+and
+.B \-L )
+and various other information on how PMake was configured.
+.Ix 0 ref configuration
+.Ix 0 ref makefile system
+.IP \fB\-i\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -i
+If you give this flag, PMake will ignore non-zero status returned
+by any of its shells. It's like placing a `\-' before all the commands
+in the makefile.
+.IP \fB\-k\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -k
+This is similar to
+.B \-i
+in that it allows PMake to continue when it sees an error, but unlike
+.B \-i ,
+where PMake continues blithely as if nothing went wrong,
+.B \-k
+causes it to recognize the error and only continue work on those
+things that don't depend on the target, either directly or indirectly (through
+depending on something that depends on it), whose creation returned the error.
+The `k' is for ``keep going''.\|.\|.
+.Ix 0 ref target
+.IP \fB\-l\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -l
+PMake has the ability to lock a directory against other
+people executing it in the same directory (by means of a file called
+``LOCK.make'' that it creates and checks for in the directory). This
+is a Good Thing because two people doing the same thing in the same place
+can be disastrous for the final product (too many cooks and all that).
+Whether this locking is the default is up to your system
+administrator. If locking is on,
+.B \-l
+will turn it off, and vice versa. Note that this locking will not
+prevent \fIyou\fP from invoking PMake twice in the same place \*- if
+you own the lock file, PMake will warn you about it but continue to execute.
+.IP "\fB\-m\fP \fIdirectory\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -m
+Tells PMake another place to search for included makefiles via the <...>
+style. Several
+.B \-m
+options can be given to form a search path. If this construct is used the
+default system makefile search path is completely overridden.
+To be explained in chapter 3, section 3.2.
+.Rm 2 3.2
+.IP \fB\-n\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -n
+This flag tells PMake not to execute the commands needed to update the
+out-of-date targets in the makefile. Rather, PMake will simply print
+the commands it would have executed and exit. This is particularly
+useful for checking the correctness of a makefile. If PMake doesn't do
+what you expect it to, it's a good chance the makefile is wrong.
+.IP "\fB\-p\fP \fInumber\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -p
+.Ix 0 ref debugging
+This causes PMake to print its input in a reasonable form, though
+not necessarily one that would make immediate sense to anyone but me. The
+.I number
+is a bitwise-or of 1 and 2 where 1 means it should print the input
+before doing any processing and 2 says it should print it after
+everything has been re-created. Thus
+.CW "\-p 3"
+would print it twice\*-once before processing and once after (you
+might find the difference between the two interesting). This is mostly
+useful to me, but you may find it informative in some bizarre circumstances.
+.IP \fB\-q\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -q
+If you give PMake this flag, it will not try to re-create anything. It
+will just see if anything is out-of-date and exit non-zero if so.
+.IP \fB\-r\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -r
+When PMake starts up, it reads a default makefile that tells it what
+sort of system it's on and gives it some idea of what to do if you
+don't tell it anything. I'll tell you about it in chapter 3. If you
+give this flag, PMake won't read the default makefile.
+.IP \fB\-s\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -s
+This causes PMake to not print commands before they're executed. It
+is the equivalent of putting an `@' before every command in the
+makefile.
+.IP \fB\-t\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -t
+Rather than try to re-create a target, PMake will simply ``touch'' it
+so as to make it appear up-to-date. If the target didn't exist before,
+it will when PMake finishes, but if the target did exist, it will
+appear to have been updated.
+.IP \fB\-v\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -v
+This is a mixed-compatibility flag intended to mimic the System V
+version of Make. It is the same as giving
+.B \-B ,
+and
+.B \-V
+as well as turning off directory locking. Targets can still be created
+in parallel, however. This is the mode PMake will enter if it is
+invoked either as
+.CW smake '' ``
+or
+.CW vmake ''. ``
+.IP \fB\-x\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -x
+This tells PMake it's ok to export jobs to other machines, if they're
+available. It is used when running in Make mode, as exporting in this
+mode tends to make things run slower than if the commands were just
+executed locally.
+.IP \fB\-B\fP
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.Ix 0 def flags -B
+Forces PMake to be as backwards-compatible with Make as possible while
+still being itself.
+This includes:
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 2
+Executing one shell per shell command
+.IP \(bu 2
+Expanding anything that looks even vaguely like a variable, with the
+empty string replacing any variable PMake doesn't know.
+.IP \(bu 2
+Refusing to allow you to escape a `#' with a backslash.
+.IP \(bu 2
+Permitting undefined variables on dependency lines and conditionals
+(see below). Normally this causes PMake to abort.
+.RE
+.IP \fB\-C\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -C
+This nullifies any and all compatibility mode flags you may have given
+or implied up to the time the
+.B \-C
+is encountered. It is useful mostly in a makefile that you wrote for PMake
+to avoid bad things happening when someone runs PMake as
+.CW make '' ``
+or has things set in the environment that tell it to be compatible.
+.B \-C
+is
+.I not
+placed in the
+.CW PMAKE
+environment variable or the
+.CW .MAKEFLAGS
+or
+.CW MFLAGS
+global variables.
+.Ix 0 ref variable environment PMAKE
+.Ix 0 ref variable global .MAKEFLAGS
+.Ix 0 ref variable global MFLAGS
+.Ix 0 ref .MAKEFLAGS variable
+.Ix 0 ref MFLAGS
+.IP "\fB\-D\fP \fIvariable\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -D
+Allows you to define a variable to have
+.CW 1 '' ``
+as its value. The variable is a global variable, not a command-line
+variable. This is useful mostly for people who are used to the C
+compiler arguments and those using conditionals, which I'll get into
+in section 4.3
+.Rm 1 4.3
+.IP "\fB\-I\fP \fIdirectory\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -I
+Tells PMake another place to search for included makefiles. Yet
+another thing to be explained in chapter 3 (section 3.2, to be
+precise).
+.Rm 2 3.2
+.IP "\fB\-J\fP \fInumber\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -J
+Gives the absolute maximum number of targets to create at once on both
+local and remote machines.
+.IP "\fB\-L\fP \fInumber\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -L
+This specifies the maximum number of targets to create on the local
+machine at once. This may be 0, though you should be wary of doing
+this, as PMake may hang until a remote machine becomes available, if
+one is not available when it is started.
+.IP \fB\-M\fP
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.Ix 0 def flags -M
+This is the flag that provides absolute, complete, full compatibility
+with Make. It still allows you to use all but a few of the features of
+PMake, but it is non-parallel. This is the mode PMake enters if you
+call it
+.CW make .'' ``
+.IP \fB\-P\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -P
+.Ix 0 ref "output control"
+When creating targets in parallel, several shells are executing at
+once, each wanting to write its own two cent's-worth to the screen.
+This output must be captured by PMake in some way in order to prevent
+the screen from being filled with garbage even more indecipherable
+than you usually see. PMake has two ways of doing this, one of which
+provides for much cleaner output and a clear separation between the
+output of different jobs, the other of which provides a more immediate
+response so one can tell what is really happening. The former is done
+by notifying you when the creation of a target starts, capturing the
+output and transferring it to the screen all at once when the job
+finishes. The latter is done by catching the output of the shell (and
+its children) and buffering it until an entire line is received, then
+printing that line preceded by an indication of which job produced
+the output. Since I prefer this second method, it is the one used by
+default. The first method will be used if you give the
+.B \-P
+flag to PMake.
+.IP \fB\-V\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -V
+As mentioned before, the
+.B \-V
+flag tells PMake to use Make's style of expanding variables,
+substituting the empty string for any variable it doesn't know.
+.IP \fB\-W\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -W
+There are several times when PMake will print a message at you that is
+only a warning, i.e. it can continue to work in spite of your having
+done something silly (such as forgotten a leading tab for a shell
+command). Sometimes you are well aware of silly things you have done
+and would like PMake to stop bothering you. This flag tells it to shut
+up about anything non-fatal.
+.IP \fB\-X\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -X
+This flag causes PMake to not attempt to export any jobs to another
+machine.
+.LP
+Several flags may follow a single `\-'. Those flags that require
+arguments take them from successive parameters. E.g.
+.DS
+pmake -fDnI server.mk DEBUG /chip2/X/server/include
+.DE
+will cause PMake to read
+.CW server.mk
+as the input makefile, define the variable
+.CW DEBUG
+as a global variable and look for included makefiles in the directory
+.CW /chip2/X/server/include .
+.xH 2 Summary
+.LP
+A makefile is made of four types of lines:
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 2
+Dependency lines
+.IP \(bu 2
+Creation commands
+.IP \(bu 2
+Variable assignments
+.IP \(bu 2
+Comments, include statements and conditional directives
+.RE
+.LP
+A dependency line is a list of one or more targets, an operator
+.CW : ', (`
+.CW :: ', `
+or
+.CW ! '), `
+and a list of zero or more sources. Sources may contain wildcards and
+certain local variables.
+.LP
+A creation command is a regular shell command preceded by a tab. In
+addition, if the first two characters after the tab (and other
+whitespace) are a combination of
+.CW @ ' `
+or
+.CW - ', `
+PMake will cause the command to not be printed (if the character is
+.CW @ ') `
+or errors from it to be ignored (if
+.CW - '). `
+A blank line, dependency line or variable assignment terminates a
+creation script. There may be only one creation script for each target
+with a
+.CW : ' `
+or
+.CW ! ' `
+operator.
+.LP
+Variables are places to store text. They may be unconditionally
+assigned-to using the
+.CW = ' `
+.Ix 0 ref =
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment
+operator, appended-to using the
+.CW += ' `
+.Ix 0 ref +=
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment appended
+operator, conditionally (if the variable is undefined) assigned-to
+with the
+.CW ?= ' `
+.Ix 0 ref ?=
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment conditional
+operator, and assigned-to with variable expansion with the
+.CW := ' `
+.Ix 0 ref :=
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment expanded
+operator. The output of a shell command may be assigned to a variable
+using the
+.CW != ' `
+.Ix 0 ref !=
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment shell-output
+operator. Variables may be expanded (their value inserted) by enclosing
+their name in parentheses or curly braces, preceded by a dollar sign.
+A dollar sign may be escaped with another dollar sign. Variables are
+not expanded if PMake doesn't know about them. There are seven local
+variables:
+.CW .TARGET ,
+.CW .ALLSRC ,
+.CW .OODATE ,
+.CW .PREFIX ,
+.CW .IMPSRC ,
+.CW .ARCHIVE ,
+and
+.CW .MEMBER .
+Four of them
+.CW .TARGET , (
+.CW .PREFIX ,
+.CW .ARCHIVE ,
+and
+.CW .MEMBER )
+may be used to specify ``dynamic sources.''
+.Ix 0 ref "dynamic source"
+.Ix 0 ref source dynamic
+Variables are good. Know them. Love them. Live them.
+.LP
+Debugging of makefiles is best accomplished using the
+.B \-n ,
+.B "\-d m" ,
+and
+.B "\-p 2"
+flags.
+.xH 2 Exercises
+.ce
+\s+4\fBTBA\fP\s0
+.xH 1 Short-cuts and Other Nice Things
+.LP
+Based on what I've told you so far, you may have gotten the impression
+that PMake is just a way of storing away commands and making sure you
+don't forget to compile something. Good. That's just what it is.
+However, the ways I've described have been inelegant, at best, and
+painful, at worst.
+This chapter contains things that make the
+writing of makefiles easier and the makefiles themselves shorter and
+easier to modify (and, occasionally, simpler). In this chapter, I
+assume you are somewhat more
+familiar with Sprite (or UNIX, if that's what you're using) than I did
+in chapter 2, just so you're on your toes.
+So without further ado...
+.xH 2 Transformation Rules
+.LP
+As you know, a file's name consists of two parts: a base name, which
+gives some hint as to the contents of the file, and a suffix, which
+usually indicates the format of the file.
+Over the years, as
+.UX
+has developed,
+naming conventions, with regard to suffixes, have also developed that have
+become almost as incontrovertible as Law. E.g. a file ending in
+.CW .c
+is assumed to contain C source code; one with a
+.CW .o
+suffix is assumed to be a compiled, relocatable object file that may
+be linked into any program; a file with a
+.CW .ms
+suffix is usually a text file to be processed by Troff with the \-ms
+macro package, and so on.
+One of the best aspects of both Make and PMake comes from their
+understanding of how the suffix of a file pertains to its contents and
+their ability to do things with a file based solely on its suffix. This
+ability comes from something known as a transformation rule. A
+transformation rule specifies how to change a file with one suffix
+into a file with another suffix.
+.LP
+A transformation rule looks much like a dependency line, except the
+target is made of two known suffixes stuck together. Suffixes are made
+known to PMake by placing them as sources on a dependency line whose
+target is the special target
+.CW .SUFFIXES .
+E.g.
+.DS
+\&.SUFFIXES : .o .c
+\&.c.o :
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c $(.IMPSRC)
+.DE
+The creation script attached to the target is used to transform a file with
+the first suffix (in this case,
+.CW .c )
+into a file with the second suffix (here,
+.CW .o ).
+In addition, the target inherits whatever attributes have been applied
+to the transformation rule.
+The simple rule given above says that to transform a C source file
+into an object file, you compile it using
+.CW cc
+with the
+.CW \-c
+flag.
+This rule is taken straight from the system makefile. Many
+transformation rules (and suffixes) are defined there, and I refer you
+to it for more examples (type
+.CW "pmake -h" '' ``
+to find out where it is).
+.LP
+There are several things to note about the transformation rule given
+above:
+.RS
+.IP 1)
+The
+.CW .IMPSRC
+variable.
+.Ix 0 def variable local .IMPSRC
+.Ix 0 def .IMPSRC
+This variable is set to the ``implied source'' (the file from which
+the target is being created; the one with the first suffix), which, in this
+case, is the .c file.
+.IP 2)
+The
+.CW CFLAGS
+variable. Almost all of the transformation rules in the system
+makefile are set up using variables that you can alter in your
+makefile to tailor the rule to your needs. In this case, if you want
+all your C files to be compiled with the
+.B \-g
+flag, to provide information for
+.CW dbx ,
+you would set the
+.CW CFLAGS
+variable to contain
+.CW -g
+.CW "CFLAGS = -g" '') (``
+and PMake would take care of the rest.
+.RE
+.LP
+To give you a quick example, the makefile in 2.3.4
+.Rm 3 2.3.4
+could be changed to this:
+.DS
+OBJS = a.o b.o c.o
+program : $(OBJS)
+ $(CC) -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+$(OBJS) : defs.h
+.DE
+The transformation rule I gave above takes the place of the 6 lines\**
+.FS
+This is also somewhat cleaner, I think, than the dynamic source
+solution presented in 2.6
+.FE
+.Rm 4 2.6
+.DS
+a.o : a.c
+ cc -c a.c
+b.o : b.c
+ cc -c b.c
+c.o : c.c
+ cc -c c.c
+.DE
+.LP
+Now you may be wondering about the dependency between the
+.CW .o
+and
+.CW .c
+files \*- it's not mentioned anywhere in the new makefile. This is
+because it isn't needed: one of the effects of applying a
+transformation rule is the target comes to depend on the implied
+source. That's why it's called the implied
+.I source .
+.LP
+For a more detailed example. Say you have a makefile like this:
+.DS
+a.out : a.o b.o
+ $(CC) $(.ALLSRC)
+.DE
+and a directory set up like this:
+.DS
+total 4
+-rw-rw-r-- 1 deboor 34 Sep 7 00:43 Makefile
+-rw-rw-r-- 1 deboor 119 Oct 3 19:39 a.c
+-rw-rw-r-- 1 deboor 201 Sep 7 00:43 a.o
+-rw-rw-r-- 1 deboor 69 Sep 7 00:43 b.c
+.DE
+While just typing
+.CW pmake '' ``
+will do the right thing, it's much more informative to type
+.CW "pmake -d s" ''. ``
+This will show you what PMake is up to as it processes the files. In
+this case, PMake prints the following:
+.DS
+Suff_FindDeps (a.out)
+ using existing source a.o
+ applying .o -> .out to "a.o"
+Suff_FindDeps (a.o)
+ trying a.c...got it
+ applying .c -> .o to "a.c"
+Suff_FindDeps (b.o)
+ trying b.c...got it
+ applying .c -> .o to "b.c"
+Suff_FindDeps (a.c)
+ trying a.y...not there
+ trying a.l...not there
+ trying a.c,v...not there
+ trying a.y,v...not there
+ trying a.l,v...not there
+Suff_FindDeps (b.c)
+ trying b.y...not there
+ trying b.l...not there
+ trying b.c,v...not there
+ trying b.y,v...not there
+ trying b.l,v...not there
+--- a.o ---
+cc -c a.c
+--- b.o ---
+cc -c b.c
+--- a.out ---
+cc a.o b.o
+.DE
+.LP
+.CW Suff_FindDeps
+is the name of a function in PMake that is called to check for implied
+sources for a target using transformation rules.
+The transformations it tries are, naturally
+enough, limited to the ones that have been defined (a transformation
+may be defined multiple times, by the way, but only the most recent
+one will be used). You will notice, however, that there is a definite
+order to the suffixes that are tried. This order is set by the
+relative positions of the suffixes on the
+.CW .SUFFIXES
+line \*- the earlier a suffix appears, the earlier it is checked as
+the source of a transformation. Once a suffix has been defined, the
+only way to change its position in the pecking order is to remove all
+the suffixes (by having a
+.CW .SUFFIXES
+dependency line with no sources) and redefine them in the order you
+want. (Previously-defined transformation rules will be automatically
+redefined as the suffixes they involve are re-entered.)
+.LP
+Another way to affect the search order is to make the dependency
+explicit. In the above example,
+.CW a.out
+depends on
+.CW a.o
+and
+.CW b.o .
+Since a transformation exists from
+.CW .o
+to
+.CW .out ,
+PMake uses that, as indicated by the
+.CW "using existing source a.o" '' ``
+message.
+.LP
+The search for a transformation starts from the suffix of the target
+and continues through all the defined transformations, in the order
+dictated by the suffix ranking, until an existing file with the same
+base (the target name minus the suffix and any leading directories) is
+found. At that point, one or more transformation rules will have been
+found to change the one existing file into the target.
+.LP
+For example, ignoring what's in the system makefile for now, say you
+have a makefile like this:
+.DS
+\&.SUFFIXES : .out .o .c .y .l
+\&.l.c :
+ lex $(.IMPSRC)
+ mv lex.yy.c $(.TARGET)
+\&.y.c :
+ yacc $(.IMPSRC)
+ mv y.tab.c $(.TARGET)
+\&.c.o :
+ cc -c $(.IMPSRC)
+\&.o.out :
+ cc -o $(.TARGET) $(.IMPSRC)
+.DE
+and the single file
+.CW jive.l .
+If you were to type
+.CW "pmake -rd ms jive.out" ,'' ``
+you would get the following output for
+.CW jive.out :
+.DS
+Suff_FindDeps (jive.out)
+ trying jive.o...not there
+ trying jive.c...not there
+ trying jive.y...not there
+ trying jive.l...got it
+ applying .l -> .c to "jive.l"
+ applying .c -> .o to "jive.c"
+ applying .o -> .out to "jive.o"
+.DE
+and this is why: PMake starts with the target
+.CW jive.out ,
+figures out its suffix
+.CW .out ) (
+and looks for things it can transform to a
+.CW .out
+file. In this case, it only finds
+.CW .o ,
+so it looks for the file
+.CW jive.o .
+It fails to find it, so it looks for transformations into a
+.CW .o
+file. Again it has only one choice:
+.CW .c .
+So it looks for
+.CW jive.c
+and, as you know, fails to find it. At this point it has two choices:
+it can create the
+.CW .c
+file from either a
+.CW .y
+file or a
+.CW .l
+file. Since
+.CW .y
+came first on the
+.CW .SUFFIXES
+line, it checks for
+.CW jive.y
+first, but can't find it, so it looks for
+.CW jive.l
+and, lo and behold, there it is.
+At this point, it has defined a transformation path as follows:
+.CW .l
+\(->
+.CW .c
+\(->
+.CW .o
+\(->
+.CW .out
+and applies the transformation rules accordingly. For completeness,
+and to give you a better idea of what PMake actually did with this
+three-step transformation, this is what PMake printed for the rest of
+the process:
+.DS
+Suff_FindDeps (jive.o)
+ using existing source jive.c
+ applying .c -> .o to "jive.c"
+Suff_FindDeps (jive.c)
+ using existing source jive.l
+ applying .l -> .c to "jive.l"
+Suff_FindDeps (jive.l)
+Examining jive.l...modified 17:16:01 Oct 4, 1987...up-to-date
+Examining jive.c...non-existent...out-of-date
+--- jive.c ---
+lex jive.l
+\&.\|.\|. meaningless lex output deleted .\|.\|.
+mv lex.yy.c jive.c
+Examining jive.o...non-existent...out-of-date
+--- jive.o ---
+cc -c jive.c
+Examining jive.out...non-existent...out-of-date
+--- jive.out ---
+cc -o jive.out jive.o
+.DE
+.LP
+One final question remains: what does PMake do with targets that have
+no known suffix? PMake simply pretends it actually has a known suffix
+and searches for transformations accordingly.
+The suffix it chooses is the source for the
+.CW .NULL
+.Ix 0 ref .NULL
+target mentioned later. In the system makefile,
+.CW .out
+is chosen as the ``null suffix''
+.Ix 0 def suffix null
+.Ix 0 def "null suffix"
+because most people use PMake to create programs. You are, however,
+free and welcome to change it to a suffix of your own choosing.
+The null suffix is ignored, however, when PMake is in compatibility
+mode (see chapter 4).
+.xH 2 Including Other Makefiles
+.Ix 0 def makefile inclusion
+.Rd 2
+.LP
+Just as for programs, it is often useful to extract certain parts of a
+makefile into another file and just include it in other makefiles
+somehow. Many compilers allow you say something like
+.DS
+#include "defs.h"
+.DE
+to include the contents of
+.CW defs.h
+in the source file. PMake allows you to do the same thing for
+makefiles, with the added ability to use variables in the filenames.
+An include directive in a makefile looks either like this:
+.DS
+#include <file>
+.DE
+or this
+.DS
+#include "file"
+.DE
+The difference between the two is where PMake searches for the file:
+the first way, PMake will look for
+the file only in the system makefile directory (or directories)
+(to find out what that directory is, give PMake the
+.B \-h
+flag).
+.Ix 0 ref flags -h
+The system makefile directory search path can be overridden via the
+.B \-m
+option.
+.Ix 0 ref flags -m
+For files in double-quotes, the search is more complex:
+.RS
+.IP 1)
+The directory of the makefile that's including the file.
+.IP 2)
+The current directory (the one in which you invoked PMake).
+.IP 3)
+The directories given by you using
+.B \-I
+flags, in the order in which you gave them.
+.IP 4)
+Directories given by
+.CW .PATH
+dependency lines (see chapter 4).
+.IP 5)
+The system makefile directory.
+.RE
+.LP
+in that order.
+.LP
+You are free to use PMake variables in the filename\*-PMake will
+expand them before searching for the file. You must specify the
+searching method with either angle brackets or double-quotes
+.I outside
+of a variable expansion. I.e. the following
+.DS
+SYSTEM = <command.mk>
+
+#include $(SYSTEM)
+.DE
+won't work.
+.xH 2 Saving Commands
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def ...
+There may come a time when you will want to save certain commands to
+be executed when everything else is done. For instance: you're
+making several different libraries at one time and you want to create the
+members in parallel. Problem is,
+.CW ranlib
+is another one of those programs that can't be run more than once in
+the same directory at the same time (each one creates a file called
+.CW __.SYMDEF
+into which it stuffs information for the linker to use. Two of them
+running at once will overwrite each other's file and the result will
+be garbage for both parties). You might want a way to save the ranlib
+commands til the end so they can be run one after the other, thus
+keeping them from trashing each other's file. PMake allows you to do
+this by inserting an ellipsis (``.\|.\|.'') as a command between
+commands to be run at once and those to be run later.
+.LP
+So for the
+.CW ranlib
+case above, you might do this:
+.Rd 5
+.DS
+lib1.a : $(LIB1OBJS)
+ rm -f $(.TARGET)
+ ar cr $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+ ...
+ ranlib $(.TARGET)
+
+lib2.a : $(LIB2OBJS)
+ rm -f $(.TARGET)
+ ar cr $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+ ...
+ ranlib $(.TARGET)
+.DE
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .TARGET
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC
+This would save both
+.DS
+ranlib $(.TARGET)
+.DE
+commands until the end, when they would run one after the other
+(using the correct value for the
+.CW .TARGET
+variable, of course).
+.LP
+Commands saved in this manner are only executed if PMake manages to
+re-create everything without an error.
+.xH 2 Target Attributes
+.LP
+PMake allows you to give attributes to targets by means of special
+sources. Like everything else PMake uses, these sources begin with a
+period and are made up of all upper-case letters. There are various
+reasons for using them, and I will try to give examples for most of
+them. Others you'll have to find uses for yourself. Think of it as ``an
+exercise for the reader.'' By placing one (or more) of these as a source on a
+dependency line, you are ``marking the target(s) with that
+attribute.'' That's just the way I phrase it, so you know.
+.LP
+Any attributes given as sources for a transformation rule are applied
+to the target of the transformation rule when the rule is applied.
+.Ix 0 def attributes
+.Ix 0 ref source
+.Ix 0 ref target
+.nr pw 12
+.IP .DONTCARE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .DONTCARE
+.Ix 0 def .DONTCARE
+If a target is marked with this attribute and PMake can't figure out
+how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume the file isn't
+really needed or actually exists and PMake just can't find it. This may prove
+wrong, but the error will be noted later on, not when PMake tries to create
+the target so marked. This attribute also prevents PMake from
+attempting to touch the target if it is given the
+.B \-t
+flag.
+.Ix 0 ref flags -t
+.IP .EXEC \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .EXEC
+.Ix 0 def .EXEC
+This attribute causes its shell script to be executed while having no
+effect on targets that depend on it. This makes the target into a sort
+of subroutine. An example. Say you have some LISP files that need to
+be compiled and loaded into a LISP process. To do this, you echo LISP
+commands into a file and execute a LISP with this file as its input
+when everything's done. Say also that you have to load other files
+from another system before you can compile your files and further,
+that you don't want to go through the loading and dumping unless one
+of
+.I your
+files has changed. Your makefile might look a little bit
+like this (remember, this is an educational example, and don't worry
+about the
+.CW COMPILE
+rule, all will soon become clear, grasshopper):
+.DS
+system : init a.fasl b.fasl c.fasl
+ for i in $(.ALLSRC);
+ do
+ echo -n '(load "' >> input
+ echo -n ${i} >> input
+ echo '")' >> input
+ done
+ echo '(dump "$(.TARGET)")' >> input
+ lisp < input
+
+a.fasl : a.l init COMPILE
+b.fasl : b.l init COMPILE
+c.fasl : c.l init COMPILE
+COMPILE : .USE
+ echo '(compile "$(.ALLSRC)")' >> input
+init : .EXEC
+ echo '(load-system)' > input
+.DE
+.Ix 0 ref .USE
+.Ix 0 ref attributes .USE
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC
+.IP "\&"
+.CW .EXEC
+sources, don't appear in the local variables of targets that depend on
+them (nor are they touched if PMake is given the
+.B \-t
+flag).
+.Ix 0 ref flags -t
+Note that all the rules, not just that for
+.CW system ,
+include
+.CW init
+as a source. This is because none of the other targets can be made
+until
+.CW init
+has been made, thus they depend on it.
+.IP .EXPORT \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .EXPORT
+.Ix 0 def .EXPORT
+This is used to mark those targets whose creation should be sent to
+another machine if at all possible. This may be used by some
+exportation schemes if the exportation is expensive. You should ask
+your system administrator if it is necessary.
+.IP .EXPORTSAME \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .EXPORTSAME
+.Ix 0 def .EXPORTSAME
+Tells the export system that the job should be exported to a machine
+of the same architecture as the current one. Certain operations (e.g.
+running text through
+.CW nroff )
+can be performed the same on any architecture (CPU and
+operating system type), while others (e.g. compiling a program with
+.CW cc )
+must be performed on a machine with the same architecture. Not all
+export systems will support this attribute.
+.IP .IGNORE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .IGNORE
+.Ix 0 def .IGNORE attribute
+Giving a target the
+.CW .IGNORE
+attribute causes PMake to ignore errors from any of the target's commands, as
+if they all had `\-' before them.
+.IP .INVISIBLE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .INVISIBLE
+.Ix 0 def .INVISIBLE
+This allows you to specify one target as a source for another without
+the one affecting the other's local variables. Useful if, say, you
+have a makefile that creates two programs, one of which is used to
+create the other, so it must exist before the other is created. You
+could say
+.DS
+prog1 : $(PROG1OBJS) prog2 MAKEINSTALL
+prog2 : $(PROG2OBJS) .INVISIBLE MAKEINSTALL
+.DE
+where
+.CW MAKEINSTALL
+is some complex .USE rule (see below) that depends on the
+.Ix 0 ref .USE
+.CW .ALLSRC
+variable containing the right things. Without the
+.CW .INVISIBLE
+attribute for
+.CW prog2 ,
+the
+.CW MAKEINSTALL
+rule couldn't be applied. This is not as useful as it should be, and
+the semantics may change (or the whole thing go away) in the
+not-too-distant future.
+.IP .JOIN \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .JOIN
+.Ix 0 def .JOIN
+This is another way to avoid performing some operations in parallel
+while permitting everything else to be done so. Specifically it
+forces the target's shell script to be executed only if one or more of the
+sources was out-of-date. In addition, the target's name,
+in both its
+.CW .TARGET
+variable and all the local variables of any target that depends on it,
+is replaced by the value of its
+.CW .ALLSRC
+variable.
+As an example, suppose you have a program that has four libraries that
+compile in the same directory along with, and at the same time as, the
+program. You again have the problem with
+.CW ranlib
+that I mentioned earlier, only this time it's more severe: you
+can't just put the ranlib off to the end since the program
+will need those libraries before it can be re-created. You can do
+something like this:
+.DS
+program : $(OBJS) libraries
+ cc -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+
+libraries : lib1.a lib2.a lib3.a lib4.a .JOIN
+ ranlib $(.OODATE)
+.DE
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .TARGET
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .OODATE
+.Ix 0 ref .TARGET
+.Ix 0 ref .ALLSRC
+.Ix 0 ref .OODATE
+In this case, PMake will re-create the
+.CW $(OBJS)
+as necessary, along with
+.CW lib1.a ,
+.CW lib2.a ,
+.CW lib3.a
+and
+.CW lib4.a .
+It will then execute
+.CW ranlib
+on any library that was changed and set
+.CW program 's
+.CW .ALLSRC
+variable to contain what's in
+.CW $(OBJS)
+followed by
+.CW "lib1.a lib2.a lib3.a lib4.a" .'' ``
+In case you're wondering, it's called
+.CW .JOIN
+because it joins together different threads of the ``input graph'' at
+the target marked with the attribute.
+Another aspect of the .JOIN attribute is it keeps the target from
+being created if the
+.B \-t
+flag was given.
+.Ix 0 ref flags -t
+.IP .MAKE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .MAKE
+.Ix 0 def .MAKE
+The
+.CW .MAKE
+attribute marks its target as being a recursive invocation of PMake.
+This forces PMake to execute the script associated with the target (if
+it's out-of-date) even if you gave the
+.B \-n
+or
+.B \-t
+flag. By doing this, you can start at the top of a system and type
+.DS
+pmake -n
+.DE
+and have it descend the directory tree (if your makefiles are set up
+correctly), printing what it would have executed if you hadn't
+included the
+.B \-n
+flag.
+.IP .NOEXPORT \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .NOEXPORT
+.Ix 0 def .NOEXPORT attribute
+If possible, PMake will attempt to export the creation of all targets to
+another machine (this depends on how PMake was configured). Sometimes,
+the creation is so simple, it is pointless to send it to another
+machine. If you give the target the
+.CW .NOEXPORT
+attribute, it will be run locally, even if you've given PMake the
+.B "\-L 0"
+flag.
+.IP .NOTMAIN \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .NOTMAIN
+.Ix 0 def .NOTMAIN
+Normally, if you do not specify a target to make in any other way,
+PMake will take the first target on the first dependency line of a
+makefile as the target to create. That target is known as the ``Main
+Target'' and is labeled as such if you print the dependencies out
+using the
+.B \-p
+flag.
+.Ix 0 ref flags -p
+Giving a target this attribute tells PMake that the target is
+definitely
+.I not
+the Main Target.
+This allows you to place targets in an included makefile and
+have PMake create something else by default.
+.IP .PRECIOUS \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .PRECIOUS
+.Ix 0 def .PRECIOUS attribute
+When PMake is interrupted (you type control-C at the keyboard), it
+will attempt to clean up after itself by removing any half-made
+targets. If a target has the
+.CW .PRECIOUS
+attribute, however, PMake will leave it alone. An additional side
+effect of the `::' operator is to mark the targets as
+.CW .PRECIOUS .
+.Ix 0 ref operator double-colon
+.Ix 0 ref ::
+.IP .SILENT \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .SILENT
+.Ix 0 def .SILENT attribute
+Marking a target with this attribute keeps its commands from being
+printed when they're executed, just as if they had an `@' in front of them.
+.IP .USE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .USE
+.Ix 0 def .USE
+By giving a target this attribute, you turn it into PMake's equivalent
+of a macro. When the target is used as a source for another target,
+the other target acquires the commands, sources and attributes (except
+.CW .USE )
+of the source.
+If the target already has commands, the
+.CW .USE
+target's commands are added to the end. If more than one .USE-marked
+source is given to a target, the rules are applied sequentially.
+.IP "\&" \n(pw
+The typical .USE rule (as I call them) will use the sources of the
+target to which it is applied (as stored in the
+.CW .ALLSRC
+variable for the target) as its ``arguments,'' if you will.
+For example, you probably noticed that the commands for creating
+.CW lib1.a
+and
+.CW lib2.a
+in the example in section 3.3
+.Rm 5 3.3
+were exactly the same. You can use the
+.CW .USE
+attribute to eliminate the repetition, like so:
+.DS
+lib1.a : $(LIB1OBJS) MAKELIB
+lib2.a : $(LIB2OBJS) MAKELIB
+
+MAKELIB : .USE
+ rm -f $(.TARGET)
+ ar cr $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+ ...
+ ranlib $(.TARGET)
+.DE
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .TARGET
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC
+.IP "\&" \n(pw
+Several system makefiles (not to be confused with The System Makefile)
+make use of these .USE rules to make your
+life easier (they're in the default, system makefile directory...take a look).
+Note that the .USE rule source itself
+.CW MAKELIB ) (
+does not appear in any of the targets's local variables.
+There is no limit to the number of times I could use the
+.CW MAKELIB
+rule. If there were more libraries, I could continue with
+.CW "lib3.a : $(LIB3OBJS) MAKELIB" '' ``
+and so on and so forth.
+.xH 2 Special Targets
+.LP
+As there were in Make, so there are certain targets that have special
+meaning to PMake. When you use one on a dependency line, it is the
+only target that may appear on the left-hand-side of the operator.
+.Ix 0 ref target
+.Ix 0 ref operator
+As for the attributes and variables, all the special targets
+begin with a period and consist of upper-case letters only.
+I won't describe them all in detail because some of them are rather
+complex and I'll describe them in more detail than you'll want in
+chapter 4.
+The targets are as follows:
+.nr pw 10
+.IP .BEGIN \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .BEGIN
+Any commands attached to this target are executed before anything else
+is done. You can use it for any initialization that needs doing.
+.IP .DEFAULT \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .DEFAULT
+This is sort of a .USE rule for any target (that was used only as a
+source) that PMake can't figure out any other way to create. It's only
+``sort of'' a .USE rule because only the shell script attached to the
+.CW .DEFAULT
+target is used. The
+.CW .IMPSRC
+variable of a target that inherits
+.CW .DEFAULT 's
+commands is set to the target's own name.
+.Ix 0 ref .IMPSRC
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .IMPSRC
+.IP .END \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .END
+This serves a function similar to
+.CW .BEGIN ,
+in that commands attached to it are executed once everything has been
+re-created (so long as no errors occurred). It also serves the extra
+function of being a place on which PMake can hang commands you put off
+to the end. Thus the script for this target will be executed before
+any of the commands you save with the ``.\|.\|.''.
+.Ix 0 ref ...
+.IP .EXPORT \n(pw
+The sources for this target are passed to the exportation system compiled
+into PMake. Some systems will use these sources to configure
+themselves. You should ask your system administrator about this.
+.IP .IGNORE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .IGNORE target
+.Ix 0 ref .IGNORE attribute
+.Ix 0 ref attributes .IGNORE
+This target marks each of its sources with the
+.CW .IGNORE
+attribute. If you don't give it any sources, then it is like
+giving the
+.B \-i
+flag when you invoke PMake \*- errors are ignored for all commands.
+.Ix 0 ref flags -i
+.IP .INCLUDES \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .INCLUDES target
+.Ix 0 def variable global .INCLUDES
+.Ix 0 def .INCLUDES variable
+The sources for this target are taken to be suffixes that indicate a
+file that can be included in a program source file.
+The suffix must have already been declared with
+.CW .SUFFIXES
+(see below).
+Any suffix so marked will have the directories on its search path
+(see
+.CW .PATH ,
+below) placed in the
+.CW .INCLUDES
+variable, each preceded by a
+.B \-I
+flag. This variable can then be used as an argument for the compiler
+in the normal fashion. The
+.CW .h
+suffix is already marked in this way in the system makefile.
+.Ix 0 ref makefile system
+E.g. if you have
+.DS
+\&.SUFFIXES : .bitmap
+\&.PATH.bitmap : /usr/local/X/lib/bitmaps
+\&.INCLUDES : .bitmap
+.DE
+PMake will place
+.CW "-I/usr/local/X/lib/bitmaps" '' ``
+in the
+.CW .INCLUDES
+variable and you can then say
+.DS
+cc $(.INCLUDES) -c xprogram.c
+.DE
+(Note: the
+.CW .INCLUDES
+variable is not actually filled in until the entire makefile has been read.)
+.IP .INTERRUPT \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .INTERRUPT
+When PMake is interrupted,
+it will execute the commands in the script for this target, if it
+exists.
+.IP .LIBS \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .LIBS target
+.Ix 0 def .LIBS variable
+.Ix 0 def variable global .LIBS
+This does for libraries what
+.CW .INCLUDES
+does for include files, except the flag used is
+.B \-L ,
+as required by those linkers that allow you to tell them where to find
+libraries. The variable used is
+.CW .LIBS .
+Be forewarned that PMake may not have been compiled to do this if the
+linker on your system doesn't accept the
+.B \-L
+flag, though the
+.CW .LIBS
+variable will always be defined once the makefile has been read.
+.IP .MAIN \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .MAIN
+If you didn't give a target (or targets) to create when you invoked
+PMake, it will take the sources of this target as the targets to
+create.
+.IP .MAKEFLAGS \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .MAKEFLAGS target
+This target provides a way for you to always specify flags for PMake
+when the makefile is used. The flags are just as they would be typed
+to the shell (except you can't use shell variables unless they're in
+the environment),
+though the
+.B \-f
+and
+.B \-r
+flags have no effect.
+.IP .NULL \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .NULL
+.Ix 0 ref suffix null
+.Ix 0 ref "null suffix"
+This allows you to specify what suffix PMake should pretend a file has
+if, in fact, it has no known suffix. Only one suffix may be so
+designated. The last source on the dependency line is the suffix that
+is used (you should, however, only give one suffix.\|.\|.).
+.IP .PATH \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .PATH
+If you give sources for this target, PMake will take them as
+directories in which to search for files it cannot find in the current
+directory. If you give no sources, it will clear out any directories
+added to the search path before. Since the effects of this all get
+very complex, I'll leave it til chapter four to give you a complete
+explanation.
+.IP .PATH\fIsuffix\fP \n(pw
+.Ix 0 ref .PATH
+This does a similar thing to
+.CW .PATH ,
+but it does it only for files with the given suffix. The suffix must
+have been defined already. Look at
+.B "Search Paths"
+(section 4.1)
+.Rm 6 4.1
+for more information.
+.IP .PRECIOUS \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .PRECIOUS target
+.Ix 0 ref .PRECIOUS attribute
+.Ix 0 ref attributes .PRECIOUS
+Similar to
+.CW .IGNORE ,
+this gives the
+.CW .PRECIOUS
+attribute to each source on the dependency line, unless there are no
+sources, in which case the
+.CW .PRECIOUS
+attribute is given to every target in the file.
+.IP .RECURSIVE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .RECURSIVE
+.Ix 0 ref attributes .MAKE
+.Ix 0 ref .MAKE
+This target applies the
+.CW .MAKE
+attribute to all its sources. It does nothing if you don't give it any sources.
+.IP .SHELL \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .SHELL
+PMake is not constrained to only using the Bourne shell to execute
+the commands you put in the makefile. You can tell it some other shell
+to use with this target. Check out
+.B "A Shell is a Shell is a Shell"
+(section 4.4)
+.Rm 7 4.4
+for more information.
+.IP .SILENT \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .SILENT target
+.Ix 0 ref .SILENT attribute
+.Ix 0 ref attributes .SILENT
+When you use
+.CW .SILENT
+as a target, it applies the
+.CW .SILENT
+attribute to each of its sources. If there are no sources on the
+dependency line, then it is as if you gave PMake the
+.B \-s
+flag and no commands will be echoed.
+.IP .SUFFIXES \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .SUFFIXES
+This is used to give new file suffixes for PMake to handle. Each
+source is a suffix PMake should recognize. If you give a
+.CW .SUFFIXES
+dependency line with no sources, PMake will forget about all the
+suffixes it knew (this also nukes the null suffix).
+For those targets that need to have suffixes defined, this is how you do it.
+.LP
+In addition to these targets, a line of the form
+.DS
+\fIattribute\fP : \fIsources\fP
+.DE
+applies the
+.I attribute
+to all the targets listed as
+.I sources .
+.xH 2 Modifying Variable Expansion
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def variable expansion modified
+.Ix 0 ref variable expansion
+.Ix 0 def variable modifiers
+Variables need not always be expanded verbatim. PMake defines several
+modifiers that may be applied to a variable's value before it is
+expanded. You apply a modifier by placing it after the variable name
+with a colon between the two, like so:
+.DS
+${\fIVARIABLE\fP:\fImodifier\fP}
+.DE
+Each modifier is a single character followed by something specific to
+the modifier itself.
+You may apply as many modifiers as you want \*- each one is applied to
+the result of the previous and is separated from the previous by
+another colon.
+.LP
+There are seven ways to modify a variable's expansion, most of which
+come from the C shell variable modification characters:
+.RS
+.IP "M\fIpattern\fP"
+.Ix 0 def :M
+.Ix 0 def modifier match
+This is used to select only those words (a word is a series of
+characters that are neither spaces nor tabs) that match the given
+.I pattern .
+The pattern is a wildcard pattern like that used by the shell, where
+.CW *
+means 0 or more characters of any sort;
+.CW ?
+is any single character;
+.CW [abcd]
+matches any single character that is either `a', `b', `c' or `d'
+(there may be any number of characters between the brackets);
+.CW [0-9]
+matches any single character that is between `0' and `9' (i.e. any
+digit. This form may be freely mixed with the other bracket form), and
+`\\' is used to escape any of the characters `*', `?', `[' or `:',
+leaving them as regular characters to match themselves in a word.
+For example, the system makefile
+.CW <makedepend.mk>
+uses
+.CW "$(CFLAGS:M-[ID]*)" '' ``
+to extract all the
+.CW \-I
+and
+.CW \-D
+flags that would be passed to the C compiler. This allows it to
+properly locate include files and generate the correct dependencies.
+.IP "N\fIpattern\fP"
+.Ix 0 def :N
+.Ix 0 def modifier nomatch
+This is identical to
+.CW :M
+except it substitutes all words that don't match the given pattern.
+.IP "S/\fIsearch-string\fP/\fIreplacement-string\fP/[g]"
+.Ix 0 def :S
+.Ix 0 def modifier substitute
+Causes the first occurrence of
+.I search-string
+in the variable to be replaced by
+.I replacement-string ,
+unless the
+.CW g
+flag is given at the end, in which case all occurrences of the string
+are replaced. The substitution is performed on each word in the
+variable in turn. If
+.I search-string
+begins with a
+.CW ^ ,
+the string must match starting at the beginning of the word. If
+.I search-string
+ends with a
+.CW $ ,
+the string must match to the end of the word (these two may be
+combined to force an exact match). If a backslash precedes these two
+characters, however, they lose their special meaning. Variable
+expansion also occurs in the normal fashion inside both the
+.I search-string
+and the
+.I replacement-string ,
+.B except
+that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a
+.CW $ ,
+not another dollar sign, as is usual.
+Note that
+.I search-string
+is just a string, not a pattern, so none of the usual
+regular-expression/wildcard characters have any special meaning save
+.CW ^
+and
+.CW $ .
+In the replacement string,
+the
+.CW &
+character is replaced by the
+.I search-string
+unless it is preceded by a backslash.
+You are allowed to use any character except
+colon or exclamation point to separate the two strings. This so-called
+delimiter character may be placed in either string by preceding it
+with a backslash.
+.IP T
+.Ix 0 def :T
+.Ix 0 def modifier tail
+Replaces each word in the variable expansion by its last
+component (its ``tail''). For example, given
+.DS
+OBJS = ../lib/a.o b /usr/lib/libm.a
+TAILS = $(OBJS:T)
+.DE
+the variable
+.CW TAILS
+would expand to
+.CW "a.o b libm.a" .'' ``
+.IP H
+.Ix 0 def :H
+.Ix 0 def modifier head
+This is similar to
+.CW :T ,
+except that every word is replaced by everything but the tail (the
+``head''). Using the same definition of
+.CW OBJS ,
+the string
+.CW "$(OBJS:H)" '' ``
+would expand to
+.CW "../lib /usr/lib" .'' ``
+Note that the final slash on the heads is removed and
+anything without a head is replaced by the empty string.
+.IP E
+.Ix 0 def :E
+.Ix 0 def modifier extension
+.Ix 0 def modifier suffix
+.Ix 0 ref suffix "variable modifier"
+.CW :E
+replaces each word by its suffix (``extension''). So
+.CW "$(OBJS:E)" '' ``
+would give you
+.CW ".o .a" .'' ``
+.IP R
+.Ix 0 def :R
+.Ix 0 def modifier root
+.Ix 0 def modifier base
+This replaces each word by everything but the suffix (the ``root'' of
+the word).
+.CW "$(OBJS:R)" '' ``
+expands to ``
+.CW "../lib/a b /usr/lib/libm" .''
+.RE
+.LP
+In addition, the System V style of substitution is also supported.
+This looks like:
+.DS
+$(\fIVARIABLE\fP:\fIsearch-string\fP=\fIreplacement\fP)
+.DE
+It must be the last modifier in the chain. The search is anchored at
+the end of each word, so only suffixes or whole words may be replaced.
+.xH 2 More on Debugging
+.xH 2 More Exercises
+.IP (3.1)
+You've got a set programs, each of which is created from its own
+assembly-language source file (suffix
+.CW .asm ).
+Each program can be assembled into two versions, one with error-checking
+code assembled in and one without. You could assemble them into files
+with different suffixes
+.CW .eobj \& (
+and
+.CW .obj ,
+for instance), but your linker only understands files that end in
+.CW .obj .
+To top it all off, the final executables
+.I must
+have the suffix
+.CW .exe .
+How can you still use transformation rules to make your life easier
+(Hint: assume the error-checking versions have
+.CW ec
+tacked onto their prefix)?
+.IP (3.2)
+Assume, for a moment or two, you want to perform a sort of
+``indirection'' by placing the name of a variable into another one,
+then you want to get the value of the first by expanding the second
+somehow. Unfortunately, PMake doesn't allow constructs like
+.DS I
+$($(FOO))
+.DE
+What do you do? Hint: no further variable expansion is performed after
+modifiers are applied, thus if you cause a $ to occur in the
+expansion, that's what will be in the result.
+.xH 1 PMake for Gods
+.LP
+This chapter is devoted to those facilities in PMake that allow you to
+do a great deal in a makefile with very little work, as well as do
+some things you couldn't do in Make without a great deal of work (and
+perhaps the use of other programs). The problem with these features,
+is they must be handled with care, or you will end up with a mess.
+.LP
+Once more, I assume a greater familiarity with
+.UX
+or Sprite than I did in the previous two chapters.
+.xH 2 Search Paths
+.Rd 6
+.LP
+PMake supports the dispersal of files into multiple directories by
+allowing you to specify places to look for sources with
+.CW .PATH
+targets in the makefile. The directories you give as sources for these
+targets make up a ``search path.'' Only those files used exclusively
+as sources are actually sought on a search path, the assumption being
+that anything listed as a target in the makefile can be created by the
+makefile and thus should be in the current directory.
+.LP
+There are two types of search paths
+in PMake: one is used for all types of files (including included
+makefiles) and is specified with a plain
+.CW .PATH
+target (e.g.
+.CW ".PATH : RCS" ''), ``
+while the other is specific to a certain type of file, as indicated by
+the file's suffix. A specific search path is indicated by immediately following
+the
+.CW .PATH
+with the suffix of the file. For instance
+.DS
+\&.PATH.h : /sprite/lib/include /sprite/att/lib/include
+.DE
+would tell PMake to look in the directories
+.CW /sprite/lib/include
+and
+.CW /sprite/att/lib/include
+for any files whose suffix is
+.CW .h .
+.LP
+The current directory is always consulted first to see if a file
+exists. Only if it cannot be found there are the directories in the
+specific search path, followed by those in the general search path,
+consulted.
+.LP
+A search path is also used when expanding wildcard characters. If the
+pattern has a recognizable suffix on it, the path for that suffix will
+be used for the expansion. Otherwise the default search path is employed.
+.LP
+When a file is found in some directory other than the current one, all
+local variables that would have contained the target's name
+.CW .ALLSRC , (
+and
+.CW .IMPSRC )
+will instead contain the path to the file, as found by PMake.
+Thus if you have a file
+.CW ../lib/mumble.c
+and a makefile
+.DS
+\&.PATH.c : ../lib
+mumble : mumble.c
+ $(CC) -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+.DE
+the command executed to create
+.CW mumble
+would be
+.CW "cc -o mumble ../lib/mumble.c" .'' ``
+(As an aside, the command in this case isn't strictly necessary, since
+it will be found using transformation rules if it isn't given. This is because
+.CW .out
+is the null suffix by default and a transformation exists from
+.CW .c
+to
+.CW .out .
+Just thought I'd throw that in.)
+.LP
+If a file exists in two directories on the same search path, the file
+in the first directory on the path will be the one PMake uses. So if
+you have a large system spread over many directories, it would behoove
+you to follow a naming convention that avoids such conflicts.
+.LP
+Something you should know about the way search paths are implemented
+is that each directory is read, and its contents cached, exactly once
+\&\*- when it is first encountered \*- so any changes to the
+directories while PMake is running will not be noted when searching
+for implicit sources, nor will they be found when PMake attempts to
+discover when the file was last modified, unless the file was created in the
+current directory. While people have suggested that PMake should read
+the directories each time, my experience suggests that the caching seldom
+causes problems. In addition, not caching the directories slows things
+down enormously because of PMake's attempts to apply transformation
+rules through non-existent files \*- the number of extra file-system
+searches is truly staggering, especially if many files without
+suffixes are used and the null suffix isn't changed from
+.CW .out .
+.xH 2 Archives and Libraries
+.LP
+.UX
+and Sprite allow you to merge files into an archive using the
+.CW ar
+command. Further, if the files are relocatable object files, you can
+run
+.CW ranlib
+on the archive and get yourself a library that you can link into any
+program you want. The main problem with archives is they double the
+space you need to store the archived files, since there's one copy in
+the archive and one copy out by itself. The problem with libraries is
+you usually think of them as
+.CW -lm
+rather than
+.CW /usr/lib/libm.a
+and the linker thinks they're out-of-date if you so much as look at
+them.
+.LP
+PMake solves the problem with archives by allowing you to tell it to
+examine the files in the archives (so you can remove the individual
+files without having to regenerate them later). To handle the problem
+with libraries, PMake adds an additional way of deciding if a library
+is out-of-date:
+.IP \(bu 2
+If the table of contents is older than the library, or is missing, the
+library is out-of-date.
+.LP
+A library is any target that looks like
+.CW \-l name'' ``
+or that ends in a suffix that was marked as a library using the
+.CW .LIBS
+target.
+.CW .a
+is so marked in the system makefile.
+.LP
+Members of an archive are specified as
+``\fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP[ \fImember\fP...])''.
+Thus
+.CW libdix.a(window.o) '' ``'
+specifies the file
+.CW window.o
+in the archive
+.CW libdix.a .
+You may also use wildcards to specify the members of the archive. Just
+remember that most the wildcard characters will only find
+.I existing
+files.
+.LP
+A file that is a member of an archive is treated specially. If the
+file doesn't exist, but it is in the archive, the modification time
+recorded in the archive is used for the file when determining if the
+file is out-of-date. When figuring out how to make an archived member target
+(not the file itself, but the file in the archive \*- the
+\fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP) target), special care is
+taken with the transformation rules, as follows:
+.IP \(bu 2
+\&\fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP) is made to depend on \fImember\fP.
+.IP \(bu 2
+The transformation from the \fImember\fP's suffix to the
+\fIarchive\fP's suffix is applied to the \fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP) target.
+.IP \(bu 2
+The \fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP)'s
+.CW .TARGET
+variable is set to the name of the \fImember\fP if \fImember\fP is
+actually a target, or the path to the member file if \fImember\fP is
+only a source.
+.IP \(bu 2
+The
+.CW .ARCHIVE
+variable for the \fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP) target is set to the name
+of the \fIarchive\fP.
+.Ix 0 def variable local .ARCHIVE
+.Ix 0 def .ARCHIVE
+.IP \(bu 2
+The
+.CW .MEMBER
+variable is set to the actual string inside the parentheses. In most
+cases, this will be the same as the
+.CW .TARGET
+variable.
+.Ix 0 def variable local .MEMBER
+.Ix 0 def .MEMBER
+.IP \(bu 2
+The \fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP)'s place in the local variables of the
+targets that depend on it is taken by the value of its
+.CW .TARGET
+variable.
+.LP
+Thus, a program library could be created with the following makefile:
+.DS
+\&.o.a :
+ ...
+ rm -f $(.TARGET:T)
+OBJS = obj1.o obj2.o obj3.o
+libprog.a : libprog.a($(OBJS))
+ ar cru $(.TARGET) $(.OODATE)
+ ranlib $(.TARGET)
+.DE
+This will cause the three object files to be compiled (if the
+corresponding source files were modified after the object file or, if
+that doesn't exist, the archived object file), the out-of-date ones
+archived in
+.CW libprog.a ,
+a table of contents placed in the archive and the newly-archived
+object files to be removed.
+.LP
+All this is used in the
+.CW makelib.mk
+system makefile to create a single library with ease. This makefile
+looks like this:
+.DS
+.SM
+#
+# Rules for making libraries. The object files that make up the library
+# are removed once they are archived.
+#
+# To make several libraries in parallel, you should define the variable
+# "many_libraries". This will serialize the invocations of ranlib.
+#
+# To use, do something like this:
+#
+# OBJECTS = <files in the library>
+#
+# fish.a: fish.a($(OBJECTS)) MAKELIB
+#
+#
+
+#ifndef _MAKELIB_MK
+_MAKELIB_MK =
+
+#include <po.mk>
+
+\&.po.a .o.a :
+ ...
+ rm -f $(.MEMBER)
+
+ARFLAGS ?= crl
+
+#
+# Re-archive the out-of-date members and recreate the library's table of
+# contents using ranlib. If many_libraries is defined, put the ranlib
+# off til the end so many libraries can be made at once.
+#
+MAKELIB : .USE .PRECIOUS
+ ar $(ARFLAGS) $(.TARGET) $(.OODATE)
+#ifndef no_ranlib
+# ifdef many_libraries
+ ...
+# endif /* many_libraries */
+ ranlib $(.TARGET)
+#endif /* no_ranlib */
+
+#endif /* _MAKELIB_MK */
+.DE
+.xH 2 On the Condition...
+.Rd 1
+.LP
+Like the C compiler before it, PMake allows you to configure the makefile,
+based on the current environment, using conditional statements. A
+conditional looks like this:
+.DS
+#if \fIboolean expression\fP
+\fIlines\fP
+#elif \fIanother boolean expression\fP
+\fImore lines\fP
+#else
+\fIstill more lines\fP
+#endif
+.DE
+They may be nested to a maximum depth of 30 and may occur anywhere
+(except in a comment, of course). The
+.CW # '' ``
+must the very first character on the line.
+.LP
+Each
+.I "boolean expression"
+is made up of terms that look like function calls, the standard C
+boolean operators
+.CW && ,
+.CW || ,
+and
+.CW ! ,
+and the standard relational operators
+.CW == ,
+.CW != ,
+.CW > ,
+.CW >= ,
+.CW < ,
+and
+.CW <= ,
+with
+.CW ==
+and
+.CW !=
+being overloaded to allow string comparisons as well.
+.CW &&
+represents logical AND;
+.CW ||
+is logical OR and
+.CW !
+is logical NOT. The arithmetic and string operators take precedence
+over all three of these operators, while NOT takes precedence over
+AND, which takes precedence over OR. This precedence may be
+overridden with parentheses, and an expression may be parenthesized to
+your heart's content. Each term looks like a call on one of four
+functions:
+.nr pw 9
+.Ix 0 def make
+.Ix 0 def conditional make
+.Ix 0 def if make
+.IP make \n(pw
+The syntax is
+.CW make( \fItarget\fP\c
+.CW )
+where
+.I target
+is a target in the makefile. This is true if the given target was
+specified on the command line, or as the source for a
+.CW .MAIN
+target (note that the sources for
+.CW .MAIN
+are only used if no targets were given on the command line).
+.IP defined \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def defined
+.Ix 0 def conditional defined
+.Ix 0 def if defined
+The syntax is
+.CW defined( \fIvariable\fP\c
+.CW )
+and is true if
+.I variable
+is defined. Certain variables are defined in the system makefile that
+identify the system on which PMake is being run.
+.IP exists \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def exists
+.Ix 0 def conditional exists
+.Ix 0 def if exists
+The syntax is
+.CW exists( \fIfile\fP\c
+.CW )
+and is true if the file can be found on the global search path
+(i.e. that defined by
+.CW .PATH
+targets, not by
+.CW .PATH \fIsuffix\fP
+targets).
+.IP empty \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def empty
+.Ix 0 def conditional empty
+.Ix 0 def if empty
+This syntax is much like the others, except the string inside the
+parentheses is of the same form as you would put between parentheses
+when expanding a variable, complete with modifiers and everything. The
+function returns true if the resulting string is empty (NOTE: an undefined
+variable in this context will cause at the very least a warning
+message about a malformed conditional, and at the worst will cause the
+process to stop once it has read the makefile. If you want to check
+for a variable being defined or empty, use the expression
+.CW !defined( \fIvar\fP\c ``
+.CW ") || empty(" \fIvar\fP\c
+.CW ) ''
+as the definition of
+.CW ||
+will prevent the
+.CW empty()
+from being evaluated and causing an error, if the variable is
+undefined). This can be used to see if a variable contains a given
+word, for example:
+.DS
+#if !empty(\fIvar\fP:M\fIword\fP)
+.DE
+.LP
+The arithmetic and string operators may only be used to test the value
+of a variable. The lefthand side must contain the variable expansion,
+while the righthand side contains either a string, enclosed in
+double-quotes, or a number. The standard C numeric conventions (except
+for specifying an octal number) apply to both sides. E.g.
+.DS
+#if $(OS) == 4.3
+
+#if $(MACHINE) == "sun3"
+
+#if $(LOAD_ADDR) < 0xc000
+.DE
+are all valid conditionals. In addition, the numeric value of a
+variable can be tested as a boolean as follows:
+.DS
+#if $(LOAD)
+.DE
+would see if
+.CW LOAD
+contains a non-zero value and
+.DS
+#if !$(LOAD)
+.DE
+would test if
+.CW LOAD
+contains a zero value.
+.LP
+In addition to the bare
+.CW #if ,'' ``
+there are other forms that apply one of the first two functions to each
+term. They are as follows:
+.DS
+ ifdef \fRdefined\fP
+ ifndef \fR!defined\fP
+ ifmake \fRmake\fP
+ ifnmake \fR!make\fP
+.DE
+There are also the ``else if'' forms:
+.CW elif ,
+.CW elifdef ,
+.CW elifndef ,
+.CW elifmake ,
+and
+.CW elifnmake .
+.LP
+For instance, if you wish to create two versions of a program, one of which
+is optimized (the production version) and the other of which is for debugging
+(has symbols for dbx), you have two choices: you can create two
+makefiles, one of which uses the
+.CW \-g
+flag for the compilation, while the other uses the
+.CW \-O
+flag, or you can use another target (call it
+.CW debug )
+to create the debug version. The construct below will take care of
+this for you. I have also made it so defining the variable
+.CW DEBUG
+(say with
+.CW "pmake -D DEBUG" )
+will also cause the debug version to be made.
+.DS
+#if defined(DEBUG) || make(debug)
+CFLAGS += -g
+#else
+CFLAGS += -O
+#endif
+.DE
+There are, of course, problems with this approach. The most glaring
+annoyance is that if you want to go from making a debug version to
+making a production version, you have to remove all the object files,
+or you will get some optimized and some debug versions in the same
+program. Another annoyance is you have to be careful not to make two
+targets that ``conflict'' because of some conditionals in the
+makefile. For instance
+.DS
+#if make(print)
+FORMATTER = ditroff -Plaser_printer
+#endif
+#if make(draft)
+FORMATTER = nroff -Pdot_matrix_printer
+#endif
+.DE
+would wreak havoc if you tried
+.CW "pmake draft print" '' ``
+since you would use the same formatter for each target. As I said,
+this all gets somewhat complicated.
+.xH 2 A Shell is a Shell is a Shell
+.Rd 7
+.LP
+In normal operation, the Bourne Shell (better known as
+.CW sh '') ``
+is used to execute the commands to re-create targets. PMake also allows you
+to specify a different shell for it to use when executing these
+commands. There are several things PMake must know about the shell you
+wish to use. These things are specified as the sources for the
+.CW .SHELL
+.Ix 0 ref .SHELL
+.Ix 0 ref target .SHELL
+target by keyword, as follows:
+.IP "\fBpath=\fP\fIpath\fP"
+PMake needs to know where the shell actually resides, so it can
+execute it. If you specify this and nothing else, PMake will use the
+last component of the path and look in its table of the shells it
+knows and use the specification it finds, if any. Use this if you just
+want to use a different version of the Bourne or C Shell (yes, PMake knows
+how to use the C Shell too).
+.IP "\fBname=\fP\fIname\fP"
+This is the name by which the shell is to be known. It is a single
+word and, if no other keywords are specified (other than
+.B path ),
+it is the name by which PMake attempts to find a specification for
+it (as mentioned above). You can use this if you would just rather use
+the C Shell than the Bourne Shell
+.CW ".SHELL: name=csh" '' (``
+will do it).
+.IP "\fBquiet=\fP\fIecho-off command\fP"
+As mentioned before, PMake actually controls whether commands are
+printed by introducing commands into the shell's input stream. This
+keyword, and the next two, control what those commands are. The
+.B quiet
+keyword is the command used to turn echoing off. Once it is turned
+off, echoing is expected to remain off until the echo-on command is given.
+.IP "\fBecho=\fP\fIecho-on command\fP"
+The command PMake should give to turn echoing back on again.
+.IP "\fBfilter=\fP\fIprinted echo-off command\fP"
+Many shells will echo the echo-off command when it is given. This
+keyword tells PMake in what format the shell actually prints the
+echo-off command. Wherever PMake sees this string in the shell's
+output, it will delete it and any following whitespace, up to and
+including the next newline. See the example at the end of this section
+for more details.
+.IP "\fBechoFlag=\fP\fIflag to turn echoing on\fP"
+Unless a target has been marked
+.CW .SILENT ,
+PMake wants to start the shell running with echoing on. To do this, it
+passes this flag to the shell as one of its arguments. If either this
+or the next flag begins with a `\-', the flags will be passed to the
+shell as separate arguments. Otherwise, the two will be concatenated
+(if they are used at the same time, of course).
+.IP "\fBerrFlag=\fP\fIflag to turn error checking on\fP"
+Likewise, unless a target is marked
+.CW .IGNORE ,
+PMake wishes error-checking to be on from the very start. To this end,
+it will pass this flag to the shell as an argument. The same rules for
+an initial `\-' apply as for the
+.B echoFlag .
+.IP "\fBcheck=\fP\fIcommand to turn error checking on\fP"
+Just as for echo-control, error-control is achieved by inserting
+commands into the shell's input stream. This is the command to make
+the shell check for errors. It also serves another purpose if the
+shell doesn't have error-control as commands, but I'll get into that
+in a minute. Again, once error checking has been turned on, it is
+expected to remain on until it is turned off again.
+.IP "\fBignore=\fP\fIcommand to turn error checking off\fP"
+This is the command PMake uses to turn error checking off. It has
+another use if the shell doesn't do error-control, but I'll tell you
+about that.\|.\|.\|now.
+.IP "\fBhasErrCtl=\fP\fIyes or no\fP"
+This takes a value that is either
+.B yes
+or
+.B no .
+Now you might think that the existence of the
+.B check
+and
+.B ignore
+keywords would be enough to tell PMake if the shell can do
+error-control, but you'd be wrong. If
+.B hasErrCtl
+is
+.B yes ,
+PMake uses the check and ignore commands in a straight-forward manner.
+If this is
+.B no ,
+however, their use is rather different. In this case, the check
+command is used as a template, in which the string
+.B %s
+is replaced by the command that's about to be executed, to produce a
+command for the shell that will echo the command to be executed. The
+ignore command is also used as a template, again with
+.B %s
+replaced by the command to be executed, to produce a command that will
+execute the command to be executed and ignore any error it returns.
+When these strings are used as templates, you must provide newline(s)
+.CW \en '') (``
+in the appropriate place(s).
+.LP
+The strings that follow these keywords may be enclosed in single or
+double quotes (the quotes will be stripped off) and may contain the
+usual C backslash-characters (\en is newline, \er is return, \eb is
+backspace, \e' escapes a single-quote inside single-quotes, \e"
+escapes a double-quote inside double-quotes). Now for an example.
+.LP
+This is actually the contents of the
+.CW <shx.mk>
+system makefile, and causes PMake to use the Bourne Shell in such a
+way that each command is printed as it is executed. That is, if more
+than one command is given on a line, each will be printed separately.
+Similarly, each time the body of a loop is executed, the commands
+within that loop will be printed, etc. The specification runs like
+this:
+.DS
+#
+# This is a shell specification to have the Bourne shell echo
+# the commands just before executing them, rather than when it reads
+# them. Useful if you want to see how variables are being expanded, etc.
+#
+\&.SHELL : path=/bin/sh \e
+ quiet="set -" \e
+ echo="set -x" \e
+ filter="+ set - " \e
+ echoFlag=x \e
+ errFlag=e \e
+ hasErrCtl=yes \e
+ check="set -e" \e
+ ignore="set +e"
+.DE
+.LP
+It tells PMake the following:
+.Bp
+The shell is located in the file
+.CW /bin/sh .
+It need not tell PMake that the name of the shell is
+.CW sh
+as PMake can figure that out for itself (it's the last component of
+the path).
+.Bp
+The command to stop echoing is
+.CW "set -" .
+.Bp
+The command to start echoing is
+.CW "set -x" .
+.Bp
+When the echo off command is executed, the shell will print
+.CW "+ set - "
+(The `+' comes from using the
+.CW \-x
+flag (rather than the
+.CW \-v
+flag PMake usually uses)). PMake will remove all occurrences of this
+string from the output, so you don't notice extra commands you didn't
+put there.
+.Bp
+The flag the Bourne Shell will take to start echoing in this way is
+the
+.CW \-x
+flag. The Bourne Shell will only take its flag arguments concatenated
+as its first argument, so neither this nor the
+.B errFlag
+specification begins with a \-.
+.Bp
+The flag to use to turn error-checking on from the start is
+.CW \-e .
+.Bp
+The shell can turn error-checking on and off, and the commands to do
+so are
+.CW "set +e"
+and
+.CW "set -e" ,
+respectively.
+.LP
+I should note that this specification is for Bourne Shells that are
+not part of Berkeley
+.UX ,
+as shells from Berkeley don't do error control. You can get a similar
+effect, however, by changing the last three lines to be:
+.DS
+ hasErrCtl=no \e
+ check="echo \e"+ %s\e"\en" \e
+ ignore="sh -c '%s || exit 0\en"
+.DE
+.LP
+This will cause PMake to execute the two commands
+.DS
+echo "+ \fIcmd\fP"
+sh -c '\fIcmd\fP || true'
+.DE
+for each command for which errors are to be ignored. (In case you are
+wondering, the thing for
+.CW ignore
+tells the shell to execute another shell without error checking on and
+always exit 0, since the
+.B ||
+causes the
+.CW "exit 0"
+to be executed only if the first command exited non-zero, and if the
+first command exited zero, the shell will also exit zero, since that's
+the last command it executed).
+.xH 2 Compatibility
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.LP
+There are three (well, 3 \(12) levels of backwards-compatibility built
+into PMake. Most makefiles will need none at all. Some may need a
+little bit of work to operate correctly when run in parallel. Each
+level encompasses the previous levels (e.g.
+.B \-B
+(one shell per command) implies
+.B \-V )
+The three levels are described in the following three sections.
+.xH 3 DEFCON 3 \*- Variable Expansion
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.LP
+As noted before, PMake will not expand a variable unless it knows of a
+value for it. This can cause problems for makefiles that expect to
+leave variables undefined except in special circumstances (e.g. if
+more flags need to be passed to the C compiler or the output from a
+text processor should be sent to a different printer). If the
+variables are enclosed in curly braces
+.CW ${PRINTER} ''), (``
+the shell will let them pass. If they are enclosed in parentheses,
+however, the shell will declare a syntax error and the make will come
+to a grinding halt.
+.LP
+You have two choices: change the makefile to define the variables
+(their values can be overridden on the command line, since that's
+where they would have been set if you used Make, anyway) or always give the
+.B \-V
+flag (this can be done with the
+.CW .MAKEFLAGS
+target, if you want).
+.xH 3 DEFCON 2 \*- The Number of the Beast
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.LP
+Then there are the makefiles that expect certain commands, such as
+changing to a different directory, to not affect other commands in a
+target's creation script. You can solve this is either by going
+back to executing one shell per command (which is what the
+.B \-B
+flag forces PMake to do), which slows the process down a good bit and
+requires you to use semicolons and escaped newlines for shell constructs, or
+by changing the makefile to execute the offending command(s) in a subshell
+(by placing the line inside parentheses), like so:
+.DS
+install :: .MAKE
+ (cd src; $(.PMAKE) install)
+ (cd lib; $(.PMAKE) install)
+ (cd man; $(.PMAKE) install)
+.DE
+.Ix 0 ref operator double-colon
+.Ix 0 ref variable global .PMAKE
+.Ix 0 ref .PMAKE
+.Ix 0 ref .MAKE
+.Ix 0 ref attribute .MAKE
+This will always execute the three makes (even if the
+.B \-n
+flag was given) because of the combination of the ``::'' operator and
+the
+.CW .MAKE
+attribute. Each command will change to the proper directory to perform
+the install, leaving the main shell in the directory in which it started.
+.xH 3 "DEFCON 1 \*- Imitation is the Not the Highest Form of Flattery"
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.LP
+The final category of makefile is the one where every command requires
+input, the dependencies are incompletely specified, or you simply
+cannot create more than one target at a time, as mentioned earlier. In
+addition, you may not have the time or desire to upgrade the makefile
+to run smoothly with PMake. If you are the conservative sort, this is
+the compatibility mode for you. It is entered either by giving PMake
+the
+.B \-M
+flag (for Make), or by executing PMake as
+.CW make .'' ``
+In either case, PMake performs things exactly like Make (while still
+supporting most of the nice new features PMake provides). This
+includes:
+.IP \(bu 2
+No parallel execution.
+.IP \(bu 2
+Targets are made in the exact order specified by the makefile. The
+sources for each target are made in strict left-to-right order, etc.
+.IP \(bu 2
+A single Bourne shell is used to execute each command, thus the
+shell's
+.CW $$
+variable is useless, changing directories doesn't work across command
+lines, etc.
+.IP \(bu 2
+If no special characters exist in a command line, PMake will break the
+command into words itself and execute the command directly, without
+executing a shell first. The characters that cause PMake to execute a
+shell are:
+.CW # ,
+.CW = ,
+.CW | ,
+.CW ^ ,
+.CW ( ,
+.CW ) ,
+.CW { ,
+.CW } ,
+.CW ; ,
+.CW & ,
+.CW < ,
+.CW > ,
+.CW * ,
+.CW ? ,
+.CW [ ,
+.CW ] ,
+.CW : ,
+.CW $ ,
+.CW ` ,
+and
+.CW \e .
+You should notice that these are all the characters that are given
+special meaning by the shell (except
+.CW '
+and
+.CW " ,
+which PMake deals with all by its lonesome).
+.IP \(bu 2
+The use of the null suffix is turned off.
+.Ix 0 ref "null suffix"
+.Ix 0 ref suffix null
+.xH 2 The Way Things Work
+.LP
+When PMake reads the makefile, it parses sources and targets into
+nodes in a graph. The graph is directed only in the sense that PMake
+knows which way is up. Each node contains not only links to all its
+parents and children (the nodes that depend on it and those on which
+it depends, respectively), but also a count of the number of its
+children that have already been processed.
+.LP
+The most important thing to know about how PMake uses this graph is
+that the traversal is breadth-first and occurs in two passes.
+.LP
+After PMake has parsed the makefile, it begins with the nodes the user
+has told it to make (either on the command line, or via a
+.CW .MAIN
+target, or by the target being the first in the file not labeled with
+the
+.CW .NOTMAIN
+attribute) placed in a queue. It continues to take the node off the
+front of the queue, mark it as something that needs to be made, pass
+the node to
+.CW Suff_FindDeps
+(mentioned earlier) to find any implicit sources for the node, and
+place all the node's children that have yet to be marked at the end of
+the queue. If any of the children is a
+.CW .USE
+rule, its attributes are applied to the parent, then its commands are
+appended to the parent's list of commands and its children are linked
+to its parent. The parent's unmade children counter is then decremented
+(since the
+.CW .USE
+node has been processed). You will note that this allows a
+.CW .USE
+node to have children that are
+.CW .USE
+nodes and the rules will be applied in sequence.
+If the node has no children, it is placed at the end of
+another queue to be examined in the second pass. This process
+continues until the first queue is empty.
+.LP
+At this point, all the leaves of the graph are in the examination
+queue. PMake removes the node at the head of the queue and sees if it
+is out-of-date. If it is, it is passed to a function that will execute
+the commands for the node asynchronously. When the commands have
+completed, all the node's parents have their unmade children counter
+decremented and, if the counter is then 0, they are placed on the
+examination queue. Likewise, if the node is up-to-date. Only those
+parents that were marked on the downward pass are processed in this
+way. Thus PMake traverses the graph back up to the nodes the user
+instructed it to create. When the examination queue is empty and no
+shells are running to create a target, PMake is finished.
+.LP
+Once all targets have been processed, PMake executes the commands
+attached to the
+.CW .END
+target, either explicitly or through the use of an ellipsis in a shell
+script. If there were no errors during the entire process but there
+are still some targets unmade (PMake keeps a running count of how many
+targets are left to be made), there is a cycle in the graph. PMake does
+a depth-first traversal of the graph to find all the targets that
+weren't made and prints them out one by one.
+.xH 1 Answers to Exercises
+.IP (3.1)
+This is something of a trick question, for which I apologize. The
+trick comes from the UNIX definition of a suffix, which PMake doesn't
+necessarily share. You will have noticed that all the suffixes used in
+this tutorial (and in UNIX in general) begin with a period
+.CW .ms , (
+.CW .c ,
+etc.). Now, PMake's idea of a suffix is more like English's: it's the
+characters at the end of a word. With this in mind, one possible
+.Ix 0 def suffix
+solution to this problem goes as follows:
+.DS I
+\&.SUFFIXES : ec.exe .exe ec.obj .obj .asm
+ec.objec.exe .obj.exe :
+ link -o $(.TARGET) $(.IMPSRC)
+\&.asmec.obj :
+ asm -o $(.TARGET) -DDO_ERROR_CHECKING $(.IMPSRC)
+\&.asm.obj :
+ asm -o $(.TARGET) $(.IMPSRC)
+.DE
+.IP (3.2)
+The trick to this one lies in the ``:='' variable-assignment operator
+and the ``:S'' variable-expansion modifier.
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment expanded
+.Ix 0 ref variable expansion modified
+.Ix 0 ref modifier substitute
+.Ix 0 ref :S
+.Ix 0 ref :=
+Basically what you want is to take the pointer variable, so to speak,
+and transform it into an invocation of the variable at which it
+points. You might try something like
+.DS I
+$(PTR:S/^/\e$(/:S/$/))
+.DE
+which places
+.CW $( '' ``
+at the front of the variable name and
+.CW ) '' ``
+at the end, thus transforming
+.CW VAR ,'' ``
+for example, into
+.CW $(VAR) ,'' ``
+which is just what we want. Unfortunately (as you know if you've tried
+it), since, as it says in the hint, PMake does no further substitution
+on the result of a modified expansion, that's \fIall\fP you get. The
+solution is to make use of ``:='' to place that string into yet
+another variable, then invoke the other variable directly:
+.DS I
+*PTR := $(PTR:S/^/\e$(/:S/$/)/)
+.DE
+You can then use
+.CW $(*PTR) '' ``
+to your heart's content.
+.de Gp
+.XP
+\&\fB\\$1:\fP
+..
+.xH 1 Glossary of Jargon
+.Gp "attribute"
+A property given to a target that causes PMake to treat it differently.
+.Gp "command script"
+The lines immediately following a dependency line that specify
+commands to execute to create each of the targets on the dependency
+line. Each line in the command script must begin with a tab.
+.Gp "command-line variable"
+A variable defined in an argument when PMake is first executed.
+Overrides all assignments to the same variable name in the makefile.
+.Gp "conditional"
+A construct much like that used in C that allows a makefile to be
+configured on the fly based on the local environment, or on what is being
+made by that invocation of PMake.
+.Gp "creation script"
+Commands used to create a target. See ``command script.''
+.Gp "dependency"
+The relationship between a source and a target. This comes in three
+flavors, as indicated by the operator between the target and the
+source. `:' gives a straight time-wise dependency (if the target is
+older than the source, the target is out-of-date), while `!' provides
+simply an ordering and always considers the target out-of-date. `::'
+is much like `:', save it creates multiple instances of a target each
+of which depends on its own list of sources.
+.Gp "dynamic source"
+This refers to a source that has a local variable invocation in it. It
+allows a single dependency line to specify a different source for each
+target on the line.
+.Gp "global variable"
+Any variable defined in a makefile. Takes precedence over variables
+defined in the environment, but not over command-line or local variables.
+.Gp "input graph"
+What PMake constructs from a makefile. Consists of nodes made of the
+targets in the makefile, and the links between them (the
+dependencies). The links are directed (from source to target) and
+there may not be any cycles (loops) in the graph.
+.Gp "local variable"
+A variable defined by PMake visible only in a target's shell script.
+There are seven local variables, not all of which are defined for
+every target:
+.CW .TARGET ,
+.CW .ALLSRC ,
+.CW .OODATE ,
+.CW .PREFIX ,
+.CW .IMPSRC ,
+.CW .ARCHIVE ,
+and
+.CW .MEMBER .
+.CW .TARGET ,
+.CW .PREFIX ,
+.CW .ARCHIVE ,
+and
+.CW .MEMBER
+may be used on dependency lines to create ``dynamic sources.''
+.Gp "makefile"
+A file that describes how a system is built. If you don't know what it
+is after reading this tutorial.\|.\|.\|.
+.Gp "modifier"
+A letter, following a colon, used to alter how a variable is expanded.
+It has no effect on the variable itself.
+.Gp "operator"
+What separates a source from a target (on a dependency line) and specifies
+the relationship between the two. There are three:
+.CW : ', `
+.CW :: ', `
+and
+.CW ! '. `
+.Gp "search path"
+A list of directories in which a file should be sought. PMake's view
+of the contents of directories in a search path does not change once
+the makefile has been read. A file is sought on a search path only if
+it is exclusively a source.
+.Gp "shell"
+A program to which commands are passed in order to create targets.
+.Gp "source"
+Anything to the right of an operator on a dependency line. Targets on
+the dependency line are usually created from the sources.
+.Gp "special target"
+A target that causes PMake to do special things when it's encountered.
+.Gp "suffix"
+The tail end of a file name. Usually begins with a period,
+.CW .c
+or
+.CW .ms ,
+e.g.
+.Gp "target"
+A word to the left of the operator on a dependency line. More
+generally, any file that PMake might create. A file may be (and often
+is) both a target and a source (what it is depends on how PMake is
+looking at it at the time \*- sort of like the wave/particle duality
+of light, you know).
+.Gp "transformation rule"
+A special construct in a makefile that specifies how to create a file
+of one type from a file of another, as indicated by their suffixes.
+.Gp "variable expansion"
+The process of substituting the value of a variable for a reference to
+it. Expansion may be altered by means of modifiers.
+.Gp "variable"
+A place in which to store text that may be retrieved later. Also used
+to define the local environment. Conditionals exist that test whether
+a variable is defined or not.
+.bp
+.\" Output table of contents last, with an entry for the index, making
+.\" sure to save and restore the last real page number for the index...
+.nr @n \n(PN+1
+.\" We are not generating an index
+.\" .XS \n(@n
+.\" Index
+.\" .XE
+.nr %% \n%
+.PX
+.nr % \n(%%
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: arch.c,v 1.59 2009/01/23 21:58:27 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: arch.c,v 1.59 2009/01/23 21:58:27 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)arch.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 1/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: arch.c,v 1.59 2009/01/23 21:58:27 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * arch.c --
+ * Functions to manipulate libraries, archives and their members.
+ *
+ * Once again, cacheing/hashing comes into play in the manipulation
+ * of archives. The first time an archive is referenced, all of its members'
+ * headers are read and hashed and the archive closed again. All hashed
+ * archives are kept on a list which is searched each time an archive member
+ * is referenced.
+ *
+ * The interface to this module is:
+ * Arch_ParseArchive Given an archive specification, return a list
+ * of GNode's, one for each member in the spec.
+ * FAILURE is returned if the specification is
+ * invalid for some reason.
+ *
+ * Arch_Touch Alter the modification time of the archive
+ * member described by the given node to be
+ * the current time.
+ *
+ * Arch_TouchLib Update the modification time of the library
+ * described by the given node. This is special
+ * because it also updates the modification time
+ * of the library's table of contents.
+ *
+ * Arch_MTime Find the modification time of a member of
+ * an archive *in the archive*. The time is also
+ * placed in the member's GNode. Returns the
+ * modification time.
+ *
+ * Arch_MemTime Find the modification time of a member of
+ * an archive. Called when the member doesn't
+ * already exist. Looks in the archive for the
+ * modification time. Returns the modification
+ * time.
+ *
+ * Arch_FindLib Search for a library along a path. The
+ * library name in the GNode should be in
+ * -l<name> format.
+ *
+ * Arch_LibOODate Special function to decide if a library node
+ * is out-of-date.
+ *
+ * Arch_Init Initialize this module.
+ *
+ * Arch_End Cleanup this module.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <ar.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <utime.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+#include "config.h"
+
+#ifdef TARGET_MACHINE
+#undef MAKE_MACHINE
+#define MAKE_MACHINE TARGET_MACHINE
+#endif
+#ifdef TARGET_MACHINE_ARCH
+#undef MAKE_MACHINE_ARCH
+#define MAKE_MACHINE_ARCH TARGET_MACHINE_ARCH
+#endif
+
+static Lst archives; /* Lst of archives we've already examined */
+
+typedef struct Arch {
+ char *name; /* Name of archive */
+ Hash_Table members; /* All the members of the archive described
+ * by <name, struct ar_hdr *> key/value pairs */
+ char *fnametab; /* Extended name table strings */
+ size_t fnamesize; /* Size of the string table */
+} Arch;
+
+static int ArchFindArchive(const void *, const void *);
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+static void ArchFree(void *);
+#endif
+static struct ar_hdr *ArchStatMember(char *, char *, Boolean);
+static FILE *ArchFindMember(char *, char *, struct ar_hdr *, const char *);
+#if defined(__svr4__) || defined(__SVR4) || defined(__ELF__)
+#define SVR4ARCHIVES
+static int ArchSVR4Entry(Arch *, char *, size_t, FILE *);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ArchFree --
+ * Free memory used by an archive
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ArchFree(void *ap)
+{
+ Arch *a = (Arch *)ap;
+ Hash_Search search;
+ Hash_Entry *entry;
+
+ /* Free memory from hash entries */
+ for (entry = Hash_EnumFirst(&a->members, &search);
+ entry != NULL;
+ entry = Hash_EnumNext(&search))
+ free(Hash_GetValue(entry));
+
+ free(a->name);
+ if (a->fnametab)
+ free(a->fnametab);
+ Hash_DeleteTable(&a->members);
+ free(a);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_ParseArchive --
+ * Parse the archive specification in the given line and find/create
+ * the nodes for the specified archive members, placing their nodes
+ * on the given list.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * linePtr Pointer to start of specification
+ * nodeLst Lst on which to place the nodes
+ * ctxt Context in which to expand variables
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * SUCCESS if it was a valid specification. The linePtr is updated
+ * to point to the first non-space after the archive spec. The
+ * nodes for the members are placed on the given list.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Some nodes may be created. The given list is extended.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Arch_ParseArchive(char **linePtr, Lst nodeLst, GNode *ctxt)
+{
+ char *cp; /* Pointer into line */
+ GNode *gn; /* New node */
+ char *libName; /* Library-part of specification */
+ char *memName; /* Member-part of specification */
+ char *nameBuf; /* temporary place for node name */
+ char saveChar; /* Ending delimiter of member-name */
+ Boolean subLibName; /* TRUE if libName should have/had
+ * variable substitution performed on it */
+
+ libName = *linePtr;
+
+ subLibName = FALSE;
+
+ for (cp = libName; *cp != '(' && *cp != '\0'; cp++) {
+ if (*cp == '$') {
+ /*
+ * Variable spec, so call the Var module to parse the puppy
+ * so we can safely advance beyond it...
+ */
+ int length;
+ void *freeIt;
+ char *result;
+
+ result = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, TRUE, &length, &freeIt);
+ if (freeIt)
+ free(freeIt);
+ if (result == var_Error) {
+ return(FAILURE);
+ } else {
+ subLibName = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ cp += length-1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *cp++ = '\0';
+ if (subLibName) {
+ libName = Var_Subst(NULL, libName, ctxt, TRUE);
+ }
+
+
+ for (;;) {
+ /*
+ * First skip to the start of the member's name, mark that
+ * place and skip to the end of it (either white-space or
+ * a close paren).
+ */
+ Boolean doSubst = FALSE; /* TRUE if need to substitute in memName */
+
+ while (*cp != '\0' && *cp != ')' && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+ cp++;
+ }
+ memName = cp;
+ while (*cp != '\0' && *cp != ')' && !isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+ if (*cp == '$') {
+ /*
+ * Variable spec, so call the Var module to parse the puppy
+ * so we can safely advance beyond it...
+ */
+ int length;
+ void *freeIt;
+ char *result;
+
+ result = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, TRUE, &length, &freeIt);
+ if (freeIt)
+ free(freeIt);
+ if (result == var_Error) {
+ return(FAILURE);
+ } else {
+ doSubst = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ cp += length;
+ } else {
+ cp++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If the specification ends without a closing parenthesis,
+ * chances are there's something wrong (like a missing backslash),
+ * so it's better to return failure than allow such things to happen
+ */
+ if (*cp == '\0') {
+ printf("No closing parenthesis in archive specification\n");
+ return (FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If we didn't move anywhere, we must be done
+ */
+ if (cp == memName) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ saveChar = *cp;
+ *cp = '\0';
+
+ /*
+ * XXX: This should be taken care of intelligently by
+ * SuffExpandChildren, both for the archive and the member portions.
+ */
+ /*
+ * If member contains variables, try and substitute for them.
+ * This will slow down archive specs with dynamic sources, of course,
+ * since we'll be (non-)substituting them three times, but them's
+ * the breaks -- we need to do this since SuffExpandChildren calls
+ * us, otherwise we could assume the thing would be taken care of
+ * later.
+ */
+ if (doSubst) {
+ char *buf;
+ char *sacrifice;
+ char *oldMemName = memName;
+ size_t sz;
+
+ memName = Var_Subst(NULL, memName, ctxt, TRUE);
+
+ /*
+ * Now form an archive spec and recurse to deal with nested
+ * variables and multi-word variable values.... The results
+ * are just placed at the end of the nodeLst we're returning.
+ */
+ sz = strlen(memName)+strlen(libName)+3;
+ buf = sacrifice = bmake_malloc(sz);
+
+ snprintf(buf, sz, "%s(%s)", libName, memName);
+
+ if (strchr(memName, '$') && strcmp(memName, oldMemName) == 0) {
+ /*
+ * Must contain dynamic sources, so we can't deal with it now.
+ * Just create an ARCHV node for the thing and let
+ * SuffExpandChildren handle it...
+ */
+ gn = Targ_FindNode(buf, TARG_CREATE);
+
+ if (gn == NULL) {
+ free(buf);
+ return(FAILURE);
+ } else {
+ gn->type |= OP_ARCHV;
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(nodeLst, gn);
+ }
+ } else if (Arch_ParseArchive(&sacrifice, nodeLst, ctxt)!=SUCCESS) {
+ /*
+ * Error in nested call -- free buffer and return FAILURE
+ * ourselves.
+ */
+ free(buf);
+ return(FAILURE);
+ }
+ /*
+ * Free buffer and continue with our work.
+ */
+ free(buf);
+ } else if (Dir_HasWildcards(memName)) {
+ Lst members = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ char *member;
+ size_t sz = MAXPATHLEN, nsz;
+ nameBuf = bmake_malloc(sz);
+
+ Dir_Expand(memName, dirSearchPath, members);
+ while (!Lst_IsEmpty(members)) {
+ member = (char *)Lst_DeQueue(members);
+ nsz = strlen(libName) + strlen(member) + 3;
+ if (sz > nsz)
+ nameBuf = bmake_realloc(nameBuf, sz = nsz * 2);
+
+ snprintf(nameBuf, sz, "%s(%s)", libName, member);
+ free(member);
+ gn = Targ_FindNode(nameBuf, TARG_CREATE);
+ if (gn == NULL) {
+ free(nameBuf);
+ return (FAILURE);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * We've found the node, but have to make sure the rest of
+ * the world knows it's an archive member, without having
+ * to constantly check for parentheses, so we type the
+ * thing with the OP_ARCHV bit before we place it on the
+ * end of the provided list.
+ */
+ gn->type |= OP_ARCHV;
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(nodeLst, gn);
+ }
+ }
+ Lst_Destroy(members, NULL);
+ free(nameBuf);
+ } else {
+ size_t sz = strlen(libName) + strlen(memName) + 3;
+ nameBuf = bmake_malloc(sz);
+ snprintf(nameBuf, sz, "%s(%s)", libName, memName);
+ gn = Targ_FindNode(nameBuf, TARG_CREATE);
+ free(nameBuf);
+ if (gn == NULL) {
+ return (FAILURE);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * We've found the node, but have to make sure the rest of the
+ * world knows it's an archive member, without having to
+ * constantly check for parentheses, so we type the thing with
+ * the OP_ARCHV bit before we place it on the end of the
+ * provided list.
+ */
+ gn->type |= OP_ARCHV;
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(nodeLst, gn);
+ }
+ }
+ if (doSubst) {
+ free(memName);
+ }
+
+ *cp = saveChar;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If substituted libName, free it now, since we need it no longer.
+ */
+ if (subLibName) {
+ free(libName);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * We promised the pointer would be set up at the next non-space, so
+ * we must advance cp there before setting *linePtr... (note that on
+ * entrance to the loop, cp is guaranteed to point at a ')')
+ */
+ do {
+ cp++;
+ } while (*cp != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp));
+
+ *linePtr = cp;
+ return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ArchFindArchive --
+ * See if the given archive is the one we are looking for. Called
+ * From ArchStatMember and ArchFindMember via Lst_Find.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * ar Current list element
+ * archName Name we want
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 0 if it is, non-zero if it isn't.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ArchFindArchive(const void *ar, const void *archName)
+{
+ return (strcmp(archName, ((const Arch *)ar)->name));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ArchStatMember --
+ * Locate a member of an archive, given the path of the archive and
+ * the path of the desired member.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * archive Path to the archive
+ * member Name of member. If it is a path, only the last
+ * component is used.
+ * hash TRUE if archive should be hashed if not already so.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * A pointer to the current struct ar_hdr structure for the member. Note
+ * That no position is returned, so this is not useful for touching
+ * archive members. This is mostly because we have no assurances that
+ * The archive will remain constant after we read all the headers, so
+ * there's not much point in remembering the position...
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static struct ar_hdr *
+ArchStatMember(char *archive, char *member, Boolean hash)
+{
+#define AR_MAX_NAME_LEN (sizeof(arh.ar_name)-1)
+ FILE * arch; /* Stream to archive */
+ int size; /* Size of archive member */
+ char *cp; /* Useful character pointer */
+ char magic[SARMAG];
+ LstNode ln; /* Lst member containing archive descriptor */
+ Arch *ar; /* Archive descriptor */
+ Hash_Entry *he; /* Entry containing member's description */
+ struct ar_hdr arh; /* archive-member header for reading archive */
+ char memName[MAXPATHLEN+1];
+ /* Current member name while hashing. */
+
+ /*
+ * Because of space constraints and similar things, files are archived
+ * using their final path components, not the entire thing, so we need
+ * to point 'member' to the final component, if there is one, to make
+ * the comparisons easier...
+ */
+ cp = strrchr(member, '/');
+ if (cp != NULL) {
+ member = cp + 1;
+ }
+
+ ln = Lst_Find(archives, archive, ArchFindArchive);
+ if (ln != NULL) {
+ ar = (Arch *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+ he = Hash_FindEntry(&ar->members, member);
+
+ if (he != NULL) {
+ return ((struct ar_hdr *)Hash_GetValue(he));
+ } else {
+ /* Try truncated name */
+ char copy[AR_MAX_NAME_LEN+1];
+ size_t len = strlen(member);
+
+ if (len > AR_MAX_NAME_LEN) {
+ len = AR_MAX_NAME_LEN;
+ strncpy(copy, member, AR_MAX_NAME_LEN);
+ copy[AR_MAX_NAME_LEN] = '\0';
+ }
+ if ((he = Hash_FindEntry(&ar->members, copy)) != NULL)
+ return ((struct ar_hdr *)Hash_GetValue(he));
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!hash) {
+ /*
+ * Caller doesn't want the thing hashed, just use ArchFindMember
+ * to read the header for the member out and close down the stream
+ * again. Since the archive is not to be hashed, we assume there's
+ * no need to allocate extra room for the header we're returning,
+ * so just declare it static.
+ */
+ static struct ar_hdr sarh;
+
+ arch = ArchFindMember(archive, member, &sarh, "r");
+
+ if (arch == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ } else {
+ fclose(arch);
+ return (&sarh);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * We don't have this archive on the list yet, so we want to find out
+ * everything that's in it and cache it so we can get at it quickly.
+ */
+ arch = fopen(archive, "r");
+ if (arch == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * We use the ARMAG string to make sure this is an archive we
+ * can handle...
+ */
+ if ((fread(magic, SARMAG, 1, arch) != 1) ||
+ (strncmp(magic, ARMAG, SARMAG) != 0)) {
+ fclose(arch);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ ar = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Arch));
+ ar->name = bmake_strdup(archive);
+ ar->fnametab = NULL;
+ ar->fnamesize = 0;
+ Hash_InitTable(&ar->members, -1);
+ memName[AR_MAX_NAME_LEN] = '\0';
+
+ while (fread((char *)&arh, sizeof(struct ar_hdr), 1, arch) == 1) {
+ if (strncmp( arh.ar_fmag, ARFMAG, sizeof(arh.ar_fmag)) != 0) {
+ /*
+ * The header is bogus, so the archive is bad
+ * and there's no way we can recover...
+ */
+ goto badarch;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * We need to advance the stream's pointer to the start of the
+ * next header. Files are padded with newlines to an even-byte
+ * boundary, so we need to extract the size of the file from the
+ * 'size' field of the header and round it up during the seek.
+ */
+ arh.ar_size[sizeof(arh.ar_size)-1] = '\0';
+ size = (int)strtol(arh.ar_size, NULL, 10);
+
+ (void)strncpy(memName, arh.ar_name, sizeof(arh.ar_name));
+ for (cp = &memName[AR_MAX_NAME_LEN]; *cp == ' '; cp--) {
+ continue;
+ }
+ cp[1] = '\0';
+
+#ifdef SVR4ARCHIVES
+ /*
+ * svr4 names are slash terminated. Also svr4 extended AR format.
+ */
+ if (memName[0] == '/') {
+ /*
+ * svr4 magic mode; handle it
+ */
+ switch (ArchSVR4Entry(ar, memName, size, arch)) {
+ case -1: /* Invalid data */
+ goto badarch;
+ case 0: /* List of files entry */
+ continue;
+ default: /* Got the entry */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ if (cp[0] == '/')
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef AR_EFMT1
+ /*
+ * BSD 4.4 extended AR format: #1/<namelen>, with name as the
+ * first <namelen> bytes of the file
+ */
+ if (strncmp(memName, AR_EFMT1, sizeof(AR_EFMT1) - 1) == 0 &&
+ isdigit((unsigned char)memName[sizeof(AR_EFMT1) - 1])) {
+
+ unsigned int elen = atoi(&memName[sizeof(AR_EFMT1)-1]);
+
+ if (elen > MAXPATHLEN)
+ goto badarch;
+ if (fread(memName, elen, 1, arch) != 1)
+ goto badarch;
+ memName[elen] = '\0';
+ fseek(arch, -elen, SEEK_CUR);
+ if (DEBUG(ARCH) || DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "ArchStat: Extended format entry for %s\n", memName);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ he = Hash_CreateEntry(&ar->members, memName, NULL);
+ Hash_SetValue(he, bmake_malloc(sizeof(struct ar_hdr)));
+ memcpy(Hash_GetValue(he), &arh, sizeof(struct ar_hdr));
+ }
+ fseek(arch, (size + 1) & ~1, SEEK_CUR);
+ }
+
+ fclose(arch);
+
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(archives, ar);
+
+ /*
+ * Now that the archive has been read and cached, we can look into
+ * the hash table to find the desired member's header.
+ */
+ he = Hash_FindEntry(&ar->members, member);
+
+ if (he != NULL) {
+ return ((struct ar_hdr *)Hash_GetValue(he));
+ } else {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+badarch:
+ fclose(arch);
+ Hash_DeleteTable(&ar->members);
+ if (ar->fnametab)
+ free(ar->fnametab);
+ free(ar);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef SVR4ARCHIVES
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ArchSVR4Entry --
+ * Parse an SVR4 style entry that begins with a slash.
+ * If it is "//", then load the table of filenames
+ * If it is "/<offset>", then try to substitute the long file name
+ * from offset of a table previously read.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * -1: Bad data in archive
+ * 0: A table was loaded from the file
+ * 1: Name was successfully substituted from table
+ * 2: Name was not successfully substituted from table
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If a table is read, the file pointer is moved to the next archive
+ * member
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ArchSVR4Entry(Arch *ar, char *name, size_t size, FILE *arch)
+{
+#define ARLONGNAMES1 "//"
+#define ARLONGNAMES2 "/ARFILENAMES"
+ size_t entry;
+ char *ptr, *eptr;
+
+ if (strncmp(name, ARLONGNAMES1, sizeof(ARLONGNAMES1) - 1) == 0 ||
+ strncmp(name, ARLONGNAMES2, sizeof(ARLONGNAMES2) - 1) == 0) {
+
+ if (ar->fnametab != NULL) {
+ if (DEBUG(ARCH)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Attempted to redefine an SVR4 name table\n");
+ }
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * This is a table of archive names, so we build one for
+ * ourselves
+ */
+ ar->fnametab = bmake_malloc(size);
+ ar->fnamesize = size;
+
+ if (fread(ar->fnametab, size, 1, arch) != 1) {
+ if (DEBUG(ARCH)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Reading an SVR4 name table failed\n");
+ }
+ return -1;
+ }
+ eptr = ar->fnametab + size;
+ for (entry = 0, ptr = ar->fnametab; ptr < eptr; ptr++)
+ switch (*ptr) {
+ case '/':
+ entry++;
+ *ptr = '\0';
+ break;
+
+ case '\n':
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ if (DEBUG(ARCH)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Found svr4 archive name table with %lu entries\n",
+ (u_long)entry);
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (name[1] == ' ' || name[1] == '\0')
+ return 2;
+
+ entry = (size_t)strtol(&name[1], &eptr, 0);
+ if ((*eptr != ' ' && *eptr != '\0') || eptr == &name[1]) {
+ if (DEBUG(ARCH)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Could not parse SVR4 name %s\n", name);
+ }
+ return 2;
+ }
+ if (entry >= ar->fnamesize) {
+ if (DEBUG(ARCH)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "SVR4 entry offset %s is greater than %lu\n",
+ name, (u_long)ar->fnamesize);
+ }
+ return 2;
+ }
+
+ if (DEBUG(ARCH)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Replaced %s with %s\n", name, &ar->fnametab[entry]);
+ }
+
+ (void)strncpy(name, &ar->fnametab[entry], MAXPATHLEN);
+ name[MAXPATHLEN] = '\0';
+ return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ArchFindMember --
+ * Locate a member of an archive, given the path of the archive and
+ * the path of the desired member. If the archive is to be modified,
+ * the mode should be "r+", if not, it should be "r".
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * archive Path to the archive
+ * member Name of member. If it is a path, only the last
+ * component is used.
+ * arhPtr Pointer to header structure to be filled in
+ * mode The mode for opening the stream
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * An FILE *, opened for reading and writing, positioned at the
+ * start of the member's struct ar_hdr, or NULL if the member was
+ * nonexistent. The current struct ar_hdr for member.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The passed struct ar_hdr structure is filled in.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static FILE *
+ArchFindMember(char *archive, char *member, struct ar_hdr *arhPtr,
+ const char *mode)
+{
+ FILE * arch; /* Stream to archive */
+ int size; /* Size of archive member */
+ char *cp; /* Useful character pointer */
+ char magic[SARMAG];
+ size_t len, tlen;
+
+ arch = fopen(archive, mode);
+ if (arch == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * We use the ARMAG string to make sure this is an archive we
+ * can handle...
+ */
+ if ((fread(magic, SARMAG, 1, arch) != 1) ||
+ (strncmp(magic, ARMAG, SARMAG) != 0)) {
+ fclose(arch);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Because of space constraints and similar things, files are archived
+ * using their final path components, not the entire thing, so we need
+ * to point 'member' to the final component, if there is one, to make
+ * the comparisons easier...
+ */
+ cp = strrchr(member, '/');
+ if (cp != NULL) {
+ member = cp + 1;
+ }
+ len = tlen = strlen(member);
+ if (len > sizeof(arhPtr->ar_name)) {
+ tlen = sizeof(arhPtr->ar_name);
+ }
+
+ while (fread((char *)arhPtr, sizeof(struct ar_hdr), 1, arch) == 1) {
+ if (strncmp(arhPtr->ar_fmag, ARFMAG, sizeof(arhPtr->ar_fmag) ) != 0) {
+ /*
+ * The header is bogus, so the archive is bad
+ * and there's no way we can recover...
+ */
+ fclose(arch);
+ return NULL;
+ } else if (strncmp(member, arhPtr->ar_name, tlen) == 0) {
+ /*
+ * If the member's name doesn't take up the entire 'name' field,
+ * we have to be careful of matching prefixes. Names are space-
+ * padded to the right, so if the character in 'name' at the end
+ * of the matched string is anything but a space, this isn't the
+ * member we sought.
+ */
+ if (tlen != sizeof(arhPtr->ar_name) && arhPtr->ar_name[tlen] != ' '){
+ goto skip;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * To make life easier, we reposition the file at the start
+ * of the header we just read before we return the stream.
+ * In a more general situation, it might be better to leave
+ * the file at the actual member, rather than its header, but
+ * not here...
+ */
+ fseek(arch, -sizeof(struct ar_hdr), SEEK_CUR);
+ return (arch);
+ }
+ } else
+#ifdef AR_EFMT1
+ /*
+ * BSD 4.4 extended AR format: #1/<namelen>, with name as the
+ * first <namelen> bytes of the file
+ */
+ if (strncmp(arhPtr->ar_name, AR_EFMT1,
+ sizeof(AR_EFMT1) - 1) == 0 &&
+ isdigit((unsigned char)arhPtr->ar_name[sizeof(AR_EFMT1) - 1])) {
+
+ unsigned int elen = atoi(&arhPtr->ar_name[sizeof(AR_EFMT1)-1]);
+ char ename[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+
+ if (elen > MAXPATHLEN) {
+ fclose(arch);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if (fread(ename, elen, 1, arch) != 1) {
+ fclose(arch);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ ename[elen] = '\0';
+ if (DEBUG(ARCH) || DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "ArchFind: Extended format entry for %s\n", ename);
+ }
+ if (strncmp(ename, member, len) == 0) {
+ /* Found as extended name */
+ fseek(arch, -sizeof(struct ar_hdr) - elen, SEEK_CUR);
+ return (arch);
+ }
+ fseek(arch, -elen, SEEK_CUR);
+ goto skip;
+ } else
+#endif
+ {
+skip:
+ /*
+ * This isn't the member we're after, so we need to advance the
+ * stream's pointer to the start of the next header. Files are
+ * padded with newlines to an even-byte boundary, so we need to
+ * extract the size of the file from the 'size' field of the
+ * header and round it up during the seek.
+ */
+ arhPtr->ar_size[sizeof(arhPtr->ar_size)-1] = '\0';
+ size = (int)strtol(arhPtr->ar_size, NULL, 10);
+ fseek(arch, (size + 1) & ~1, SEEK_CUR);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * We've looked everywhere, but the member is not to be found. Close the
+ * archive and return NULL -- an error.
+ */
+ fclose(arch);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_Touch --
+ * Touch a member of an archive.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gn Node of member to touch
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The 'time' field of the member's header is updated.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The modification time of the entire archive is also changed.
+ * For a library, this could necessitate the re-ranlib'ing of the
+ * whole thing.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Arch_Touch(GNode *gn)
+{
+ FILE * arch; /* Stream open to archive, positioned properly */
+ struct ar_hdr arh; /* Current header describing member */
+ char *p1, *p2;
+
+ arch = ArchFindMember(Var_Value(ARCHIVE, gn, &p1),
+ Var_Value(MEMBER, gn, &p2),
+ &arh, "r+");
+ if (p1)
+ free(p1);
+ if (p2)
+ free(p2);
+ snprintf(arh.ar_date, sizeof(arh.ar_date), "%-12ld", (long) now);
+
+ if (arch != NULL) {
+ (void)fwrite((char *)&arh, sizeof(struct ar_hdr), 1, arch);
+ fclose(arch);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_TouchLib --
+ * Given a node which represents a library, touch the thing, making
+ * sure that the table of contents also is touched.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gn The node of the library to touch
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Both the modification time of the library and of the RANLIBMAG
+ * member are set to 'now'.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+#if !defined(RANLIBMAG)
+Arch_TouchLib(GNode *gn __unused)
+#else
+Arch_TouchLib(GNode *gn)
+#endif
+{
+#ifdef RANLIBMAG
+ FILE * arch; /* Stream open to archive */
+ struct ar_hdr arh; /* Header describing table of contents */
+ struct utimbuf times; /* Times for utime() call */
+
+ arch = ArchFindMember(gn->path, UNCONST(RANLIBMAG), &arh, "r+");
+ snprintf(arh.ar_date, sizeof(arh.ar_date), "%-12ld", (long) now);
+
+ if (arch != NULL) {
+ (void)fwrite((char *)&arh, sizeof(struct ar_hdr), 1, arch);
+ fclose(arch);
+
+ times.actime = times.modtime = now;
+ utime(gn->path, ×);
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_MTime --
+ * Return the modification time of a member of an archive.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gn Node describing archive member
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The modification time(seconds).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The mtime field of the given node is filled in with the value
+ * returned by the function.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+time_t
+Arch_MTime(GNode *gn)
+{
+ struct ar_hdr *arhPtr; /* Header of desired member */
+ time_t modTime; /* Modification time as an integer */
+ char *p1, *p2;
+
+ arhPtr = ArchStatMember(Var_Value(ARCHIVE, gn, &p1),
+ Var_Value(MEMBER, gn, &p2),
+ TRUE);
+ if (p1)
+ free(p1);
+ if (p2)
+ free(p2);
+
+ if (arhPtr != NULL) {
+ modTime = (time_t)strtol(arhPtr->ar_date, NULL, 10);
+ } else {
+ modTime = 0;
+ }
+
+ gn->mtime = modTime;
+ return (modTime);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_MemMTime --
+ * Given a non-existent archive member's node, get its modification
+ * time from its archived form, if it exists.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The modification time.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The mtime field is filled in.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+time_t
+Arch_MemMTime(GNode *gn)
+{
+ LstNode ln;
+ GNode *pgn;
+ char *nameStart,
+ *nameEnd;
+
+ if (Lst_Open(gn->parents) != SUCCESS) {
+ gn->mtime = 0;
+ return (0);
+ }
+ while ((ln = Lst_Next(gn->parents)) != NULL) {
+ pgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+ if (pgn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
+ /*
+ * If the parent is an archive specification and is being made
+ * and its member's name matches the name of the node we were
+ * given, record the modification time of the parent in the
+ * child. We keep searching its parents in case some other
+ * parent requires this child to exist...
+ */
+ nameStart = strchr(pgn->name, '(') + 1;
+ nameEnd = strchr(nameStart, ')');
+
+ if ((pgn->flags & REMAKE) &&
+ strncmp(nameStart, gn->name, nameEnd - nameStart) == 0) {
+ gn->mtime = Arch_MTime(pgn);
+ }
+ } else if (pgn->flags & REMAKE) {
+ /*
+ * Something which isn't a library depends on the existence of
+ * this target, so it needs to exist.
+ */
+ gn->mtime = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ Lst_Close(gn->parents);
+
+ return (gn->mtime);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_FindLib --
+ * Search for a library along the given search path.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gn Node of library to find
+ * path Search path
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The node's 'path' field is set to the found path (including the
+ * actual file name, not -l...). If the system can handle the -L
+ * flag when linking (or we cannot find the library), we assume that
+ * the user has placed the .LIBRARIES variable in the final linking
+ * command (or the linker will know where to find it) and set the
+ * TARGET variable for this node to be the node's name. Otherwise,
+ * we set the TARGET variable to be the full path of the library,
+ * as returned by Dir_FindFile.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Arch_FindLib(GNode *gn, Lst path)
+{
+ char *libName; /* file name for archive */
+ size_t sz = strlen(gn->name) + 6 - 2;
+
+ libName = bmake_malloc(sz);
+ snprintf(libName, sz, "lib%s.a", &gn->name[2]);
+
+ gn->path = Dir_FindFile(libName, path);
+
+ free(libName);
+
+#ifdef LIBRARIES
+ Var_Set(TARGET, gn->name, gn, 0);
+#else
+ Var_Set(TARGET, gn->path == NULL ? gn->name : gn->path, gn, 0);
+#endif /* LIBRARIES */
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_LibOODate --
+ * Decide if a node with the OP_LIB attribute is out-of-date. Called
+ * from Make_OODate to make its life easier.
+ *
+ * There are several ways for a library to be out-of-date that are
+ * not available to ordinary files. In addition, there are ways
+ * that are open to regular files that are not available to
+ * libraries. A library that is only used as a source is never
+ * considered out-of-date by itself. This does not preclude the
+ * library's modification time from making its parent be out-of-date.
+ * A library will be considered out-of-date for any of these reasons,
+ * given that it is a target on a dependency line somewhere:
+ * Its modification time is less than that of one of its
+ * sources (gn->mtime < gn->cmtime).
+ * Its modification time is greater than the time at which the
+ * make began (i.e. it's been modified in the course
+ * of the make, probably by archiving).
+ * The modification time of one of its sources is greater than
+ * the one of its RANLIBMAG member (i.e. its table of contents
+ * is out-of-date). We don't compare of the archive time
+ * vs. TOC time because they can be too close. In my
+ * opinion we should not bother with the TOC at all since
+ * this is used by 'ar' rules that affect the data contents
+ * of the archive, not by ranlib rules, which affect the
+ * TOC.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gn The library's graph node
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if the library is out-of-date. FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The library will be hashed if it hasn't been already.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Arch_LibOODate(GNode *gn)
+{
+ Boolean oodate;
+
+ if (gn->type & OP_PHONY) {
+ oodate = TRUE;
+ } else if (OP_NOP(gn->type) && Lst_IsEmpty(gn->children)) {
+ oodate = FALSE;
+ } else if ((!Lst_IsEmpty(gn->children) && gn->cmtime == 0) ||
+ (gn->mtime > now) || (gn->mtime < gn->cmtime)) {
+ oodate = TRUE;
+ } else {
+#ifdef RANLIBMAG
+ struct ar_hdr *arhPtr; /* Header for __.SYMDEF */
+ int modTimeTOC; /* The table-of-contents's mod time */
+
+ arhPtr = ArchStatMember(gn->path, UNCONST(RANLIBMAG), FALSE);
+
+ if (arhPtr != NULL) {
+ modTimeTOC = (int)strtol(arhPtr->ar_date, NULL, 10);
+
+ if (DEBUG(ARCH) || DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "%s modified %s...", RANLIBMAG, Targ_FmtTime(modTimeTOC));
+ }
+ oodate = (gn->cmtime > modTimeTOC);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * A library w/o a table of contents is out-of-date
+ */
+ if (DEBUG(ARCH) || DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "No t.o.c....");
+ }
+ oodate = TRUE;
+ }
+#else
+ oodate = FALSE;
+#endif
+ }
+ return (oodate);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_Init --
+ * Initialize things for this module.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The 'archives' list is initialized.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Arch_Init(void)
+{
+ archives = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+}
+
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_End --
+ * Cleanup things for this module.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The 'archives' list is freed
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Arch_End(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+ Lst_Destroy(archives, ArchFree);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_IsLib --
+ * Check if the node is a library
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * True or False.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Arch_IsLib(GNode *gn)
+{
+ static const char armag[] = "!<arch>\n";
+ char buf[sizeof(armag)-1];
+ int fd;
+
+ if ((fd = open(gn->path, O_RDONLY)) == -1)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf)) != sizeof(buf)) {
+ (void)close(fd);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ (void)close(fd);
+
+ return memcmp(buf, armag, sizeof(buf)) == 0;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.24 2009/01/17 13:29:37 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.24 2009/01/17 13:29:37 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)buf.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.24 2009/01/17 13:29:37 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * buf.c --
+ * Functions for automatically-expanded buffers.
+ */
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "buf.h"
+
+#ifndef max
+#define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#define BUF_DEF_SIZE 256 /* Default buffer size */
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_Expand_1 --
+ * Extend buffer for single byte add.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Buf_Expand_1(Buffer *bp)
+{
+ bp->size += max(bp->size, 16);
+ bp->buffer = bmake_realloc(bp->buffer, bp->size);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_AddBytes --
+ * Add a number of bytes to the buffer.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Guess what?
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Buf_AddBytes(Buffer *bp, int numBytes, const Byte *bytesPtr)
+{
+ int count = bp->count;
+ Byte *ptr;
+
+ if (__predict_false(count + numBytes >= bp->size)) {
+ bp->size += max(bp->size, numBytes + 16);
+ bp->buffer = bmake_realloc(bp->buffer, bp->size);
+ }
+
+ ptr = bp->buffer + count;
+ bp->count = count + numBytes;
+ ptr[numBytes] = 0;
+ memcpy(ptr, bytesPtr, numBytes);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_GetAll --
+ * Get all the available data at once.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * A pointer to the data and the number of bytes available.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Byte *
+Buf_GetAll(Buffer *bp, int *numBytesPtr)
+{
+
+ if (numBytesPtr != NULL)
+ *numBytesPtr = bp->count;
+
+ return (bp->buffer);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_Empty --
+ * Throw away bytes in a buffer.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The bytes are discarded.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Buf_Empty(Buffer *bp)
+{
+
+ bp->count = 0;
+ *bp->buffer = 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_Init --
+ * Initialize a buffer. If no initial size is given, a reasonable
+ * default is used.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * size Initial size for the buffer
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * A buffer to be given to other functions in this library.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The buffer is created, the space allocated and pointers
+ * initialized.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Buf_Init(Buffer *bp, int size)
+{
+ if (size <= 0) {
+ size = BUF_DEF_SIZE;
+ }
+ bp->size = size;
+ bp->count = 0;
+ bp->buffer = bmake_malloc(size);
+ *bp->buffer = 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_Destroy --
+ * Nuke a buffer and all its resources.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * buf Buffer to destroy
+ * freeData TRUE if the data should be destroyed
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Data buffer, NULL if freed
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The buffer is freed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Byte *
+Buf_Destroy(Buffer *buf, Boolean freeData)
+{
+ Byte *data;
+
+ data = buf->buffer;
+ if (freeData) {
+ free(data);
+ data = NULL;
+ }
+
+ buf->size = 0;
+ buf->count = 0;
+ buf->buffer = NULL;
+
+ return data;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: buf.h,v 1.16 2009/01/17 13:55:42 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)buf.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)buf.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * buf.h --
+ * Header for users of the buf library.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BUF_H
+#define _BUF_H
+
+typedef char Byte;
+
+typedef struct Buffer {
+ int size; /* Current size of the buffer */
+ int count; /* Number of bytes in buffer */
+ Byte *buffer; /* The buffer itself (zero terminated) */
+} Buffer;
+
+/* If we aren't on netbsd, __predict_false() might not be defined. */
+#ifndef __predict_false
+#define __predict_false(x) (x)
+#endif
+
+/* Buf_AddByte adds a single byte to a buffer. */
+#define Buf_AddByte(bp, byte) do { \
+ int _count = ++(bp)->count; \
+ char *_ptr; \
+ if (__predict_false(_count >= (bp)->size)) \
+ Buf_Expand_1(bp); \
+ _ptr = (bp)->buffer + _count; \
+ _ptr[-1] = (byte); \
+ _ptr[0] = 0; \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define BUF_ERROR 256
+
+#define Buf_Size(bp) ((bp)->count)
+
+void Buf_Expand_1(Buffer *);
+void Buf_AddBytes(Buffer *, int, const Byte *);
+Byte *Buf_GetAll(Buffer *, int *);
+void Buf_Empty(Buffer *);
+void Buf_Init(Buffer *, int);
+Byte *Buf_Destroy(Buffer *, Boolean);
+
+#endif /* _BUF_H */
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+
+export PATH=$PATH:/usr/gnu/bin
+make -f Makefile.boot clean
+make -f Makefile.boot CFLAGS="-g -Wall -DHAVE_SETENV -DHAVE_STRERROR -DHAVE_STRDUP -DHAVE_STRFTIME -DHAVE_VSNPRINTF -D_GNU_SOURCE -DUSE_SELECT -DSYSV -D_POSIX_SOURCE"
+#make -f Makefile.boot
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.76 2009/02/22 07:33:00 dholland Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.76 2009/02/22 07:33:00 dholland Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)compat.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.76 2009/02/22 07:33:00 dholland Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * compat.c --
+ * The routines in this file implement the full-compatibility
+ * mode of PMake. Most of the special functionality of PMake
+ * is available in this mode. Things not supported:
+ * - different shells.
+ * - friendly variable substitution.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ * Compat_Run Initialize things for this module and recreate
+ * thems as need creatin'
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+#include "job.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+
+/*
+ * The following array is used to make a fast determination of which
+ * characters are interpreted specially by the shell. If a command
+ * contains any of these characters, it is executed by the shell, not
+ * directly by us.
+ */
+
+static char meta[256];
+
+static GNode *curTarg = NULL;
+static GNode *ENDNode;
+static void CompatInterrupt(int);
+
+static void
+Compat_Init(void)
+{
+ const char *cp;
+
+ Shell_Init(); /* setup default shell */
+
+ for (cp = "#=|^(){};&<>*?[]:$`\\\n"; *cp != '\0'; cp++) {
+ meta[(unsigned char) *cp] = 1;
+ }
+ /*
+ * The null character serves as a sentinel in the string.
+ */
+ meta[0] = 1;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CompatInterrupt --
+ * Interrupt the creation of the current target and remove it if
+ * it ain't precious.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The target is removed and the process exits. If .INTERRUPT exists,
+ * its commands are run first WITH INTERRUPTS IGNORED..
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+CompatInterrupt(int signo)
+{
+ GNode *gn;
+
+ if ((curTarg != NULL) && !Targ_Precious (curTarg)) {
+ char *p1;
+ char *file = Var_Value(TARGET, curTarg, &p1);
+
+ if (!noExecute && eunlink(file) != -1) {
+ Error("*** %s removed", file);
+ }
+ if (p1)
+ free(p1);
+
+ /*
+ * Run .INTERRUPT only if hit with interrupt signal
+ */
+ if (signo == SIGINT) {
+ gn = Targ_FindNode(".INTERRUPT", TARG_NOCREATE);
+ if (gn != NULL) {
+ Compat_Make(gn, gn);
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+ exit(signo);
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CompatRunCommand --
+ * Execute the next command for a target. If the command returns an
+ * error, the node's made field is set to ERROR and creation stops.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * cmdp Command to execute
+ * gnp Node from which the command came
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 0 if the command succeeded, 1 if an error occurred.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The node's 'made' field may be set to ERROR.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+CompatRunCommand(void *cmdp, void *gnp)
+{
+ char *cmdStart; /* Start of expanded command */
+ char *cp, *bp;
+ Boolean silent, /* Don't print command */
+ doIt; /* Execute even if -n */
+ volatile Boolean errCheck; /* Check errors */
+ int reason; /* Reason for child's death */
+ int status; /* Description of child's death */
+ pid_t cpid; /* Child actually found */
+ pid_t retstat; /* Result of wait */
+ LstNode cmdNode; /* Node where current command is located */
+ const char ** volatile av; /* Argument vector for thing to exec */
+ char ** volatile mav;/* Copy of the argument vector for freeing */
+ int argc; /* Number of arguments in av or 0 if not
+ * dynamically allocated */
+ Boolean local; /* TRUE if command should be executed
+ * locally */
+ Boolean useShell; /* TRUE if command should be executed
+ * using a shell */
+ char * volatile cmd = (char *)cmdp;
+ GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+
+ silent = gn->type & OP_SILENT;
+ errCheck = !(gn->type & OP_IGNORE);
+ doIt = FALSE;
+
+ cmdNode = Lst_Member(gn->commands, cmd);
+ cmdStart = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, gn, FALSE);
+
+ /*
+ * brk_string will return an argv with a NULL in av[0], thus causing
+ * execvp to choke and die horribly. Besides, how can we execute a null
+ * command? In any case, we warn the user that the command expanded to
+ * nothing (is this the right thing to do?).
+ */
+
+ if (*cmdStart == '\0') {
+ free(cmdStart);
+ Error("%s expands to empty string", cmd);
+ return(0);
+ }
+ cmd = cmdStart;
+ Lst_Replace(cmdNode, cmdStart);
+
+ if ((gn->type & OP_SAVE_CMDS) && (gn != ENDNode)) {
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(ENDNode->commands, cmdStart);
+ return(0);
+ }
+ if (strcmp(cmdStart, "...") == 0) {
+ gn->type |= OP_SAVE_CMDS;
+ return(0);
+ }
+
+ while ((*cmd == '@') || (*cmd == '-') || (*cmd == '+')) {
+ switch (*cmd) {
+ case '@':
+ silent = DEBUG(LOUD) ? FALSE : TRUE;
+ break;
+ case '-':
+ errCheck = FALSE;
+ break;
+ case '+':
+ doIt = TRUE;
+ if (!meta[0]) /* we came here from jobs */
+ Compat_Init();
+ break;
+ }
+ cmd++;
+ }
+
+ while (isspace((unsigned char)*cmd))
+ cmd++;
+
+#if !defined(MAKE_NATIVE)
+ /*
+ * In a non-native build, the host environment might be weird enough
+ * that it's necessary to go through a shell to get the correct
+ * behaviour. Or perhaps the shell has been replaced with something
+ * that does extra logging, and that should not be bypassed.
+ */
+ useShell = TRUE;
+#else
+ /*
+ * Search for meta characters in the command. If there are no meta
+ * characters, there's no need to execute a shell to execute the
+ * command.
+ */
+ for (cp = cmd; !meta[(unsigned char)*cp]; cp++) {
+ continue;
+ }
+ useShell = (*cp != '\0');
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * Print the command before echoing if we're not supposed to be quiet for
+ * this one. We also print the command if -n given.
+ */
+ if (!silent || NoExecute(gn)) {
+ printf("%s\n", cmd);
+ fflush(stdout);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If we're not supposed to execute any commands, this is as far as
+ * we go...
+ */
+ if (!doIt && NoExecute(gn)) {
+ return (0);
+ }
+ if (DEBUG(JOB))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Execute: '%s'\n", cmd);
+
+again:
+ if (useShell) {
+ /*
+ * We need to pass the command off to the shell, typically
+ * because the command contains a "meta" character.
+ */
+ static const char *shargv[4];
+
+ shargv[0] = shellPath;
+ /*
+ * The following work for any of the builtin shell specs.
+ */
+ if (DEBUG(SHELL))
+ shargv[1] = "-xc";
+ else
+ shargv[1] = "-c";
+ shargv[2] = cmd;
+ shargv[3] = NULL;
+ av = shargv;
+ argc = 0;
+ bp = NULL;
+ mav = NULL;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * No meta-characters, so no need to exec a shell. Break the command
+ * into words to form an argument vector we can execute.
+ */
+ mav = brk_string(cmd, &argc, TRUE, &bp);
+ if (mav == NULL) {
+ useShell = 1;
+ goto again;
+ }
+ av = (const char **)mav;
+ }
+
+ local = TRUE;
+
+ /*
+ * Fork and execute the single command. If the fork fails, we abort.
+ */
+#if defined(__minix)
+ cpid = fork();
+#else
+ cpid = vfork();
+#endif
+ if (cpid < 0) {
+ Fatal("Could not fork");
+ }
+ if (cpid == 0) {
+ Check_Cwd(av);
+ Var_ExportVars();
+ if (local)
+ (void)execvp(av[0], (char *const *)UNCONST(av));
+ else
+ (void)execv(av[0], (char *const *)UNCONST(av));
+ execError("exec", av[0]);
+ _exit(1);
+ }
+ if (mav)
+ free(mav);
+ if (bp)
+ free(bp);
+ Lst_Replace(cmdNode, NULL);
+
+ /*
+ * The child is off and running. Now all we can do is wait...
+ */
+ while (1) {
+
+ while ((retstat = wait(&reason)) != cpid) {
+ if (retstat == -1 && errno != EINTR) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (retstat > -1) {
+ if (WIFSTOPPED(reason)) {
+ status = WSTOPSIG(reason); /* stopped */
+ } else if (WIFEXITED(reason)) {
+ status = WEXITSTATUS(reason); /* exited */
+ if (status != 0) {
+ if (DEBUG(ERROR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n*** Failed target: %s\n*** Failed command: ",
+ gn->name);
+ for (cp = cmd; *cp; ) {
+ if (isspace((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " ");
+ while (isspace((unsigned char)*cp))
+ cp++;
+ } else {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "%c", *cp);
+ cp++;
+ }
+ }
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+ }
+ fprintf(debug_file, "*** Error code %d", status);
+ }
+ } else {
+ status = WTERMSIG(reason); /* signaled */
+ printf("*** Signal %d", status);
+ }
+
+
+ if (!WIFEXITED(reason) || (status != 0)) {
+ if (errCheck) {
+ gn->made = ERROR;
+ if (keepgoing) {
+ /*
+ * Abort the current target, but let others
+ * continue.
+ */
+ printf(" (continuing)\n");
+ }
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Continue executing commands for this target.
+ * If we return 0, this will happen...
+ */
+ printf(" (ignored)\n");
+ status = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ } else {
+ Fatal("error in wait: %d: %s", retstat, strerror(errno));
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+ }
+ }
+ free(cmdStart);
+
+ return (status);
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Compat_Make --
+ * Make a target.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gnp The node to make
+ * pgnp Parent to abort if necessary
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If an error is detected and not being ignored, the process exits.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Compat_Make(void *gnp, void *pgnp)
+{
+ GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+ GNode *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
+
+ if (!meta[0]) /* we came here from jobs */
+ Compat_Init();
+ if (gn->made == UNMADE && (gn == pgn || (pgn->type & OP_MADE) == 0)) {
+ /*
+ * First mark ourselves to be made, then apply whatever transformations
+ * the suffix module thinks are necessary. Once that's done, we can
+ * descend and make all our children. If any of them has an error
+ * but the -k flag was given, our 'make' field will be set FALSE again.
+ * This is our signal to not attempt to do anything but abort our
+ * parent as well.
+ */
+ gn->flags |= REMAKE;
+ gn->made = BEINGMADE;
+ if ((gn->type & OP_MADE) == 0)
+ Suff_FindDeps(gn);
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->children, Compat_Make, gn);
+ if ((gn->flags & REMAKE) == 0) {
+ gn->made = ABORTED;
+ pgn->flags &= ~REMAKE;
+ goto cohorts;
+ }
+
+ if (Lst_Member(gn->iParents, pgn) != NULL) {
+ char *p1;
+ Var_Set(IMPSRC, Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p1), pgn, 0);
+ if (p1)
+ free(p1);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * All the children were made ok. Now cmtime contains the modification
+ * time of the newest child, we need to find out if we exist and when
+ * we were modified last. The criteria for datedness are defined by the
+ * Make_OODate function.
+ */
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Examining %s...", gn->name);
+ }
+ if (! Make_OODate(gn)) {
+ gn->made = UPTODATE;
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "up-to-date.\n");
+ }
+ goto cohorts;
+ } else if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "out-of-date.\n");
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If the user is just seeing if something is out-of-date, exit now
+ * to tell him/her "yes".
+ */
+ if (queryFlag) {
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * We need to be re-made. We also have to make sure we've got a $?
+ * variable. To be nice, we also define the $> variable using
+ * Make_DoAllVar().
+ */
+ Make_DoAllVar(gn);
+
+ /*
+ * Alter our type to tell if errors should be ignored or things
+ * should not be printed so CompatRunCommand knows what to do.
+ */
+ if (Targ_Ignore(gn)) {
+ gn->type |= OP_IGNORE;
+ }
+ if (Targ_Silent(gn)) {
+ gn->type |= OP_SILENT;
+ }
+
+ if (Job_CheckCommands(gn, Fatal)) {
+ /*
+ * Our commands are ok, but we still have to worry about the -t
+ * flag...
+ */
+ if (!touchFlag || (gn->type & OP_MAKE)) {
+ curTarg = gn;
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, CompatRunCommand, gn);
+ curTarg = NULL;
+ } else {
+ Job_Touch(gn, gn->type & OP_SILENT);
+ }
+ } else {
+ gn->made = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (gn->made != ERROR) {
+ /*
+ * If the node was made successfully, mark it so, update
+ * its modification time and timestamp all its parents. Note
+ * that for .ZEROTIME targets, the timestamping isn't done.
+ * This is to keep its state from affecting that of its parent.
+ */
+ gn->made = MADE;
+ pgn->flags |= Make_Recheck(gn) == 0 ? FORCE : 0;
+ if (!(gn->type & OP_EXEC)) {
+ pgn->flags |= CHILDMADE;
+ Make_TimeStamp(pgn, gn);
+ }
+ } else if (keepgoing) {
+ pgn->flags &= ~REMAKE;
+ } else {
+ PrintOnError("\n\nStop.");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ } else if (gn->made == ERROR) {
+ /*
+ * Already had an error when making this beastie. Tell the parent
+ * to abort.
+ */
+ pgn->flags &= ~REMAKE;
+ } else {
+ if (Lst_Member(gn->iParents, pgn) != NULL) {
+ char *p1;
+ Var_Set(IMPSRC, Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p1), pgn, 0);
+ if (p1)
+ free(p1);
+ }
+ switch(gn->made) {
+ case BEINGMADE:
+ Error("Graph cycles through %s", gn->name);
+ gn->made = ERROR;
+ pgn->flags &= ~REMAKE;
+ break;
+ case MADE:
+ if ((gn->type & OP_EXEC) == 0) {
+ pgn->flags |= CHILDMADE;
+ Make_TimeStamp(pgn, gn);
+ }
+ break;
+ case UPTODATE:
+ if ((gn->type & OP_EXEC) == 0) {
+ Make_TimeStamp(pgn, gn);
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+cohorts:
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->cohorts, Compat_Make, pgnp);
+ return (0);
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Compat_Run --
+ * Initialize this mode and start making.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * targs List of target nodes to re-create
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Guess what?
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Compat_Run(Lst targs)
+{
+ GNode *gn = NULL;/* Current root target */
+ int errors; /* Number of targets not remade due to errors */
+
+ Compat_Init();
+
+ if (signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) {
+ signal(SIGINT, CompatInterrupt);
+ }
+ if (signal(SIGTERM, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) {
+ signal(SIGTERM, CompatInterrupt);
+ }
+ if (signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) {
+ signal(SIGHUP, CompatInterrupt);
+ }
+ if (signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) {
+ signal(SIGQUIT, CompatInterrupt);
+ }
+
+ ENDNode = Targ_FindNode(".END", TARG_CREATE);
+ ENDNode->type = OP_SPECIAL;
+ /*
+ * If the user has defined a .BEGIN target, execute the commands attached
+ * to it.
+ */
+ if (!queryFlag) {
+ gn = Targ_FindNode(".BEGIN", TARG_NOCREATE);
+ if (gn != NULL) {
+ Compat_Make(gn, gn);
+ if (gn->made == ERROR) {
+ PrintOnError("\n\nStop.");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Expand .USE nodes right now, because they can modify the structure
+ * of the tree.
+ */
+ Make_ExpandUse(targs);
+
+ /*
+ * For each entry in the list of targets to create, call Compat_Make on
+ * it to create the thing. Compat_Make will leave the 'made' field of gn
+ * in one of several states:
+ * UPTODATE gn was already up-to-date
+ * MADE gn was recreated successfully
+ * ERROR An error occurred while gn was being created
+ * ABORTED gn was not remade because one of its inferiors
+ * could not be made due to errors.
+ */
+ errors = 0;
+ while (!Lst_IsEmpty (targs)) {
+ gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(targs);
+ Compat_Make(gn, gn);
+
+ if (gn->made == UPTODATE) {
+ printf("`%s' is up to date.\n", gn->name);
+ } else if (gn->made == ABORTED) {
+ printf("`%s' not remade because of errors.\n", gn->name);
+ errors += 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If the user has defined a .END target, run its commands.
+ */
+ if (errors == 0) {
+ Compat_Make(ENDNode, ENDNode);
+ if (gn->made == ERROR) {
+ PrintOnError("\n\nStop.");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: cond.c,v 1.60 2009/11/06 19:44:06 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: cond.c,v 1.60 2009/11/06 19:44:06 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)cond.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 1/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: cond.c,v 1.60 2009/11/06 19:44:06 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * cond.c --
+ * Functions to handle conditionals in a makefile.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ * Cond_Eval Evaluate the conditional in the passed line.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h> /* For strtoul() error checking */
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+#include "buf.h"
+
+/*
+ * The parsing of conditional expressions is based on this grammar:
+ * E -> F || E
+ * E -> F
+ * F -> T && F
+ * F -> T
+ * T -> defined(variable)
+ * T -> make(target)
+ * T -> exists(file)
+ * T -> empty(varspec)
+ * T -> target(name)
+ * T -> commands(name)
+ * T -> symbol
+ * T -> $(varspec) op value
+ * T -> $(varspec) == "string"
+ * T -> $(varspec) != "string"
+ * T -> "string"
+ * T -> ( E )
+ * T -> ! T
+ * op -> == | != | > | < | >= | <=
+ *
+ * 'symbol' is some other symbol to which the default function (condDefProc)
+ * is applied.
+ *
+ * Tokens are scanned from the 'condExpr' string. The scanner (CondToken)
+ * will return TOK_AND for '&' and '&&', TOK_OR for '|' and '||',
+ * TOK_NOT for '!', TOK_LPAREN for '(', TOK_RPAREN for ')' and will evaluate
+ * the other terminal symbols, using either the default function or the
+ * function given in the terminal, and return the result as either TOK_TRUE
+ * or TOK_FALSE.
+ *
+ * TOK_FALSE is 0 and TOK_TRUE 1 so we can directly assign C comparisons.
+ *
+ * All Non-Terminal functions (CondE, CondF and CondT) return TOK_ERROR on
+ * error.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ TOK_FALSE = 0, TOK_TRUE = 1, TOK_AND, TOK_OR, TOK_NOT,
+ TOK_LPAREN, TOK_RPAREN, TOK_EOF, TOK_NONE, TOK_ERROR
+} Token;
+
+/*-
+ * Structures to handle elegantly the different forms of #if's. The
+ * last two fields are stored in condInvert and condDefProc, respectively.
+ */
+static void CondPushBack(Token);
+static int CondGetArg(char **, char **, const char *);
+static Boolean CondDoDefined(int, const char *);
+static int CondStrMatch(const void *, const void *);
+static Boolean CondDoMake(int, const char *);
+static Boolean CondDoExists(int, const char *);
+static Boolean CondDoTarget(int, const char *);
+static Boolean CondDoCommands(int, const char *);
+static Boolean CondCvtArg(char *, double *);
+static Token CondToken(Boolean);
+static Token CondT(Boolean);
+static Token CondF(Boolean);
+static Token CondE(Boolean);
+static int do_Cond_EvalExpression(Boolean *);
+
+static const struct If {
+ const char *form; /* Form of if */
+ int formlen; /* Length of form */
+ Boolean doNot; /* TRUE if default function should be negated */
+ Boolean (*defProc)(int, const char *); /* Default function to apply */
+} ifs[] = {
+ { "def", 3, FALSE, CondDoDefined },
+ { "ndef", 4, TRUE, CondDoDefined },
+ { "make", 4, FALSE, CondDoMake },
+ { "nmake", 5, TRUE, CondDoMake },
+ { "", 0, FALSE, CondDoDefined },
+ { NULL, 0, FALSE, NULL }
+};
+
+static const struct If *if_info; /* Info for current statement */
+static char *condExpr; /* The expression to parse */
+static Token condPushBack=TOK_NONE; /* Single push-back token used in
+ * parsing */
+
+static unsigned int cond_depth = 0; /* current .if nesting level */
+static unsigned int cond_min_depth = 0; /* depth at makefile open */
+
+static int
+istoken(const char *str, const char *tok, size_t len)
+{
+ return strncmp(str, tok, len) == 0 && !isalpha((unsigned char)str[len]);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondPushBack --
+ * Push back the most recent token read. We only need one level of
+ * this, so the thing is just stored in 'condPushback'.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * t Token to push back into the "stream"
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * condPushback is overwritten.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+CondPushBack(Token t)
+{
+ condPushBack = t;
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondGetArg --
+ * Find the argument of a built-in function.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * parens TRUE if arg should be bounded by parens
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The length of the argument and the address of the argument.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The pointer is set to point to the closing parenthesis of the
+ * function call.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+CondGetArg(char **linePtr, char **argPtr, const char *func)
+{
+ char *cp;
+ int argLen;
+ Buffer buf;
+ int paren_depth;
+ char ch;
+
+ cp = *linePtr;
+ if (func != NULL)
+ /* Skip opening '(' - verfied by caller */
+ cp++;
+
+ if (*cp == '\0') {
+ /*
+ * No arguments whatsoever. Because 'make' and 'defined' aren't really
+ * "reserved words", we don't print a message. I think this is better
+ * than hitting the user with a warning message every time s/he uses
+ * the word 'make' or 'defined' at the beginning of a symbol...
+ */
+ *argPtr = NULL;
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ while (*cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t') {
+ cp++;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Create a buffer for the argument and start it out at 16 characters
+ * long. Why 16? Why not?
+ */
+ Buf_Init(&buf, 16);
+
+ paren_depth = 0;
+ for (;;) {
+ ch = *cp;
+ if (ch == 0 || ch == ' ' || ch == '\t')
+ break;
+ if ((ch == '&' || ch == '|') && paren_depth == 0)
+ break;
+ if (*cp == '$') {
+ /*
+ * Parse the variable spec and install it as part of the argument
+ * if it's valid. We tell Var_Parse to complain on an undefined
+ * variable, so we don't do it too. Nor do we return an error,
+ * though perhaps we should...
+ */
+ char *cp2;
+ int len;
+ void *freeIt;
+
+ cp2 = Var_Parse(cp, VAR_CMD, TRUE, &len, &freeIt);
+ Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(cp2), cp2);
+ if (freeIt)
+ free(freeIt);
+ cp += len;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (ch == '(')
+ paren_depth++;
+ else
+ if (ch == ')' && --paren_depth < 0)
+ break;
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+ cp++;
+ }
+
+ *argPtr = Buf_GetAll(&buf, &argLen);
+ Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+
+ while (*cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t') {
+ cp++;
+ }
+
+ if (func != NULL && *cp++ != ')') {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Missing closing parenthesis for %s()",
+ func);
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ *linePtr = cp;
+ return (argLen);
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondDoDefined --
+ * Handle the 'defined' function for conditionals.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if the given variable is defined.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+CondDoDefined(int argLen, const char *arg)
+{
+ char *p1;
+ Boolean result;
+
+ if (Var_Value(arg, VAR_CMD, &p1) != NULL) {
+ result = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ result = FALSE;
+ }
+ if (p1)
+ free(p1);
+ return (result);
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondStrMatch --
+ * Front-end for Str_Match so it returns 0 on match and non-zero
+ * on mismatch. Callback function for CondDoMake via Lst_Find
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 0 if string matches pattern
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+CondStrMatch(const void *string, const void *pattern)
+{
+ return(!Str_Match(string, pattern));
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondDoMake --
+ * Handle the 'make' function for conditionals.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if the given target is being made.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+CondDoMake(int argLen, const char *arg)
+{
+ return Lst_Find(create, arg, CondStrMatch) != NULL;
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondDoExists --
+ * See if the given file exists.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if the file exists and FALSE if it does not.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+CondDoExists(int argLen, const char *arg)
+{
+ Boolean result;
+ char *path;
+
+ path = Dir_FindFile(arg, dirSearchPath);
+ if (path != NULL) {
+ result = TRUE;
+ free(path);
+ } else {
+ result = FALSE;
+ }
+ if (DEBUG(COND)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "exists(%s) result is \"%s\"\n",
+ arg, path ? path : "");
+ }
+ return (result);
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondDoTarget --
+ * See if the given node exists and is an actual target.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if the node exists as a target and FALSE if it does not.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+CondDoTarget(int argLen, const char *arg)
+{
+ GNode *gn;
+
+ gn = Targ_FindNode(arg, TARG_NOCREATE);
+ return (gn != NULL) && !OP_NOP(gn->type);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondDoCommands --
+ * See if the given node exists and is an actual target with commands
+ * associated with it.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if the node exists as a target and has commands associated with
+ * it and FALSE if it does not.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+CondDoCommands(int argLen, const char *arg)
+{
+ GNode *gn;
+
+ gn = Targ_FindNode(arg, TARG_NOCREATE);
+ return (gn != NULL) && !OP_NOP(gn->type) && !Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands);
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondCvtArg --
+ * Convert the given number into a double.
+ * We try a base 10 or 16 integer conversion first, if that fails
+ * then we try a floating point conversion instead.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Sets 'value' to double value of string.
+ * Returns 'true' if the convertion suceeded
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+CondCvtArg(char *str, double *value)
+{
+ char *eptr, ech;
+ unsigned long l_val;
+ double d_val;
+
+ errno = 0;
+ l_val = strtoul(str, &eptr, str[1] == 'x' ? 16 : 10);
+ ech = *eptr;
+ if (ech == 0 && errno != ERANGE) {
+ d_val = str[0] == '-' ? -(double)-l_val : (double)l_val;
+ } else {
+ if (ech != 0 && ech != '.' && ech != 'e' && ech != 'E')
+ return FALSE;
+ d_val = strtod(str, &eptr);
+ if (*eptr)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ *value = d_val;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondGetString --
+ * Get a string from a variable reference or an optionally quoted
+ * string. This is called for the lhs and rhs of string compares.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Sets freeIt if needed,
+ * Sets quoted if string was quoted,
+ * Returns NULL on error,
+ * else returns string - absent any quotes.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Moves condExpr to end of this token.
+ *
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/* coverity:[+alloc : arg-*2] */
+static char *
+CondGetString(Boolean doEval, Boolean *quoted, void **freeIt)
+{
+ Buffer buf;
+ char *cp;
+ char *str;
+ int len;
+ int qt;
+ char *start;
+
+ Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+ str = NULL;
+ *freeIt = NULL;
+ *quoted = qt = *condExpr == '"' ? 1 : 0;
+ if (qt)
+ condExpr++;
+ for (start = condExpr; *condExpr && str == NULL; condExpr++) {
+ switch (*condExpr) {
+ case '\\':
+ if (condExpr[1] != '\0') {
+ condExpr++;
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, *condExpr);
+ }
+ break;
+ case '"':
+ if (qt) {
+ condExpr++; /* we don't want the quotes */
+ goto got_str;
+ } else
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, *condExpr); /* likely? */
+ break;
+ case ')':
+ case '!':
+ case '=':
+ case '>':
+ case '<':
+ case ' ':
+ case '\t':
+ if (!qt)
+ goto got_str;
+ else
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, *condExpr);
+ break;
+ case '$':
+ /* if we are in quotes, then an undefined variable is ok */
+ str = Var_Parse(condExpr, VAR_CMD, (qt ? 0 : doEval),
+ &len, freeIt);
+ if (str == var_Error) {
+ if (*freeIt) {
+ free(*freeIt);
+ *freeIt = NULL;
+ }
+ /*
+ * Even if !doEval, we still report syntax errors, which
+ * is what getting var_Error back with !doEval means.
+ */
+ str = NULL;
+ goto cleanup;
+ }
+ condExpr += len;
+ /*
+ * If the '$' was first char (no quotes), and we are
+ * followed by space, the operator or end of expression,
+ * we are done.
+ */
+ if ((condExpr == start + len) &&
+ (*condExpr == '\0' ||
+ isspace((unsigned char) *condExpr) ||
+ strchr("!=><)", *condExpr))) {
+ goto cleanup;
+ }
+ /*
+ * Nope, we better copy str to buf
+ */
+ for (cp = str; *cp; cp++) {
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+ }
+ if (*freeIt) {
+ free(*freeIt);
+ *freeIt = NULL;
+ }
+ str = NULL; /* not finished yet */
+ condExpr--; /* don't skip over next char */
+ break;
+ default:
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, *condExpr);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ got_str:
+ str = Buf_GetAll(&buf, NULL);
+ *freeIt = str;
+ cleanup:
+ Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+ return str;
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondToken --
+ * Return the next token from the input.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * A Token for the next lexical token in the stream.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * condPushback will be set back to TOK_NONE if it is used.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Token
+compare_expression(Boolean doEval)
+{
+ Token t;
+ char *lhs;
+ char *rhs;
+ char *op;
+ void *lhsFree;
+ void *rhsFree;
+ Boolean lhsQuoted;
+ Boolean rhsQuoted;
+ double left, right;
+
+ t = TOK_ERROR;
+ rhs = NULL;
+ lhsFree = rhsFree = FALSE;
+ lhsQuoted = rhsQuoted = FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * Parse the variable spec and skip over it, saving its
+ * value in lhs.
+ */
+ lhs = CondGetString(doEval, &lhsQuoted, &lhsFree);
+ if (!lhs)
+ goto done;
+
+ /*
+ * Skip whitespace to get to the operator
+ */
+ while (isspace((unsigned char) *condExpr))
+ condExpr++;
+
+ /*
+ * Make sure the operator is a valid one. If it isn't a
+ * known relational operator, pretend we got a
+ * != 0 comparison.
+ */
+ op = condExpr;
+ switch (*condExpr) {
+ case '!':
+ case '=':
+ case '<':
+ case '>':
+ if (condExpr[1] == '=') {
+ condExpr += 2;
+ } else {
+ condExpr += 1;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (!doEval) {
+ t = TOK_FALSE;
+ goto done;
+ }
+ /* For .ifxxx "..." check for non-empty string. */
+ if (lhsQuoted) {
+ t = lhs[0] != 0;
+ goto done;
+ }
+ /* For .ifxxx <number> compare against zero */
+ if (CondCvtArg(lhs, &left)) {
+ t = left != 0.0;
+ goto done;
+ }
+ /* For .if ${...} check for non-empty string (defProc is ifdef). */
+ if (if_info->form[0] == 0) {
+ t = lhs[0] != 0;
+ goto done;
+ }
+ /* Otherwise action default test ... */
+ t = if_info->defProc(strlen(lhs), lhs) != if_info->doNot;
+ goto done;
+ }
+
+ while (isspace((unsigned char)*condExpr))
+ condExpr++;
+
+ if (*condExpr == '\0') {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+ "Missing right-hand-side of operator");
+ goto done;
+ }
+
+ rhs = CondGetString(doEval, &rhsQuoted, &rhsFree);
+ if (!rhs)
+ goto done;
+
+ if (rhsQuoted || lhsQuoted) {
+do_string_compare:
+ if (((*op != '!') && (*op != '=')) || (op[1] != '=')) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+ "String comparison operator should be either == or !=");
+ goto done;
+ }
+
+ if (DEBUG(COND)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "lhs = \"%s\", rhs = \"%s\", op = %.2s\n",
+ lhs, rhs, op);
+ }
+ /*
+ * Null-terminate rhs and perform the comparison.
+ * t is set to the result.
+ */
+ if (*op == '=') {
+ t = strcmp(lhs, rhs) == 0;
+ } else {
+ t = strcmp(lhs, rhs) != 0;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * rhs is either a float or an integer. Convert both the
+ * lhs and the rhs to a double and compare the two.
+ */
+
+ if (!CondCvtArg(lhs, &left) || !CondCvtArg(rhs, &right))
+ goto do_string_compare;
+
+ if (DEBUG(COND)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "left = %f, right = %f, op = %.2s\n", left,
+ right, op);
+ }
+ switch(op[0]) {
+ case '!':
+ if (op[1] != '=') {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+ "Unknown operator");
+ goto done;
+ }
+ t = (left != right);
+ break;
+ case '=':
+ if (op[1] != '=') {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+ "Unknown operator");
+ goto done;
+ }
+ t = (left == right);
+ break;
+ case '<':
+ if (op[1] == '=') {
+ t = (left <= right);
+ } else {
+ t = (left < right);
+ }
+ break;
+ case '>':
+ if (op[1] == '=') {
+ t = (left >= right);
+ } else {
+ t = (left > right);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+done:
+ if (lhsFree)
+ free(lhsFree);
+ if (rhsFree)
+ free(rhsFree);
+ return t;
+}
+
+static int
+get_mpt_arg(char **linePtr, char **argPtr, const char *func)
+{
+ /*
+ * Use Var_Parse to parse the spec in parens and return
+ * TOK_TRUE if the resulting string is empty.
+ */
+ int length;
+ void *freeIt;
+ char *val;
+ char *cp = *linePtr;
+
+ /* We do all the work here and return the result as the length */
+ *argPtr = NULL;
+
+ val = Var_Parse(cp - 1, VAR_CMD, FALSE, &length, &freeIt);
+ /*
+ * Advance *linePtr to beyond the closing ). Note that
+ * we subtract one because 'length' is calculated from 'cp - 1'.
+ */
+ *linePtr = cp - 1 + length;
+
+ if (val == var_Error) {
+ free(freeIt);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ /* A variable is empty when it just contains spaces... 4/15/92, christos */
+ while (isspace(*(unsigned char *)val))
+ val++;
+
+ /*
+ * For consistency with the other functions we can't generate the
+ * true/false here.
+ */
+ length = *val ? 2 : 1;
+ if (freeIt)
+ free(freeIt);
+ return length;
+}
+
+static Boolean
+CondDoEmpty(int arglen, const char *arg)
+{
+ return arglen == 1;
+}
+
+static Token
+compare_function(Boolean doEval)
+{
+ static const struct fn_def {
+ const char *fn_name;
+ int fn_name_len;
+ int (*fn_getarg)(char **, char **, const char *);
+ Boolean (*fn_proc)(int, const char *);
+ } fn_defs[] = {
+ { "defined", 7, CondGetArg, CondDoDefined },
+ { "make", 4, CondGetArg, CondDoMake },
+ { "exists", 6, CondGetArg, CondDoExists },
+ { "empty", 5, get_mpt_arg, CondDoEmpty },
+ { "target", 6, CondGetArg, CondDoTarget },
+ { "commands", 8, CondGetArg, CondDoCommands },
+ { NULL, 0, NULL, NULL },
+ };
+ const struct fn_def *fn_def;
+ Token t;
+ char *arg = NULL;
+ int arglen;
+ char *cp = condExpr;
+ char *cp1;
+
+ for (fn_def = fn_defs; fn_def->fn_name != NULL; fn_def++) {
+ if (!istoken(cp, fn_def->fn_name, fn_def->fn_name_len))
+ continue;
+ cp += fn_def->fn_name_len;
+ /* There can only be whitespace before the '(' */
+ while (isspace(*(unsigned char *)cp))
+ cp++;
+ if (*cp != '(')
+ break;
+
+ arglen = fn_def->fn_getarg(&cp, &arg, fn_def->fn_name);
+ if (arglen <= 0) {
+ condExpr = cp;
+ return arglen < 0 ? TOK_ERROR : TOK_FALSE;
+ }
+ /* Evaluate the argument using the required function. */
+ t = !doEval || fn_def->fn_proc(arglen, arg);
+ if (arg)
+ free(arg);
+ condExpr = cp;
+ return t;
+ }
+
+ /* Push anything numeric through the compare expression */
+ cp = condExpr;
+ if (isdigit((unsigned char)cp[0]) || strchr("+-", cp[0]))
+ return compare_expression(doEval);
+
+ /*
+ * Most likely we have a naked token to apply the default function to.
+ * However ".if a == b" gets here when the "a" is unquoted and doesn't
+ * start with a '$'. This surprises people.
+ * If what follows the function argument is a '=' or '!' then the syntax
+ * would be invalid if we did "defined(a)" - so instead treat as an
+ * expression.
+ */
+ arglen = CondGetArg(&cp, &arg, NULL);
+ for (cp1 = cp; isspace(*(unsigned char *)cp1); cp1++)
+ continue;
+ if (*cp1 == '=' || *cp1 == '!')
+ return compare_expression(doEval);
+ condExpr = cp;
+
+ /*
+ * Evaluate the argument using the default function.
+ * This path always treats .if as .ifdef. To get here the character
+ * after .if must have been taken literally, so the argument cannot
+ * be empty - even if it contained a variable expansion.
+ */
+ t = !doEval || if_info->defProc(arglen, arg) != if_info->doNot;
+ if (arg)
+ free(arg);
+ return t;
+}
+
+static Token
+CondToken(Boolean doEval)
+{
+ Token t;
+
+ t = condPushBack;
+ if (t != TOK_NONE) {
+ condPushBack = TOK_NONE;
+ return t;
+ }
+
+ while (*condExpr == ' ' || *condExpr == '\t') {
+ condExpr++;
+ }
+
+ switch (*condExpr) {
+
+ case '(':
+ condExpr++;
+ return TOK_LPAREN;
+
+ case ')':
+ condExpr++;
+ return TOK_RPAREN;
+
+ case '|':
+ if (condExpr[1] == '|') {
+ condExpr++;
+ }
+ condExpr++;
+ return TOK_OR;
+
+ case '&':
+ if (condExpr[1] == '&') {
+ condExpr++;
+ }
+ condExpr++;
+ return TOK_AND;
+
+ case '!':
+ condExpr++;
+ return TOK_NOT;
+
+ case '#':
+ case '\n':
+ case '\0':
+ return TOK_EOF;
+
+ case '"':
+ case '$':
+ return compare_expression(doEval);
+
+ default:
+ return compare_function(doEval);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondT --
+ * Parse a single term in the expression. This consists of a terminal
+ * symbol or TOK_NOT and a terminal symbol (not including the binary
+ * operators):
+ * T -> defined(variable) | make(target) | exists(file) | symbol
+ * T -> ! T | ( E )
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TOK_TRUE, TOK_FALSE or TOK_ERROR.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Tokens are consumed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Token
+CondT(Boolean doEval)
+{
+ Token t;
+
+ t = CondToken(doEval);
+
+ if (t == TOK_EOF) {
+ /*
+ * If we reached the end of the expression, the expression
+ * is malformed...
+ */
+ t = TOK_ERROR;
+ } else if (t == TOK_LPAREN) {
+ /*
+ * T -> ( E )
+ */
+ t = CondE(doEval);
+ if (t != TOK_ERROR) {
+ if (CondToken(doEval) != TOK_RPAREN) {
+ t = TOK_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ } else if (t == TOK_NOT) {
+ t = CondT(doEval);
+ if (t == TOK_TRUE) {
+ t = TOK_FALSE;
+ } else if (t == TOK_FALSE) {
+ t = TOK_TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ return (t);
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondF --
+ * Parse a conjunctive factor (nice name, wot?)
+ * F -> T && F | T
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TOK_TRUE, TOK_FALSE or TOK_ERROR
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Tokens are consumed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Token
+CondF(Boolean doEval)
+{
+ Token l, o;
+
+ l = CondT(doEval);
+ if (l != TOK_ERROR) {
+ o = CondToken(doEval);
+
+ if (o == TOK_AND) {
+ /*
+ * F -> T && F
+ *
+ * If T is TOK_FALSE, the whole thing will be TOK_FALSE, but we have to
+ * parse the r.h.s. anyway (to throw it away).
+ * If T is TOK_TRUE, the result is the r.h.s., be it an TOK_ERROR or no.
+ */
+ if (l == TOK_TRUE) {
+ l = CondF(doEval);
+ } else {
+ (void)CondF(FALSE);
+ }
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * F -> T
+ */
+ CondPushBack(o);
+ }
+ }
+ return (l);
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondE --
+ * Main expression production.
+ * E -> F || E | F
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TOK_TRUE, TOK_FALSE or TOK_ERROR.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Tokens are, of course, consumed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Token
+CondE(Boolean doEval)
+{
+ Token l, o;
+
+ l = CondF(doEval);
+ if (l != TOK_ERROR) {
+ o = CondToken(doEval);
+
+ if (o == TOK_OR) {
+ /*
+ * E -> F || E
+ *
+ * A similar thing occurs for ||, except that here we make sure
+ * the l.h.s. is TOK_FALSE before we bother to evaluate the r.h.s.
+ * Once again, if l is TOK_FALSE, the result is the r.h.s. and once
+ * again if l is TOK_TRUE, we parse the r.h.s. to throw it away.
+ */
+ if (l == TOK_FALSE) {
+ l = CondE(doEval);
+ } else {
+ (void)CondE(FALSE);
+ }
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * E -> F
+ */
+ CondPushBack(o);
+ }
+ }
+ return (l);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Cond_EvalExpression --
+ * Evaluate an expression in the passed line. The expression
+ * consists of &&, ||, !, make(target), defined(variable)
+ * and parenthetical groupings thereof.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * COND_PARSE if the condition was valid grammatically
+ * COND_INVALID if not a valid conditional.
+ *
+ * (*value) is set to the boolean value of the condition
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Cond_EvalExpression(const struct If *info, char *line, Boolean *value, int eprint)
+{
+ static const struct If *dflt_info;
+ const struct If *sv_if_info = if_info;
+ char *sv_condExpr = condExpr;
+ Token sv_condPushBack = condPushBack;
+ int rval;
+
+ while (*line == ' ' || *line == '\t')
+ line++;
+
+ if (info == NULL && (info = dflt_info) == NULL) {
+ /* Scan for the entry for .if - it can't be first */
+ for (info = ifs; ; info++)
+ if (info->form[0] == 0)
+ break;
+ dflt_info = info;
+ }
+
+ if_info = info != NULL ? info : ifs + 4;
+ condExpr = line;
+ condPushBack = TOK_NONE;
+
+ rval = do_Cond_EvalExpression(value);
+
+ if (rval == COND_INVALID && eprint)
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Malformed conditional (%s)", line);
+
+ if_info = sv_if_info;
+ condExpr = sv_condExpr;
+ condPushBack = sv_condPushBack;
+
+ return rval;
+}
+
+static int
+do_Cond_EvalExpression(Boolean *value)
+{
+
+ switch (CondE(TRUE)) {
+ case TOK_TRUE:
+ if (CondToken(TRUE) == TOK_EOF) {
+ *value = TRUE;
+ return COND_PARSE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case TOK_FALSE:
+ if (CondToken(TRUE) == TOK_EOF) {
+ *value = FALSE;
+ return COND_PARSE;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ case TOK_ERROR:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return COND_INVALID;
+}
+
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Cond_Eval --
+ * Evaluate the conditional in the passed line. The line
+ * looks like this:
+ * .<cond-type> <expr>
+ * where <cond-type> is any of if, ifmake, ifnmake, ifdef,
+ * ifndef, elif, elifmake, elifnmake, elifdef, elifndef
+ * and <expr> consists of &&, ||, !, make(target), defined(variable)
+ * and parenthetical groupings thereof.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * line Line to parse
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * COND_PARSE if should parse lines after the conditional
+ * COND_SKIP if should skip lines after the conditional
+ * COND_INVALID if not a valid conditional.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Note that the states IF_ACTIVE and ELSE_ACTIVE are only different in order
+ * to detect splurious .else lines (as are SKIP_TO_ELSE and SKIP_TO_ENDIF)
+ * otherwise .else could be treated as '.elif 1'.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Cond_Eval(char *line)
+{
+ #define MAXIF 64 /* maximum depth of .if'ing */
+ enum if_states {
+ IF_ACTIVE, /* .if or .elif part active */
+ ELSE_ACTIVE, /* .else part active */
+ SEARCH_FOR_ELIF, /* searching for .elif/else to execute */
+ SKIP_TO_ELSE, /* has been true, but not seen '.else' */
+ SKIP_TO_ENDIF /* nothing else to execute */
+ };
+ static enum if_states cond_state[MAXIF + 1] = { IF_ACTIVE };
+
+ const struct If *ifp;
+ Boolean isElif;
+ Boolean value;
+ int level; /* Level at which to report errors. */
+ enum if_states state;
+
+ level = PARSE_FATAL;
+
+ /* skip leading character (the '.') and any whitespace */
+ for (line++; *line == ' ' || *line == '\t'; line++)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Find what type of if we're dealing with. */
+ if (line[0] == 'e') {
+ if (line[1] != 'l') {
+ if (!istoken(line + 1, "ndif", 4))
+ return COND_INVALID;
+ /* End of conditional section */
+ if (cond_depth == cond_min_depth) {
+ Parse_Error(level, "if-less endif");
+ return COND_PARSE;
+ }
+ /* Return state for previous conditional */
+ cond_depth--;
+ if (cond_depth > MAXIF)
+ return COND_SKIP;
+ return cond_state[cond_depth] <= ELSE_ACTIVE ? COND_PARSE : COND_SKIP;
+ }
+
+ /* Quite likely this is 'else' or 'elif' */
+ line += 2;
+ if (istoken(line, "se", 2)) {
+ /* It is else... */
+ if (cond_depth == cond_min_depth) {
+ Parse_Error(level, "if-less else");
+ return COND_PARSE;
+ }
+
+ if (cond_depth > MAXIF)
+ return COND_SKIP;
+ state = cond_state[cond_depth];
+ switch (state) {
+ case SEARCH_FOR_ELIF:
+ state = ELSE_ACTIVE;
+ break;
+ case ELSE_ACTIVE:
+ case SKIP_TO_ENDIF:
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "extra else");
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ case IF_ACTIVE:
+ case SKIP_TO_ELSE:
+ state = SKIP_TO_ENDIF;
+ break;
+ }
+ cond_state[cond_depth] = state;
+ return state <= ELSE_ACTIVE ? COND_PARSE : COND_SKIP;
+ }
+ /* Assume for now it is an elif */
+ isElif = TRUE;
+ } else
+ isElif = FALSE;
+
+ if (line[0] != 'i' || line[1] != 'f')
+ /* Not an ifxxx or elifxxx line */
+ return COND_INVALID;
+
+ /*
+ * Figure out what sort of conditional it is -- what its default
+ * function is, etc. -- by looking in the table of valid "ifs"
+ */
+ line += 2;
+ for (ifp = ifs; ; ifp++) {
+ if (ifp->form == NULL)
+ return COND_INVALID;
+ if (istoken(ifp->form, line, ifp->formlen)) {
+ line += ifp->formlen;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now we know what sort of 'if' it is... */
+
+ if (isElif) {
+ if (cond_depth == cond_min_depth) {
+ Parse_Error(level, "if-less elif");
+ return COND_PARSE;
+ }
+ if (cond_depth > MAXIF)
+ /* Error reported when we saw the .if ... */
+ return COND_SKIP;
+ state = cond_state[cond_depth];
+ if (state == SKIP_TO_ENDIF || state == ELSE_ACTIVE) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "extra elif");
+ cond_state[cond_depth] = SKIP_TO_ENDIF;
+ return COND_SKIP;
+ }
+ if (state != SEARCH_FOR_ELIF) {
+ /* Either just finished the 'true' block, or already SKIP_TO_ELSE */
+ cond_state[cond_depth] = SKIP_TO_ELSE;
+ return COND_SKIP;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* Normal .if */
+ if (cond_depth >= MAXIF) {
+ cond_depth++;
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Too many nested if's. %d max.", MAXIF);
+ return COND_SKIP;
+ }
+ state = cond_state[cond_depth];
+ cond_depth++;
+ if (state > ELSE_ACTIVE) {
+ /* If we aren't parsing the data, treat as always false */
+ cond_state[cond_depth] = SKIP_TO_ELSE;
+ return COND_SKIP;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* And evaluate the conditional expresssion */
+ if (Cond_EvalExpression(ifp, line, &value, 1) == COND_INVALID) {
+ /* Syntax error in conditional, error message already output. */
+ /* Skip everything to matching .endif */
+ cond_state[cond_depth] = SKIP_TO_ELSE;
+ return COND_SKIP;
+ }
+
+ if (!value) {
+ cond_state[cond_depth] = SEARCH_FOR_ELIF;
+ return COND_SKIP;
+ }
+ cond_state[cond_depth] = IF_ACTIVE;
+ return COND_PARSE;
+}
+
+
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Cond_End --
+ * Make sure everything's clean at the end of a makefile.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Parse_Error will be called if open conditionals are around.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Cond_restore_depth(unsigned int saved_depth)
+{
+ int open_conds = cond_depth - cond_min_depth;
+
+ if (open_conds != 0 || saved_depth > cond_depth) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "%d open conditional%s", open_conds,
+ open_conds == 1 ? "" : "s");
+ cond_depth = cond_min_depth;
+ }
+
+ cond_min_depth = saved_depth;
+}
+
+unsigned int
+Cond_save_depth(void)
+{
+ int depth = cond_min_depth;
+
+ cond_min_depth = cond_depth;
+ return depth;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: config.h,v 1.20 2007/10/14 20:22:53 apb Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)config.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)config.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * DEFMAXJOBS
+ * DEFMAXLOCAL
+ * These control the default concurrency. On no occasion will more
+ * than DEFMAXJOBS targets be created at once (locally or remotely)
+ * DEFMAXLOCAL is the highest number of targets which will be
+ * created on the local machine at once. Note that if you set this
+ * to 0, nothing will ever happen...
+ */
+#define DEFMAXJOBS 4
+#define DEFMAXLOCAL 1
+
+/*
+ * INCLUDES
+ * LIBRARIES
+ * These control the handling of the .INCLUDES and .LIBS variables.
+ * If INCLUDES is defined, the .INCLUDES variable will be filled
+ * from the search paths of those suffixes which are marked by
+ * .INCLUDES dependency lines. Similarly for LIBRARIES and .LIBS
+ * See suff.c for more details.
+ */
+#define INCLUDES
+#define LIBRARIES
+
+/*
+ * LIBSUFF
+ * Is the suffix used to denote libraries and is used by the Suff module
+ * to find the search path on which to seek any -l<xx> targets.
+ *
+ * RECHECK
+ * If defined, Make_Update will check a target for its current
+ * modification time after it has been re-made, setting it to the
+ * starting time of the make only if the target still doesn't exist.
+ * Unfortunately, under NFS the modification time often doesn't
+ * get updated in time, so a target will appear to not have been
+ * re-made, causing later targets to appear up-to-date. On systems
+ * that don't have this problem, you should defined this. Under
+ * NFS you probably should not, unless you aren't exporting jobs.
+ */
+#define LIBSUFF ".a"
+#define RECHECK
+
+/*
+ * POSIX
+ * Adhere to the POSIX 1003.2 draft for the make(1) program.
+ * - Use MAKEFLAGS instead of MAKE to pick arguments from the
+ * environment.
+ * - Allow empty command lines if starting with tab.
+ */
+#define POSIX
+
+/*
+ * SYSVINCLUDE
+ * Recognize system V like include directives [include "filename"]
+ * SYSVVARSUB
+ * Recognize system V like ${VAR:x=y} variable substitutions
+ */
+#define SYSVINCLUDE
+#define SYSVVARSUB
+
+/*
+ * SUNSHCMD
+ * Recognize SunOS and Solaris:
+ * VAR :sh= CMD # Assign VAR to the command substitution of CMD
+ * ${VAR:sh} # Return the command substitution of the value
+ * # of ${VAR}
+ */
+#define SUNSHCMD
+
+/*
+ * USE_IOVEC
+ * We have writev(2)
+ */
+#define USE_IOVEC
+
+#if defined(MAKE_NATIVE) && !defined(__ELF__)
+# ifndef RANLIBMAG
+# define RANLIBMAG "__.SYMDEF"
+# endif
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.61 2009/01/24 10:59:09 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.61 2009/01/24 10:59:09 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)dir.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 1/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.61 2009/01/24 10:59:09 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * dir.c --
+ * Directory searching using wildcards and/or normal names...
+ * Used both for source wildcarding in the Makefile and for finding
+ * implicit sources.
+ *
+ * The interface for this module is:
+ * Dir_Init Initialize the module.
+ *
+ * Dir_InitCur Set the cur Path.
+ *
+ * Dir_InitDot Set the dot Path.
+ *
+ * Dir_End Cleanup the module.
+ *
+ * Dir_SetPATH Set ${.PATH} to reflect state of dirSearchPath.
+ *
+ * Dir_HasWildcards Returns TRUE if the name given it needs to
+ * be wildcard-expanded.
+ *
+ * Dir_Expand Given a pattern and a path, return a Lst of names
+ * which match the pattern on the search path.
+ *
+ * Dir_FindFile Searches for a file on a given search path.
+ * If it exists, the entire path is returned.
+ * Otherwise NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Dir_FindHereOrAbove Search for a path in the current directory and
+ * then all the directories above it in turn until
+ * the path is found or we reach the root ("/").
+ *
+ * Dir_MTime Return the modification time of a node. The file
+ * is searched for along the default search path.
+ * The path and mtime fields of the node are filled
+ * in.
+ *
+ * Dir_AddDir Add a directory to a search path.
+ *
+ * Dir_MakeFlags Given a search path and a command flag, create
+ * a string with each of the directories in the path
+ * preceded by the command flag and all of them
+ * separated by a space.
+ *
+ * Dir_Destroy Destroy an element of a search path. Frees up all
+ * things that can be freed for the element as long
+ * as the element is no longer referenced by any other
+ * search path.
+ * Dir_ClearPath Resets a search path to the empty list.
+ *
+ * For debugging:
+ * Dir_PrintDirectories Print stats about the directory cache.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+
+/*
+ * A search path consists of a Lst of Path structures. A Path structure
+ * has in it the name of the directory and a hash table of all the files
+ * in the directory. This is used to cut down on the number of system
+ * calls necessary to find implicit dependents and their like. Since
+ * these searches are made before any actions are taken, we need not
+ * worry about the directory changing due to creation commands. If this
+ * hampers the style of some makefiles, they must be changed.
+ *
+ * A list of all previously-read directories is kept in the
+ * openDirectories Lst. This list is checked first before a directory
+ * is opened.
+ *
+ * The need for the caching of whole directories is brought about by
+ * the multi-level transformation code in suff.c, which tends to search
+ * for far more files than regular make does. In the initial
+ * implementation, the amount of time spent performing "stat" calls was
+ * truly astronomical. The problem with hashing at the start is,
+ * of course, that pmake doesn't then detect changes to these directories
+ * during the course of the make. Three possibilities suggest themselves:
+ *
+ * 1) just use stat to test for a file's existence. As mentioned
+ * above, this is very inefficient due to the number of checks
+ * engendered by the multi-level transformation code.
+ * 2) use readdir() and company to search the directories, keeping
+ * them open between checks. I have tried this and while it
+ * didn't slow down the process too much, it could severely
+ * affect the amount of parallelism available as each directory
+ * open would take another file descriptor out of play for
+ * handling I/O for another job. Given that it is only recently
+ * that UNIX OS's have taken to allowing more than 20 or 32
+ * file descriptors for a process, this doesn't seem acceptable
+ * to me.
+ * 3) record the mtime of the directory in the Path structure and
+ * verify the directory hasn't changed since the contents were
+ * hashed. This will catch the creation or deletion of files,
+ * but not the updating of files. However, since it is the
+ * creation and deletion that is the problem, this could be
+ * a good thing to do. Unfortunately, if the directory (say ".")
+ * were fairly large and changed fairly frequently, the constant
+ * rehashing could seriously degrade performance. It might be
+ * good in such cases to keep track of the number of rehashes
+ * and if the number goes over a (small) limit, resort to using
+ * stat in its place.
+ *
+ * An additional thing to consider is that pmake is used primarily
+ * to create C programs and until recently pcc-based compilers refused
+ * to allow you to specify where the resulting object file should be
+ * placed. This forced all objects to be created in the current
+ * directory. This isn't meant as a full excuse, just an explanation of
+ * some of the reasons for the caching used here.
+ *
+ * One more note: the location of a target's file is only performed
+ * on the downward traversal of the graph and then only for terminal
+ * nodes in the graph. This could be construed as wrong in some cases,
+ * but prevents inadvertent modification of files when the "installed"
+ * directory for a file is provided in the search path.
+ *
+ * Another data structure maintained by this module is an mtime
+ * cache used when the searching of cached directories fails to find
+ * a file. In the past, Dir_FindFile would simply perform an access()
+ * call in such a case to determine if the file could be found using
+ * just the name given. When this hit, however, all that was gained
+ * was the knowledge that the file existed. Given that an access() is
+ * essentially a stat() without the copyout() call, and that the same
+ * filesystem overhead would have to be incurred in Dir_MTime, it made
+ * sense to replace the access() with a stat() and record the mtime
+ * in a cache for when Dir_MTime was actually called.
+ */
+
+Lst dirSearchPath; /* main search path */
+
+static Lst openDirectories; /* the list of all open directories */
+
+/*
+ * Variables for gathering statistics on the efficiency of the hashing
+ * mechanism.
+ */
+static int hits, /* Found in directory cache */
+ misses, /* Sad, but not evil misses */
+ nearmisses, /* Found under search path */
+ bigmisses; /* Sought by itself */
+
+static Path *dot; /* contents of current directory */
+static Path *cur; /* contents of current directory, if not dot */
+static Path *dotLast; /* a fake path entry indicating we need to
+ * look for . last */
+static Hash_Table mtimes; /* Results of doing a last-resort stat in
+ * Dir_FindFile -- if we have to go to the
+ * system to find the file, we might as well
+ * have its mtime on record. XXX: If this is done
+ * way early, there's a chance other rules will
+ * have already updated the file, in which case
+ * we'll update it again. Generally, there won't
+ * be two rules to update a single file, so this
+ * should be ok, but... */
+
+
+static int DirFindName(const void *, const void *);
+static int DirMatchFiles(const char *, Path *, Lst);
+static void DirExpandCurly(const char *, const char *, Lst, Lst);
+static void DirExpandInt(const char *, Lst, Lst);
+static int DirPrintWord(void *, void *);
+static int DirPrintDir(void *, void *);
+static char *DirLookup(Path *, const char *, const char *, Boolean);
+static char *DirLookupSubdir(Path *, const char *);
+static char *DirFindDot(Boolean, const char *, const char *);
+static char *DirLookupAbs(Path *, const char *, const char *);
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_Init --
+ * initialize things for this module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * some directories may be opened.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_Init(const char *cdname)
+{
+ dirSearchPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ openDirectories = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ Hash_InitTable(&mtimes, 0);
+
+ Dir_InitCur(cdname);
+
+ dotLast = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Path));
+ dotLast->refCount = 1;
+ dotLast->hits = 0;
+ dotLast->name = bmake_strdup(".DOTLAST");
+ Hash_InitTable(&dotLast->files, -1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Called by Dir_Init() and whenever .CURDIR is assigned to.
+ */
+void
+Dir_InitCur(const char *cdname)
+{
+ Path *p;
+
+ if (cdname != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Our build directory is not the same as our source directory.
+ * Keep this one around too.
+ */
+ if ((p = Dir_AddDir(NULL, cdname))) {
+ p->refCount += 1;
+ if (cur && cur != p) {
+ /*
+ * We've been here before, cleanup.
+ */
+ cur->refCount -= 1;
+ Dir_Destroy(cur);
+ }
+ cur = p;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_InitDot --
+ * (re)initialize "dot" (current/object directory) path hash
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * some directories may be opened.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_InitDot(void)
+{
+ if (dot != NULL) {
+ LstNode ln;
+
+ /* Remove old entry from openDirectories, but do not destroy. */
+ ln = Lst_Member(openDirectories, dot);
+ (void)Lst_Remove(openDirectories, ln);
+ }
+
+ dot = Dir_AddDir(NULL, ".");
+
+ if (dot == NULL) {
+ Error("Cannot open `.' (%s)", strerror(errno));
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * We always need to have dot around, so we increment its reference count
+ * to make sure it's not destroyed.
+ */
+ dot->refCount += 1;
+ Dir_SetPATH(); /* initialize */
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_End --
+ * cleanup things for this module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * none
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_End(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+ if (cur) {
+ cur->refCount -= 1;
+ Dir_Destroy(cur);
+ }
+ dot->refCount -= 1;
+ dotLast->refCount -= 1;
+ Dir_Destroy(dotLast);
+ Dir_Destroy(dot);
+ Dir_ClearPath(dirSearchPath);
+ Lst_Destroy(dirSearchPath, NULL);
+ Dir_ClearPath(openDirectories);
+ Lst_Destroy(openDirectories, NULL);
+ Hash_DeleteTable(&mtimes);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * We want ${.PATH} to indicate the order in which we will actually
+ * search, so we rebuild it after any .PATH: target.
+ * This is the simplest way to deal with the effect of .DOTLAST.
+ */
+void
+Dir_SetPATH(void)
+{
+ LstNode ln; /* a list element */
+ Path *p;
+ Boolean hasLastDot = FALSE; /* true we should search dot last */
+
+ Var_Delete(".PATH", VAR_GLOBAL);
+
+ if (Lst_Open(dirSearchPath) == SUCCESS) {
+ if ((ln = Lst_First(dirSearchPath)) != NULL) {
+ p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ if (p == dotLast) {
+ hasLastDot = TRUE;
+ Var_Append(".PATH", dotLast->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!hasLastDot) {
+ if (dot)
+ Var_Append(".PATH", dot->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ if (cur)
+ Var_Append(".PATH", cur->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ }
+
+ while ((ln = Lst_Next(dirSearchPath)) != NULL) {
+ p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ if (p == dotLast)
+ continue;
+ if (p == dot && hasLastDot)
+ continue;
+ Var_Append(".PATH", p->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ }
+
+ if (hasLastDot) {
+ if (dot)
+ Var_Append(".PATH", dot->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ if (cur)
+ Var_Append(".PATH", cur->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ }
+ Lst_Close(dirSearchPath);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirFindName --
+ * See if the Path structure describes the same directory as the
+ * given one by comparing their names. Called from Dir_AddDir via
+ * Lst_Find when searching the list of open directories.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * p Current name
+ * dname Desired name
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 0 if it is the same. Non-zero otherwise
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+DirFindName(const void *p, const void *dname)
+{
+ return (strcmp(((const Path *)p)->name, dname));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_HasWildcards --
+ * see if the given name has any wildcard characters in it
+ * be careful not to expand unmatching brackets or braces.
+ * XXX: This code is not 100% correct. ([^]] fails etc.)
+ * I really don't think that make(1) should be expanding
+ * patterns, because then you have to set a mechanism for
+ * escaping the expansion!
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * name name to check
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * returns TRUE if the word should be expanded, FALSE otherwise
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * none
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Dir_HasWildcards(char *name)
+{
+ char *cp;
+ int wild = 0, brace = 0, bracket = 0;
+
+ for (cp = name; *cp; cp++) {
+ switch(*cp) {
+ case '{':
+ brace++;
+ wild = 1;
+ break;
+ case '}':
+ brace--;
+ break;
+ case '[':
+ bracket++;
+ wild = 1;
+ break;
+ case ']':
+ bracket--;
+ break;
+ case '?':
+ case '*':
+ wild = 1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return wild && bracket == 0 && brace == 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirMatchFiles --
+ * Given a pattern and a Path structure, see if any files
+ * match the pattern and add their names to the 'expansions' list if
+ * any do. This is incomplete -- it doesn't take care of patterns like
+ * src / *src / *.c properly (just *.c on any of the directories), but it
+ * will do for now.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * pattern Pattern to look for
+ * p Directory to search
+ * expansion Place to store the results
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * File names are added to the expansions lst. The directory will be
+ * fully hashed when this is done.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+DirMatchFiles(const char *pattern, Path *p, Lst expansions)
+{
+ Hash_Search search; /* Index into the directory's table */
+ Hash_Entry *entry; /* Current entry in the table */
+ Boolean isDot; /* TRUE if the directory being searched is . */
+
+ isDot = (*p->name == '.' && p->name[1] == '\0');
+
+ for (entry = Hash_EnumFirst(&p->files, &search);
+ entry != NULL;
+ entry = Hash_EnumNext(&search))
+ {
+ /*
+ * See if the file matches the given pattern. Note we follow the UNIX
+ * convention that dot files will only be found if the pattern
+ * begins with a dot (note also that as a side effect of the hashing
+ * scheme, .* won't match . or .. since they aren't hashed).
+ */
+ if (Str_Match(entry->name, pattern) &&
+ ((entry->name[0] != '.') ||
+ (pattern[0] == '.')))
+ {
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(expansions,
+ (isDot ? bmake_strdup(entry->name) :
+ str_concat(p->name, entry->name,
+ STR_ADDSLASH)));
+ }
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirExpandCurly --
+ * Expand curly braces like the C shell. Does this recursively.
+ * Note the special case: if after the piece of the curly brace is
+ * done there are no wildcard characters in the result, the result is
+ * placed on the list WITHOUT CHECKING FOR ITS EXISTENCE.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * word Entire word to expand
+ * brace First curly brace in it
+ * path Search path to use
+ * expansions Place to store the expansions
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The given list is filled with the expansions...
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+DirExpandCurly(const char *word, const char *brace, Lst path, Lst expansions)
+{
+ const char *end; /* Character after the closing brace */
+ const char *cp; /* Current position in brace clause */
+ const char *start; /* Start of current piece of brace clause */
+ int bracelevel; /* Number of braces we've seen. If we see a
+ * right brace when this is 0, we've hit the
+ * end of the clause. */
+ char *file; /* Current expansion */
+ int otherLen; /* The length of the other pieces of the
+ * expansion (chars before and after the
+ * clause in 'word') */
+ char *cp2; /* Pointer for checking for wildcards in
+ * expansion before calling Dir_Expand */
+
+ start = brace+1;
+
+ /*
+ * Find the end of the brace clause first, being wary of nested brace
+ * clauses.
+ */
+ for (end = start, bracelevel = 0; *end != '\0'; end++) {
+ if (*end == '{') {
+ bracelevel++;
+ } else if ((*end == '}') && (bracelevel-- == 0)) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (*end == '\0') {
+ Error("Unterminated {} clause \"%s\"", start);
+ return;
+ } else {
+ end++;
+ }
+ otherLen = brace - word + strlen(end);
+
+ for (cp = start; cp < end; cp++) {
+ /*
+ * Find the end of this piece of the clause.
+ */
+ bracelevel = 0;
+ while (*cp != ',') {
+ if (*cp == '{') {
+ bracelevel++;
+ } else if ((*cp == '}') && (bracelevel-- <= 0)) {
+ break;
+ }
+ cp++;
+ }
+ /*
+ * Allocate room for the combination and install the three pieces.
+ */
+ file = bmake_malloc(otherLen + cp - start + 1);
+ if (brace != word) {
+ strncpy(file, word, brace-word);
+ }
+ if (cp != start) {
+ strncpy(&file[brace-word], start, cp-start);
+ }
+ strcpy(&file[(brace-word)+(cp-start)], end);
+
+ /*
+ * See if the result has any wildcards in it. If we find one, call
+ * Dir_Expand right away, telling it to place the result on our list
+ * of expansions.
+ */
+ for (cp2 = file; *cp2 != '\0'; cp2++) {
+ switch(*cp2) {
+ case '*':
+ case '?':
+ case '{':
+ case '[':
+ Dir_Expand(file, path, expansions);
+ goto next;
+ }
+ }
+ if (*cp2 == '\0') {
+ /*
+ * Hit the end w/o finding any wildcards, so stick the expansion
+ * on the end of the list.
+ */
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(expansions, file);
+ } else {
+ next:
+ free(file);
+ }
+ start = cp+1;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirExpandInt --
+ * Internal expand routine. Passes through the directories in the
+ * path one by one, calling DirMatchFiles for each. NOTE: This still
+ * doesn't handle patterns in directories...
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * word Word to expand
+ * path Path on which to look
+ * expansions Place to store the result
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Things are added to the expansions list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+DirExpandInt(const char *word, Lst path, Lst expansions)
+{
+ LstNode ln; /* Current node */
+ Path *p; /* Directory in the node */
+
+ if (Lst_Open(path) == SUCCESS) {
+ while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
+ p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ DirMatchFiles(word, p, expansions);
+ }
+ Lst_Close(path);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirPrintWord --
+ * Print a word in the list of expansions. Callback for Dir_Expand
+ * when DEBUG(DIR), via Lst_ForEach.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * === 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The passed word is printed, followed by a space.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+DirPrintWord(void *word, void *dummy)
+{
+ fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", (char *)word);
+
+ return(dummy ? 0 : 0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_Expand --
+ * Expand the given word into a list of words by globbing it looking
+ * in the directories on the given search path.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * word the word to expand
+ * path the list of directories in which to find the
+ * resulting files
+ * expansions the list on which to place the results
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * A list of words consisting of the files which exist along the search
+ * path matching the given pattern.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Directories may be opened. Who knows?
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_Expand(const char *word, Lst path, Lst expansions)
+{
+ const char *cp;
+
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Expanding \"%s\"... ", word);
+ }
+
+ cp = strchr(word, '{');
+ if (cp) {
+ DirExpandCurly(word, cp, path, expansions);
+ } else {
+ cp = strchr(word, '/');
+ if (cp) {
+ /*
+ * The thing has a directory component -- find the first wildcard
+ * in the string.
+ */
+ for (cp = word; *cp; cp++) {
+ if (*cp == '?' || *cp == '[' || *cp == '*' || *cp == '{') {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (*cp == '{') {
+ /*
+ * This one will be fun.
+ */
+ DirExpandCurly(word, cp, path, expansions);
+ return;
+ } else if (*cp != '\0') {
+ /*
+ * Back up to the start of the component
+ */
+ char *dirpath;
+
+ while (cp > word && *cp != '/') {
+ cp--;
+ }
+ if (cp != word) {
+ char sc;
+ /*
+ * If the glob isn't in the first component, try and find
+ * all the components up to the one with a wildcard.
+ */
+ sc = cp[1];
+ ((char *)UNCONST(cp))[1] = '\0';
+ dirpath = Dir_FindFile(word, path);
+ ((char *)UNCONST(cp))[1] = sc;
+ /*
+ * dirpath is null if can't find the leading component
+ * XXX: Dir_FindFile won't find internal components.
+ * i.e. if the path contains ../Etc/Object and we're
+ * looking for Etc, it won't be found. Ah well.
+ * Probably not important.
+ */
+ if (dirpath != NULL) {
+ char *dp = &dirpath[strlen(dirpath) - 1];
+ if (*dp == '/')
+ *dp = '\0';
+ path = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ (void)Dir_AddDir(path, dirpath);
+ DirExpandInt(cp+1, path, expansions);
+ Lst_Destroy(path, NULL);
+ }
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Start the search from the local directory
+ */
+ DirExpandInt(word, path, expansions);
+ }
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Return the file -- this should never happen.
+ */
+ DirExpandInt(word, path, expansions);
+ }
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * First the files in dot
+ */
+ DirMatchFiles(word, dot, expansions);
+
+ /*
+ * Then the files in every other directory on the path.
+ */
+ DirExpandInt(word, path, expansions);
+ }
+ }
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ Lst_ForEach(expansions, DirPrintWord, NULL);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirLookup --
+ * Find if the file with the given name exists in the given path.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a
+ * different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+DirLookup(Path *p, const char *name __unused, const char *cp,
+ Boolean hasSlash __unused)
+{
+ char *file; /* the current filename to check */
+
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " %s ...\n", p->name);
+ }
+
+ if (Hash_FindEntry(&p->files, cp) == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ file = str_concat(p->name, cp, STR_ADDSLASH);
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " returning %s\n", file);
+ }
+ p->hits += 1;
+ hits += 1;
+ return file;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirLookupSubdir --
+ * Find if the file with the given name exists in the given path.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a
+ * different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If the file is found, it is added in the modification times hash
+ * table.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+DirLookupSubdir(Path *p, const char *name)
+{
+ struct stat stb; /* Buffer for stat, if necessary */
+ Hash_Entry *entry; /* Entry for mtimes table */
+ char *file; /* the current filename to check */
+
+ if (p != dot) {
+ file = str_concat(p->name, name, STR_ADDSLASH);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Checking in dot -- DON'T put a leading ./ on the thing.
+ */
+ file = bmake_strdup(name);
+ }
+
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "checking %s ...\n", file);
+ }
+
+ if (stat(file, &stb) == 0) {
+ if (stb.st_mtime == 0)
+ stb.st_mtime = 1;
+ /*
+ * Save the modification time so if it's needed, we don't have
+ * to fetch it again.
+ */
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " Caching %s for %s\n", Targ_FmtTime(stb.st_mtime),
+ file);
+ }
+ entry = Hash_CreateEntry(&mtimes, file, NULL);
+ Hash_SetTimeValue(entry, stb.st_mtime);
+ nearmisses += 1;
+ return (file);
+ }
+ free(file);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirLookupAbs --
+ * Find if the file with the given name exists in the given path.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The path to the file, the empty string or NULL. If the file is
+ * the empty string, the search should be terminated.
+ * This path is guaranteed to be in a different part of memory
+ * than name and so may be safely free'd.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+DirLookupAbs(Path *p, const char *name, const char *cp)
+{
+ char *p1; /* pointer into p->name */
+ const char *p2; /* pointer into name */
+
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " %s ...\n", p->name);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If the file has a leading path component and that component
+ * exactly matches the entire name of the current search
+ * directory, we can attempt another cache lookup. And if we don't
+ * have a hit, we can safely assume the file does not exist at all.
+ */
+ for (p1 = p->name, p2 = name; *p1 && *p1 == *p2; p1++, p2++) {
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (*p1 != '\0' || p2 != cp - 1) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (Hash_FindEntry(&p->files, cp) == NULL) {
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " must be here but isn't -- returning\n");
+ }
+ /* Return empty string: terminates search */
+ return bmake_strdup("");
+ }
+
+ p->hits += 1;
+ hits += 1;
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " returning %s\n", name);
+ }
+ return (bmake_strdup(name));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirFindDot --
+ * Find the file given on "." or curdir
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a
+ * different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Hit counts change
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+DirFindDot(Boolean hasSlash __unused, const char *name, const char *cp)
+{
+
+ if (Hash_FindEntry(&dot->files, cp) != NULL) {
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " in '.'\n");
+ }
+ hits += 1;
+ dot->hits += 1;
+ return (bmake_strdup(name));
+ }
+ if (cur &&
+ Hash_FindEntry(&cur->files, cp) != NULL) {
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " in ${.CURDIR} = %s\n", cur->name);
+ }
+ hits += 1;
+ cur->hits += 1;
+ return str_concat(cur->name, cp, STR_ADDSLASH);
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_FindFile --
+ * Find the file with the given name along the given search path.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * name the file to find
+ * path the Lst of directories to search
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a
+ * different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If the file is found in a directory which is not on the path
+ * already (either 'name' is absolute or it is a relative path
+ * [ dir1/.../dirn/file ] which exists below one of the directories
+ * already on the search path), its directory is added to the end
+ * of the path on the assumption that there will be more files in
+ * that directory later on. Sometimes this is true. Sometimes not.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Dir_FindFile(const char *name, Lst path)
+{
+ LstNode ln; /* a list element */
+ char *file; /* the current filename to check */
+ Path *p; /* current path member */
+ const char *cp; /* Terminal name of file */
+ Boolean hasLastDot = FALSE; /* true we should search dot last */
+ Boolean hasSlash; /* true if 'name' contains a / */
+ struct stat stb; /* Buffer for stat, if necessary */
+ Hash_Entry *entry; /* Entry for mtimes table */
+
+ /*
+ * Find the final component of the name and note whether it has a
+ * slash in it (the name, I mean)
+ */
+ cp = strrchr(name, '/');
+ if (cp) {
+ hasSlash = TRUE;
+ cp += 1;
+ } else {
+ hasSlash = FALSE;
+ cp = name;
+ }
+
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Searching for %s ...", name);
+ }
+
+ if (Lst_Open(path) == FAILURE) {
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "couldn't open path, file not found\n");
+ }
+ misses += 1;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ if ((ln = Lst_First(path)) != NULL) {
+ p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ if (p == dotLast) {
+ hasLastDot = TRUE;
+ if (DEBUG(DIR))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "[dot last]...");
+ }
+ }
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If there's no leading directory components or if the leading
+ * directory component is exactly `./', consult the cached contents
+ * of each of the directories on the search path.
+ */
+ if (!hasSlash || (cp - name == 2 && *name == '.')) {
+ /*
+ * We look through all the directories on the path seeking one which
+ * contains the final component of the given name. If such a beast
+ * is found, we concatenate the directory name and the final
+ * component and return the resulting string. If we don't find any
+ * such thing, we go on to phase two...
+ *
+ * No matter what, we always look for the file in the current
+ * directory before anywhere else (unless we found the magic
+ * DOTLAST path, in which case we search it last) and we *do not*
+ * add the ./ to it if it exists.
+ * This is so there are no conflicts between what the user
+ * specifies (fish.c) and what pmake finds (./fish.c).
+ */
+ if (!hasLastDot &&
+ (file = DirFindDot(hasSlash, name, cp)) != NULL) {
+ Lst_Close(path);
+ return file;
+ }
+
+ while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
+ p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ if (p == dotLast)
+ continue;
+ if ((file = DirLookup(p, name, cp, hasSlash)) != NULL) {
+ Lst_Close(path);
+ return file;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (hasLastDot &&
+ (file = DirFindDot(hasSlash, name, cp)) != NULL) {
+ Lst_Close(path);
+ return file;
+ }
+ }
+ Lst_Close(path);
+
+ /*
+ * We didn't find the file on any directory in the search path.
+ * If the name doesn't contain a slash, that means it doesn't exist.
+ * If it *does* contain a slash, however, there is still hope: it
+ * could be in a subdirectory of one of the members of the search
+ * path. (eg. /usr/include and sys/types.h. The above search would
+ * fail to turn up types.h in /usr/include, but it *is* in
+ * /usr/include/sys/types.h).
+ * [ This no longer applies: If we find such a beast, we assume there
+ * will be more (what else can we assume?) and add all but the last
+ * component of the resulting name onto the search path (at the
+ * end).]
+ * This phase is only performed if the file is *not* absolute.
+ */
+ if (!hasSlash) {
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " failed.\n");
+ }
+ misses += 1;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (name[0] != '/') {
+ Boolean checkedDot = FALSE;
+
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " Trying subdirectories...\n");
+ }
+
+ if (!hasLastDot) {
+ if (dot) {
+ checkedDot = TRUE;
+ if ((file = DirLookupSubdir(dot, name)) != NULL)
+ return file;
+ }
+ if (cur && (file = DirLookupSubdir(cur, name)) != NULL)
+ return file;
+ }
+
+ (void)Lst_Open(path);
+ while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
+ p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ if (p == dotLast)
+ continue;
+ if (p == dot) {
+ if (checkedDot)
+ continue;
+ checkedDot = TRUE;
+ }
+ if ((file = DirLookupSubdir(p, name)) != NULL) {
+ Lst_Close(path);
+ return file;
+ }
+ }
+ Lst_Close(path);
+
+ if (hasLastDot) {
+ if (dot && !checkedDot) {
+ checkedDot = TRUE;
+ if ((file = DirLookupSubdir(dot, name)) != NULL)
+ return file;
+ }
+ if (cur && (file = DirLookupSubdir(cur, name)) != NULL)
+ return file;
+ }
+
+ if (checkedDot) {
+ /*
+ * Already checked by the given name, since . was in the path,
+ * so no point in proceeding...
+ */
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " Checked . already, returning NULL\n");
+ }
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ } else { /* name[0] == '/' */
+
+ /*
+ * For absolute names, compare directory path prefix against the
+ * the directory path of each member on the search path for an exact
+ * match. If we have an exact match on any member of the search path,
+ * use the cached contents of that member to lookup the final file
+ * component. If that lookup fails we can safely assume that the
+ * file does not exist at all. This is signified by DirLookupAbs()
+ * returning an empty string.
+ */
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " Trying exact path matches...\n");
+ }
+
+ if (!hasLastDot && cur && (file = DirLookupAbs(cur, name, cp)) != NULL)
+ return *file?file:NULL;
+
+ (void)Lst_Open(path);
+ while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
+ p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ if (p == dotLast)
+ continue;
+ if ((file = DirLookupAbs(p, name, cp)) != NULL) {
+ Lst_Close(path);
+ return *file?file:NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ Lst_Close(path);
+
+ if (hasLastDot && cur && (file = DirLookupAbs(cur, name, cp)) != NULL)
+ return *file?file:NULL;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Didn't find it that way, either. Sigh. Phase 3. Add its directory
+ * onto the search path in any case, just in case, then look for the
+ * thing in the hash table. If we find it, grand. We return a new
+ * copy of the name. Otherwise we sadly return a NULL pointer. Sigh.
+ * Note that if the directory holding the file doesn't exist, this will
+ * do an extra search of the final directory on the path. Unless something
+ * weird happens, this search won't succeed and life will be groovy.
+ *
+ * Sigh. We cannot add the directory onto the search path because
+ * of this amusing case:
+ * $(INSTALLDIR)/$(FILE): $(FILE)
+ *
+ * $(FILE) exists in $(INSTALLDIR) but not in the current one.
+ * When searching for $(FILE), we will find it in $(INSTALLDIR)
+ * b/c we added it here. This is not good...
+ */
+#ifdef notdef
+ cp[-1] = '\0';
+ (void)Dir_AddDir(path, name);
+ cp[-1] = '/';
+
+ bigmisses += 1;
+ ln = Lst_Last(path);
+ if (ln == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ } else {
+ p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ }
+
+ if (Hash_FindEntry(&p->files, cp) != NULL) {
+ return (bmake_strdup(name));
+ } else {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+#else /* !notdef */
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " Looking for \"%s\" ...\n", name);
+ }
+
+ bigmisses += 1;
+ entry = Hash_FindEntry(&mtimes, name);
+ if (entry != NULL) {
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " got it (in mtime cache)\n");
+ }
+ return(bmake_strdup(name));
+ } else if (stat(name, &stb) == 0) {
+ if (stb.st_mtime == 0)
+ stb.st_mtime = 1;
+ entry = Hash_CreateEntry(&mtimes, name, NULL);
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " Caching %s for %s\n", Targ_FmtTime(stb.st_mtime),
+ name);
+ }
+ Hash_SetTimeValue(entry, stb.st_mtime);
+ return (bmake_strdup(name));
+ } else {
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " failed. Returning NULL\n");
+ }
+ return NULL;
+ }
+#endif /* notdef */
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_FindHereOrAbove --
+ * search for a path starting at a given directory and then working
+ * our way up towards the root.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * here starting directory
+ * search_path the path we are looking for
+ * result the result of a successful search is placed here
+ * rlen the length of the result buffer
+ * (typically MAXPATHLEN + 1)
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 0 on failure, 1 on success [in which case the found path is put
+ * in the result buffer].
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Dir_FindHereOrAbove(char *here, char *search_path, char *result, int rlen) {
+
+ struct stat st;
+ char dirbase[MAXPATHLEN + 1], *db_end;
+ char try[MAXPATHLEN + 1], *try_end;
+
+ /* copy out our starting point */
+ snprintf(dirbase, sizeof(dirbase), "%s", here);
+ db_end = dirbase + strlen(dirbase);
+
+ /* loop until we determine a result */
+ while (1) {
+
+ /* try and stat(2) it ... */
+ snprintf(try, sizeof(try), "%s/%s", dirbase, search_path);
+ if (stat(try, &st) != -1) {
+ /*
+ * success! if we found a file, chop off
+ * the filename so we return a directory.
+ */
+ if ((st.st_mode & S_IFMT) != S_IFDIR) {
+ try_end = try + strlen(try);
+ while (try_end > try && *try_end != '/')
+ try_end--;
+ if (try_end > try)
+ *try_end = 0; /* chop! */
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * done!
+ */
+ snprintf(result, rlen, "%s", try);
+ return(1);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * nope, we didn't find it. if we used up dirbase we've
+ * reached the root and failed.
+ */
+ if (db_end == dirbase)
+ break; /* failed! */
+
+ /*
+ * truncate dirbase from the end to move up a dir
+ */
+ while (db_end > dirbase && *db_end != '/')
+ db_end--;
+ *db_end = 0; /* chop! */
+
+ } /* while (1) */
+
+ /*
+ * we failed...
+ */
+ return(0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_MTime --
+ * Find the modification time of the file described by gn along the
+ * search path dirSearchPath.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gn the file whose modification time is desired
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The modification time or 0 if it doesn't exist
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The modification time is placed in the node's mtime slot.
+ * If the node didn't have a path entry before, and Dir_FindFile
+ * found one for it, the full name is placed in the path slot.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Dir_MTime(GNode *gn)
+{
+ char *fullName; /* the full pathname of name */
+ struct stat stb; /* buffer for finding the mod time */
+ Hash_Entry *entry;
+
+ if (gn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
+ return Arch_MTime(gn);
+ } else if (gn->type & OP_PHONY) {
+ gn->mtime = 0;
+ return 0;
+ } else if (gn->path == NULL) {
+ if (gn->type & OP_NOPATH)
+ fullName = NULL;
+ else {
+ fullName = Dir_FindFile(gn->name, Suff_FindPath(gn));
+ if (DEBUG(DIR))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Found '%s' as '%s'\n",
+ gn->name, fullName ? fullName : "(not found)" );
+ }
+ } else {
+ fullName = gn->path;
+ }
+
+ if (fullName == NULL) {
+ fullName = bmake_strdup(gn->name);
+ }
+
+ entry = Hash_FindEntry(&mtimes, fullName);
+ if (entry != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Only do this once -- the second time folks are checking to
+ * see if the file was actually updated, so we need to actually go
+ * to the file system.
+ */
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Using cached time %s for %s\n",
+ Targ_FmtTime(Hash_GetTimeValue(entry)), fullName);
+ }
+ stb.st_mtime = Hash_GetTimeValue(entry);
+ Hash_DeleteEntry(&mtimes, entry);
+ } else if (stat(fullName, &stb) < 0) {
+ if (gn->type & OP_MEMBER) {
+ if (fullName != gn->path)
+ free(fullName);
+ return Arch_MemMTime(gn);
+ } else {
+ stb.st_mtime = 0;
+ }
+ } else if (stb.st_mtime == 0) {
+ /*
+ * 0 handled specially by the code, if the time is really 0, return
+ * something else instead
+ */
+ stb.st_mtime = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (fullName && gn->path == NULL) {
+ gn->path = fullName;
+ }
+
+ gn->mtime = stb.st_mtime;
+ return (gn->mtime);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_AddDir --
+ * Add the given name to the end of the given path. The order of
+ * the arguments is backwards so ParseDoDependency can do a
+ * Lst_ForEach of its list of paths...
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * path the path to which the directory should be
+ * added
+ * name the name of the directory to add
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * A structure is added to the list and the directory is
+ * read and hashed.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Path *
+Dir_AddDir(Lst path, const char *name)
+{
+ LstNode ln = NULL; /* node in case Path structure is found */
+ Path *p = NULL; /* pointer to new Path structure */
+ DIR *d; /* for reading directory */
+ struct dirent *dp; /* entry in directory */
+
+ if (strcmp(name, ".DOTLAST") == 0) {
+ ln = Lst_Find(path, name, DirFindName);
+ if (ln != NULL)
+ return (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ else {
+ dotLast->refCount += 1;
+ (void)Lst_AtFront(path, dotLast);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (path)
+ ln = Lst_Find(openDirectories, name, DirFindName);
+ if (ln != NULL) {
+ p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ if (path && Lst_Member(path, p) == NULL) {
+ p->refCount += 1;
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(path, p);
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Caching %s ...", name);
+ }
+
+ if ((d = opendir(name)) != NULL) {
+ p = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Path));
+ p->name = bmake_strdup(name);
+ p->hits = 0;
+ p->refCount = 1;
+ Hash_InitTable(&p->files, -1);
+
+ while ((dp = readdir(d)) != NULL) {
+#if defined(sun) && defined(d_ino) /* d_ino is a sunos4 #define for d_fileno */
+ /*
+ * The sun directory library doesn't check for a 0 inode
+ * (0-inode slots just take up space), so we have to do
+ * it ourselves.
+ */
+ if (dp->d_fileno == 0) {
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif /* sun && d_ino */
+ (void)Hash_CreateEntry(&p->files, dp->d_name, NULL);
+ }
+ (void)closedir(d);
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(openDirectories, p);
+ if (path != NULL)
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(path, p);
+ }
+ if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "done\n");
+ }
+ }
+ return p;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_CopyDir --
+ * Callback function for duplicating a search path via Lst_Duplicate.
+ * Ups the reference count for the directory.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Returns the Path it was given.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The refCount of the path is incremented.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void *
+Dir_CopyDir(void *p)
+{
+ ((Path *)p)->refCount += 1;
+
+ return (p);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_MakeFlags --
+ * Make a string by taking all the directories in the given search
+ * path and preceding them by the given flag. Used by the suffix
+ * module to create variables for compilers based on suffix search
+ * paths.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * flag flag which should precede each directory
+ * path list of directories
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The string mentioned above. Note that there is no space between
+ * the given flag and each directory. The empty string is returned if
+ * Things don't go well.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Dir_MakeFlags(const char *flag, Lst path)
+{
+ char *str; /* the string which will be returned */
+ char *s1, *s2;/* the current directory preceded by 'flag' */
+ LstNode ln; /* the node of the current directory */
+ Path *p; /* the structure describing the current directory */
+
+ str = bmake_strdup("");
+
+ if (Lst_Open(path) == SUCCESS) {
+ while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
+ p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ s2 = str_concat(flag, p->name, 0);
+ str = str_concat(s1 = str, s2, STR_ADDSPACE);
+ free(s1);
+ free(s2);
+ }
+ Lst_Close(path);
+ }
+
+ return (str);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_Destroy --
+ * Nuke a directory descriptor, if possible. Callback procedure
+ * for the suffixes module when destroying a search path.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * pp The directory descriptor to nuke
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If no other path references this directory (refCount == 0),
+ * the Path and all its data are freed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_Destroy(void *pp)
+{
+ Path *p = (Path *)pp;
+ p->refCount -= 1;
+
+ if (p->refCount == 0) {
+ LstNode ln;
+
+ ln = Lst_Member(openDirectories, p);
+ (void)Lst_Remove(openDirectories, ln);
+
+ Hash_DeleteTable(&p->files);
+ free(p->name);
+ free(p);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_ClearPath --
+ * Clear out all elements of the given search path. This is different
+ * from destroying the list, notice.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * path Path to clear
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The path is set to the empty list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_ClearPath(Lst path)
+{
+ Path *p;
+ while (!Lst_IsEmpty(path)) {
+ p = (Path *)Lst_DeQueue(path);
+ Dir_Destroy(p);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_Concat --
+ * Concatenate two paths, adding the second to the end of the first.
+ * Makes sure to avoid duplicates.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * path1 Dest
+ * path2 Source
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Reference counts for added dirs are upped.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_Concat(Lst path1, Lst path2)
+{
+ LstNode ln;
+ Path *p;
+
+ for (ln = Lst_First(path2); ln != NULL; ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) {
+ p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ if (Lst_Member(path1, p) == NULL) {
+ p->refCount += 1;
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(path1, p);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/********** DEBUG INFO **********/
+void
+Dir_PrintDirectories(void)
+{
+ LstNode ln;
+ Path *p;
+
+ fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Directory Cache:\n");
+ fprintf(debug_file, "# Stats: %d hits %d misses %d near misses %d losers (%d%%)\n",
+ hits, misses, nearmisses, bigmisses,
+ (hits+bigmisses+nearmisses ?
+ hits * 100 / (hits + bigmisses + nearmisses) : 0));
+ fprintf(debug_file, "# %-20s referenced\thits\n", "directory");
+ if (Lst_Open(openDirectories) == SUCCESS) {
+ while ((ln = Lst_Next(openDirectories)) != NULL) {
+ p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "# %-20s %10d\t%4d\n", p->name, p->refCount, p->hits);
+ }
+ Lst_Close(openDirectories);
+ }
+}
+
+static int
+DirPrintDir(void *p, void *dummy)
+{
+ fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", ((Path *)p)->name);
+ return (dummy ? 0 : 0);
+}
+
+void
+Dir_PrintPath(Lst path)
+{
+ Lst_ForEach(path, DirPrintDir, NULL);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: dir.h,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)dir.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)dir.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/* dir.h --
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DIR
+#define _DIR
+
+typedef struct Path {
+ char *name; /* Name of directory */
+ int refCount; /* Number of paths with this directory */
+ int hits; /* the number of times a file in this
+ * directory has been found */
+ Hash_Table files; /* Hash table of files in directory */
+} Path;
+
+void Dir_Init(const char *);
+void Dir_InitCur(const char *);
+void Dir_InitDot(void);
+void Dir_End(void);
+void Dir_SetPATH(void);
+Boolean Dir_HasWildcards(char *);
+void Dir_Expand(const char *, Lst, Lst);
+char *Dir_FindFile(const char *, Lst);
+int Dir_FindHereOrAbove(char *, char *, char *, int);
+int Dir_MTime(GNode *);
+Path *Dir_AddDir(Lst, const char *);
+char *Dir_MakeFlags(const char *, Lst);
+void Dir_ClearPath(Lst);
+void Dir_Concat(Lst, Lst);
+void Dir_PrintDirectories(void);
+void Dir_PrintPath(Lst);
+void Dir_Destroy(void *);
+void * Dir_CopyDir(void *);
+
+#endif /* _DIR */
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: for.c,v 1.46 2009/01/17 13:29:37 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: for.c,v 1.46 2009/01/17 13:29:37 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)for.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: for.c,v 1.46 2009/01/17 13:29:37 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * for.c --
+ * Functions to handle loops in a makefile.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ * For_Eval Evaluate the loop in the passed line.
+ * For_Run Run accumulated loop
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+#include "buf.h"
+#include "strlist.h"
+
+#define FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_CHAR 1
+#define FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_BRACE 2
+#define FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_PAREN 4
+
+/*
+ * For statements are of the form:
+ *
+ * .for <variable> in <varlist>
+ * ...
+ * .endfor
+ *
+ * The trick is to look for the matching end inside for for loop
+ * To do that, we count the current nesting level of the for loops.
+ * and the .endfor statements, accumulating all the statements between
+ * the initial .for loop and the matching .endfor;
+ * then we evaluate the for loop for each variable in the varlist.
+ *
+ * Note that any nested fors are just passed through; they get handled
+ * recursively in For_Eval when we're expanding the enclosing for in
+ * For_Run.
+ */
+
+static int forLevel = 0; /* Nesting level */
+
+/*
+ * State of a for loop.
+ */
+typedef struct _For {
+ Buffer buf; /* Body of loop */
+ strlist_t vars; /* Iteration variables */
+ strlist_t items; /* Substitution items */
+ char *parse_buf;
+ int short_var;
+ int sub_next;
+} For;
+
+static For *accumFor; /* Loop being accumulated */
+
+\f
+
+static char *
+make_str(const char *ptr, int len)
+{
+ char *new_ptr;
+
+ new_ptr = bmake_malloc(len + 1);
+ memcpy(new_ptr, ptr, len);
+ new_ptr[len] = 0;
+ return new_ptr;
+}
+
+static void
+For_Free(For *arg)
+{
+ Buf_Destroy(&arg->buf, TRUE);
+ strlist_clean(&arg->vars);
+ strlist_clean(&arg->items);
+ free(arg->parse_buf);
+
+ free(arg);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * For_Eval --
+ * Evaluate the for loop in the passed line. The line
+ * looks like this:
+ * .for <variable> in <varlist>
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * line Line to parse
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 0: Not a .for statement, parse the line
+ * 1: We found a for loop
+ * -1: A .for statement with a bad syntax error, discard.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+For_Eval(char *line)
+{
+ For *new_for;
+ char *ptr = line, *sub;
+ int len;
+ int escapes;
+ unsigned char ch;
+
+ /* Skip the '.' and any following whitespace */
+ for (ptr++; *ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr); ptr++)
+ continue;
+
+ /*
+ * If we are not in a for loop quickly determine if the statement is
+ * a for.
+ */
+ if (ptr[0] != 'f' || ptr[1] != 'o' || ptr[2] != 'r' ||
+ !isspace((unsigned char) ptr[3])) {
+ if (ptr[0] == 'e' && strncmp(ptr+1, "ndfor", 5) == 0) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "for-less endfor");
+ return -1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+ ptr += 3;
+
+ /*
+ * we found a for loop, and now we are going to parse it.
+ */
+
+ new_for = bmake_malloc(sizeof *new_for);
+ memset(new_for, 0, sizeof *new_for);
+
+ /* Grab the variables. Terminate on "in". */
+ for (;; ptr += len) {
+ while (*ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr))
+ ptr++;
+ if (*ptr == '\0') {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "missing `in' in for");
+ For_Free(new_for);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ for (len = 1; ptr[len] && !isspace((unsigned char)ptr[len]); len++)
+ continue;
+ if (len == 2 && ptr[0] == 'i' && ptr[1] == 'n') {
+ ptr += 2;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (len == 1)
+ new_for->short_var = 1;
+ strlist_add_str(&new_for->vars, make_str(ptr, len), len);
+ }
+
+ if (strlist_num(&new_for->vars) == 0) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "no iteration variables in for");
+ For_Free(new_for);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ while (*ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr))
+ ptr++;
+
+ /*
+ * Make a list with the remaining words
+ * The values are substituted as ${:U<value>...} so we must \ escape
+ * characters that break that syntax.
+ * Variables are fully expanded - so it is safe for escape $.
+ * We can't do the escapes here - because we don't know whether
+ * we are substuting into ${...} or $(...).
+ */
+ sub = Var_Subst(NULL, ptr, VAR_GLOBAL, FALSE);
+
+ for (ptr = sub;; ptr += len) {
+ while (*ptr && isspace((unsigned char)*ptr))
+ ptr++;
+ if (*ptr == 0)
+ break;
+ escapes = 0;
+ for (len = 0; (ch = ptr[len]) != 0 && !isspace(ch); len++) {
+ if (ch == ':' || ch == '$' || ch == '\\')
+ escapes |= FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_CHAR;
+ else if (ch == ')')
+ escapes |= FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_PAREN;
+ else if (ch == /*{*/ '}')
+ escapes |= FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_BRACE;
+ }
+ strlist_add_str(&new_for->items, make_str(ptr, len), escapes);
+ }
+
+ free(sub);
+
+ if (strlist_num(&new_for->items) % strlist_num(&new_for->vars)) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+ "Wrong number of words in .for substitution list %d %d",
+ strlist_num(&new_for->items), strlist_num(&new_for->vars));
+ /*
+ * Return 'success' so that the body of the .for loop is accumulated.
+ * Remove all items so that the loop doesn't iterate.
+ */
+ strlist_clean(&new_for->items);
+ }
+
+ Buf_Init(&new_for->buf, 0);
+ accumFor = new_for;
+ forLevel = 1;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Add another line to a .for loop.
+ * Returns 0 when the matching .endfor is reached.
+ */
+
+int
+For_Accum(char *line)
+{
+ char *ptr = line;
+
+ if (*ptr == '.') {
+
+ for (ptr++; *ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr); ptr++)
+ continue;
+
+ if (strncmp(ptr, "endfor", 6) == 0 &&
+ (isspace((unsigned char) ptr[6]) || !ptr[6])) {
+ if (DEBUG(FOR))
+ (void)fprintf(debug_file, "For: end for %d\n", forLevel);
+ if (--forLevel <= 0)
+ return 0;
+ } else if (strncmp(ptr, "for", 3) == 0 &&
+ isspace((unsigned char) ptr[3])) {
+ forLevel++;
+ if (DEBUG(FOR))
+ (void)fprintf(debug_file, "For: new loop %d\n", forLevel);
+ }
+ }
+
+ Buf_AddBytes(&accumFor->buf, strlen(line), line);
+ Buf_AddByte(&accumFor->buf, '\n');
+ return 1;
+}
+
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * For_Run --
+ * Run the for loop, imitating the actions of an include file
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+for_var_len(const char *var)
+{
+ char ch, var_start, var_end;
+ int depth;
+ int len;
+
+ var_start = *var;
+ if (var_start == 0)
+ /* just escape the $ */
+ return 0;
+
+ if (var_start == '(')
+ var_end = ')';
+ else if (var_start == '{')
+ var_end = '}';
+ else
+ /* Single char variable */
+ return 1;
+
+ depth = 1;
+ for (len = 1; (ch = var[len++]) != 0;) {
+ if (ch == var_start)
+ depth++;
+ else if (ch == var_end && --depth == 0)
+ return len;
+ }
+
+ /* Variable end not found, escape the $ */
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+for_substitute(Buffer *cmds, strlist_t *items, unsigned int item_no, char ech)
+{
+ const char *item = strlist_str(items, item_no);
+ int len;
+ char ch;
+
+ /* If there were no escapes, or the only escape is the other variable
+ * terminator, then just substitute the full string */
+ if (!(strlist_info(items, item_no) &
+ (ech == ')' ? ~FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_BRACE : ~FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_PAREN))) {
+ Buf_AddBytes(cmds, strlen(item), item);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Escape ':', '$', '\\' and 'ech' - removed by :U processing */
+ while ((ch = *item++) != 0) {
+ if (ch == '$') {
+ len = for_var_len(item);
+ if (len != 0) {
+ Buf_AddBytes(cmds, len + 1, item - 1);
+ item += len;
+ continue;
+ }
+ Buf_AddByte(cmds, '\\');
+ } else if (ch == ':' || ch == '\\' || ch == ech)
+ Buf_AddByte(cmds, '\\');
+ Buf_AddByte(cmds, ch);
+ }
+}
+
+static char *
+For_Iterate(void *v_arg)
+{
+ For *arg = v_arg;
+ int i, len;
+ char *var;
+ char *cp;
+ char *cmd_cp;
+ char *body_end;
+ char ch;
+ Buffer cmds;
+
+ if (arg->sub_next + strlist_num(&arg->vars) > strlist_num(&arg->items)) {
+ /* No more iterations */
+ For_Free(arg);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ free(arg->parse_buf);
+ arg->parse_buf = NULL;
+
+ /*
+ * Scan the for loop body and replace references to the loop variables
+ * with variable references that expand to the required text.
+ * Using variable expansions ensures that the .for loop can't generate
+ * syntax, and that the later parsing will still see a variable.
+ * We assume that the null variable will never be defined.
+ *
+ * The detection of substitions of the loop control variable is naive.
+ * Many of the modifiers use \ to escape $ (not $) so it is possible
+ * to contrive a makefile where an unwanted substitution happens.
+ */
+
+ cmd_cp = Buf_GetAll(&arg->buf, &len);
+ body_end = cmd_cp + len;
+ Buf_Init(&cmds, len + 256);
+ for (cp = cmd_cp; (cp = strchr(cp, '$')) != NULL;) {
+ char ech;
+ ch = *++cp;
+ if ((ch == '(' && (ech = ')')) || (ch == '{' && (ech = '}'))) {
+ cp++;
+ /* Check variable name against the .for loop variables */
+ STRLIST_FOREACH(var, &arg->vars, i) {
+ len = strlist_info(&arg->vars, i);
+ if (memcmp(cp, var, len) != 0)
+ continue;
+ if (cp[len] != ':' && cp[len] != ech && cp[len] != '\\')
+ continue;
+ /* Found a variable match. Replace with :U<value> */
+ Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, cp - cmd_cp, cmd_cp);
+ Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, 2, ":U");
+ cp += len;
+ cmd_cp = cp;
+ for_substitute(&cmds, &arg->items, arg->sub_next + i, ech);
+ break;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (ch == 0)
+ break;
+ /* Probably a single character name, ignore $$ and stupid ones. {*/
+ if (!arg->short_var || strchr("}):$", ch) != NULL) {
+ cp++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ STRLIST_FOREACH(var, &arg->vars, i) {
+ if (var[0] != ch || var[1] != 0)
+ continue;
+ /* Found a variable match. Replace with ${:U<value>} */
+ Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, cp - cmd_cp, cmd_cp);
+ Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, 3, "{:U");
+ cmd_cp = ++cp;
+ for_substitute(&cmds, &arg->items, arg->sub_next + i, /*{*/ '}');
+ Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, 1, "}");
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, body_end - cmd_cp, cmd_cp);
+
+ cp = Buf_Destroy(&cmds, FALSE);
+ if (DEBUG(FOR))
+ (void)fprintf(debug_file, "For: loop body:\n%s", cp);
+
+ arg->sub_next += strlist_num(&arg->vars);
+
+ arg->parse_buf = cp;
+ return cp;
+}
+
+void
+For_Run(int lineno)
+{
+ For *arg;
+
+ arg = accumFor;
+ accumFor = NULL;
+
+ if (strlist_num(&arg->items) == 0) {
+ /* Nothing to expand - possibly due to an earlier syntax error. */
+ For_Free(arg);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Parse_SetInput(NULL, lineno, -1, For_Iterate, arg);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: hash.c,v 1.19 2009/01/24 10:59:09 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: hash.c,v 1.19 2009/01/24 10:59:09 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)hash.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: hash.c,v 1.19 2009/01/24 10:59:09 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/* hash.c --
+ *
+ * This module contains routines to manipulate a hash table.
+ * See hash.h for a definition of the structure of the hash
+ * table. Hash tables grow automatically as the amount of
+ * information increases.
+ */
+#include "sprite.h"
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+
+/*
+ * Forward references to local procedures that are used before they're
+ * defined:
+ */
+
+static void RebuildTable(Hash_Table *);
+
+/*
+ * The following defines the ratio of # entries to # buckets
+ * at which we rebuild the table to make it larger.
+ */
+
+#define rebuildLimit 3
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_InitTable --
+ *
+ * This routine just sets up the hash table.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * t Structure to to hold table.
+ * numBuckets How many buckets to create for starters. This
+ * number is rounded up to a power of two. If
+ * <= 0, a reasonable default is chosen. The
+ * table will grow in size later as needed.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Memory is allocated for the initial bucket area.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Hash_InitTable(Hash_Table *t, int numBuckets)
+{
+ int i;
+ struct Hash_Entry **hp;
+
+ /*
+ * Round up the size to a power of two.
+ */
+ if (numBuckets <= 0)
+ i = 16;
+ else {
+ for (i = 2; i < numBuckets; i <<= 1)
+ continue;
+ }
+ t->numEntries = 0;
+ t->size = i;
+ t->mask = i - 1;
+ t->bucketPtr = hp = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*hp) * i);
+ while (--i >= 0)
+ *hp++ = NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_DeleteTable --
+ *
+ * This routine removes everything from a hash table
+ * and frees up the memory space it occupied (except for
+ * the space in the Hash_Table structure).
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Lots of memory is freed up.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Hash_DeleteTable(Hash_Table *t)
+{
+ struct Hash_Entry **hp, *h, *nexth = NULL;
+ int i;
+
+ for (hp = t->bucketPtr, i = t->size; --i >= 0;) {
+ for (h = *hp++; h != NULL; h = nexth) {
+ nexth = h->next;
+ free(h);
+ }
+ }
+ free(t->bucketPtr);
+
+ /*
+ * Set up the hash table to cause memory faults on any future access
+ * attempts until re-initialization.
+ */
+ t->bucketPtr = NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_FindEntry --
+ *
+ * Searches a hash table for an entry corresponding to key.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * t Hash table to search.
+ * key A hash key.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The return value is a pointer to the entry for key,
+ * if key was present in the table. If key was not
+ * present, NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Hash_Entry *
+Hash_FindEntry(Hash_Table *t, const char *key)
+{
+ Hash_Entry *e;
+ unsigned h;
+ const char *p;
+
+ for (h = 0, p = key; *p;)
+ h = (h << 5) - h + *p++;
+ p = key;
+ for (e = t->bucketPtr[h & t->mask]; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+ if (e->namehash == h && strcmp(e->name, p) == 0)
+ return (e);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_CreateEntry --
+ *
+ * Searches a hash table for an entry corresponding to
+ * key. If no entry is found, then one is created.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * t Hash table to search.
+ * key A hash key.
+ * newPtr Filled in with TRUE if new entry created,
+ * FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The return value is a pointer to the entry. If *newPtr
+ * isn't NULL, then *newPtr is filled in with TRUE if a
+ * new entry was created, and FALSE if an entry already existed
+ * with the given key.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Memory may be allocated, and the hash buckets may be modified.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Hash_Entry *
+Hash_CreateEntry(Hash_Table *t, const char *key, Boolean *newPtr)
+{
+ Hash_Entry *e;
+ unsigned h;
+ const char *p;
+ int keylen;
+ struct Hash_Entry **hp;
+
+ /*
+ * Hash the key. As a side effect, save the length (strlen) of the
+ * key in case we need to create the entry.
+ */
+ for (h = 0, p = key; *p;)
+ h = (h << 5) - h + *p++;
+ keylen = p - key;
+ p = key;
+ for (e = t->bucketPtr[h & t->mask]; e != NULL; e = e->next) {
+ if (e->namehash == h && strcmp(e->name, p) == 0) {
+ if (newPtr != NULL)
+ *newPtr = FALSE;
+ return (e);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * The desired entry isn't there. Before allocating a new entry,
+ * expand the table if necessary (and this changes the resulting
+ * bucket chain).
+ */
+ if (t->numEntries >= rebuildLimit * t->size)
+ RebuildTable(t);
+ e = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*e) + keylen);
+ hp = &t->bucketPtr[h & t->mask];
+ e->next = *hp;
+ *hp = e;
+ Hash_SetValue(e, NULL);
+ e->namehash = h;
+ (void)strcpy(e->name, p);
+ t->numEntries++;
+
+ if (newPtr != NULL)
+ *newPtr = TRUE;
+ return (e);
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_DeleteEntry --
+ *
+ * Delete the given hash table entry and free memory associated with
+ * it.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Hash chain that entry lives in is modified and memory is freed.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Hash_DeleteEntry(Hash_Table *t, Hash_Entry *e)
+{
+ Hash_Entry **hp, *p;
+
+ if (e == NULL)
+ return;
+ for (hp = &t->bucketPtr[e->namehash & t->mask];
+ (p = *hp) != NULL; hp = &p->next) {
+ if (p == e) {
+ *hp = p->next;
+ free(p);
+ t->numEntries--;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ (void)write(2, "bad call to Hash_DeleteEntry\n", 29);
+ abort();
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_EnumFirst --
+ * This procedure sets things up for a complete search
+ * of all entries recorded in the hash table.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * t Table to be searched.
+ * searchPtr Area in which to keep state about search.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The return value is the address of the first entry in
+ * the hash table, or NULL if the table is empty.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The information in searchPtr is initialized so that successive
+ * calls to Hash_Next will return successive HashEntry's
+ * from the table.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Hash_Entry *
+Hash_EnumFirst(Hash_Table *t, Hash_Search *searchPtr)
+{
+ searchPtr->tablePtr = t;
+ searchPtr->nextIndex = 0;
+ searchPtr->hashEntryPtr = NULL;
+ return Hash_EnumNext(searchPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_EnumNext --
+ * This procedure returns successive entries in the hash table.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * searchPtr Area used to keep state about search.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The return value is a pointer to the next HashEntry
+ * in the table, or NULL when the end of the table is
+ * reached.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The information in searchPtr is modified to advance to the
+ * next entry.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Hash_Entry *
+Hash_EnumNext(Hash_Search *searchPtr)
+{
+ Hash_Entry *e;
+ Hash_Table *t = searchPtr->tablePtr;
+
+ /*
+ * The hashEntryPtr field points to the most recently returned
+ * entry, or is nil if we are starting up. If not nil, we have
+ * to start at the next one in the chain.
+ */
+ e = searchPtr->hashEntryPtr;
+ if (e != NULL)
+ e = e->next;
+ /*
+ * If the chain ran out, or if we are starting up, we need to
+ * find the next nonempty chain.
+ */
+ while (e == NULL) {
+ if (searchPtr->nextIndex >= t->size)
+ return NULL;
+ e = t->bucketPtr[searchPtr->nextIndex++];
+ }
+ searchPtr->hashEntryPtr = e;
+ return (e);
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * RebuildTable --
+ * This local routine makes a new hash table that
+ * is larger than the old one.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The entire hash table is moved, so any bucket numbers
+ * from the old table are invalid.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+RebuildTable(Hash_Table *t)
+{
+ Hash_Entry *e, *next = NULL, **hp, **xp;
+ int i, mask;
+ Hash_Entry **oldhp;
+ int oldsize;
+
+ oldhp = t->bucketPtr;
+ oldsize = i = t->size;
+ i <<= 1;
+ t->size = i;
+ t->mask = mask = i - 1;
+ t->bucketPtr = hp = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*hp) * i);
+ while (--i >= 0)
+ *hp++ = NULL;
+ for (hp = oldhp, i = oldsize; --i >= 0;) {
+ for (e = *hp++; e != NULL; e = next) {
+ next = e->next;
+ xp = &t->bucketPtr[e->namehash & mask];
+ e->next = *xp;
+ *xp = e;
+ }
+ }
+ free(oldhp);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: hash.h,v 1.10 2009/01/24 10:59:09 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)hash.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)hash.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/* hash.h --
+ *
+ * This file contains definitions used by the hash module,
+ * which maintains hash tables.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HASH
+#define _HASH
+
+/*
+ * The following defines one entry in the hash table.
+ */
+
+typedef struct Hash_Entry {
+ struct Hash_Entry *next; /* Used to link together all the
+ * entries associated with the same
+ * bucket. */
+ union {
+ void *clientPtr; /* Arbitrary pointer */
+ time_t clientTime; /* Arbitrary Time */
+ } clientInfo;
+ unsigned namehash; /* hash value of key */
+ char name[1]; /* key string */
+} Hash_Entry;
+
+typedef struct Hash_Table {
+ struct Hash_Entry **bucketPtr;/* Pointers to Hash_Entry, one
+ * for each bucket in the table. */
+ int size; /* Actual size of array. */
+ int numEntries; /* Number of entries in the table. */
+ int mask; /* Used to select bits for hashing. */
+} Hash_Table;
+
+/*
+ * The following structure is used by the searching routines
+ * to record where we are in the search.
+ */
+
+typedef struct Hash_Search {
+ Hash_Table *tablePtr; /* Table being searched. */
+ int nextIndex; /* Next bucket to check (after current). */
+ Hash_Entry *hashEntryPtr; /* Next entry to check in current bucket. */
+} Hash_Search;
+
+/*
+ * Macros.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * void * Hash_GetValue(h)
+ * Hash_Entry *h;
+ */
+
+#define Hash_GetValue(h) ((h)->clientInfo.clientPtr)
+#define Hash_GetTimeValue(h) ((h)->clientInfo.clientTime)
+
+/*
+ * Hash_SetValue(h, val);
+ * Hash_Entry *h;
+ * char *val;
+ */
+
+#define Hash_SetValue(h, val) ((h)->clientInfo.clientPtr = (val))
+#define Hash_SetTimeValue(h, val) ((h)->clientInfo.clientTime = (val))
+
+/*
+ * Hash_Size(n) returns the number of words in an object of n bytes
+ */
+
+#define Hash_Size(n) (((n) + sizeof (int) - 1) / sizeof (int))
+
+void Hash_InitTable(Hash_Table *, int);
+void Hash_DeleteTable(Hash_Table *);
+Hash_Entry *Hash_FindEntry(Hash_Table *, const char *);
+Hash_Entry *Hash_CreateEntry(Hash_Table *, const char *, Boolean *);
+void Hash_DeleteEntry(Hash_Table *, Hash_Entry *);
+Hash_Entry *Hash_EnumFirst(Hash_Table *, Hash_Search *);
+Hash_Entry *Hash_EnumNext(Hash_Search *);
+
+#endif /* _HASH */
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: job.c,v 1.146 2009/06/26 01:26:32 sjg Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: job.c,v 1.146 2009/06/26 01:26:32 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)job.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: job.c,v 1.146 2009/06/26 01:26:32 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * job.c --
+ * handle the creation etc. of our child processes.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ * Job_Make Start the creation of the given target.
+ *
+ * Job_CatchChildren Check for and handle the termination of any
+ * children. This must be called reasonably
+ * frequently to keep the whole make going at
+ * a decent clip, since job table entries aren't
+ * removed until their process is caught this way.
+ *
+ * Job_CatchOutput Print any output our children have produced.
+ * Should also be called fairly frequently to
+ * keep the user informed of what's going on.
+ * If no output is waiting, it will block for
+ * a time given by the SEL_* constants, below,
+ * or until output is ready.
+ *
+ * Job_Init Called to intialize this module. in addition,
+ * any commands attached to the .BEGIN target
+ * are executed before this function returns.
+ * Hence, the makefile must have been parsed
+ * before this function is called.
+ *
+ * Job_End Cleanup any memory used.
+ *
+ * Job_ParseShell Given the line following a .SHELL target, parse
+ * the line as a shell specification. Returns
+ * FAILURE if the spec was incorrect.
+ *
+ * Job_Finish Perform any final processing which needs doing.
+ * This includes the execution of any commands
+ * which have been/were attached to the .END
+ * target. It should only be called when the
+ * job table is empty.
+ *
+ * Job_AbortAll Abort all currently running jobs. It doesn't
+ * handle output or do anything for the jobs,
+ * just kills them. It should only be called in
+ * an emergency, as it were.
+ *
+ * Job_CheckCommands Verify that the commands for a target are
+ * ok. Provide them if necessary and possible.
+ *
+ * Job_Touch Update a target without really updating it.
+ *
+ * Job_Wait Wait for all currently-running jobs to finish.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#ifndef USE_SELECT
+#include <poll.h>
+#endif
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <utime.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+#include "job.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+#include "trace.h"
+# define STATIC static
+
+/*
+ * error handling variables
+ */
+static int errors = 0; /* number of errors reported */
+static int aborting = 0; /* why is the make aborting? */
+#define ABORT_ERROR 1 /* Because of an error */
+#define ABORT_INTERRUPT 2 /* Because it was interrupted */
+#define ABORT_WAIT 3 /* Waiting for jobs to finish */
+#define JOB_TOKENS "+EI+" /* Token to requeue for each abort state */
+
+/*
+ * this tracks the number of tokens currently "out" to build jobs.
+ */
+int jobTokensRunning = 0;
+int not_parallel = 0; /* set if .NOT_PARALLEL */
+
+/*
+ * XXX: Avoid SunOS bug... FILENO() is fp->_file, and file
+ * is a char! So when we go above 127 we turn negative!
+ */
+#define FILENO(a) ((unsigned) fileno(a))
+
+/*
+ * post-make command processing. The node postCommands is really just the
+ * .END target but we keep it around to avoid having to search for it
+ * all the time.
+ */
+static GNode *postCommands = NULL;
+ /* node containing commands to execute when
+ * everything else is done */
+static int numCommands; /* The number of commands actually printed
+ * for a target. Should this number be
+ * 0, no shell will be executed. */
+
+/*
+ * Return values from JobStart.
+ */
+#define JOB_RUNNING 0 /* Job is running */
+#define JOB_ERROR 1 /* Error in starting the job */
+#define JOB_FINISHED 2 /* The job is already finished */
+
+/*
+ * Descriptions for various shells.
+ *
+ * The build environment may set DEFSHELL_INDEX to one of
+ * DEFSHELL_INDEX_SH, DEFSHELL_INDEX_KSH, or DEFSHELL_INDEX_CSH, to
+ * select one of the prefedined shells as the default shell.
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the build environment may set DEFSHELL_CUSTOM to the
+ * name or the full path of a sh-compatible shell, which will be used as
+ * the default shell.
+ *
+ * ".SHELL" lines in Makefiles can choose the default shell from the
+ # set defined here, or add additional shells.
+ */
+
+#ifdef DEFSHELL_CUSTOM
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_CUSTOM 0
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_SH 1
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_KSH 2
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_CSH 3
+#else /* !DEFSHELL_CUSTOM */
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_SH 0
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_KSH 1
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_CSH 2
+#endif /* !DEFSHELL_CUSTOM */
+
+#ifndef DEFSHELL_INDEX
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX 0 /* DEFSHELL_INDEX_CUSTOM or DEFSHELL_INDEX_SH */
+#endif /* !DEFSHELL_INDEX */
+
+static Shell shells[] = {
+#ifdef DEFSHELL_CUSTOM
+ /*
+ * An sh-compatible shell with a non-standard name.
+ *
+ * Keep this in sync with the "sh" description below, but avoid
+ * non-portable features that might not be supplied by all
+ * sh-compatible shells.
+ */
+{
+ DEFSHELL_CUSTOM,
+ FALSE, "", "", "", 0,
+ FALSE, "echo \"%s\"\n", "%s\n", "{ %s \n} || exit $?\n", "'\n'", '#',
+ "",
+ "",
+},
+#endif /* DEFSHELL_CUSTOM */
+ /*
+ * SH description. Echo control is also possible and, under
+ * sun UNIX anyway, one can even control error checking.
+ */
+{
+ "sh",
+ FALSE, "", "", "", 0,
+ FALSE, "echo \"%s\"\n", "%s\n", "{ %s \n} || exit $?\n", "'\n'", '#',
+#if defined(MAKE_NATIVE) && defined(__NetBSD__)
+ "q",
+#else
+ "",
+#endif
+ "",
+},
+ /*
+ * KSH description.
+ */
+{
+ "ksh",
+ TRUE, "set +v", "set -v", "set +v", 6,
+ FALSE, "echo \"%s\"\n", "%s\n", "{ %s \n} || exit $?\n", "'\n'", '#',
+ "v",
+ "",
+},
+ /*
+ * CSH description. The csh can do echo control by playing
+ * with the setting of the 'echo' shell variable. Sadly,
+ * however, it is unable to do error control nicely.
+ */
+{
+ "csh",
+ TRUE, "unset verbose", "set verbose", "unset verbose", 10,
+ FALSE, "echo \"%s\"\n", "csh -c \"%s || exit 0\"\n", "", "'\\\n'", '#',
+ "v", "e",
+},
+ /*
+ * UNKNOWN.
+ */
+{
+ NULL,
+ FALSE, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0,
+ FALSE, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0,
+ NULL, NULL,
+}
+};
+static Shell *commandShell = &shells[DEFSHELL_INDEX]; /* this is the shell to
+ * which we pass all
+ * commands in the Makefile.
+ * It is set by the
+ * Job_ParseShell function */
+const char *shellPath = NULL, /* full pathname of
+ * executable image */
+ *shellName = NULL; /* last component of shell */
+static const char *shellArgv = NULL; /* Custom shell args */
+
+
+STATIC Job *job_table; /* The structures that describe them */
+STATIC Job *job_table_end; /* job_table + maxJobs */
+static int wantToken; /* we want a token */
+static int lurking_children = 0;
+static int make_suspended = 0; /* non-zero if we've seen a SIGTSTP (etc) */
+
+/*
+ * Set of descriptors of pipes connected to
+ * the output channels of children
+ */
+static struct pollfd *fds = NULL;
+static Job **jobfds = NULL;
+static int nfds = 0;
+static void watchfd(Job *);
+static void clearfd(Job *);
+static int readyfd(Job *);
+
+STATIC GNode *lastNode; /* The node for which output was most recently
+ * produced. */
+STATIC const char *targFmt; /* Format string to use to head output from a
+ * job when it's not the most-recent job heard
+ * from */
+static char *targPrefix = NULL; /* What we print at the start of targFmt */
+static Job tokenWaitJob; /* token wait pseudo-job */
+
+static Job childExitJob; /* child exit pseudo-job */
+#define CHILD_EXIT "."
+#define DO_JOB_RESUME "R"
+
+#define TARG_FMT "%s %s ---\n" /* Default format */
+#define MESSAGE(fp, gn) \
+ (void)fprintf(fp, targFmt, targPrefix, gn->name)
+
+static sigset_t caught_signals; /* Set of signals we handle */
+#if defined(SYSV) || defined(__minix)
+#define KILLPG(pid, sig) kill(-(pid), (sig))
+#else
+#define KILLPG(pid, sig) killpg((pid), (sig))
+#endif
+
+static char *tmpdir; /* directory name, always ending with "/" */
+
+static void JobChildSig(int);
+static void JobContinueSig(int);
+static Job *JobFindPid(int, int);
+static int JobPrintCommand(void *, void *);
+static int JobSaveCommand(void *, void *);
+static void JobClose(Job *);
+static void JobExec(Job *, char **);
+static void JobMakeArgv(Job *, char **);
+static int JobStart(GNode *, int);
+static char *JobOutput(Job *, char *, char *, int);
+static void JobDoOutput(Job *, Boolean);
+static Shell *JobMatchShell(const char *);
+static void JobInterrupt(int, int);
+static void JobRestartJobs(void);
+static void JobTokenAdd(void);
+static void JobSigLock(sigset_t *);
+static void JobSigUnlock(sigset_t *);
+static void JobSigReset(void);
+
+const char *malloc_options="A";
+
+static void
+job_table_dump(const char *where)
+{
+ Job *job;
+
+ fprintf(debug_file, "job table @ %s\n", where);
+ for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "job %d, status %d, flags %d, pid %d\n",
+ (int)(job - job_table), job->job_state, job->flags, job->pid);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * JobSigLock/JobSigUnlock
+ *
+ * Signal lock routines to get exclusive access. Currently used to
+ * protect `jobs' and `stoppedJobs' list manipulations.
+ */
+static void JobSigLock(sigset_t *omaskp)
+{
+ if (sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &caught_signals, omaskp) != 0) {
+ Punt("JobSigLock: sigprocmask: %s", strerror(errno));
+ sigemptyset(omaskp);
+ }
+}
+
+static void JobSigUnlock(sigset_t *omaskp)
+{
+ (void)sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, omaskp, NULL);
+}
+
+static void
+JobCreatePipe(Job *job, int minfd)
+{
+ int i, fd;
+
+ if (pipe(job->jobPipe) == -1)
+ Punt("Cannot create pipe: %s", strerror(errno));
+
+ /* Set close-on-exec flag for both */
+ (void)fcntl(job->jobPipe[0], F_SETFD, 1);
+ (void)fcntl(job->jobPipe[1], F_SETFD, 1);
+
+ /*
+ * We mark the input side of the pipe non-blocking; we poll(2) the
+ * pipe when we're waiting for a job token, but we might lose the
+ * race for the token when a new one becomes available, so the read
+ * from the pipe should not block.
+ */
+ fcntl(job->jobPipe[0], F_SETFL,
+ fcntl(job->jobPipe[0], F_GETFL, 0) | O_NONBLOCK);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
+ /* Avoid using low numbered fds */
+ fd = fcntl(job->jobPipe[i], F_DUPFD, minfd);
+ if (fd != -1) {
+ close(job->jobPipe[i]);
+ job->jobPipe[i] = fd;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobCondPassSig --
+ * Pass a signal to a job
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * signop Signal to send it
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None, except the job may bite it.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobCondPassSig(int signo)
+{
+ Job *job;
+
+ if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+ (void)fprintf(debug_file, "JobCondPassSig(%d) called.\n", signo);
+ }
+
+ for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+ if (job->job_state != JOB_ST_RUNNING)
+ continue;
+ if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+ (void)fprintf(debug_file,
+ "JobCondPassSig passing signal %d to child %d.\n",
+ signo, job->pid);
+ }
+ KILLPG(job->pid, signo);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobChldSig --
+ * SIGCHLD handler.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * signo The signal number we've received
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Sends a token on the child exit pipe to wake us up from
+ * select()/poll().
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobChildSig(int signo __unused)
+{
+ write(childExitJob.outPipe, CHILD_EXIT, 1);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobContinueSig --
+ * Resume all stopped jobs.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * signo The signal number we've received
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Jobs start running again.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobContinueSig(int signo __unused)
+{
+ /*
+ * Defer sending to SIGCONT to our stopped children until we return
+ * from the signal handler.
+ */
+ write(childExitJob.outPipe, DO_JOB_RESUME, 1);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobPassSig --
+ * Pass a signal on to all jobs, then resend to ourselves.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * signo The signal number we've received
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * We die by the same signal.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobPassSig_int(int signo)
+{
+ /* Run .INTERRUPT target then exit */
+ JobInterrupt(TRUE, signo);
+}
+
+static void
+JobPassSig_term(int signo)
+{
+ /* Dont run .INTERRUPT target then exit */
+ JobInterrupt(FALSE, signo);
+}
+
+static void
+JobPassSig_suspend(int signo)
+{
+ sigset_t nmask, omask;
+ struct sigaction act;
+
+ /* Suppress job started/continued messages */
+ make_suspended = 1;
+
+ /* Pass the signal onto every job */
+ JobCondPassSig(signo);
+
+ /*
+ * Send ourselves the signal now we've given the message to everyone else.
+ * Note we block everything else possible while we're getting the signal.
+ * This ensures that all our jobs get continued when we wake up before
+ * we take any other signal.
+ */
+ sigfillset(&nmask);
+ sigdelset(&nmask, signo);
+ (void)sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &nmask, &omask);
+
+ act.sa_handler = SIG_DFL;
+ sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
+ act.sa_flags = 0;
+ (void)sigaction(signo, &act, NULL);
+
+ if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+ (void)fprintf(debug_file,
+ "JobPassSig passing signal %d to self.\n", signo);
+ }
+
+ (void)kill(getpid(), signo);
+
+ /*
+ * We've been continued.
+ *
+ * A whole host of signals continue to happen!
+ * SIGCHLD for any processes that actually suspended themselves.
+ * SIGCHLD for any processes that exited while we were alseep.
+ * The SIGCONT that actually caused us to wakeup.
+ *
+ * Since we defer passing the SIGCONT on to our children until
+ * the main processing loop, we can be sure that all the SIGCHLD
+ * events will have happened by then - and that the waitpid() will
+ * collect the child 'suspended' events.
+ * For correct sequencing we just need to ensure we process the
+ * waitpid() before passign on the SIGCONT.
+ *
+ * In any case nothing else is needed here.
+ */
+
+ /* Restore handler and signal mask */
+ act.sa_handler = JobPassSig_suspend;
+ (void)sigaction(signo, &act, NULL);
+ (void)sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &omask, NULL);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobFindPid --
+ * Compare the pid of the job with the given pid and return 0 if they
+ * are equal. This function is called from Job_CatchChildren
+ * to find the job descriptor of the finished job.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * job job to examine
+ * pid process id desired
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Job with matching pid
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Job *
+JobFindPid(int pid, int status)
+{
+ Job *job;
+
+ for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+ if ((job->job_state == status) && job->pid == pid)
+ return job;
+ }
+ if (DEBUG(JOB))
+ job_table_dump("no pid");
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobPrintCommand --
+ * Put out another command for the given job. If the command starts
+ * with an @ or a - we process it specially. In the former case,
+ * so long as the -s and -n flags weren't given to make, we stick
+ * a shell-specific echoOff command in the script. In the latter,
+ * we ignore errors for the entire job, unless the shell has error
+ * control.
+ * If the command is just "..." we take all future commands for this
+ * job to be commands to be executed once the entire graph has been
+ * made and return non-zero to signal that the end of the commands
+ * was reached. These commands are later attached to the postCommands
+ * node and executed by Job_End when all things are done.
+ * This function is called from JobStart via Lst_ForEach.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * cmdp command string to print
+ * jobp job for which to print it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Always 0, unless the command was "..."
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If the command begins with a '-' and the shell has no error control,
+ * the JOB_IGNERR flag is set in the job descriptor.
+ * If the command is "..." and we're not ignoring such things,
+ * tailCmds is set to the successor node of the cmd.
+ * numCommands is incremented if the command is actually printed.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+JobPrintCommand(void *cmdp, void *jobp)
+{
+ Boolean noSpecials; /* true if we shouldn't worry about
+ * inserting special commands into
+ * the input stream. */
+ Boolean shutUp = FALSE; /* true if we put a no echo command
+ * into the command file */
+ Boolean errOff = FALSE; /* true if we turned error checking
+ * off before printing the command
+ * and need to turn it back on */
+ const char *cmdTemplate; /* Template to use when printing the
+ * command */
+ char *cmdStart; /* Start of expanded command */
+ char *escCmd = NULL; /* Command with quotes/backticks escaped */
+ char *cmd = (char *)cmdp;
+ Job *job = (Job *)jobp;
+ char *cp, *tmp;
+ int i, j;
+
+ noSpecials = NoExecute(job->node);
+
+ if (strcmp(cmd, "...") == 0) {
+ job->node->type |= OP_SAVE_CMDS;
+ if ((job->flags & JOB_IGNDOTS) == 0) {
+ job->tailCmds = Lst_Succ(Lst_Member(job->node->commands,
+ cmd));
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+#define DBPRINTF(fmt, arg) if (DEBUG(JOB)) { \
+ (void)fprintf(debug_file, fmt, arg); \
+ } \
+ (void)fprintf(job->cmdFILE, fmt, arg); \
+ (void)fflush(job->cmdFILE);
+
+ numCommands += 1;
+
+ cmdStart = cmd = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, job->node, FALSE);
+
+ cmdTemplate = "%s\n";
+
+ /*
+ * Check for leading @' and -'s to control echoing and error checking.
+ */
+ while (*cmd == '@' || *cmd == '-' || (*cmd == '+')) {
+ switch (*cmd) {
+ case '@':
+ shutUp = DEBUG(LOUD) ? FALSE : TRUE;
+ break;
+ case '-':
+ errOff = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case '+':
+ if (noSpecials) {
+ /*
+ * We're not actually executing anything...
+ * but this one needs to be - use compat mode just for it.
+ */
+ CompatRunCommand(cmdp, job->node);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ cmd++;
+ }
+
+ while (isspace((unsigned char) *cmd))
+ cmd++;
+
+ /*
+ * If the shell doesn't have error control the alternate echo'ing will
+ * be done (to avoid showing additional error checking code)
+ * and this will need the characters '$ ` \ "' escaped
+ */
+
+ if (!commandShell->hasErrCtl) {
+ /* Worst that could happen is every char needs escaping. */
+ escCmd = bmake_malloc((strlen(cmd) * 2) + 1);
+ for (i = 0, j= 0; cmd[i] != '\0'; i++, j++) {
+ if (cmd[i] == '$' || cmd[i] == '`' || cmd[i] == '\\' ||
+ cmd[i] == '"')
+ escCmd[j++] = '\\';
+ escCmd[j] = cmd[i];
+ }
+ escCmd[j] = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (shutUp) {
+ if (!(job->flags & JOB_SILENT) && !noSpecials &&
+ commandShell->hasEchoCtl) {
+ DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOff);
+ } else {
+ if (commandShell->hasErrCtl)
+ shutUp = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (errOff) {
+ if ( !(job->flags & JOB_IGNERR) && !noSpecials) {
+ if (commandShell->hasErrCtl) {
+ /*
+ * we don't want the error-control commands showing
+ * up either, so we turn off echoing while executing
+ * them. We could put another field in the shell
+ * structure to tell JobDoOutput to look for this
+ * string too, but why make it any more complex than
+ * it already is?
+ */
+ if (!(job->flags & JOB_SILENT) && !shutUp &&
+ commandShell->hasEchoCtl) {
+ DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOff);
+ DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->ignErr);
+ DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOn);
+ } else {
+ DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->ignErr);
+ }
+ } else if (commandShell->ignErr &&
+ (*commandShell->ignErr != '\0'))
+ {
+ /*
+ * The shell has no error control, so we need to be
+ * weird to get it to ignore any errors from the command.
+ * If echoing is turned on, we turn it off and use the
+ * errCheck template to echo the command. Leave echoing
+ * off so the user doesn't see the weirdness we go through
+ * to ignore errors. Set cmdTemplate to use the weirdness
+ * instead of the simple "%s\n" template.
+ */
+ if (!(job->flags & JOB_SILENT) && !shutUp) {
+ if (commandShell->hasEchoCtl) {
+ DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOff);
+ }
+ DBPRINTF(commandShell->errCheck, escCmd);
+ shutUp = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ if (!shutUp) {
+ DBPRINTF(commandShell->errCheck, escCmd);
+ }
+ }
+ cmdTemplate = commandShell->ignErr;
+ /*
+ * The error ignoration (hee hee) is already taken care
+ * of by the ignErr template, so pretend error checking
+ * is still on.
+ */
+ errOff = FALSE;
+ } else {
+ errOff = FALSE;
+ }
+ } else {
+ errOff = FALSE;
+ }
+ } else {
+
+ /*
+ * If errors are being checked and the shell doesn't have error control
+ * but does supply an errOut template, then setup commands to run
+ * through it.
+ */
+
+ if (!commandShell->hasErrCtl && commandShell->errOut &&
+ (*commandShell->errOut != '\0')) {
+ if (!(job->flags & JOB_SILENT) && !shutUp) {
+ if (commandShell->hasEchoCtl) {
+ DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOff);
+ }
+ DBPRINTF(commandShell->errCheck, escCmd);
+ shutUp = TRUE;
+ }
+ /* If it's a comment line or blank, treat as an ignored error */
+ if ((escCmd[0] == commandShell->commentChar) ||
+ (escCmd[0] == 0))
+ cmdTemplate = commandShell->ignErr;
+ else
+ cmdTemplate = commandShell->errOut;
+ errOff = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (DEBUG(SHELL) && strcmp(shellName, "sh") == 0 &&
+ (job->flags & JOB_TRACED) == 0) {
+ DBPRINTF("set -%s\n", "x");
+ job->flags |= JOB_TRACED;
+ }
+
+ if ((cp = Check_Cwd_Cmd(cmd)) != NULL) {
+ DBPRINTF("test -d %s && ", cp);
+ DBPRINTF("cd %s\n", cp);
+ }
+
+ DBPRINTF(cmdTemplate, cmd);
+ free(cmdStart);
+ if (escCmd)
+ free(escCmd);
+ if (errOff) {
+ /*
+ * If echoing is already off, there's no point in issuing the
+ * echoOff command. Otherwise we issue it and pretend it was on
+ * for the whole command...
+ */
+ if (!shutUp && !(job->flags & JOB_SILENT) && commandShell->hasEchoCtl){
+ DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOff);
+ shutUp = TRUE;
+ }
+ DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->errCheck);
+ }
+ if (shutUp && commandShell->hasEchoCtl) {
+ DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOn);
+ }
+ if (cp != NULL) {
+ DBPRINTF("test -d %s && ", cp);
+ DBPRINTF("cd %s\n", Var_Value(".OBJDIR", VAR_GLOBAL, &tmp));
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobSaveCommand --
+ * Save a command to be executed when everything else is done.
+ * Callback function for JobFinish...
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The command is tacked onto the end of postCommands's commands list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+JobSaveCommand(void *cmd, void *gn)
+{
+ cmd = Var_Subst(NULL, (char *)cmd, (GNode *)gn, FALSE);
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(postCommands->commands, cmd);
+ return(0);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobClose --
+ * Called to close both input and output pipes when a job is finished.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Nada
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The file descriptors associated with the job are closed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobClose(Job *job)
+{
+ clearfd(job);
+ (void)close(job->outPipe);
+ job->outPipe = -1;
+
+ JobDoOutput(job, TRUE);
+ (void)close(job->inPipe);
+ job->inPipe = -1;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobFinish --
+ * Do final processing for the given job including updating
+ * parents and starting new jobs as available/necessary. Note
+ * that we pay no attention to the JOB_IGNERR flag here.
+ * This is because when we're called because of a noexecute flag
+ * or something, jstat.w_status is 0 and when called from
+ * Job_CatchChildren, the status is zeroed if it s/b ignored.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * job job to finish
+ * status sub-why job went away
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Final commands for the job are placed on postCommands.
+ *
+ * If we got an error and are aborting (aborting == ABORT_ERROR) and
+ * the job list is now empty, we are done for the day.
+ * If we recognized an error (errors !=0), we set the aborting flag
+ * to ABORT_ERROR so no more jobs will be started.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+JobFinish(Job *job, int status)
+{
+ Boolean done, return_job_token;
+
+ if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Jobfinish: %d [%s], status %d\n",
+ job->pid, job->node->name, status);
+ }
+
+ if ((WIFEXITED(status) &&
+ (((WEXITSTATUS(status) != 0) && !(job->flags & JOB_IGNERR)))) ||
+ WIFSIGNALED(status))
+ {
+ /*
+ * If it exited non-zero and either we're doing things our
+ * way or we're not ignoring errors, the job is finished.
+ * Similarly, if the shell died because of a signal
+ * the job is also finished. In these
+ * cases, finish out the job's output before printing the exit
+ * status...
+ */
+ JobClose(job);
+ if (job->cmdFILE != NULL && job->cmdFILE != stdout) {
+ (void)fclose(job->cmdFILE);
+ job->cmdFILE = NULL;
+ }
+ done = TRUE;
+ } else if (WIFEXITED(status)) {
+ /*
+ * Deal with ignored errors in -B mode. We need to print a message
+ * telling of the ignored error as well as setting status.w_status
+ * to 0 so the next command gets run. To do this, we set done to be
+ * TRUE if in -B mode and the job exited non-zero.
+ */
+ done = WEXITSTATUS(status) != 0;
+ /*
+ * Old comment said: "Note we don't
+ * want to close down any of the streams until we know we're at the
+ * end."
+ * But we do. Otherwise when are we going to print the rest of the
+ * stuff?
+ */
+ JobClose(job);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * No need to close things down or anything.
+ */
+ done = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (done) {
+ if (WIFEXITED(status)) {
+ if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+ (void)fprintf(debug_file, "Process %d [%s] exited.\n",
+ job->pid, job->node->name);
+ }
+ if (WEXITSTATUS(status) != 0) {
+ if (job->node != lastNode) {
+ MESSAGE(stdout, job->node);
+ lastNode = job->node;
+ }
+ (void)printf("*** [%s] Error code %d%s\n",
+ job->node->name,
+ WEXITSTATUS(status),
+ (job->flags & JOB_IGNERR) ? "(ignored)" : "");
+ if (job->flags & JOB_IGNERR)
+ status = 0;
+ } else if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+ if (job->node != lastNode) {
+ MESSAGE(stdout, job->node);
+ lastNode = job->node;
+ }
+ (void)printf("*** [%s] Completed successfully\n",
+ job->node->name);
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (job->node != lastNode) {
+ MESSAGE(stdout, job->node);
+ lastNode = job->node;
+ }
+ (void)printf("*** [%s] Signal %d\n",
+ job->node->name, WTERMSIG(status));
+ }
+ (void)fflush(stdout);
+ }
+
+ return_job_token = FALSE;
+
+ Trace_Log(JOBEND, job);
+ if (!(job->flags & JOB_SPECIAL)) {
+ if ((status != 0) ||
+ (aborting == ABORT_ERROR) ||
+ (aborting == ABORT_INTERRUPT))
+ return_job_token = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if ((aborting != ABORT_ERROR) && (aborting != ABORT_INTERRUPT) && (status == 0)) {
+ /*
+ * As long as we aren't aborting and the job didn't return a non-zero
+ * status that we shouldn't ignore, we call Make_Update to update
+ * the parents. In addition, any saved commands for the node are placed
+ * on the .END target.
+ */
+ if (job->tailCmds != NULL) {
+ Lst_ForEachFrom(job->node->commands, job->tailCmds,
+ JobSaveCommand,
+ job->node);
+ }
+ job->node->made = MADE;
+ if (!(job->flags & JOB_SPECIAL))
+ return_job_token = TRUE;
+ Make_Update(job->node);
+ job->job_state = JOB_ST_FREE;
+ } else if (status != 0) {
+ errors += 1;
+ job->job_state = JOB_ST_FREE;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Set aborting if any error.
+ */
+ if (errors && !keepgoing && (aborting != ABORT_INTERRUPT)) {
+ /*
+ * If we found any errors in this batch of children and the -k flag
+ * wasn't given, we set the aborting flag so no more jobs get
+ * started.
+ */
+ aborting = ABORT_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (return_job_token)
+ Job_TokenReturn();
+
+ if (aborting == ABORT_ERROR && jobTokensRunning == 0) {
+ /*
+ * If we are aborting and the job table is now empty, we finish.
+ */
+ Finish(errors);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_Touch --
+ * Touch the given target. Called by JobStart when the -t flag was
+ * given
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gn the node of the file to touch
+ * silent TRUE if should not print message
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The data modification of the file is changed. In addition, if the
+ * file did not exist, it is created.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_Touch(GNode *gn, Boolean silent)
+{
+ int streamID; /* ID of stream opened to do the touch */
+ struct utimbuf times; /* Times for utime() call */
+
+ if (gn->type & (OP_JOIN|OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE|OP_EXEC|OP_OPTIONAL|OP_PHONY)) {
+ /*
+ * .JOIN, .USE, .ZEROTIME and .OPTIONAL targets are "virtual" targets
+ * and, as such, shouldn't really be created.
+ */
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (!silent || NoExecute(gn)) {
+ (void)fprintf(stdout, "touch %s\n", gn->name);
+ (void)fflush(stdout);
+ }
+
+ if (NoExecute(gn)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (gn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
+ Arch_Touch(gn);
+ } else if (gn->type & OP_LIB) {
+ Arch_TouchLib(gn);
+ } else {
+ char *file = gn->path ? gn->path : gn->name;
+
+ times.actime = times.modtime = now;
+ if (utime(file, ×) < 0){
+ streamID = open(file, O_RDWR | O_CREAT, 0666);
+
+ if (streamID >= 0) {
+ char c;
+
+ /*
+ * Read and write a byte to the file to change the
+ * modification time, then close the file.
+ */
+ if (read(streamID, &c, 1) == 1) {
+ (void)lseek(streamID, (off_t)0, SEEK_SET);
+ (void)write(streamID, &c, 1);
+ }
+
+ (void)close(streamID);
+ } else {
+ (void)fprintf(stdout, "*** couldn't touch %s: %s",
+ file, strerror(errno));
+ (void)fflush(stdout);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_CheckCommands --
+ * Make sure the given node has all the commands it needs.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gn The target whose commands need verifying
+ * abortProc Function to abort with message
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if the commands list is/was ok.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The node will have commands from the .DEFAULT rule added to it
+ * if it needs them.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Job_CheckCommands(GNode *gn, void (*abortProc)(const char *, ...))
+{
+ if (OP_NOP(gn->type) && Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands) &&
+ ((gn->type & OP_LIB) == 0 || Lst_IsEmpty(gn->children))) {
+ /*
+ * No commands. Look for .DEFAULT rule from which we might infer
+ * commands
+ */
+ if ((DEFAULT != NULL) && !Lst_IsEmpty(DEFAULT->commands) &&
+ (gn->type & OP_SPECIAL) == 0) {
+ char *p1;
+ /*
+ * Make only looks for a .DEFAULT if the node was never the
+ * target of an operator, so that's what we do too. If
+ * a .DEFAULT was given, we substitute its commands for gn's
+ * commands and set the IMPSRC variable to be the target's name
+ * The DEFAULT node acts like a transformation rule, in that
+ * gn also inherits any attributes or sources attached to
+ * .DEFAULT itself.
+ */
+ Make_HandleUse(DEFAULT, gn);
+ Var_Set(IMPSRC, Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p1), gn, 0);
+ if (p1)
+ free(p1);
+ } else if (Dir_MTime(gn) == 0 && (gn->type & OP_SPECIAL) == 0) {
+ /*
+ * The node wasn't the target of an operator we have no .DEFAULT
+ * rule to go on and the target doesn't already exist. There's
+ * nothing more we can do for this branch. If the -k flag wasn't
+ * given, we stop in our tracks, otherwise we just don't update
+ * this node's parents so they never get examined.
+ */
+ static const char msg[] = ": don't know how to make";
+
+ if (gn->flags & FROM_DEPEND) {
+ fprintf(stdout, "%s: ignoring stale .depend for %s\n",
+ progname, gn->name);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (gn->type & OP_OPTIONAL) {
+ (void)fprintf(stdout, "%s%s %s(ignored)\n", progname,
+ msg, gn->name);
+ (void)fflush(stdout);
+ } else if (keepgoing) {
+ (void)fprintf(stdout, "%s%s %s(continuing)\n", progname,
+ msg, gn->name);
+ (void)fflush(stdout);
+ return FALSE;
+ } else {
+ (*abortProc)("%s%s %s. Stop", progname, msg, gn->name);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobExec --
+ * Execute the shell for the given job. Called from JobStart
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * job Job to execute
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * A shell is executed, outputs is altered and the Job structure added
+ * to the job table.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobExec(Job *job, char **argv)
+{
+ int cpid; /* ID of new child */
+ sigset_t mask;
+
+ job->flags &= ~JOB_TRACED;
+
+ if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+ int i;
+
+ (void)fprintf(debug_file, "Running %s %sly\n", job->node->name, "local");
+ (void)fprintf(debug_file, "\tCommand: ");
+ for (i = 0; argv[i] != NULL; i++) {
+ (void)fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", argv[i]);
+ }
+ (void)fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Some jobs produce no output and it's disconcerting to have
+ * no feedback of their running (since they produce no output, the
+ * banner with their name in it never appears). This is an attempt to
+ * provide that feedback, even if nothing follows it.
+ */
+ if ((lastNode != job->node) && !(job->flags & JOB_SILENT)) {
+ MESSAGE(stdout, job->node);
+ lastNode = job->node;
+ }
+
+ /* No interruptions until this job is on the `jobs' list */
+ JobSigLock(&mask);
+
+ /* Pre-emptively mark job running, pid still zero though */
+ job->job_state = JOB_ST_RUNNING;
+
+#if defined(__minix)
+ cpid = fork();
+#else
+ cpid = vfork();
+#endif
+ if (cpid == -1)
+ Punt("Cannot vfork: %s", strerror(errno));
+
+ if (cpid == 0) {
+ /* Child */
+ sigset_t tmask;
+
+ /*
+ * Reset all signal handlers; this is necessary because we also
+ * need to unblock signals before we exec(2).
+ */
+ JobSigReset();
+
+ /* Now unblock signals */
+ sigemptyset(&tmask);
+ JobSigUnlock(&tmask);
+
+ /*
+ * Must duplicate the input stream down to the child's input and
+ * reset it to the beginning (again). Since the stream was marked
+ * close-on-exec, we must clear that bit in the new input.
+ */
+ if (dup2(FILENO(job->cmdFILE), 0) == -1) {
+ execError("dup2", "job->cmdFILE");
+ _exit(1);
+ }
+ (void)fcntl(0, F_SETFD, 0);
+ (void)lseek(0, (off_t)0, SEEK_SET);
+
+ if (job->node->type & OP_MAKE) {
+ /*
+ * Pass job token pipe to submakes.
+ */
+ fcntl(tokenWaitJob.inPipe, F_SETFD, 0);
+ fcntl(tokenWaitJob.outPipe, F_SETFD, 0);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Set up the child's output to be routed through the pipe
+ * we've created for it.
+ */
+ if (dup2(job->outPipe, 1) == -1) {
+ execError("dup2", "job->outPipe");
+ _exit(1);
+ }
+ /*
+ * The output channels are marked close on exec. This bit was
+ * duplicated by the dup2(on some systems), so we have to clear
+ * it before routing the shell's error output to the same place as
+ * its standard output.
+ */
+ (void)fcntl(1, F_SETFD, 0);
+ if (dup2(1, 2) == -1) {
+ execError("dup2", "1, 2");
+ _exit(1);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * We want to switch the child into a different process family so
+ * we can kill it and all its descendants in one fell swoop,
+ * by killing its process family, but not commit suicide.
+ */
+#if defined(SYSV) || defined(__minix)
+ /* XXX: dsl - I'm sure this should be setpgrp()... */
+ (void)setsid();
+#else
+ (void)setpgid(0, getpid());
+#endif
+
+ Var_ExportVars();
+
+ (void)execv(shellPath, argv);
+ execError("exec", shellPath);
+ _exit(1);
+ }
+
+ /* Parent, continuing after the child exec */
+ job->pid = cpid;
+
+ Trace_Log(JOBSTART, job);
+
+ /*
+ * Set the current position in the buffer to the beginning
+ * and mark another stream to watch in the outputs mask
+ */
+ job->curPos = 0;
+
+ watchfd(job);
+
+ if (job->cmdFILE != NULL && job->cmdFILE != stdout) {
+ (void)fclose(job->cmdFILE);
+ job->cmdFILE = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Now the job is actually running, add it to the table.
+ */
+ if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "JobExec(%s): pid %d added to jobs table\n",
+ job->node->name, job->pid);
+ job_table_dump("job started");
+ }
+ JobSigUnlock(&mask);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobMakeArgv --
+ * Create the argv needed to execute the shell for a given job.
+ *
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobMakeArgv(Job *job, char **argv)
+{
+ int argc;
+ static char args[10]; /* For merged arguments */
+
+ argv[0] = UNCONST(shellName);
+ argc = 1;
+
+ if ((commandShell->exit && (*commandShell->exit != '-')) ||
+ (commandShell->echo && (*commandShell->echo != '-')))
+ {
+ /*
+ * At least one of the flags doesn't have a minus before it, so
+ * merge them together. Have to do this because the *(&(@*#*&#$#
+ * Bourne shell thinks its second argument is a file to source.
+ * Grrrr. Note the ten-character limitation on the combined arguments.
+ */
+ (void)snprintf(args, sizeof(args), "-%s%s",
+ ((job->flags & JOB_IGNERR) ? "" :
+ (commandShell->exit ? commandShell->exit : "")),
+ ((job->flags & JOB_SILENT) ? "" :
+ (commandShell->echo ? commandShell->echo : "")));
+
+ if (args[1]) {
+ argv[argc] = args;
+ argc++;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (!(job->flags & JOB_IGNERR) && commandShell->exit) {
+ argv[argc] = UNCONST(commandShell->exit);
+ argc++;
+ }
+ if (!(job->flags & JOB_SILENT) && commandShell->echo) {
+ argv[argc] = UNCONST(commandShell->echo);
+ argc++;
+ }
+ }
+ argv[argc] = NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobStart --
+ * Start a target-creation process going for the target described
+ * by the graph node gn.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gn target to create
+ * flags flags for the job to override normal ones.
+ * e.g. JOB_SPECIAL or JOB_IGNDOTS
+ * previous The previous Job structure for this node, if any.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * JOB_ERROR if there was an error in the commands, JOB_FINISHED
+ * if there isn't actually anything left to do for the job and
+ * JOB_RUNNING if the job has been started.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * A new Job node is created and added to the list of running
+ * jobs. PMake is forked and a child shell created.
+ *
+ * NB: I'm fairly sure that this code is never called with JOB_SPECIAL set
+ * JOB_IGNDOTS is never set (dsl)
+ * Also the return value is ignored by everyone.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+JobStart(GNode *gn, int flags)
+{
+ Job *job; /* new job descriptor */
+ char *argv[10]; /* Argument vector to shell */
+ Boolean cmdsOK; /* true if the nodes commands were all right */
+ Boolean noExec; /* Set true if we decide not to run the job */
+ int tfd; /* File descriptor to the temp file */
+
+ for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+ if (job->job_state == JOB_ST_FREE)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (job >= job_table_end)
+ Punt("JobStart no job slots vacant");
+
+ memset(job, 0, sizeof *job);
+ job->job_state = JOB_ST_SETUP;
+ if (gn->type & OP_SPECIAL)
+ flags |= JOB_SPECIAL;
+
+ job->node = gn;
+ job->tailCmds = NULL;
+
+ /*
+ * Set the initial value of the flags for this job based on the global
+ * ones and the node's attributes... Any flags supplied by the caller
+ * are also added to the field.
+ */
+ job->flags = 0;
+ if (Targ_Ignore(gn)) {
+ job->flags |= JOB_IGNERR;
+ }
+ if (Targ_Silent(gn)) {
+ job->flags |= JOB_SILENT;
+ }
+ job->flags |= flags;
+
+ /*
+ * Check the commands now so any attributes from .DEFAULT have a chance
+ * to migrate to the node
+ */
+ cmdsOK = Job_CheckCommands(gn, Error);
+
+ job->inPollfd = NULL;
+ /*
+ * If the -n flag wasn't given, we open up OUR (not the child's)
+ * temporary file to stuff commands in it. The thing is rd/wr so we don't
+ * need to reopen it to feed it to the shell. If the -n flag *was* given,
+ * we just set the file to be stdout. Cute, huh?
+ */
+ if (((gn->type & OP_MAKE) && !(noRecursiveExecute)) ||
+ (!noExecute && !touchFlag)) {
+ /*
+ * tfile is the name of a file into which all shell commands are
+ * put. It is removed before the child shell is executed, unless
+ * DEBUG(SCRIPT) is set.
+ */
+ char *tfile;
+ sigset_t mask;
+ /*
+ * We're serious here, but if the commands were bogus, we're
+ * also dead...
+ */
+ if (!cmdsOK) {
+ DieHorribly();
+ }
+
+ JobSigLock(&mask);
+ tfile = bmake_malloc(strlen(tmpdir) + sizeof(TMPPAT));
+ strcpy(tfile, tmpdir);
+ strcat(tfile, TMPPAT);
+ if ((tfd = mkstemp(tfile)) == -1)
+ Punt("Could not create temporary file %s", strerror(errno));
+ if (!DEBUG(SCRIPT))
+ (void)eunlink(tfile);
+ JobSigUnlock(&mask);
+
+ job->cmdFILE = fdopen(tfd, "w+");
+ if (job->cmdFILE == NULL) {
+ Punt("Could not fdopen %s", tfile);
+ }
+ (void)fcntl(FILENO(job->cmdFILE), F_SETFD, 1);
+ /*
+ * Send the commands to the command file, flush all its buffers then
+ * rewind and remove the thing.
+ */
+ noExec = FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * We can do all the commands at once. hooray for sanity
+ */
+ numCommands = 0;
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, JobPrintCommand, job);
+
+ /*
+ * If we didn't print out any commands to the shell script,
+ * there's not much point in executing the shell, is there?
+ */
+ if (numCommands == 0) {
+ noExec = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ free(tfile);
+ } else if (NoExecute(gn)) {
+ /*
+ * Not executing anything -- just print all the commands to stdout
+ * in one fell swoop. This will still set up job->tailCmds correctly.
+ */
+ if (lastNode != gn) {
+ MESSAGE(stdout, gn);
+ lastNode = gn;
+ }
+ job->cmdFILE = stdout;
+ /*
+ * Only print the commands if they're ok, but don't die if they're
+ * not -- just let the user know they're bad and keep going. It
+ * doesn't do any harm in this case and may do some good.
+ */
+ if (cmdsOK) {
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, JobPrintCommand, job);
+ }
+ /*
+ * Don't execute the shell, thank you.
+ */
+ noExec = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Just touch the target and note that no shell should be executed.
+ * Set cmdFILE to stdout to make life easier. Check the commands, too,
+ * but don't die if they're no good -- it does no harm to keep working
+ * up the graph.
+ */
+ job->cmdFILE = stdout;
+ Job_Touch(gn, job->flags&JOB_SILENT);
+ noExec = TRUE;
+ }
+ /* Just in case it isn't already... */
+ (void)fflush(job->cmdFILE);
+
+ /*
+ * If we're not supposed to execute a shell, don't.
+ */
+ if (noExec) {
+ if (!(job->flags & JOB_SPECIAL))
+ Job_TokenReturn();
+ /*
+ * Unlink and close the command file if we opened one
+ */
+ if (job->cmdFILE != stdout) {
+ if (job->cmdFILE != NULL) {
+ (void)fclose(job->cmdFILE);
+ job->cmdFILE = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * We only want to work our way up the graph if we aren't here because
+ * the commands for the job were no good.
+ */
+ if (cmdsOK && aborting == 0) {
+ if (job->tailCmds != NULL) {
+ Lst_ForEachFrom(job->node->commands, job->tailCmds,
+ JobSaveCommand,
+ job->node);
+ }
+ job->node->made = MADE;
+ Make_Update(job->node);
+ }
+ job->job_state = JOB_ST_FREE;
+ return cmdsOK ? JOB_FINISHED : JOB_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Set up the control arguments to the shell. This is based on the flags
+ * set earlier for this job.
+ */
+ JobMakeArgv(job, argv);
+
+ /* Create the pipe by which we'll get the shell's output. */
+ JobCreatePipe(job, 3);
+
+ JobExec(job, argv);
+ return(JOB_RUNNING);
+}
+
+static char *
+JobOutput(Job *job, char *cp, char *endp, int msg)
+{
+ char *ecp;
+
+ if (commandShell->noPrint) {
+ ecp = Str_FindSubstring(cp, commandShell->noPrint);
+ while (ecp != NULL) {
+ if (cp != ecp) {
+ *ecp = '\0';
+ if (!beSilent && msg && job->node != lastNode) {
+ MESSAGE(stdout, job->node);
+ lastNode = job->node;
+ }
+ /*
+ * The only way there wouldn't be a newline after
+ * this line is if it were the last in the buffer.
+ * however, since the non-printable comes after it,
+ * there must be a newline, so we don't print one.
+ */
+ (void)fprintf(stdout, "%s", cp);
+ (void)fflush(stdout);
+ }
+ cp = ecp + commandShell->noPLen;
+ if (cp != endp) {
+ /*
+ * Still more to print, look again after skipping
+ * the whitespace following the non-printable
+ * command....
+ */
+ cp++;
+ while (*cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t' || *cp == '\n') {
+ cp++;
+ }
+ ecp = Str_FindSubstring(cp, commandShell->noPrint);
+ } else {
+ return cp;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return cp;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobDoOutput --
+ * This function is called at different times depending on
+ * whether the user has specified that output is to be collected
+ * via pipes or temporary files. In the former case, we are called
+ * whenever there is something to read on the pipe. We collect more
+ * output from the given job and store it in the job's outBuf. If
+ * this makes up a line, we print it tagged by the job's identifier,
+ * as necessary.
+ * If output has been collected in a temporary file, we open the
+ * file and read it line by line, transfering it to our own
+ * output channel until the file is empty. At which point we
+ * remove the temporary file.
+ * In both cases, however, we keep our figurative eye out for the
+ * 'noPrint' line for the shell from which the output came. If
+ * we recognize a line, we don't print it. If the command is not
+ * alone on the line (the character after it is not \0 or \n), we
+ * do print whatever follows it.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * job the job whose output needs printing
+ * finish TRUE if this is the last time we'll be called
+ * for this job
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * curPos may be shifted as may the contents of outBuf.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+STATIC void
+JobDoOutput(Job *job, Boolean finish)
+{
+ Boolean gotNL = FALSE; /* true if got a newline */
+ Boolean fbuf; /* true if our buffer filled up */
+ int nr; /* number of bytes read */
+ int i; /* auxiliary index into outBuf */
+ int max; /* limit for i (end of current data) */
+ int nRead; /* (Temporary) number of bytes read */
+
+ /*
+ * Read as many bytes as will fit in the buffer.
+ */
+end_loop:
+ gotNL = FALSE;
+ fbuf = FALSE;
+
+ nRead = read(job->inPipe, &job->outBuf[job->curPos],
+ JOB_BUFSIZE - job->curPos);
+ if (nRead < 0) {
+ if (errno == EAGAIN)
+ return;
+ if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+ perror("JobDoOutput(piperead)");
+ }
+ nr = 0;
+ } else {
+ nr = nRead;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If we hit the end-of-file (the job is dead), we must flush its
+ * remaining output, so pretend we read a newline if there's any
+ * output remaining in the buffer.
+ * Also clear the 'finish' flag so we stop looping.
+ */
+ if ((nr == 0) && (job->curPos != 0)) {
+ job->outBuf[job->curPos] = '\n';
+ nr = 1;
+ finish = FALSE;
+ } else if (nr == 0) {
+ finish = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Look for the last newline in the bytes we just got. If there is
+ * one, break out of the loop with 'i' as its index and gotNL set
+ * TRUE.
+ */
+ max = job->curPos + nr;
+ for (i = job->curPos + nr - 1; i >= job->curPos; i--) {
+ if (job->outBuf[i] == '\n') {
+ gotNL = TRUE;
+ break;
+ } else if (job->outBuf[i] == '\0') {
+ /*
+ * Why?
+ */
+ job->outBuf[i] = ' ';
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!gotNL) {
+ job->curPos += nr;
+ if (job->curPos == JOB_BUFSIZE) {
+ /*
+ * If we've run out of buffer space, we have no choice
+ * but to print the stuff. sigh.
+ */
+ fbuf = TRUE;
+ i = job->curPos;
+ }
+ }
+ if (gotNL || fbuf) {
+ /*
+ * Need to send the output to the screen. Null terminate it
+ * first, overwriting the newline character if there was one.
+ * So long as the line isn't one we should filter (according
+ * to the shell description), we print the line, preceded
+ * by a target banner if this target isn't the same as the
+ * one for which we last printed something.
+ * The rest of the data in the buffer are then shifted down
+ * to the start of the buffer and curPos is set accordingly.
+ */
+ job->outBuf[i] = '\0';
+ if (i >= job->curPos) {
+ char *cp;
+
+ cp = JobOutput(job, job->outBuf, &job->outBuf[i], FALSE);
+
+ /*
+ * There's still more in that thar buffer. This time, though,
+ * we know there's no newline at the end, so we add one of
+ * our own free will.
+ */
+ if (*cp != '\0') {
+ if (!beSilent && job->node != lastNode) {
+ MESSAGE(stdout, job->node);
+ lastNode = job->node;
+ }
+ (void)fprintf(stdout, "%s%s", cp, gotNL ? "\n" : "");
+ (void)fflush(stdout);
+ }
+ }
+ if (i < max - 1) {
+ /* shift the remaining characters down */
+ (void)memcpy(job->outBuf, &job->outBuf[i + 1], max - (i + 1));
+ job->curPos = max - (i + 1);
+
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * We have written everything out, so we just start over
+ * from the start of the buffer. No copying. No nothing.
+ */
+ job->curPos = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if (finish) {
+ /*
+ * If the finish flag is true, we must loop until we hit
+ * end-of-file on the pipe. This is guaranteed to happen
+ * eventually since the other end of the pipe is now closed
+ * (we closed it explicitly and the child has exited). When
+ * we do get an EOF, finish will be set FALSE and we'll fall
+ * through and out.
+ */
+ goto end_loop;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+JobRun(GNode *targ)
+{
+#ifdef notyet
+ /*
+ * Unfortunately it is too complicated to run .BEGIN, .END,
+ * and .INTERRUPT job in the parallel job module. This has
+ * the nice side effect that it avoids a lot of other problems.
+ */
+ Lst lst = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ Lst_AtEnd(lst, targ);
+ (void)Make_Run(lst);
+ Lst_Destroy(lst, NULL);
+ JobStart(targ, JOB_SPECIAL);
+ while (jobTokensRunning) {
+ Job_CatchOutput();
+ }
+#else
+ Compat_Make(targ, targ);
+ if (targ->made == ERROR) {
+ PrintOnError("\n\nStop.");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_CatchChildren --
+ * Handle the exit of a child. Called from Make_Make.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * block TRUE if should block on the wait
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * none.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The job descriptor is removed from the list of children.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ * We do waits, blocking or not, according to the wisdom of our
+ * caller, until there are no more children to report. For each
+ * job, call JobFinish to finish things off.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Job_CatchChildren(void)
+{
+ int pid; /* pid of dead child */
+ Job *job; /* job descriptor for dead child */
+ int status; /* Exit/termination status */
+
+ /*
+ * Don't even bother if we know there's no one around.
+ */
+ if (jobTokensRunning == 0)
+ return;
+
+ while ((pid = waitpid((pid_t) -1, &status, WNOHANG | WUNTRACED)) > 0) {
+ if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+ (void)fprintf(debug_file, "Process %d exited/stopped status %x.\n", pid,
+ status);
+ }
+
+ job = JobFindPid(pid, JOB_ST_RUNNING);
+ if (job == NULL) {
+ if (!lurking_children)
+ Error("Child (%d) status %x not in table?", pid, status);
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (WIFSTOPPED(status)) {
+ if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+ (void)fprintf(debug_file, "Process %d (%s) stopped.\n",
+ job->pid, job->node->name);
+ }
+ if (!make_suspended) {
+ switch (WSTOPSIG(status)) {
+ case SIGTSTP:
+ (void)printf("*** [%s] Suspended\n", job->node->name);
+ break;
+ case SIGSTOP:
+ (void)printf("*** [%s] Stopped\n", job->node->name);
+ break;
+ default:
+ (void)printf("*** [%s] Stopped -- signal %d\n",
+ job->node->name, WSTOPSIG(status));
+ }
+ job->job_suspended = 1;
+ }
+ (void)fflush(stdout);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ job->job_state = JOB_ST_FINISHED;
+ job->exit_status = status;
+
+ JobFinish(job, status);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_CatchOutput --
+ * Catch the output from our children, if we're using
+ * pipes do so. Otherwise just block time until we get a
+ * signal(most likely a SIGCHLD) since there's no point in
+ * just spinning when there's nothing to do and the reaping
+ * of a child can wait for a while.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Output is read from pipes if we're piping.
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_CatchOutput(void)
+{
+ int nready;
+ Job *job;
+ int i;
+
+ (void)fflush(stdout);
+
+ /* The first fd in the list is the job token pipe */
+ nready = poll(fds + 1 - wantToken, nfds - 1 + wantToken, POLL_MSEC);
+
+ if (nready < 0 || readyfd(&childExitJob)) {
+ char token = 0;
+ nready -= 1;
+ (void)read(childExitJob.inPipe, &token, 1);
+ if (token == DO_JOB_RESUME[0])
+ /* Complete relay requested from our SIGCONT handler */
+ JobRestartJobs();
+ Job_CatchChildren();
+ }
+
+ if (nready <= 0)
+ return;
+
+ if (wantToken && readyfd(&tokenWaitJob))
+ nready--;
+
+ for (i = 2; i < nfds; i++) {
+ if (!fds[i].revents)
+ continue;
+ job = jobfds[i];
+ if (job->job_state != JOB_ST_RUNNING)
+ continue;
+ JobDoOutput(job, FALSE);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_Make --
+ * Start the creation of a target. Basically a front-end for
+ * JobStart used by the Make module.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Another job is started.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_Make(GNode *gn)
+{
+ (void)JobStart(gn, 0);
+}
+
+void
+Shell_Init(void)
+{
+ if (shellPath == NULL) {
+ /*
+ * We are using the default shell, which may be an absolute
+ * path if DEFSHELL_CUSTOM is defined.
+ */
+ shellName = commandShell->name;
+#ifdef DEFSHELL_CUSTOM
+ if (*shellName == '/') {
+ shellPath = shellName;
+ shellName = strrchr(shellPath, '/');
+ shellName++;
+ } else
+#endif
+ shellPath = str_concat(_PATH_DEFSHELLDIR, shellName, STR_ADDSLASH);
+ }
+ if (commandShell->exit == NULL) {
+ commandShell->exit = "";
+ }
+ if (commandShell->echo == NULL) {
+ commandShell->echo = "";
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Returns the string literal that is used in the current command shell
+ * to produce a newline character.
+ */
+const char *
+Shell_GetNewline(void)
+{
+
+ return commandShell->newline;
+}
+
+void
+Job_SetPrefix(void)
+{
+
+ if (targPrefix) {
+ free(targPrefix);
+ } else if (!Var_Exists(MAKE_JOB_PREFIX, VAR_GLOBAL)) {
+ Var_Set(MAKE_JOB_PREFIX, "---", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ }
+
+ targPrefix = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKE_JOB_PREFIX "}", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_Init --
+ * Initialize the process module
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * lists and counters are initialized
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_Init(void)
+{
+ GNode *begin; /* node for commands to do at the very start */
+ const char *p;
+ size_t len;
+
+ /* Allocate space for all the job info */
+ job_table = bmake_malloc(maxJobs * sizeof *job_table);
+ memset(job_table, 0, maxJobs * sizeof *job_table);
+ job_table_end = job_table + maxJobs;
+ wantToken = 0;
+
+ aborting = 0;
+ errors = 0;
+
+ lastNode = NULL;
+
+ /* set tmpdir, and ensure that it ends with "/" */
+ p = getenv("TMPDIR");
+ if (p == NULL || *p == '\0') {
+ p = _PATH_TMP;
+ }
+ len = strlen(p);
+ tmpdir = bmake_malloc(len + 2);
+ strcpy(tmpdir, p);
+ if (tmpdir[len - 1] != '/') {
+ strcat(tmpdir, "/");
+ }
+
+ if (maxJobs == 1) {
+ /*
+ * If only one job can run at a time, there's no need for a banner,
+ * is there?
+ */
+ targFmt = "";
+ } else {
+ targFmt = TARG_FMT;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * There is a non-zero chance that we already have children.
+ * eg after 'make -f- <<EOF'
+ * Since their termination causes a 'Child (pid) not in table' message,
+ * Collect the status of any that are already dead, and suppress the
+ * error message if there are any undead ones.
+ */
+ for (;;) {
+ int rval, status;
+ rval = waitpid((pid_t) -1, &status, WNOHANG);
+ if (rval > 0)
+ continue;
+ if (rval == 0)
+ lurking_children = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ Shell_Init();
+
+ JobCreatePipe(&childExitJob, 3);
+
+ /* We can only need to wait for tokens, children and output from each job */
+ fds = bmake_malloc(sizeof (*fds) * (2 + maxJobs));
+ jobfds = bmake_malloc(sizeof (*jobfds) * (2 + maxJobs));
+
+ /* These are permanent entries and take slots 0 and 1 */
+ watchfd(&tokenWaitJob);
+ watchfd(&childExitJob);
+
+ sigemptyset(&caught_signals);
+ /*
+ * Install a SIGCHLD handler.
+ */
+ (void)signal(SIGCHLD, JobChildSig);
+ sigaddset(&caught_signals, SIGCHLD);
+
+#define ADDSIG(s,h) \
+ if (signal(s, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) { \
+ sigaddset(&caught_signals, s); \
+ (void)signal(s, h); \
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Catch the four signals that POSIX specifies if they aren't ignored.
+ * JobPassSig will take care of calling JobInterrupt if appropriate.
+ */
+ ADDSIG(SIGINT, JobPassSig_int)
+ ADDSIG(SIGHUP, JobPassSig_term)
+ ADDSIG(SIGTERM, JobPassSig_term)
+ ADDSIG(SIGQUIT, JobPassSig_term)
+
+ /*
+ * There are additional signals that need to be caught and passed if
+ * either the export system wants to be told directly of signals or if
+ * we're giving each job its own process group (since then it won't get
+ * signals from the terminal driver as we own the terminal)
+ */
+ ADDSIG(SIGTSTP, JobPassSig_suspend)
+ ADDSIG(SIGTTOU, JobPassSig_suspend)
+ ADDSIG(SIGTTIN, JobPassSig_suspend)
+ ADDSIG(SIGWINCH, JobCondPassSig)
+ ADDSIG(SIGCONT, JobContinueSig)
+#undef ADDSIG
+
+ begin = Targ_FindNode(".BEGIN", TARG_NOCREATE);
+
+ if (begin != NULL) {
+ JobRun(begin);
+ if (begin->made == ERROR) {
+ PrintOnError("\n\nStop.");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ }
+ postCommands = Targ_FindNode(".END", TARG_CREATE);
+}
+
+static void JobSigReset(void)
+{
+#define DELSIG(s) \
+ if (sigismember(&caught_signals, s)) { \
+ (void)signal(s, SIG_DFL); \
+ }
+
+ DELSIG(SIGINT)
+ DELSIG(SIGHUP)
+ DELSIG(SIGQUIT)
+ DELSIG(SIGTERM)
+ DELSIG(SIGTSTP)
+ DELSIG(SIGTTOU)
+ DELSIG(SIGTTIN)
+ DELSIG(SIGWINCH)
+ DELSIG(SIGCONT)
+#undef DELSIG
+ (void)signal(SIGCHLD, SIG_DFL);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobMatchShell --
+ * Find a shell in 'shells' given its name.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * A pointer to the Shell structure.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Shell *
+JobMatchShell(const char *name)
+{
+ Shell *sh;
+
+ for (sh = shells; sh->name != NULL; sh++) {
+ if (strcmp(name, sh->name) == 0)
+ return (sh);
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_ParseShell --
+ * Parse a shell specification and set up commandShell, shellPath
+ * and shellName appropriately.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * line The shell spec
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * FAILURE if the specification was incorrect.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * commandShell points to a Shell structure (either predefined or
+ * created from the shell spec), shellPath is the full path of the
+ * shell described by commandShell, while shellName is just the
+ * final component of shellPath.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ * A shell specification consists of a .SHELL target, with dependency
+ * operator, followed by a series of blank-separated words. Double
+ * quotes can be used to use blanks in words. A backslash escapes
+ * anything (most notably a double-quote and a space) and
+ * provides the functionality it does in C. Each word consists of
+ * keyword and value separated by an equal sign. There should be no
+ * unnecessary spaces in the word. The keywords are as follows:
+ * name Name of shell.
+ * path Location of shell.
+ * quiet Command to turn off echoing.
+ * echo Command to turn echoing on
+ * filter Result of turning off echoing that shouldn't be
+ * printed.
+ * echoFlag Flag to turn echoing on at the start
+ * errFlag Flag to turn error checking on at the start
+ * hasErrCtl True if shell has error checking control
+ * newline String literal to represent a newline char
+ * check Command to turn on error checking if hasErrCtl
+ * is TRUE or template of command to echo a command
+ * for which error checking is off if hasErrCtl is
+ * FALSE.
+ * ignore Command to turn off error checking if hasErrCtl
+ * is TRUE or template of command to execute a
+ * command so as to ignore any errors it returns if
+ * hasErrCtl is FALSE.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Job_ParseShell(char *line)
+{
+ char **words;
+ char **argv;
+ int argc;
+ char *path;
+ Shell newShell;
+ Boolean fullSpec = FALSE;
+ Shell *sh;
+
+ while (isspace((unsigned char)*line)) {
+ line++;
+ }
+
+ if (shellArgv)
+ free(UNCONST(shellArgv));
+
+ memset(&newShell, 0, sizeof(newShell));
+
+ /*
+ * Parse the specification by keyword
+ */
+ words = brk_string(line, &argc, TRUE, &path);
+ if (words == NULL) {
+ Error("Unterminated quoted string [%s]", line);
+ return FAILURE;
+ }
+ shellArgv = path;
+
+ for (path = NULL, argv = words; argc != 0; argc--, argv++) {
+ if (strncmp(*argv, "path=", 5) == 0) {
+ path = &argv[0][5];
+ } else if (strncmp(*argv, "name=", 5) == 0) {
+ newShell.name = &argv[0][5];
+ } else {
+ if (strncmp(*argv, "quiet=", 6) == 0) {
+ newShell.echoOff = &argv[0][6];
+ } else if (strncmp(*argv, "echo=", 5) == 0) {
+ newShell.echoOn = &argv[0][5];
+ } else if (strncmp(*argv, "filter=", 7) == 0) {
+ newShell.noPrint = &argv[0][7];
+ newShell.noPLen = strlen(newShell.noPrint);
+ } else if (strncmp(*argv, "echoFlag=", 9) == 0) {
+ newShell.echo = &argv[0][9];
+ } else if (strncmp(*argv, "errFlag=", 8) == 0) {
+ newShell.exit = &argv[0][8];
+ } else if (strncmp(*argv, "hasErrCtl=", 10) == 0) {
+ char c = argv[0][10];
+ newShell.hasErrCtl = !((c != 'Y') && (c != 'y') &&
+ (c != 'T') && (c != 't'));
+ } else if (strncmp(*argv, "newline=", 8) == 0) {
+ newShell.newline = &argv[0][8];
+ } else if (strncmp(*argv, "check=", 6) == 0) {
+ newShell.errCheck = &argv[0][6];
+ } else if (strncmp(*argv, "ignore=", 7) == 0) {
+ newShell.ignErr = &argv[0][7];
+ } else if (strncmp(*argv, "errout=", 7) == 0) {
+ newShell.errOut = &argv[0][7];
+ } else if (strncmp(*argv, "comment=", 8) == 0) {
+ newShell.commentChar = argv[0][8];
+ } else {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Unknown keyword \"%s\"",
+ *argv);
+ free(words);
+ return(FAILURE);
+ }
+ fullSpec = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (path == NULL) {
+ /*
+ * If no path was given, the user wants one of the pre-defined shells,
+ * yes? So we find the one s/he wants with the help of JobMatchShell
+ * and set things up the right way. shellPath will be set up by
+ * Job_Init.
+ */
+ if (newShell.name == NULL) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Neither path nor name specified");
+ free(words);
+ return(FAILURE);
+ } else {
+ if ((sh = JobMatchShell(newShell.name)) == NULL) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "%s: No matching shell",
+ newShell.name);
+ free(words);
+ return(FAILURE);
+ }
+ commandShell = sh;
+ shellName = newShell.name;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * The user provided a path. If s/he gave nothing else (fullSpec is
+ * FALSE), try and find a matching shell in the ones we know of.
+ * Else we just take the specification at its word and copy it
+ * to a new location. In either case, we need to record the
+ * path the user gave for the shell.
+ */
+ shellPath = path;
+ path = strrchr(path, '/');
+ if (path == NULL) {
+ path = UNCONST(shellPath);
+ } else {
+ path += 1;
+ }
+ if (newShell.name != NULL) {
+ shellName = newShell.name;
+ } else {
+ shellName = path;
+ }
+ if (!fullSpec) {
+ if ((sh = JobMatchShell(shellName)) == NULL) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "%s: No matching shell",
+ shellName);
+ free(words);
+ return(FAILURE);
+ }
+ commandShell = sh;
+ } else {
+ commandShell = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Shell));
+ *commandShell = newShell;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (commandShell->echoOn && commandShell->echoOff) {
+ commandShell->hasEchoCtl = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (!commandShell->hasErrCtl) {
+ if (commandShell->errCheck == NULL) {
+ commandShell->errCheck = "";
+ }
+ if (commandShell->ignErr == NULL) {
+ commandShell->ignErr = "%s\n";
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Do not free up the words themselves, since they might be in use by the
+ * shell specification.
+ */
+ free(words);
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobInterrupt --
+ * Handle the receipt of an interrupt.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * runINTERRUPT Non-zero if commands for the .INTERRUPT target
+ * should be executed
+ * signo signal received
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * All children are killed. Another job will be started if the
+ * .INTERRUPT target was given.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobInterrupt(int runINTERRUPT, int signo)
+{
+ Job *job; /* job descriptor in that element */
+ GNode *interrupt; /* the node describing the .INTERRUPT target */
+ sigset_t mask;
+ GNode *gn;
+
+ aborting = ABORT_INTERRUPT;
+
+ JobSigLock(&mask);
+
+ for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+ if (job->job_state != JOB_ST_RUNNING)
+ continue;
+
+ gn = job->node;
+
+ if ((gn->type & (OP_JOIN|OP_PHONY)) == 0 && !Targ_Precious(gn)) {
+ char *file = (gn->path == NULL ? gn->name : gn->path);
+ if (!noExecute && eunlink(file) != -1) {
+ Error("*** %s removed", file);
+ }
+ }
+ if (job->pid) {
+ if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+ (void)fprintf(debug_file,
+ "JobInterrupt passing signal %d to child %d.\n",
+ signo, job->pid);
+ }
+ KILLPG(job->pid, signo);
+ }
+ }
+
+ JobSigUnlock(&mask);
+
+ if (runINTERRUPT && !touchFlag) {
+ interrupt = Targ_FindNode(".INTERRUPT", TARG_NOCREATE);
+ if (interrupt != NULL) {
+ ignoreErrors = FALSE;
+ JobRun(interrupt);
+ }
+ }
+ Trace_Log(MAKEINTR, 0);
+ exit(signo);
+}
+
+/*
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_Finish --
+ * Do final processing such as the running of the commands
+ * attached to the .END target.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Number of errors reported.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Job_Finish(void)
+{
+ if (postCommands != NULL &&
+ (!Lst_IsEmpty(postCommands->commands) ||
+ !Lst_IsEmpty(postCommands->children))) {
+ if (errors) {
+ Error("Errors reported so .END ignored");
+ } else {
+ JobRun(postCommands);
+ }
+ }
+ return(errors);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_End --
+ * Cleanup any memory used by the jobs module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Memory is freed
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_End(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+ if (shellArgv)
+ free(shellArgv);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_Wait --
+ * Waits for all running jobs to finish and returns. Sets 'aborting'
+ * to ABORT_WAIT to prevent other jobs from starting.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Currently running jobs finish.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_Wait(void)
+{
+ aborting = ABORT_WAIT;
+ while (jobTokensRunning != 0) {
+ Job_CatchOutput();
+ }
+ aborting = 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_AbortAll --
+ * Abort all currently running jobs without handling output or anything.
+ * This function is to be called only in the event of a major
+ * error. Most definitely NOT to be called from JobInterrupt.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * All children are killed, not just the firstborn
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_AbortAll(void)
+{
+ Job *job; /* the job descriptor in that element */
+ int foo;
+
+ aborting = ABORT_ERROR;
+
+ if (jobTokensRunning) {
+ for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+ if (job->job_state != JOB_ST_RUNNING)
+ continue;
+ /*
+ * kill the child process with increasingly drastic signals to make
+ * darn sure it's dead.
+ */
+ KILLPG(job->pid, SIGINT);
+ KILLPG(job->pid, SIGKILL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Catch as many children as want to report in at first, then give up
+ */
+ while (waitpid((pid_t) -1, &foo, WNOHANG) > 0)
+ continue;
+}
+
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobRestartJobs --
+ * Tries to restart stopped jobs if there are slots available.
+ * Called in process context in response to a SIGCONT.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Resumes jobs.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobRestartJobs(void)
+{
+ Job *job;
+
+ for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+ if (job->job_state == JOB_ST_RUNNING &&
+ (make_suspended || job->job_suspended)) {
+ if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+ (void)fprintf(debug_file, "Restarting stopped job pid %d.\n",
+ job->pid);
+ }
+ if (job->job_suspended) {
+ (void)printf("*** [%s] Continued\n", job->node->name);
+ (void)fflush(stdout);
+ }
+ job->job_suspended = 0;
+ if (KILLPG(job->pid, SIGCONT) != 0 && DEBUG(JOB)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Failed to send SIGCONT to %d\n", job->pid);
+ }
+ }
+ if (job->job_state == JOB_ST_FINISHED)
+ /* Job exit deferred after calling waitpid() in a signal handler */
+ JobFinish(job, job->exit_status);
+ }
+ make_suspended = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+watchfd(Job *job)
+{
+ if (job->inPollfd != NULL)
+ Punt("Watching watched job");
+
+ fds[nfds].fd = job->inPipe;
+ fds[nfds].events = POLLIN;
+ jobfds[nfds] = job;
+ job->inPollfd = &fds[nfds];
+ nfds++;
+}
+
+static void
+clearfd(Job *job)
+{
+ int i;
+ if (job->inPollfd == NULL)
+ Punt("Unwatching unwatched job");
+ i = job->inPollfd - fds;
+ nfds--;
+ /*
+ * Move last job in table into hole made by dead job.
+ */
+ if (nfds != i) {
+ fds[i] = fds[nfds];
+ jobfds[i] = jobfds[nfds];
+ jobfds[i]->inPollfd = &fds[i];
+ }
+ job->inPollfd = NULL;
+}
+
+static int
+readyfd(Job *job)
+{
+ if (job->inPollfd == NULL)
+ Punt("Polling unwatched job");
+ return (job->inPollfd->revents & POLLIN) != 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobTokenAdd --
+ * Put a token into the job pipe so that some make process can start
+ * another job.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Allows more build jobs to be spawned somewhere.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+JobTokenAdd(void)
+{
+ char tok = JOB_TOKENS[aborting], tok1;
+
+ /* If we are depositing an error token flush everything else */
+ while (tok != '+' && read(tokenWaitJob.inPipe, &tok1, 1) == 1)
+ continue;
+
+ if (DEBUG(JOB))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "(%d) aborting %d, deposit token %c\n",
+ getpid(), aborting, JOB_TOKENS[aborting]);
+ write(tokenWaitJob.outPipe, &tok, 1);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_ServerStartTokenAdd --
+ * Prep the job token pipe in the root make process.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Job_ServerStart(int max_tokens, int jp_0, int jp_1)
+{
+ int i;
+ char jobarg[64];
+
+ if (jp_0 >= 0 && jp_1 >= 0) {
+ /* Pipe passed in from parent */
+ tokenWaitJob.inPipe = jp_0;
+ tokenWaitJob.outPipe = jp_1;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ JobCreatePipe(&tokenWaitJob, 15);
+
+ snprintf(jobarg, sizeof(jobarg), "%d,%d",
+ tokenWaitJob.inPipe, tokenWaitJob.outPipe);
+
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-J", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, jobarg, VAR_GLOBAL);
+
+ /*
+ * Preload the job pipe with one token per job, save the one
+ * "extra" token for the primary job.
+ *
+ * XXX should clip maxJobs against PIPE_BUF -- if max_tokens is
+ * larger than the write buffer size of the pipe, we will
+ * deadlock here.
+ */
+ for (i = 1; i < max_tokens; i++)
+ JobTokenAdd();
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_TokenReturn --
+ * Return a withdrawn token to the pool.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Job_TokenReturn(void)
+{
+ jobTokensRunning--;
+ if (jobTokensRunning < 0)
+ Punt("token botch");
+ if (jobTokensRunning || JOB_TOKENS[aborting] != '+')
+ JobTokenAdd();
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_TokenWithdraw --
+ * Attempt to withdraw a token from the pool.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Returns TRUE if a token was withdrawn, and FALSE if the pool
+ * is currently empty.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If pool is empty, set wantToken so that we wake up
+ * when a token is released.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+
+Boolean
+Job_TokenWithdraw(void)
+{
+ char tok, tok1;
+ int count;
+
+ wantToken = 0;
+ if (DEBUG(JOB))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Job_TokenWithdraw(%d): aborting %d, running %d\n",
+ getpid(), aborting, jobTokensRunning);
+
+ if (aborting || (jobTokensRunning >= maxJobs))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ count = read(tokenWaitJob.inPipe, &tok, 1);
+ if (count == 0)
+ Fatal("eof on job pipe!");
+ if (count < 0 && jobTokensRunning != 0) {
+ if (errno != EAGAIN) {
+ Fatal("job pipe read: %s", strerror(errno));
+ }
+ if (DEBUG(JOB))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "(%d) blocked for token\n", getpid());
+ wantToken = 1;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (count == 1 && tok != '+') {
+ /* make being abvorted - remove any other job tokens */
+ if (DEBUG(JOB))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "(%d) aborted by token %c\n", getpid(), tok);
+ while (read(tokenWaitJob.inPipe, &tok1, 1) == 1)
+ continue;
+ /* And put the stopper back */
+ write(tokenWaitJob.outPipe, &tok, 1);
+ Fatal("A failure has been detected in another branch of the parallel make");
+ }
+
+ if (count == 1 && jobTokensRunning == 0)
+ /* We didn't want the token really */
+ write(tokenWaitJob.outPipe, &tok, 1);
+
+ jobTokensRunning++;
+ if (DEBUG(JOB))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "(%d) withdrew token\n", getpid());
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+#ifdef USE_SELECT
+int
+emul_poll(struct pollfd *fd, int nfd, int timeout)
+{
+ fd_set rfds, wfds;
+ int i, maxfd, nselect, npoll;
+ struct timeval tv, *tvp;
+ long usecs;
+
+ FD_ZERO(&rfds);
+ FD_ZERO(&wfds);
+
+ maxfd = -1;
+ for (i = 0; i < nfd; i++) {
+ fd[i].revents = 0;
+
+ if (fd[i].events & POLLIN)
+ FD_SET(fd[i].fd, &rfds);
+
+ if (fd[i].events & POLLOUT)
+ FD_SET(fd[i].fd, &wfds);
+
+ if (fd[i].fd > maxfd)
+ maxfd = fd[i].fd;
+ }
+
+ if (maxfd >= FD_SETSIZE) {
+ Punt("Ran out of fd_set slots; "
+ "recompile with a larger FD_SETSIZE.");
+ }
+
+ if (timeout < 0) {
+ tvp = NULL;
+ } else {
+ usecs = timeout * 1000;
+ tv.tv_sec = usecs / 1000000;
+ tv.tv_usec = usecs % 1000000;
+ tvp = &tv;
+ }
+
+ nselect = select(maxfd + 1, &rfds, &wfds, 0, tvp);
+
+ if (nselect <= 0)
+ return nselect;
+
+ npoll = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < nfd; i++) {
+ if (FD_ISSET(fd[i].fd, &rfds))
+ fd[i].revents |= POLLIN;
+
+ if (FD_ISSET(fd[i].fd, &wfds))
+ fd[i].revents |= POLLOUT;
+
+ if (fd[i].revents)
+ npoll++;
+ }
+
+ return npoll;
+}
+#endif /* USE_SELECT */
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: job.h,v 1.39 2009/04/11 09:41:18 apb Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)job.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)job.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * job.h --
+ * Definitions pertaining to the running of jobs in parallel mode.
+ */
+#ifndef _JOB_H_
+#define _JOB_H_
+
+#define TMPPAT "makeXXXXXX" /* relative to tmpdir */
+
+#ifdef USE_SELECT
+/*
+ * Emulate poll() in terms of select(). This is not a complete
+ * emulation but it is sufficient for make's purposes.
+ */
+
+#define poll emul_poll
+#define pollfd emul_pollfd
+
+struct emul_pollfd {
+ int fd;
+ short events;
+ short revents;
+};
+
+#define POLLIN 0x0001
+#define POLLOUT 0x0004
+
+int
+emul_poll(struct pollfd *fd, int nfd, int timeout);
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The POLL_MSEC constant determines the maximum number of milliseconds spent
+ * in poll before coming out to see if a child has finished.
+ */
+#define POLL_MSEC 5000
+
+\f
+/*-
+ * Job Table definitions.
+ *
+ * Each job has several things associated with it:
+ * 1) The process id of the child shell
+ * 2) The graph node describing the target being made by this job
+ * 3) A LstNode for the first command to be saved after the job
+ * completes. This is NULL if there was no "..." in the job's
+ * commands.
+ * 4) An FILE* for writing out the commands. This is only
+ * used before the job is actually started.
+ * 5) The output is being caught via a pipe and
+ * the descriptors of our pipe, an array in which output is line
+ * buffered and the current position in that buffer are all
+ * maintained for each job.
+ * 6) A word of flags which determine how the module handles errors,
+ * echoing, etc. for the job
+ *
+ * When a job is finished, the Make_Update function is called on each of the
+ * parents of the node which was just remade. This takes care of the upward
+ * traversal of the dependency graph.
+ */
+struct pollfd;
+
+#define JOB_BUFSIZE 1024
+typedef struct Job {
+ int pid; /* The child's process ID */
+ GNode *node; /* The target the child is making */
+ LstNode tailCmds; /* The node of the first command to be
+ * saved when the job has been run */
+ FILE *cmdFILE; /* When creating the shell script, this is
+ * where the commands go */
+ int exit_status; /* from wait4() in signal handler */
+ char job_state; /* status of the job entry */
+#define JOB_ST_FREE 0 /* Job is available */
+#define JOB_ST_SETUP 1 /* Job is allocated but otherwise invalid */
+#define JOB_ST_RUNNING 3 /* Job is running, pid valid */
+#define JOB_ST_FINISHED 4 /* Job is done (ie after SIGCHILD) */
+ char job_suspended;
+ short flags; /* Flags to control treatment of job */
+#define JOB_IGNERR 0x001 /* Ignore non-zero exits */
+#define JOB_SILENT 0x002 /* no output */
+#define JOB_SPECIAL 0x004 /* Target is a special one. i.e. run it locally
+ * if we can't export it and maxLocal is 0 */
+#define JOB_IGNDOTS 0x008 /* Ignore "..." lines when processing
+ * commands */
+#define JOB_TRACED 0x400 /* we've sent 'set -x' */
+
+ int jobPipe[2]; /* Pipe for readind output from job */
+ struct pollfd *inPollfd; /* pollfd associated with inPipe */
+ char outBuf[JOB_BUFSIZE + 1];
+ /* Buffer for storing the output of the
+ * job, line by line */
+ int curPos; /* Current position in op_outBuf */
+} Job;
+
+#define inPipe jobPipe[0]
+#define outPipe jobPipe[1]
+
+\f
+/*-
+ * Shell Specifications:
+ * Each shell type has associated with it the following information:
+ * 1) The string which must match the last character of the shell name
+ * for the shell to be considered of this type. The longest match
+ * wins.
+ * 2) A command to issue to turn off echoing of command lines
+ * 3) A command to issue to turn echoing back on again
+ * 4) What the shell prints, and its length, when given the echo-off
+ * command. This line will not be printed when received from the shell
+ * 5) A boolean to tell if the shell has the ability to control
+ * error checking for individual commands.
+ * 6) The string to turn this checking on.
+ * 7) The string to turn it off.
+ * 8) The command-flag to give to cause the shell to start echoing
+ * commands right away.
+ * 9) The command-flag to cause the shell to Lib_Exit when an error is
+ * detected in one of the commands.
+ *
+ * Some special stuff goes on if a shell doesn't have error control. In such
+ * a case, errCheck becomes a printf template for echoing the command,
+ * should echoing be on and ignErr becomes another printf template for
+ * executing the command while ignoring the return status. Finally errOut
+ * is a printf template for running the command and causing the shell to
+ * exit on error. If any of these strings are empty when hasErrCtl is FALSE,
+ * the command will be executed anyway as is and if it causes an error, so be
+ * it. Any templates setup to echo the command will escape any '$ ` \ "'i
+ * characters in the command string to avoid common problems with
+ * echo "%s\n" as a template.
+ */
+typedef struct Shell {
+ const char *name; /* the name of the shell. For Bourne and C
+ * shells, this is used only to find the
+ * shell description when used as the single
+ * source of a .SHELL target. For user-defined
+ * shells, this is the full path of the shell.
+ */
+ Boolean hasEchoCtl; /* True if both echoOff and echoOn defined */
+ const char *echoOff; /* command to turn off echo */
+ const char *echoOn; /* command to turn it back on again */
+ const char *noPrint; /* command to skip when printing output from
+ * shell. This is usually the command which
+ * was executed to turn off echoing */
+ int noPLen; /* length of noPrint command */
+ Boolean hasErrCtl; /* set if can control error checking for
+ * individual commands */
+ const char *errCheck; /* string to turn error checking on */
+ const char *ignErr; /* string to turn off error checking */
+ const char *errOut; /* string to use for testing exit code */
+ const char *newline; /* string literal that results in a newline
+ * character when it appears outside of any
+ * 'quote' or "quote" characters */
+ char commentChar; /* character used by shell for comment lines */
+
+ /*
+ * command-line flags
+ */
+ const char *echo; /* echo commands */
+ const char *exit; /* exit on error */
+} Shell;
+
+extern const char *shellPath;
+extern const char *shellName;
+
+extern int jobTokensRunning; /* tokens currently "out" */
+extern int maxJobs; /* Max jobs we can run */
+
+void Shell_Init(void);
+const char *Shell_GetNewline(void);
+void Job_Touch(GNode *, Boolean);
+Boolean Job_CheckCommands(GNode *, void (*abortProc )(const char *, ...));
+#define CATCH_BLOCK 1
+void Job_CatchChildren(void);
+void Job_CatchOutput(void);
+void Job_Make(GNode *);
+void Job_Init(void);
+Boolean Job_Full(void);
+Boolean Job_Empty(void);
+ReturnStatus Job_ParseShell(char *);
+int Job_Finish(void);
+void Job_End(void);
+void Job_Wait(void);
+void Job_AbortAll(void);
+void JobFlagForMigration(int);
+void Job_TokenReturn(void);
+Boolean Job_TokenWithdraw(void);
+void Job_ServerStart(int, int, int);
+void Job_SetPrefix(void);
+
+#endif /* _JOB_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lst.h,v 1.18 2009/01/23 21:58:27 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)lst.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)lst.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * lst.h --
+ * Header for using the list library
+ */
+#ifndef _LST_H_
+#define _LST_H_
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "sprite.h"
+
+/*
+ * basic typedef. This is what the Lst_ functions handle
+ */
+
+typedef struct List *Lst;
+typedef struct ListNode *LstNode;
+
+typedef void *DuplicateProc(void *);
+typedef void FreeProc(void *);
+
+#define LST_CONCNEW 0 /* create new LstNode's when using Lst_Concat */
+#define LST_CONCLINK 1 /* relink LstNode's when using Lst_Concat */
+
+/*
+ * Creation/destruction functions
+ */
+/* Create a new list */
+Lst Lst_Init(Boolean);
+/* Duplicate an existing list */
+Lst Lst_Duplicate(Lst, DuplicateProc *);
+/* Destroy an old one */
+void Lst_Destroy(Lst, FreeProc *);
+/* True if list is empty */
+Boolean Lst_IsEmpty(Lst);
+
+/*
+ * Functions to modify a list
+ */
+/* Insert an element before another */
+ReturnStatus Lst_InsertBefore(Lst, LstNode, void *);
+/* Insert an element after another */
+ReturnStatus Lst_InsertAfter(Lst, LstNode, void *);
+/* Place an element at the front of a lst. */
+ReturnStatus Lst_AtFront(Lst, void *);
+/* Place an element at the end of a lst. */
+ReturnStatus Lst_AtEnd(Lst, void *);
+/* Remove an element */
+ReturnStatus Lst_Remove(Lst, LstNode);
+/* Replace a node with a new value */
+ReturnStatus Lst_Replace(LstNode, void *);
+/* Concatenate two lists */
+ReturnStatus Lst_Concat(Lst, Lst, int);
+
+/*
+ * Node-specific functions
+ */
+/* Return first element in list */
+LstNode Lst_First(Lst);
+/* Return last element in list */
+LstNode Lst_Last(Lst);
+/* Return successor to given element */
+LstNode Lst_Succ(LstNode);
+/* Return predecessor to given element */
+LstNode Lst_Prev(LstNode);
+/* Get datum from LstNode */
+void *Lst_Datum(LstNode);
+
+/*
+ * Functions for entire lists
+ */
+/* Find an element in a list */
+LstNode Lst_Find(Lst, const void *, int (*)(const void *, const void *));
+/* Find an element starting from somewhere */
+LstNode Lst_FindFrom(Lst, LstNode, const void *,
+ int (*cProc)(const void *, const void *));
+/*
+ * See if the given datum is on the list. Returns the LstNode containing
+ * the datum
+ */
+LstNode Lst_Member(Lst, void *);
+/* Apply a function to all elements of a lst */
+int Lst_ForEach(Lst, int (*)(void *, void *), void *);
+/*
+ * Apply a function to all elements of a lst starting from a certain point.
+ * If the list is circular, the application will wrap around to the
+ * beginning of the list again.
+ */
+int Lst_ForEachFrom(Lst, LstNode, int (*)(void *, void *),
+ void *);
+/*
+ * these functions are for dealing with a list as a table, of sorts.
+ * An idea of the "current element" is kept and used by all the functions
+ * between Lst_Open() and Lst_Close().
+ */
+/* Open the list */
+ReturnStatus Lst_Open(Lst);
+/* Next element please */
+LstNode Lst_Next(Lst);
+/* Done yet? */
+Boolean Lst_IsAtEnd(Lst);
+/* Finish table access */
+void Lst_Close(Lst);
+
+/*
+ * for using the list as a queue
+ */
+/* Place an element at tail of queue */
+ReturnStatus Lst_EnQueue(Lst, void *);
+/* Remove an element from head of queue */
+void *Lst_DeQueue(Lst);
+
+#endif /* _LST_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+# $NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.6 2006/11/11 21:23:36 dsl Exp $
+
+OBJ=lstAppend.o lstDupl.o lstInit.o lstOpen.o lstAtEnd.o lstEnQueue.o \
+ lstInsert.o lstAtFront.o lstIsAtEnd.o lstClose.o lstFind.o lstIsEmpty.o \
+ lstRemove.o lstConcat.o lstFindFrom.o lstLast.o lstReplace.o lstFirst.o \
+ lstDatum.o lstForEach.o lstMember.o lstSucc.o lstDeQueue.o \
+ lstForEachFrom.o lstDestroy.o lstNext.o lstPrev.o
+
+CPPFLAGS=-I${.CURDIR}/..
+all: ${OBJ}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstAppend.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstAppend.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstAppend.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstAppend.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstAppend.c --
+ * Add a new node with a new datum after an existing node
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_InsertAfter --
+ * Create a new node and add it to the given list after the given node.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * l affected list
+ * ln node after which to append the datum
+ * d said datum
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * SUCCESS if all went well.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * A new ListNode is created and linked in to the List. The lastPtr
+ * field of the List will be altered if ln is the last node in the
+ * list. lastPtr and firstPtr will alter if the list was empty and
+ * ln was NULL.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_InsertAfter(Lst l, LstNode ln, void *d)
+{
+ List list;
+ ListNode lNode;
+ ListNode nLNode;
+
+ if (LstValid (l) && (ln == NULL && LstIsEmpty (l))) {
+ goto ok;
+ }
+
+ if (!LstValid (l) || LstIsEmpty (l) || ! LstNodeValid (ln, l)) {
+ return (FAILURE);
+ }
+ ok:
+
+ list = l;
+ lNode = ln;
+
+ PAlloc (nLNode, ListNode);
+ nLNode->datum = d;
+ nLNode->useCount = nLNode->flags = 0;
+
+ if (lNode == NULL) {
+ if (list->isCirc) {
+ nLNode->nextPtr = nLNode->prevPtr = nLNode;
+ } else {
+ nLNode->nextPtr = nLNode->prevPtr = NULL;
+ }
+ list->firstPtr = list->lastPtr = nLNode;
+ } else {
+ nLNode->prevPtr = lNode;
+ nLNode->nextPtr = lNode->nextPtr;
+
+ lNode->nextPtr = nLNode;
+ if (nLNode->nextPtr != NULL) {
+ nLNode->nextPtr->prevPtr = nLNode;
+ }
+
+ if (lNode == list->lastPtr) {
+ list->lastPtr = nLNode;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstAtEnd.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstAtEnd.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstAtEnd.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstAtEnd.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstAtEnd.c --
+ * Add a node at the end of the list
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_AtEnd --
+ * Add a node to the end of the given list
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * l List to which to add the datum
+ * d Datum to add
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * SUCCESS if life is good.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * A new ListNode is created and added to the list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_AtEnd(Lst l, void *d)
+{
+ LstNode end;
+
+ end = Lst_Last(l);
+ return (Lst_InsertAfter(l, end, d));
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstAtFront.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstAtFront.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstAtFront.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstAtFront.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstAtFront.c --
+ * Add a node at the front of the list
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_AtFront --
+ * Place a piece of data at the front of a list
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * SUCCESS or FAILURE
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * A new ListNode is created and stuck at the front of the list.
+ * hence, firstPtr (and possible lastPtr) in the list are altered.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_AtFront(Lst l, void *d)
+{
+ LstNode front;
+
+ front = Lst_First(l);
+ return (Lst_InsertBefore(l, front, d));
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstClose.c,v 1.11 2006/10/27 21:37:25 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstClose.c,v 1.11 2006/10/27 21:37:25 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstClose.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstClose.c,v 1.11 2006/10/27 21:37:25 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstClose.c --
+ * Close a list for sequential access.
+ * The sequential functions access the list in a slightly different way.
+ * CurPtr points to their idea of the current node in the list and they
+ * access the list based on it. Because the list is circular, Lst_Next
+ * and Lst_Prev will go around the list forever. Lst_IsAtEnd must be
+ * used to determine when to stop.
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Close --
+ * Close a list which was opened for sequential access.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * l The list to close
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The list is closed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Lst_Close(Lst l)
+{
+ List list = l;
+
+ if (LstValid(l) == TRUE) {
+ list->isOpen = FALSE;
+ list->atEnd = Unknown;
+ }
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstConcat.c,v 1.16 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstConcat.c,v 1.16 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstConcat.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstConcat.c,v 1.16 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * listConcat.c --
+ * Function to concatentate two lists.
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Concat --
+ * Concatenate two lists. New elements are created to hold the data
+ * elements, if specified, but the elements themselves are not copied.
+ * If the elements should be duplicated to avoid confusion with another
+ * list, the Lst_Duplicate function should be called first.
+ * If LST_CONCLINK is specified, the second list is destroyed since
+ * its pointers have been corrupted and the list is no longer useable.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * l1 The list to which l2 is to be appended
+ * l2 The list to append to l1
+ * flags LST_CONCNEW if LstNode's should be duplicated
+ * LST_CONCLINK if should just be relinked
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * SUCCESS if all went well. FAILURE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * New elements are created and appended the first list.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_Concat(Lst l1, Lst l2, int flags)
+{
+ ListNode ln; /* original LstNode */
+ ListNode nln; /* new LstNode */
+ ListNode last; /* the last element in the list. Keeps
+ * bookkeeping until the end */
+ List list1 = l1;
+ List list2 = l2;
+
+ if (!LstValid (l1) || !LstValid (l2)) {
+ return (FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ if (flags == LST_CONCLINK) {
+ if (list2->firstPtr != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * We set the nextPtr of the
+ * last element of list two to be NIL to make the loop easier and
+ * so we don't need an extra case should the first list turn
+ * out to be non-circular -- the final element will already point
+ * to NIL space and the first element will be untouched if it
+ * existed before and will also point to NIL space if it didn't.
+ */
+ list2->lastPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
+ /*
+ * So long as the second list isn't empty, we just link the
+ * first element of the second list to the last element of the
+ * first list. If the first list isn't empty, we then link the
+ * last element of the list to the first element of the second list
+ * The last element of the second list, if it exists, then becomes
+ * the last element of the first list.
+ */
+ list2->firstPtr->prevPtr = list1->lastPtr;
+ if (list1->lastPtr != NULL) {
+ list1->lastPtr->nextPtr = list2->firstPtr;
+ } else {
+ list1->firstPtr = list2->firstPtr;
+ }
+ list1->lastPtr = list2->lastPtr;
+ }
+ if (list1->isCirc && list1->firstPtr != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * If the first list is supposed to be circular and it is (now)
+ * non-empty, we must make sure it's circular by linking the
+ * first element to the last and vice versa
+ */
+ list1->firstPtr->prevPtr = list1->lastPtr;
+ list1->lastPtr->nextPtr = list1->firstPtr;
+ }
+ free(l2);
+ } else if (list2->firstPtr != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * We set the nextPtr of the last element of list 2 to be nil to make
+ * the loop less difficult. The loop simply goes through the entire
+ * second list creating new LstNodes and filling in the nextPtr, and
+ * prevPtr to fit into l1 and its datum field from the
+ * datum field of the corresponding element in l2. The 'last' node
+ * follows the last of the new nodes along until the entire l2 has
+ * been appended. Only then does the bookkeeping catch up with the
+ * changes. During the first iteration of the loop, if 'last' is nil,
+ * the first list must have been empty so the newly-created node is
+ * made the first node of the list.
+ */
+ list2->lastPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
+ for (last = list1->lastPtr, ln = list2->firstPtr;
+ ln != NULL;
+ ln = ln->nextPtr)
+ {
+ PAlloc (nln, ListNode);
+ nln->datum = ln->datum;
+ if (last != NULL) {
+ last->nextPtr = nln;
+ } else {
+ list1->firstPtr = nln;
+ }
+ nln->prevPtr = last;
+ nln->flags = nln->useCount = 0;
+ last = nln;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Finish bookkeeping. The last new element becomes the last element
+ * of list one.
+ */
+ list1->lastPtr = last;
+
+ /*
+ * The circularity of both list one and list two must be corrected
+ * for -- list one because of the new nodes added to it; list two
+ * because of the alteration of list2->lastPtr's nextPtr to ease the
+ * above for loop.
+ */
+ if (list1->isCirc) {
+ list1->lastPtr->nextPtr = list1->firstPtr;
+ list1->firstPtr->prevPtr = list1->lastPtr;
+ } else {
+ last->nextPtr = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (list2->isCirc) {
+ list2->lastPtr->nextPtr = list2->firstPtr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstDatum.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDatum.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstDatum.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDatum.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstDatum.c --
+ * Return the datum associated with a list node.
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Datum --
+ * Return the datum stored in the given node.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The datum or NULL if the node is invalid.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void *
+Lst_Datum(LstNode ln)
+{
+ if (ln != NULL) {
+ return ((ln)->datum);
+ } else {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstDeQueue.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDeQueue.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstDeQueue.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDeQueue.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstDeQueue.c --
+ * Remove the node and return its datum from the head of the list
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_DeQueue --
+ * Remove and return the datum at the head of the given list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The datum in the node at the head or NULL if the list
+ * is empty.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The head node is removed from the list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void *
+Lst_DeQueue(Lst l)
+{
+ void *rd;
+ ListNode tln;
+
+ tln = Lst_First(l);
+ if (tln == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ rd = tln->datum;
+ if (Lst_Remove(l, tln) == FAILURE) {
+ return NULL;
+ } else {
+ return (rd);
+ }
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstDestroy.c,v 1.16 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDestroy.c,v 1.16 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstDestroy.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDestroy.c,v 1.16 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstDestroy.c --
+ * Nuke a list and all its resources
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Destroy --
+ * Destroy a list and free all its resources. If the freeProc is
+ * given, it is called with the datum from each node in turn before
+ * the node is freed.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The given list is freed in its entirety.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Lst_Destroy(Lst list, FreeProc *freeProc)
+{
+ ListNode ln;
+ ListNode tln = NULL;
+
+ if (list == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* To ease scanning */
+ if (list->lastPtr != NULL)
+ list->lastPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
+ else {
+ free(list);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (freeProc) {
+ for (ln = list->firstPtr; ln != NULL; ln = tln) {
+ tln = ln->nextPtr;
+ freeProc(ln->datum);
+ free(ln);
+ }
+ } else {
+ for (ln = list->firstPtr; ln != NULL; ln = tln) {
+ tln = ln->nextPtr;
+ free(ln);
+ }
+ }
+
+ free(list);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstDupl.c,v 1.16 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDupl.c,v 1.16 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstDupl.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDupl.c,v 1.16 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * listDupl.c --
+ * Duplicate a list. This includes duplicating the individual
+ * elements.
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Duplicate --
+ * Duplicate an entire list. If a function to copy a void *is
+ * given, the individual client elements will be duplicated as well.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * l the list to duplicate
+ * copyProc A function to duplicate each void *
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The new Lst structure or NULL if failure.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * A new list is created.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Lst_Duplicate(Lst l, DuplicateProc *copyProc)
+{
+ Lst nl;
+ ListNode ln;
+ List list = l;
+
+ if (!LstValid (l)) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ nl = Lst_Init(list->isCirc);
+ if (nl == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ ln = list->firstPtr;
+ while (ln != NULL) {
+ if (copyProc != NULL) {
+ if (Lst_AtEnd(nl, copyProc(ln->datum)) == FAILURE) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ } else if (Lst_AtEnd(nl, ln->datum) == FAILURE) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (list->isCirc && ln == list->lastPtr) {
+ ln = NULL;
+ } else {
+ ln = ln->nextPtr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (nl);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstEnQueue.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstEnQueue.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstEnQueue.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstEnQueue.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstEnQueue.c--
+ * Treat the list as a queue and place a datum at its end
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_EnQueue --
+ * Add the datum to the tail of the given list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * SUCCESS or FAILURE as returned by Lst_InsertAfter.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * the lastPtr field is altered all the time and the firstPtr field
+ * will be altered if the list used to be empty.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_EnQueue(Lst l, void *d)
+{
+ if (LstValid (l) == FALSE) {
+ return (FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ return (Lst_InsertAfter(l, Lst_Last(l), d));
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstFind.c,v 1.15 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstFind.c,v 1.15 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstFind.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFind.c,v 1.15 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstFind.c --
+ * Find a node on a list.
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Find --
+ * Find a node on the given list using the given comparison function
+ * and the given datum.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The found node or NULL if none matches.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_Find(Lst l, const void *d, int (*cProc)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+ return (Lst_FindFrom(l, Lst_First(l), d, cProc));
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstFindFrom.c,v 1.15 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstFindFrom.c,v 1.15 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstFindFrom.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFindFrom.c,v 1.15 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstFindFrom.c --
+ * Find a node on a list from a given starting point. Used by Lst_Find.
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_FindFrom --
+ * Search for a node starting and ending with the given one on the
+ * given list using the passed datum and comparison function to
+ * determine when it has been found.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The found node or NULL
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_FindFrom(Lst l, LstNode ln, const void *d,
+ int (*cProc)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+ ListNode tln;
+
+ if (!LstValid (l) || LstIsEmpty (l) || !LstNodeValid (ln, l)) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ tln = ln;
+
+ do {
+ if ((*cProc)(tln->datum, d) == 0)
+ return (tln);
+ tln = tln->nextPtr;
+ } while (tln != ln && tln != NULL);
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstFirst.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstFirst.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstFirst.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFirst.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstFirst.c --
+ * Return the first node of a list
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_First --
+ * Return the first node on the given list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The first node or NULL if the list is empty.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_First(Lst l)
+{
+ if (!LstValid (l) || LstIsEmpty (l)) {
+ return NULL;
+ } else {
+ return (l->firstPtr);
+ }
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstForEach.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstForEach.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstForEach.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstForEach.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstForeach.c --
+ * Perform a given function on all elements of a list.
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_ForEach --
+ * Apply the given function to each element of the given list. The
+ * function should return 0 if Lst_ForEach should continue and non-
+ * zero if it should abort.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Only those created by the passed-in function.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/*VARARGS2*/
+int
+Lst_ForEach(Lst l, int (*proc)(void *, void *), void *d)
+{
+ return Lst_ForEachFrom(l, Lst_First(l), proc, d);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstForEachFrom.c,v 1.17 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstForEachFrom.c,v 1.17 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstForEachFrom.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstForEachFrom.c,v 1.17 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * lstForEachFrom.c --
+ * Perform a given function on all elements of a list starting from
+ * a given point.
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_ForEachFrom --
+ * Apply the given function to each element of the given list. The
+ * function should return 0 if traversal should continue and non-
+ * zero if it should abort.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Only those created by the passed-in function.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/*VARARGS2*/
+int
+Lst_ForEachFrom(Lst l, LstNode ln, int (*proc)(void *, void *),
+ void *d)
+{
+ ListNode tln = ln;
+ List list = l;
+ ListNode next;
+ Boolean done;
+ int result;
+
+ if (!LstValid (list) || LstIsEmpty (list)) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ do {
+ /*
+ * Take care of having the current element deleted out from under
+ * us.
+ */
+
+ next = tln->nextPtr;
+
+ /*
+ * We're done with the traversal if
+ * - the next node to examine is the first in the queue or
+ * doesn't exist and
+ * - nothing's been added after the current node (check this
+ * after proc() has been called).
+ */
+ done = (next == NULL || next == list->firstPtr);
+
+ (void) tln->useCount++;
+ result = (*proc) (tln->datum, d);
+ (void) tln->useCount--;
+
+ /*
+ * Now check whether a node has been added.
+ * Note: this doesn't work if this node was deleted before
+ * the new node was added.
+ */
+ if (next != tln->nextPtr) {
+ next = tln->nextPtr;
+ done = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (tln->flags & LN_DELETED) {
+ free((char *)tln);
+ }
+ tln = next;
+ } while (!result && !LstIsEmpty(list) && !done);
+
+ return result;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstInit.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstInit.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstInit.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstInit.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * init.c --
+ * Initialize a new linked list.
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Init --
+ * Create and initialize a new list.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * circ TRUE if the list should be made circular
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The created list.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * A list is created, what else?
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Lst_Init(Boolean circ)
+{
+ List nList;
+
+ PAlloc (nList, List);
+
+ nList->firstPtr = NULL;
+ nList->lastPtr = NULL;
+ nList->isOpen = FALSE;
+ nList->isCirc = circ;
+ nList->atEnd = Unknown;
+
+ return (nList);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstInsert.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstInsert.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstInsert.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstInsert.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstInsert.c --
+ * Insert a new datum before an old one
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_InsertBefore --
+ * Insert a new node with the given piece of data before the given
+ * node in the given list.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * l list to manipulate
+ * ln node before which to insert d
+ * d datum to be inserted
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * SUCCESS or FAILURE.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * the firstPtr field will be changed if ln is the first node in the
+ * list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_InsertBefore(Lst l, LstNode ln, void *d)
+{
+ ListNode nLNode; /* new lnode for d */
+ ListNode lNode = ln;
+ List list = l;
+
+
+ /*
+ * check validity of arguments
+ */
+ if (LstValid (l) && (LstIsEmpty (l) && ln == NULL))
+ goto ok;
+
+ if (!LstValid (l) || LstIsEmpty (l) || !LstNodeValid (ln, l)) {
+ return (FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ ok:
+ PAlloc (nLNode, ListNode);
+
+ nLNode->datum = d;
+ nLNode->useCount = nLNode->flags = 0;
+
+ if (ln == NULL) {
+ if (list->isCirc) {
+ nLNode->prevPtr = nLNode->nextPtr = nLNode;
+ } else {
+ nLNode->prevPtr = nLNode->nextPtr = NULL;
+ }
+ list->firstPtr = list->lastPtr = nLNode;
+ } else {
+ nLNode->prevPtr = lNode->prevPtr;
+ nLNode->nextPtr = lNode;
+
+ if (nLNode->prevPtr != NULL) {
+ nLNode->prevPtr->nextPtr = nLNode;
+ }
+ lNode->prevPtr = nLNode;
+
+ if (lNode == list->firstPtr) {
+ list->firstPtr = nLNode;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstInt.h,v 1.20 2009/01/24 14:43:29 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)lstInt.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * lstInt.h --
+ * Internals for the list library
+ */
+#ifndef _LSTINT_H_
+#define _LSTINT_H_
+
+#include "../lst.h"
+#include "../make_malloc.h"
+
+typedef struct ListNode {
+ struct ListNode *prevPtr; /* previous element in list */
+ struct ListNode *nextPtr; /* next in list */
+ unsigned int useCount:8, /* Count of functions using the node.
+ * node may not be deleted until count
+ * goes to 0 */
+ flags:8; /* Node status flags */
+ void *datum; /* datum associated with this element */
+} *ListNode;
+/*
+ * Flags required for synchronization
+ */
+#define LN_DELETED 0x0001 /* List node should be removed when done */
+
+typedef enum {
+ Head, Middle, Tail, Unknown
+} Where;
+
+typedef struct List {
+ ListNode firstPtr; /* first node in list */
+ ListNode lastPtr; /* last node in list */
+ Boolean isCirc; /* true if the list should be considered
+ * circular */
+/*
+ * fields for sequential access
+ */
+ Where atEnd; /* Where in the list the last access was */
+ Boolean isOpen; /* true if list has been Lst_Open'ed */
+ ListNode curPtr; /* current node, if open. NULL if
+ * *just* opened */
+ ListNode prevPtr; /* Previous node, if open. Used by
+ * Lst_Remove */
+} *List;
+
+/*
+ * PAlloc (var, ptype) --
+ * Allocate a pointer-typedef structure 'ptype' into the variable 'var'
+ */
+#define PAlloc(var,ptype) var = (ptype) bmake_malloc(sizeof *(var))
+
+/*
+ * LstValid (l) --
+ * Return TRUE if the list l is valid
+ */
+#define LstValid(l) ((Lst)(l) != NULL)
+
+/*
+ * LstNodeValid (ln, l) --
+ * Return TRUE if the LstNode ln is valid with respect to l
+ */
+#define LstNodeValid(ln, l) ((ln) != NULL)
+
+/*
+ * LstIsEmpty (l) --
+ * TRUE if the list l is empty.
+ */
+#define LstIsEmpty(l) (((List)(l))->firstPtr == NULL)
+
+#endif /* _LSTINT_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstIsAtEnd.c,v 1.13 2008/02/15 21:29:50 christos Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstIsAtEnd.c,v 1.13 2008/02/15 21:29:50 christos Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstIsAtEnd.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstIsAtEnd.c,v 1.13 2008/02/15 21:29:50 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstIsAtEnd.c --
+ * Tell if the current node is at the end of the list.
+ * The sequential functions access the list in a slightly different way.
+ * CurPtr points to their idea of the current node in the list and they
+ * access the list based on it. Because the list is circular, Lst_Next
+ * and Lst_Prev will go around the list forever. Lst_IsAtEnd must be
+ * used to determine when to stop.
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_IsAtEnd --
+ * Return true if have reached the end of the given list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if at the end of the list (this includes the list not being
+ * open or being invalid) or FALSE if not. We return TRUE if the list
+ * is invalid or unopend so as to cause the caller to exit its loop
+ * asap, the assumption being that the loop is of the form
+ * while (!Lst_IsAtEnd (l)) {
+ * ...
+ * }
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Lst_IsAtEnd(Lst l)
+{
+ List list = l;
+
+ return (!LstValid (l) || !list->isOpen ||
+ (list->atEnd == Head) || (list->atEnd == Tail));
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstIsEmpty.c,v 1.11 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstIsEmpty.c,v 1.11 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstIsEmpty.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstIsEmpty.c,v 1.11 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstIsEmpty.c --
+ * A single function to decide if a list is empty
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_IsEmpty --
+ * Return TRUE if the given list is empty.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if the list is empty, FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * A list is considered empty if its firstPtr == NULL (or if
+ * the list itself is NULL).
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Lst_IsEmpty(Lst l)
+{
+ return ( ! LstValid (l) || LstIsEmpty(l));
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstLast.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstLast.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstLast.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstLast.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstLast.c --
+ * Return the last element of a list
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Last --
+ * Return the last node on the list l.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The requested node or NULL if the list is empty.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_Last(Lst l)
+{
+ if (!LstValid(l) || LstIsEmpty (l)) {
+ return NULL;
+ } else {
+ return (l->lastPtr);
+ }
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstMember.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * lstMember.c --
+ * See if a given datum is on a given list.
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+LstNode
+Lst_Member(Lst l, void *d)
+{
+ List list = l;
+ ListNode lNode;
+
+ lNode = list->firstPtr;
+ if (lNode == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ do {
+ if (lNode->datum == d) {
+ return lNode;
+ }
+ lNode = lNode->nextPtr;
+ } while (lNode != NULL && lNode != list->firstPtr);
+
+ return NULL;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstNext.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstNext.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstNext.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstNext.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstNext.c --
+ * Return the next node for a list.
+ * The sequential functions access the list in a slightly different way.
+ * CurPtr points to their idea of the current node in the list and they
+ * access the list based on it. Because the list is circular, Lst_Next
+ * and Lst_Prev will go around the list forever. Lst_IsAtEnd must be
+ * used to determine when to stop.
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Next --
+ * Return the next node for the given list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The next node or NULL if the list has yet to be opened. Also
+ * if the list is non-circular and the end has been reached, NULL
+ * is returned.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * the curPtr field is updated.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_Next(Lst l)
+{
+ ListNode tln;
+ List list = l;
+
+ if ((LstValid (l) == FALSE) ||
+ (list->isOpen == FALSE)) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ list->prevPtr = list->curPtr;
+
+ if (list->curPtr == NULL) {
+ if (list->atEnd == Unknown) {
+ /*
+ * If we're just starting out, atEnd will be Unknown.
+ * Then we want to start this thing off in the right
+ * direction -- at the start with atEnd being Middle.
+ */
+ list->curPtr = tln = list->firstPtr;
+ list->atEnd = Middle;
+ } else {
+ tln = NULL;
+ list->atEnd = Tail;
+ }
+ } else {
+ tln = list->curPtr->nextPtr;
+ list->curPtr = tln;
+
+ if (tln == list->firstPtr || tln == NULL) {
+ /*
+ * If back at the front, then we've hit the end...
+ */
+ list->atEnd = Tail;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Reset to Middle if gone past first.
+ */
+ list->atEnd = Middle;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (tln);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstOpen.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstOpen.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstOpen.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstOpen.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstOpen.c --
+ * Open a list for sequential access. The sequential functions access the
+ * list in a slightly different way. CurPtr points to their idea of the
+ * current node in the list and they access the list based on it.
+ * If the list is circular, Lst_Next and Lst_Prev will go around
+ * the list forever. Lst_IsAtEnd must be used to determine when to stop.
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Open --
+ * Open a list for sequential access. A list can still be searched,
+ * etc., without confusing these functions.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * SUCCESS or FAILURE.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * isOpen is set TRUE and curPtr is set to NULL so the
+ * other sequential functions no it was just opened and can choose
+ * the first element accessed based on this.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_Open(Lst l)
+{
+ if (LstValid (l) == FALSE) {
+ return (FAILURE);
+ }
+ (l)->isOpen = TRUE;
+ (l)->atEnd = LstIsEmpty (l) ? Head : Unknown;
+ (l)->curPtr = NULL;
+
+ return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstPrev.c,v 1.3 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstPrev.c,v 1.3 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstSucc.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstPrev.c,v 1.3 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstPrev.c --
+ * return the predecessor to a given node
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Prev --
+ * Return the predecessor to the given node on its list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The predecessor of the node, if it exists (note that on a circular
+ * list, if the node is the only one in the list, it is its own
+ * predecessor).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_Prev(LstNode ln)
+{
+ if (ln == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ } else {
+ return (ln->prevPtr);
+ }
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstRemove.c,v 1.14 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstRemove.c,v 1.14 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstRemove.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstRemove.c,v 1.14 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstRemove.c --
+ * Remove an element from a list
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Remove --
+ * Remove the given node from the given list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * SUCCESS or FAILURE.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The list's firstPtr will be set to NULL if ln is the last
+ * node on the list. firsPtr and lastPtr will be altered if ln is
+ * either the first or last node, respectively, on the list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_Remove(Lst l, LstNode ln)
+{
+ List list = l;
+ ListNode lNode = ln;
+
+ if (!LstValid (l) ||
+ !LstNodeValid (ln, l)) {
+ return (FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * unlink it from the list
+ */
+ if (lNode->nextPtr != NULL) {
+ lNode->nextPtr->prevPtr = lNode->prevPtr;
+ }
+ if (lNode->prevPtr != NULL) {
+ lNode->prevPtr->nextPtr = lNode->nextPtr;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * if either the firstPtr or lastPtr of the list point to this node,
+ * adjust them accordingly
+ */
+ if (list->firstPtr == lNode) {
+ list->firstPtr = lNode->nextPtr;
+ }
+ if (list->lastPtr == lNode) {
+ list->lastPtr = lNode->prevPtr;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Sequential access stuff. If the node we're removing is the current
+ * node in the list, reset the current node to the previous one. If the
+ * previous one was non-existent (prevPtr == NULL), we set the
+ * end to be Unknown, since it is.
+ */
+ if (list->isOpen && (list->curPtr == lNode)) {
+ list->curPtr = list->prevPtr;
+ if (list->curPtr == NULL) {
+ list->atEnd = Unknown;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * the only way firstPtr can still point to ln is if ln is the last
+ * node on the list (the list is circular, so lNode->nextptr == lNode in
+ * this case). The list is, therefore, empty and is marked as such
+ */
+ if (list->firstPtr == lNode) {
+ list->firstPtr = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * note that the datum is unmolested. The caller must free it as
+ * necessary and as expected.
+ */
+ if (lNode->useCount == 0) {
+ free(ln);
+ } else {
+ lNode->flags |= LN_DELETED;
+ }
+
+ return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstReplace.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstReplace.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstReplace.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstReplace.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstReplace.c --
+ * Replace the datum in a node with a new datum
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Replace --
+ * Replace the datum in the given node with the new datum
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * SUCCESS or FAILURE.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The datum field fo the node is altered.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_Replace(LstNode ln, void *d)
+{
+ if (ln == NULL) {
+ return (FAILURE);
+ } else {
+ (ln)->datum = d;
+ return (SUCCESS);
+ }
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: lstSucc.c,v 1.13 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstSucc.c,v 1.13 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstSucc.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstSucc.c,v 1.13 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstSucc.c --
+ * return the successor to a given node
+ */
+
+#include "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Succ --
+ * Return the successor to the given node on its list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The successor of the node, if it exists (note that on a circular
+ * list, if the node is the only one in the list, it is its own
+ * successor).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_Succ(LstNode ln)
+{
+ if (ln == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ } else {
+ return (ln->nextPtr);
+ }
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: main.c,v 1.174 2009/09/09 17:09:49 sjg Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.174 2009/09/09 17:09:49 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)main.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.174 2009/09/09 17:09:49 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * main.c --
+ * The main file for this entire program. Exit routines etc
+ * reside here.
+ *
+ * Utility functions defined in this file:
+ * Main_ParseArgLine Takes a line of arguments, breaks them and
+ * treats them as if they were given when first
+ * invoked. Used by the parse module to implement
+ * the .MFLAGS target.
+ *
+ * Error Print a tagged error message. The global
+ * MAKE variable must have been defined. This
+ * takes a format string and two optional
+ * arguments for it.
+ *
+ * Fatal Print an error message and exit. Also takes
+ * a format string and two arguments.
+ *
+ * Punt Aborts all jobs and exits with a message. Also
+ * takes a format string and two arguments.
+ *
+ * Finish Finish things up by printing the number of
+ * errors which occurred, as passed to it, and
+ * exiting.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#include <sys/signal.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#ifdef MAKE_NATIVE
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+#include "job.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+#include "trace.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_IOVEC
+#include <sys/uio.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DEFMAXLOCAL
+#define DEFMAXLOCAL DEFMAXJOBS
+#endif /* DEFMAXLOCAL */
+
+Lst create; /* Targets to be made */
+time_t now; /* Time at start of make */
+GNode *DEFAULT; /* .DEFAULT node */
+Boolean allPrecious; /* .PRECIOUS given on line by itself */
+
+static Boolean noBuiltins; /* -r flag */
+static Lst makefiles; /* ordered list of makefiles to read */
+static Boolean printVars; /* print value of one or more vars */
+static Lst variables; /* list of variables to print */
+int maxJobs; /* -j argument */
+static int maxJobTokens; /* -j argument */
+Boolean compatMake; /* -B argument */
+int debug; /* -d argument */
+Boolean noExecute; /* -n flag */
+Boolean noRecursiveExecute; /* -N flag */
+Boolean keepgoing; /* -k flag */
+Boolean queryFlag; /* -q flag */
+Boolean touchFlag; /* -t flag */
+Boolean ignoreErrors; /* -i flag */
+Boolean beSilent; /* -s flag */
+Boolean oldVars; /* variable substitution style */
+Boolean checkEnvFirst; /* -e flag */
+Boolean parseWarnFatal; /* -W flag */
+Boolean jobServer; /* -J flag */
+static int jp_0 = -1, jp_1 = -1; /* ends of parent job pipe */
+Boolean varNoExportEnv; /* -X flag */
+Boolean doing_depend; /* Set while reading .depend */
+static Boolean jobsRunning; /* TRUE if the jobs might be running */
+static const char * tracefile;
+static char * Check_Cwd_av(int, char **, int);
+static void MainParseArgs(int, char **);
+static int ReadMakefile(const void *, const void *);
+static void usage(void);
+
+static Boolean ignorePWD; /* if we use -C, PWD is meaningless */
+static char curdir[MAXPATHLEN + 1]; /* startup directory */
+static char objdir[MAXPATHLEN + 1]; /* where we chdir'ed to */
+char *progname; /* the program name */
+
+Boolean forceJobs = FALSE;
+
+extern Lst parseIncPath;
+
+static void
+parse_debug_options(const char *argvalue)
+{
+ const char *modules;
+ const char *mode;
+ char *fname;
+ int len;
+
+ for (modules = argvalue; *modules; ++modules) {
+ switch (*modules) {
+ case 'A':
+ debug = ~0;
+ break;
+ case 'a':
+ debug |= DEBUG_ARCH;
+ break;
+ case 'C':
+ debug |= DEBUG_CWD;
+ break;
+ case 'c':
+ debug |= DEBUG_COND;
+ break;
+ case 'd':
+ debug |= DEBUG_DIR;
+ break;
+ case 'e':
+ debug |= DEBUG_ERROR;
+ break;
+ case 'f':
+ debug |= DEBUG_FOR;
+ break;
+ case 'g':
+ if (modules[1] == '1') {
+ debug |= DEBUG_GRAPH1;
+ ++modules;
+ }
+ else if (modules[1] == '2') {
+ debug |= DEBUG_GRAPH2;
+ ++modules;
+ }
+ else if (modules[1] == '3') {
+ debug |= DEBUG_GRAPH3;
+ ++modules;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'j':
+ debug |= DEBUG_JOB;
+ break;
+ case 'l':
+ debug |= DEBUG_LOUD;
+ break;
+ case 'm':
+ debug |= DEBUG_MAKE;
+ break;
+ case 'n':
+ debug |= DEBUG_SCRIPT;
+ break;
+ case 'p':
+ debug |= DEBUG_PARSE;
+ break;
+ case 's':
+ debug |= DEBUG_SUFF;
+ break;
+ case 't':
+ debug |= DEBUG_TARG;
+ break;
+ case 'v':
+ debug |= DEBUG_VAR;
+ break;
+ case 'x':
+ debug |= DEBUG_SHELL;
+ break;
+ case 'F':
+ if (debug_file != stdout && debug_file != stderr)
+ fclose(debug_file);
+ if (*++modules == '+')
+ mode = "a";
+ else
+ mode = "w";
+ if (strcmp(modules, "stdout") == 0) {
+ debug_file = stdout;
+ goto debug_setbuf;
+ }
+ if (strcmp(modules, "stderr") == 0) {
+ debug_file = stderr;
+ goto debug_setbuf;
+ }
+ len = strlen(modules);
+ fname = malloc(len + 20);
+ memcpy(fname, modules, len + 1);
+ /* Let the filename be modified by the pid */
+ if (strcmp(fname + len - 3, ".%d") == 0)
+ snprintf(fname + len - 2, 20, "%d", getpid());
+ debug_file = fopen(fname, mode);
+ if (!debug_file) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open debug file %s\n",
+ fname);
+ usage();
+ }
+ free(fname);
+ goto debug_setbuf;
+ default:
+ (void)fprintf(stderr,
+ "%s: illegal argument to d option -- %c\n",
+ progname, *modules);
+ usage();
+ }
+ }
+debug_setbuf:
+ /*
+ * Make the debug_file unbuffered, and make
+ * stdout line buffered (unless debugfile == stdout).
+ */
+ setvbuf(debug_file, NULL, _IONBF, 0);
+ if (debug_file != stdout) {
+ setvbuf(stdout, NULL, _IOLBF, 0);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ * MainParseArgs --
+ * Parse a given argument vector. Called from main() and from
+ * Main_ParseArgLine() when the .MAKEFLAGS target is used.
+ *
+ * XXX: Deal with command line overriding .MAKEFLAGS in makefile
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Various global and local flags will be set depending on the flags
+ * given
+ */
+static void
+MainParseArgs(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ char *p;
+ int c = '?';
+ int arginc;
+ char *argvalue;
+ const char *getopt_def;
+ char *optscan;
+ Boolean inOption, dashDash = FALSE;
+ char found_path[MAXPATHLEN + 1]; /* for searching for sys.mk */
+
+#define OPTFLAGS "BC:D:I:J:NST:V:WXd:ef:ij:km:nqrst"
+/* Can't actually use getopt(3) because rescanning is not portable */
+
+ getopt_def = OPTFLAGS;
+rearg:
+ inOption = FALSE;
+ optscan = NULL;
+ while(argc > 1) {
+ char *getopt_spec;
+ if(!inOption)
+ optscan = argv[1];
+ c = *optscan++;
+ arginc = 0;
+ if(inOption) {
+ if(c == '\0') {
+ ++argv;
+ --argc;
+ inOption = FALSE;
+ continue;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (c != '-' || dashDash)
+ break;
+ inOption = TRUE;
+ c = *optscan++;
+ }
+ /* '-' found at some earlier point */
+ getopt_spec = strchr(getopt_def, c);
+ if(c != '\0' && getopt_spec != NULL && getopt_spec[1] == ':') {
+ /* -<something> found, and <something> should have an arg */
+ inOption = FALSE;
+ arginc = 1;
+ argvalue = optscan;
+ if(*argvalue == '\0') {
+ if (argc < 3)
+ goto noarg;
+ argvalue = argv[2];
+ arginc = 2;
+ }
+ } else {
+ argvalue = NULL;
+ }
+ switch(c) {
+ case '\0':
+ arginc = 1;
+ inOption = FALSE;
+ break;
+ case 'B':
+ compatMake = TRUE;
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-B", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ break;
+ case 'C':
+ if (chdir(argvalue) == -1) {
+ (void)fprintf(stderr,
+ "%s: chdir %s: %s\n",
+ progname, argvalue,
+ strerror(errno));
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ ignorePWD = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 'D':
+ if (argvalue == NULL || argvalue[0] == 0) goto noarg;
+ Var_Set(argvalue, "1", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-D", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ break;
+ case 'I':
+ if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+ Parse_AddIncludeDir(argvalue);
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-I", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ break;
+ case 'J':
+ if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+ if (sscanf(argvalue, "%d,%d", &jp_0, &jp_1) != 2) {
+ (void)fprintf(stderr,
+ "%s: internal error -- J option malformed (%s)\n",
+ progname, argvalue);
+ usage();
+ }
+ if ((fcntl(jp_0, F_GETFD, 0) < 0) ||
+ (fcntl(jp_1, F_GETFD, 0) < 0)) {
+#if 0
+ (void)fprintf(stderr,
+ "%s: ###### warning -- J descriptors were closed!\n",
+ progname);
+ exit(2);
+#endif
+ jp_0 = -1;
+ jp_1 = -1;
+ compatMake = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-J", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ jobServer = TRUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'N':
+ noExecute = TRUE;
+ noRecursiveExecute = TRUE;
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-N", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ break;
+ case 'S':
+ keepgoing = FALSE;
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-S", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ break;
+ case 'T':
+ if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+ tracefile = bmake_strdup(argvalue);
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-T", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ break;
+ case 'V':
+ if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+ printVars = TRUE;
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(variables, argvalue);
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-V", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ break;
+ case 'W':
+ parseWarnFatal = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 'X':
+ varNoExportEnv = TRUE;
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-X", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ break;
+ case 'd':
+ if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+ /* If '-d-opts' don't pass to children */
+ if (argvalue[0] == '-')
+ argvalue++;
+ else {
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-d", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ }
+ parse_debug_options(argvalue);
+ break;
+ case 'e':
+ checkEnvFirst = TRUE;
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-e", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ break;
+ case 'f':
+ if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(makefiles, argvalue);
+ break;
+ case 'i':
+ ignoreErrors = TRUE;
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-i", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ break;
+ case 'j':
+ if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+ forceJobs = TRUE;
+ maxJobs = strtol(argvalue, &p, 0);
+ if (*p != '\0' || maxJobs < 1) {
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: illegal argument to -j -- must be positive integer!\n",
+ progname);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-j", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ maxJobTokens = maxJobs;
+ break;
+ case 'k':
+ keepgoing = TRUE;
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-k", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ break;
+ case 'm':
+ if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+ /* look for magic parent directory search string */
+ if (strncmp(".../", argvalue, 4) == 0) {
+ if (!Dir_FindHereOrAbove(curdir, argvalue+4,
+ found_path, sizeof(found_path)))
+ break; /* nothing doing */
+ (void)Dir_AddDir(sysIncPath, found_path);
+
+ } else {
+ (void)Dir_AddDir(sysIncPath, argvalue);
+ }
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-m", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ break;
+ case 'n':
+ noExecute = TRUE;
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-n", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ break;
+ case 'q':
+ queryFlag = TRUE;
+ /* Kind of nonsensical, wot? */
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-q", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ break;
+ case 'r':
+ noBuiltins = TRUE;
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-r", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ break;
+ case 's':
+ beSilent = TRUE;
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-s", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ break;
+ case 't':
+ touchFlag = TRUE;
+ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-t", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ break;
+ case '-':
+ dashDash = TRUE;
+ break;
+ default:
+ case '?':
+ usage();
+ }
+ argv += arginc;
+ argc -= arginc;
+ }
+
+ oldVars = TRUE;
+
+ /*
+ * See if the rest of the arguments are variable assignments and
+ * perform them if so. Else take them to be targets and stuff them
+ * on the end of the "create" list.
+ */
+ for (; argc > 1; ++argv, --argc)
+ if (Parse_IsVar(argv[1])) {
+ Parse_DoVar(argv[1], VAR_CMD);
+ } else {
+ if (!*argv[1])
+ Punt("illegal (null) argument.");
+ if (*argv[1] == '-' && !dashDash)
+ goto rearg;
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(create, bmake_strdup(argv[1]));
+ }
+
+ return;
+noarg:
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n",
+ progname, c);
+ usage();
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Main_ParseArgLine --
+ * Used by the parse module when a .MFLAGS or .MAKEFLAGS target
+ * is encountered and by main() when reading the .MAKEFLAGS envariable.
+ * Takes a line of arguments and breaks it into its
+ * component words and passes those words and the number of them to the
+ * MainParseArgs function.
+ * The line should have all its leading whitespace removed.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * line Line to fracture
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Only those that come from the various arguments.
+ */
+void
+Main_ParseArgLine(const char *line)
+{
+ char **argv; /* Manufactured argument vector */
+ int argc; /* Number of arguments in argv */
+ char *args; /* Space used by the args */
+ char *buf, *p1;
+ char *argv0 = Var_Value(".MAKE", VAR_GLOBAL, &p1);
+ size_t len;
+
+ if (line == NULL)
+ return;
+ for (; *line == ' '; ++line)
+ continue;
+ if (!*line)
+ return;
+
+ buf = bmake_malloc(len = strlen(line) + strlen(argv0) + 2);
+ (void)snprintf(buf, len, "%s %s", argv0, line);
+ if (p1)
+ free(p1);
+
+ argv = brk_string(buf, &argc, TRUE, &args);
+ if (argv == NULL) {
+ Error("Unterminated quoted string [%s]", buf);
+ free(buf);
+ return;
+ }
+ free(buf);
+ MainParseArgs(argc, argv);
+
+ free(args);
+ free(argv);
+}
+
+Boolean
+Main_SetObjdir(const char *path)
+{
+ struct stat sb;
+ char *p = NULL;
+ char buf[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+ Boolean rc = FALSE;
+
+ /* expand variable substitutions */
+ if (strchr(path, '$') != 0) {
+ snprintf(buf, MAXPATHLEN, "%s", path);
+ path = p = Var_Subst(NULL, buf, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ }
+
+ if (path[0] != '/') {
+ snprintf(buf, MAXPATHLEN, "%s/%s", curdir, path);
+ path = buf;
+ }
+
+ /* look for the directory and try to chdir there */
+ if (stat(path, &sb) == 0 && S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) {
+ if (chdir(path)) {
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "make warning: %s: %s.\n",
+ path, strerror(errno));
+ } else {
+ strncpy(objdir, path, MAXPATHLEN);
+ Var_Set(".OBJDIR", objdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ setenv("PWD", objdir, 1);
+ Dir_InitDot();
+ rc = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (p)
+ free(p);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*-
+ * ReadAllMakefiles --
+ * wrapper around ReadMakefile() to read all.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if ok, FALSE on error
+ */
+static int
+ReadAllMakefiles(const void *p, const void *q)
+{
+ return (ReadMakefile(p, q) == 0);
+}
+
+#ifdef SIGINFO
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+siginfo(int signo)
+{
+ char dir[MAXPATHLEN];
+ char str[2 * MAXPATHLEN];
+ int len;
+ if (getcwd(dir, sizeof(dir)) == NULL)
+ return;
+ len = snprintf(str, sizeof(str), "%s: Working in: %s\n", progname, dir);
+ if (len > 0)
+ (void)write(STDERR_FILENO, str, (size_t)len);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * main --
+ * The main function, for obvious reasons. Initializes variables
+ * and a few modules, then parses the arguments give it in the
+ * environment and on the command line. Reads the system makefile
+ * followed by either Makefile, makefile or the file given by the
+ * -f argument. Sets the .MAKEFLAGS PMake variable based on all the
+ * flags it has received by then uses either the Make or the Compat
+ * module to create the initial list of targets.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * If -q was given, exits -1 if anything was out-of-date. Else it exits
+ * 0.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The program exits when done. Targets are created. etc. etc. etc.
+ */
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ Lst targs; /* target nodes to create -- passed to Make_Init */
+ Boolean outOfDate = FALSE; /* FALSE if all targets up to date */
+ struct stat sb, sa;
+ char *p1, *path, *pwd;
+ char mdpath[MAXPATHLEN];
+ char *machine = getenv("MACHINE");
+ const char *machine_arch = getenv("MACHINE_ARCH");
+ char *syspath = getenv("MAKESYSPATH");
+ Lst sysMkPath; /* Path of sys.mk */
+ char *cp = NULL, *start;
+ /* avoid faults on read-only strings */
+ static char defsyspath[] = _PATH_DEFSYSPATH;
+ char found_path[MAXPATHLEN + 1]; /* for searching for sys.mk */
+ struct timeval rightnow; /* to initialize random seed */
+#ifdef MAKE_NATIVE
+ struct utsname utsname;
+#endif
+
+ /* default to writing debug to stderr */
+ debug_file = stderr;
+
+#ifdef SIGINFO
+ (void)signal(SIGINFO, siginfo);
+#endif
+ /*
+ * Set the seed to produce a different random sequence
+ * on each program execution.
+ */
+ gettimeofday(&rightnow, NULL);
+ srandom(rightnow.tv_sec + rightnow.tv_usec);
+
+ if ((progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/')) != NULL)
+ progname++;
+ else
+ progname = argv[0];
+#if defined(RLIMIT_NOFILE) && !defined(__minix)
+ /*
+ * get rid of resource limit on file descriptors
+ */
+ {
+ struct rlimit rl;
+ if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rl) != -1 &&
+ rl.rlim_cur != rl.rlim_max) {
+ rl.rlim_cur = rl.rlim_max;
+ (void)setrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rl);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * Get the name of this type of MACHINE from utsname
+ * so we can share an executable for similar machines.
+ * (i.e. m68k: amiga hp300, mac68k, sun3, ...)
+ *
+ * Note that both MACHINE and MACHINE_ARCH are decided at
+ * run-time.
+ */
+ if (!machine) {
+#ifdef MAKE_NATIVE
+ if (uname(&utsname) == -1) {
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: uname failed (%s).\n", progname,
+ strerror(errno));
+ exit(2);
+ }
+ machine = utsname.machine;
+#else
+#ifdef MAKE_MACHINE
+ machine = MAKE_MACHINE;
+#else
+ machine = "unknown";
+#endif
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (!machine_arch) {
+#ifndef MACHINE_ARCH
+#ifdef MAKE_MACHINE_ARCH
+ machine_arch = MAKE_MACHINE_ARCH;
+#else
+ machine_arch = "unknown";
+#endif
+#else
+ machine_arch = MACHINE_ARCH;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Just in case MAKEOBJDIR wants us to do something tricky.
+ */
+ Var_Init(); /* Initialize the lists of variables for
+ * parsing arguments */
+ Var_Set("MACHINE", machine, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ Var_Set("MACHINE_ARCH", machine_arch, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+#ifdef MAKE_VERSION
+ Var_Set("MAKE_VERSION", MAKE_VERSION, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+#endif
+ Var_Set(".newline", "\n", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); /* handy for :@ loops */
+
+ create = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ makefiles = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ printVars = FALSE;
+ variables = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ beSilent = FALSE; /* Print commands as executed */
+ ignoreErrors = FALSE; /* Pay attention to non-zero returns */
+ noExecute = FALSE; /* Execute all commands */
+ noRecursiveExecute = FALSE; /* Execute all .MAKE targets */
+ keepgoing = FALSE; /* Stop on error */
+ allPrecious = FALSE; /* Remove targets when interrupted */
+ queryFlag = FALSE; /* This is not just a check-run */
+ noBuiltins = FALSE; /* Read the built-in rules */
+ touchFlag = FALSE; /* Actually update targets */
+ debug = 0; /* No debug verbosity, please. */
+ jobsRunning = FALSE;
+
+ maxJobs = DEFMAXLOCAL; /* Set default local max concurrency */
+ maxJobTokens = maxJobs;
+ compatMake = FALSE; /* No compat mode */
+ ignorePWD = FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * Initialize the parsing, directory and variable modules to prepare
+ * for the reading of inclusion paths and variable settings on the
+ * command line
+ */
+
+ /*
+ * Initialize various variables.
+ * MAKE also gets this name, for compatibility
+ * .MAKEFLAGS gets set to the empty string just in case.
+ * MFLAGS also gets initialized empty, for compatibility.
+ */
+ Parse_Init();
+ Var_Set("MAKE", argv[0], VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ Var_Set(".MAKE", argv[0], VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ Var_Set(MAKEFLAGS, "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ Var_Set(MAKEOVERRIDES, "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ Var_Set("MFLAGS", "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ Var_Set(".ALLTARGETS", "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+
+ /*
+ * Set some other useful macros
+ */
+ {
+ char tmp[64];
+ const char *ep;
+
+ if (!(ep = getenv(MAKE_LEVEL))) {
+ ep = "0";
+ }
+ Var_Set(MAKE_LEVEL, ep, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%u", getpid());
+ Var_Set(".MAKE.PID", tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%u", getppid());
+ Var_Set(".MAKE.PPID", tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ }
+ Job_SetPrefix();
+
+ /*
+ * First snag any flags out of the MAKE environment variable.
+ * (Note this is *not* MAKEFLAGS since /bin/make uses that and it's
+ * in a different format).
+ */
+#ifdef POSIX
+ Main_ParseArgLine(getenv("MAKEFLAGS"));
+#else
+ Main_ParseArgLine(getenv("MAKE"));
+#endif
+
+ MainParseArgs(argc, argv);
+
+ /*
+ * Find where we are (now) and take care of PWD for the automounter...
+ * All this code is so that we know where we are when we start up
+ * on a different machine with pmake.
+ */
+ if (getcwd(curdir, MAXPATHLEN) == NULL) {
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s.\n", progname, strerror(errno));
+ exit(2);
+ }
+
+ if (stat(curdir, &sa) == -1) {
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s: %s.\n",
+ progname, curdir, strerror(errno));
+ exit(2);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Overriding getcwd() with $PWD totally breaks MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
+ * since the value of curdir can vary depending on how we got
+ * here. Ie sitting at a shell prompt (shell that provides $PWD)
+ * or via subdir.mk in which case its likely a shell which does
+ * not provide it.
+ * So, to stop it breaking this case only, we ignore PWD if
+ * MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set or MAKEOBJDIR contains a transform.
+ */
+ if (!ignorePWD &&
+ (pwd = getenv("PWD")) != NULL &&
+ getenv("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX") == NULL) {
+ const char *makeobjdir = getenv("MAKEOBJDIR");
+
+ if (makeobjdir == NULL || !strchr(makeobjdir, '$')) {
+ if (stat(pwd, &sb) == 0 && sa.st_ino == sb.st_ino &&
+ sa.st_dev == sb.st_dev)
+ (void)strncpy(curdir, pwd, MAXPATHLEN);
+ }
+ }
+ Var_Set(".CURDIR", curdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+
+ /*
+ * Find the .OBJDIR. If MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX, or failing that,
+ * MAKEOBJDIR is set in the environment, try only that value
+ * and fall back to .CURDIR if it does not exist.
+ *
+ * Otherwise, try _PATH_OBJDIR.MACHINE, _PATH_OBJDIR, and
+ * finally _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX`pwd`, in that order. If none
+ * of these paths exist, just use .CURDIR.
+ */
+ Dir_Init(curdir);
+ (void)Main_SetObjdir(curdir);
+
+ if ((path = getenv("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX")) != NULL) {
+ (void)snprintf(mdpath, MAXPATHLEN, "%s%s", path, curdir);
+ (void)Main_SetObjdir(mdpath);
+ } else if ((path = getenv("MAKEOBJDIR")) != NULL) {
+ (void)Main_SetObjdir(path);
+ } else {
+ (void)snprintf(mdpath, MAXPATHLEN, "%s.%s", _PATH_OBJDIR, machine);
+ if (!Main_SetObjdir(mdpath) && !Main_SetObjdir(_PATH_OBJDIR)) {
+ (void)snprintf(mdpath, MAXPATHLEN, "%s%s",
+ _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX, curdir);
+ (void)Main_SetObjdir(mdpath);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Be compatible if user did not specify -j and did not explicitly
+ * turned compatibility on
+ */
+ if (!compatMake && !forceJobs) {
+ compatMake = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Initialize archive, target and suffix modules in preparation for
+ * parsing the makefile(s)
+ */
+ Arch_Init();
+ Targ_Init();
+ Suff_Init();
+ Trace_Init(tracefile);
+
+ DEFAULT = NULL;
+ (void)time(&now);
+
+ Trace_Log(MAKESTART, NULL);
+
+ /*
+ * Set up the .TARGETS variable to contain the list of targets to be
+ * created. If none specified, make the variable empty -- the parser
+ * will fill the thing in with the default or .MAIN target.
+ */
+ if (!Lst_IsEmpty(create)) {
+ LstNode ln;
+
+ for (ln = Lst_First(create); ln != NULL;
+ ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) {
+ char *name = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+ Var_Append(".TARGETS", name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ }
+ } else
+ Var_Set(".TARGETS", "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+
+
+ /*
+ * If no user-supplied system path was given (through the -m option)
+ * add the directories from the DEFSYSPATH (more than one may be given
+ * as dir1:...:dirn) to the system include path.
+ */
+ if (syspath == NULL || *syspath == '\0')
+ syspath = defsyspath;
+ else
+ syspath = bmake_strdup(syspath);
+
+ for (start = syspath; *start != '\0'; start = cp) {
+ for (cp = start; *cp != '\0' && *cp != ':'; cp++)
+ continue;
+ if (*cp == ':') {
+ *cp++ = '\0';
+ }
+ /* look for magic parent directory search string */
+ if (strncmp(".../", start, 4) != 0) {
+ (void)Dir_AddDir(defIncPath, start);
+ } else {
+ if (Dir_FindHereOrAbove(curdir, start+4,
+ found_path, sizeof(found_path))) {
+ (void)Dir_AddDir(defIncPath, found_path);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (syspath != defsyspath)
+ free(syspath);
+
+ /*
+ * Read in the built-in rules first, followed by the specified
+ * makefile, if it was (makefile != NULL), or the default
+ * makefile and Makefile, in that order, if it wasn't.
+ */
+ if (!noBuiltins) {
+ LstNode ln;
+
+ sysMkPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ Dir_Expand(_PATH_DEFSYSMK,
+ Lst_IsEmpty(sysIncPath) ? defIncPath : sysIncPath,
+ sysMkPath);
+ if (Lst_IsEmpty(sysMkPath))
+ Fatal("%s: no system rules (%s).", progname,
+ _PATH_DEFSYSMK);
+ ln = Lst_Find(sysMkPath, NULL, ReadMakefile);
+ if (ln == NULL)
+ Fatal("%s: cannot open %s.", progname,
+ (char *)Lst_Datum(ln));
+ }
+
+ if (!Lst_IsEmpty(makefiles)) {
+ LstNode ln;
+
+ ln = Lst_Find(makefiles, NULL, ReadAllMakefiles);
+ if (ln != NULL)
+ Fatal("%s: cannot open %s.", progname,
+ (char *)Lst_Datum(ln));
+ } else if (ReadMakefile("makefile", NULL) != 0)
+ (void)ReadMakefile("Makefile", NULL);
+
+ /* In particular suppress .depend for '-r -V .OBJDIR -f /dev/null' */
+ if (!noBuiltins || !printVars) {
+ doing_depend = TRUE;
+ (void)ReadMakefile(".depend", NULL);
+ doing_depend = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ Var_Append("MFLAGS", Var_Value(MAKEFLAGS, VAR_GLOBAL, &p1), VAR_GLOBAL);
+ if (p1)
+ free(p1);
+
+ if (!compatMake)
+ Job_ServerStart(maxJobTokens, jp_0, jp_1);
+ if (DEBUG(JOB))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "job_pipe %d %d, maxjobs %d, tokens %d, compat %d\n",
+ jp_0, jp_1, maxJobs, maxJobTokens, compatMake);
+
+ Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(TRUE); /* initial export */
+
+ Check_Cwd_av(0, NULL, 0); /* initialize it */
+
+
+ /*
+ * For compatibility, look at the directories in the VPATH variable
+ * and add them to the search path, if the variable is defined. The
+ * variable's value is in the same format as the PATH envariable, i.e.
+ * <directory>:<directory>:<directory>...
+ */
+ if (Var_Exists("VPATH", VAR_CMD)) {
+ char *vpath, savec;
+ /*
+ * GCC stores string constants in read-only memory, but
+ * Var_Subst will want to write this thing, so store it
+ * in an array
+ */
+ static char VPATH[] = "${VPATH}";
+
+ vpath = Var_Subst(NULL, VPATH, VAR_CMD, FALSE);
+ path = vpath;
+ do {
+ /* skip to end of directory */
+ for (cp = path; *cp != ':' && *cp != '\0'; cp++)
+ continue;
+ /* Save terminator character so know when to stop */
+ savec = *cp;
+ *cp = '\0';
+ /* Add directory to search path */
+ (void)Dir_AddDir(dirSearchPath, path);
+ *cp = savec;
+ path = cp + 1;
+ } while (savec == ':');
+ free(vpath);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Now that all search paths have been read for suffixes et al, it's
+ * time to add the default search path to their lists...
+ */
+ Suff_DoPaths();
+
+ /*
+ * Propagate attributes through :: dependency lists.
+ */
+ Targ_Propagate();
+
+ /* print the initial graph, if the user requested it */
+ if (DEBUG(GRAPH1))
+ Targ_PrintGraph(1);
+
+ /* print the values of any variables requested by the user */
+ if (printVars) {
+ LstNode ln;
+
+ for (ln = Lst_First(variables); ln != NULL;
+ ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) {
+ char *var = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ char *value;
+
+ if (strchr(var, '$')) {
+ value = p1 = Var_Subst(NULL, var, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ } else {
+ value = Var_Value(var, VAR_GLOBAL, &p1);
+ }
+ printf("%s\n", value ? value : "");
+ if (p1)
+ free(p1);
+ }
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Have now read the entire graph and need to make a list of
+ * targets to create. If none was given on the command line,
+ * we consult the parsing module to find the main target(s)
+ * to create.
+ */
+ if (Lst_IsEmpty(create))
+ targs = Parse_MainName();
+ else
+ targs = Targ_FindList(create, TARG_CREATE);
+
+ if (!compatMake) {
+ /*
+ * Initialize job module before traversing the graph
+ * now that any .BEGIN and .END targets have been read.
+ * This is done only if the -q flag wasn't given
+ * (to prevent the .BEGIN from being executed should
+ * it exist).
+ */
+ if (!queryFlag) {
+ Job_Init();
+ jobsRunning = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* Traverse the graph, checking on all the targets */
+ outOfDate = Make_Run(targs);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Compat_Init will take care of creating all the
+ * targets as well as initializing the module.
+ */
+ Compat_Run(targs);
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+ Lst_Destroy(targs, NULL);
+ Lst_Destroy(variables, NULL);
+ Lst_Destroy(makefiles, NULL);
+ Lst_Destroy(create, (FreeProc *)free);
+#endif
+
+ /* print the graph now it's been processed if the user requested it */
+ if (DEBUG(GRAPH2))
+ Targ_PrintGraph(2);
+
+ Trace_Log(MAKEEND, 0);
+
+ Suff_End();
+ Targ_End();
+ Arch_End();
+ Var_End();
+ Parse_End();
+ Dir_End();
+ Job_End();
+ Trace_End();
+
+ return outOfDate ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ * ReadMakefile --
+ * Open and parse the given makefile.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 0 if ok. -1 if couldn't open file.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * lots
+ */
+static int
+ReadMakefile(const void *p, const void *q __unused)
+{
+ const char *fname = p; /* makefile to read */
+ int fd;
+ size_t len = MAXPATHLEN;
+ char *name, *path = bmake_malloc(len);
+ int setMAKEFILE;
+
+ if (!strcmp(fname, "-")) {
+ Parse_File("(stdin)", dup(fileno(stdin)));
+ Var_Set("MAKEFILE", "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ } else {
+ setMAKEFILE = strcmp(fname, ".depend");
+
+ /* if we've chdir'd, rebuild the path name */
+ if (strcmp(curdir, objdir) && *fname != '/') {
+ size_t plen = strlen(curdir) + strlen(fname) + 2;
+ if (len < plen)
+ path = bmake_realloc(path, len = 2 * plen);
+
+ (void)snprintf(path, len, "%s/%s", curdir, fname);
+ fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd != -1) {
+ fname = path;
+ goto found;
+ }
+
+ /* If curdir failed, try objdir (ala .depend) */
+ plen = strlen(objdir) + strlen(fname) + 2;
+ if (len < plen)
+ path = bmake_realloc(path, len = 2 * plen);
+ (void)snprintf(path, len, "%s/%s", objdir, fname);
+ fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd != -1) {
+ fname = path;
+ goto found;
+ }
+ } else {
+ fd = open(fname, O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd != -1)
+ goto found;
+ }
+ /* look in -I and system include directories. */
+ name = Dir_FindFile(fname, parseIncPath);
+ if (!name)
+ name = Dir_FindFile(fname,
+ Lst_IsEmpty(sysIncPath) ? defIncPath : sysIncPath);
+ if (!name || (fd = open(name, O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
+ if (name)
+ free(name);
+ free(path);
+ return(-1);
+ }
+ fname = name;
+ /*
+ * set the MAKEFILE variable desired by System V fans -- the
+ * placement of the setting here means it gets set to the last
+ * makefile specified, as it is set by SysV make.
+ */
+found:
+ if (setMAKEFILE)
+ Var_Set("MAKEFILE", fname, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ Parse_File(fname, fd);
+ }
+ free(path);
+ return(0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * If MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is in use, make ends up not in .CURDIR
+ * in situations that would not arrise with ./obj (links or not).
+ * This tends to break things like:
+ *
+ * build:
+ * ${MAKE} includes
+ *
+ * This function spots when ${.MAKE:T} or ${.MAKE} is a command (as
+ * opposed to an argument) in a command line and if so returns
+ * ${.CURDIR} so caller can chdir() so that the assumptions made by
+ * the Makefile hold true.
+ *
+ * If ${.MAKE} does not contain any '/', then ${.MAKE:T} is skipped.
+ *
+ * The chdir() only happens in the child process, and does nothing if
+ * MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX and MAKEOBJDIR are not in the environment so it
+ * should not break anything. Also if NOCHECKMAKECHDIR is set we
+ * do nothing - to ensure historic semantics can be retained.
+ */
+static int Check_Cwd_Off = 0;
+
+static char *
+Check_Cwd_av(int ac, char **av, int copy)
+{
+ static char *make[4];
+ static char *cur_dir = NULL;
+ char **mp;
+ char *cp;
+ int is_cmd, next_cmd;
+ int i;
+ int n;
+
+ if (Check_Cwd_Off) {
+ if (DEBUG(CWD))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "check_cwd: check is off.\n");
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (make[0] == NULL) {
+ if (Var_Exists("NOCHECKMAKECHDIR", VAR_GLOBAL)) {
+ Check_Cwd_Off = 1;
+ if (DEBUG(CWD))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "check_cwd: turning check off.\n");
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ make[1] = Var_Value(".MAKE", VAR_GLOBAL, &cp);
+ if ((make[0] = strrchr(make[1], '/')) == NULL) {
+ make[0] = make[1];
+ make[1] = NULL;
+ } else
+ ++make[0];
+ make[2] = NULL;
+ cur_dir = Var_Value(".CURDIR", VAR_GLOBAL, &cp);
+ }
+ if (ac == 0 || av == NULL) {
+ if (DEBUG(CWD))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "check_cwd: empty command.\n");
+ return NULL; /* initialization only */
+ }
+
+ if (getenv("MAKEOBJDIR") == NULL &&
+ getenv("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX") == NULL) {
+ if (DEBUG(CWD))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "check_cwd: no obj dirs.\n");
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+
+ next_cmd = 1;
+ for (i = 0; i < ac; ++i) {
+ is_cmd = next_cmd;
+
+ n = strlen(av[i]);
+ cp = &(av[i])[n - 1];
+ if (strspn(av[i], "|&;") == (size_t)n) {
+ next_cmd = 1;
+ continue;
+ } else if (*cp == ';' || *cp == '&' || *cp == '|' || *cp == ')') {
+ next_cmd = 1;
+ if (copy) {
+ do {
+ *cp-- = '\0';
+ } while (*cp == ';' || *cp == '&' || *cp == '|' ||
+ *cp == ')' || *cp == '}') ;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * XXX this should not happen.
+ */
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s: WARNING: raw arg ends in shell meta '%s'\n",
+ progname, av[i]);
+ }
+ } else
+ next_cmd = 0;
+
+ cp = av[i];
+ if (*cp == ';' || *cp == '&' || *cp == '|')
+ is_cmd = 1;
+
+ if (DEBUG(CWD))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "av[%d] == %s '%s'",
+ i, (is_cmd) ? "cmd" : "arg", av[i]);
+ if (is_cmd != 0) {
+ if (*cp == '(' || *cp == '{' ||
+ *cp == ';' || *cp == '&' || *cp == '|') {
+ do {
+ ++cp;
+ } while (*cp == '(' || *cp == '{' ||
+ *cp == ';' || *cp == '&' || *cp == '|');
+ if (*cp == '\0') {
+ next_cmd = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ if (strcmp(cp, "cd") == 0 || strcmp(cp, "chdir") == 0) {
+ if (DEBUG(CWD))
+ fprintf(debug_file, " == cd, done.\n");
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ for (mp = make; *mp != NULL; ++mp) {
+ n = strlen(*mp);
+ if (strcmp(cp, *mp) == 0) {
+ if (DEBUG(CWD))
+ fprintf(debug_file, " %s == '%s', chdir(%s)\n",
+ cp, *mp, cur_dir);
+ return cur_dir;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (DEBUG(CWD))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+char *
+Check_Cwd_Cmd(const char *cmd)
+{
+ char *cp, *bp;
+ char **av;
+ int ac;
+
+ if (Check_Cwd_Off)
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (cmd) {
+ av = brk_string(cmd, &ac, TRUE, &bp);
+ if (DEBUG(CWD))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "splitting: '%s' -> %d words\n",
+ cmd, ac);
+ } else {
+ ac = 0;
+ av = NULL;
+ bp = NULL;
+ }
+ cp = Check_Cwd_av(ac, av, 1);
+ if (bp)
+ free(bp);
+ if (av)
+ free(av);
+ return cp;
+}
+
+void
+Check_Cwd(const char **argv)
+{
+ char *cp;
+ int ac;
+
+ if (Check_Cwd_Off)
+ return;
+
+ for (ac = 0; argv[ac] != NULL; ++ac)
+ /* NOTHING */;
+ if (ac == 3 && *argv[1] == '-') {
+ cp = Check_Cwd_Cmd(argv[2]);
+ } else {
+ cp = Check_Cwd_av(ac, UNCONST(argv), 0);
+ }
+ if (cp) {
+ chdir(cp);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Cmd_Exec --
+ * Execute the command in cmd, and return the output of that command
+ * in a string.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * A string containing the output of the command, or the empty string
+ * If errnum is not NULL, it contains the reason for the command failure
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The string must be freed by the caller.
+ */
+char *
+Cmd_Exec(const char *cmd, const char **errnum)
+{
+ const char *args[4]; /* Args for invoking the shell */
+ int fds[2]; /* Pipe streams */
+ int cpid; /* Child PID */
+ int pid; /* PID from wait() */
+ char *res; /* result */
+ int status; /* command exit status */
+ Buffer buf; /* buffer to store the result */
+ char *cp;
+ int cc;
+
+
+ *errnum = NULL;
+
+ if (!shellName)
+ Shell_Init();
+ /*
+ * Set up arguments for shell
+ */
+ args[0] = shellName;
+ args[1] = "-c";
+ args[2] = cmd;
+ args[3] = NULL;
+
+ /*
+ * Open a pipe for fetching its output
+ */
+ if (pipe(fds) == -1) {
+ *errnum = "Couldn't create pipe for \"%s\"";
+ goto bad;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Fork
+ */
+#if defined(__minix)
+ switch (cpid = fork()) {
+#else
+ switch (cpid = vfork()) {
+#endif
+ case 0:
+ /*
+ * Close input side of pipe
+ */
+ (void)close(fds[0]);
+
+ /*
+ * Duplicate the output stream to the shell's output, then
+ * shut the extra thing down. Note we don't fetch the error
+ * stream...why not? Why?
+ */
+ (void)dup2(fds[1], 1);
+ (void)close(fds[1]);
+
+ Var_ExportVars();
+
+ (void)execv(shellPath, UNCONST(args));
+ _exit(1);
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+
+ case -1:
+ *errnum = "Couldn't exec \"%s\"";
+ goto bad;
+
+ default:
+ /*
+ * No need for the writing half
+ */
+ (void)close(fds[1]);
+
+ Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+
+ do {
+ char result[BUFSIZ];
+ cc = read(fds[0], result, sizeof(result));
+ if (cc > 0)
+ Buf_AddBytes(&buf, cc, result);
+ }
+ while (cc > 0 || (cc == -1 && errno == EINTR));
+
+ /*
+ * Close the input side of the pipe.
+ */
+ (void)close(fds[0]);
+
+ /*
+ * Wait for the process to exit.
+ */
+ while(((pid = waitpid(cpid, &status, 0)) != cpid) && (pid >= 0))
+ continue;
+
+ cc = Buf_Size(&buf);
+ res = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+
+ if (cc == 0)
+ *errnum = "Couldn't read shell's output for \"%s\"";
+
+ if (WIFSIGNALED(status))
+ *errnum = "\"%s\" exited on a signal";
+ else if (WEXITSTATUS(status) != 0)
+ *errnum = "\"%s\" returned non-zero status";
+
+ /*
+ * Null-terminate the result, convert newlines to spaces and
+ * install it in the variable.
+ */
+ res[cc] = '\0';
+ cp = &res[cc];
+
+ if (cc > 0 && *--cp == '\n') {
+ /*
+ * A final newline is just stripped
+ */
+ *cp-- = '\0';
+ }
+ while (cp >= res) {
+ if (*cp == '\n') {
+ *cp = ' ';
+ }
+ cp--;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ return res;
+bad:
+ res = bmake_malloc(1);
+ *res = '\0';
+ return res;
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Error --
+ * Print an error message given its format.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The message is printed.
+ */
+/* VARARGS */
+void
+Error(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+ FILE *err_file;
+
+ err_file = debug_file;
+ if (err_file == stdout)
+ err_file = stderr;
+ for (;;) {
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ fprintf(err_file, "%s: ", progname);
+ (void)vfprintf(err_file, fmt, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ (void)fprintf(err_file, "\n");
+ (void)fflush(err_file);
+ if (err_file == stderr)
+ break;
+ err_file = stderr;
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Fatal --
+ * Produce a Fatal error message. If jobs are running, waits for them
+ * to finish.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The program exits
+ */
+/* VARARGS */
+void
+Fatal(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ if (jobsRunning)
+ Job_Wait();
+
+ (void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+ (void)fflush(stderr);
+
+ PrintOnError(NULL);
+
+ if (DEBUG(GRAPH2) || DEBUG(GRAPH3))
+ Targ_PrintGraph(2);
+ Trace_Log(MAKEERROR, 0);
+ exit(2); /* Not 1 so -q can distinguish error */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Punt --
+ * Major exception once jobs are being created. Kills all jobs, prints
+ * a message and exits.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * All children are killed indiscriminately and the program Lib_Exits
+ */
+/* VARARGS */
+void
+Punt(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", progname);
+ (void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+ (void)fflush(stderr);
+
+ PrintOnError(NULL);
+
+ DieHorribly();
+}
+
+/*-
+ * DieHorribly --
+ * Exit without giving a message.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * A big one...
+ */
+void
+DieHorribly(void)
+{
+ if (jobsRunning)
+ Job_AbortAll();
+ if (DEBUG(GRAPH2))
+ Targ_PrintGraph(2);
+ Trace_Log(MAKEERROR, 0);
+ exit(2); /* Not 1, so -q can distinguish error */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Finish --
+ * Called when aborting due to errors in child shell to signal
+ * abnormal exit.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The program exits
+ */
+void
+Finish(int errors)
+ /* number of errors encountered in Make_Make */
+{
+ Fatal("%d error%s", errors, errors == 1 ? "" : "s");
+}
+
+/*
+ * enunlink --
+ * Remove a file carefully, avoiding directories.
+ */
+int
+eunlink(const char *file)
+{
+ struct stat st;
+
+ if (lstat(file, &st) == -1)
+ return -1;
+
+ if (S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
+ errno = EISDIR;
+ return -1;
+ }
+ return unlink(file);
+}
+
+/*
+ * execError --
+ * Print why exec failed, avoiding stdio.
+ */
+void
+execError(const char *af, const char *av)
+{
+#ifdef USE_IOVEC
+ int i = 0;
+ struct iovec iov[8];
+#define IOADD(s) \
+ (void)(iov[i].iov_base = UNCONST(s), \
+ iov[i].iov_len = strlen(iov[i].iov_base), \
+ i++)
+#else
+#define IOADD(void)write(2, s, strlen(s))
+#endif
+
+ IOADD(progname);
+ IOADD(": ");
+ IOADD(af);
+ IOADD("(");
+ IOADD(av);
+ IOADD(") failed (");
+ IOADD(strerror(errno));
+ IOADD(")\n");
+
+#ifdef USE_IOVEC
+ (void)writev(2, iov, 8);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * usage --
+ * exit with usage message
+ */
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+ (void)fprintf(stderr,
+"usage: %s [-BeikNnqrstWX] \n\
+ [-C directory] [-D variable] [-d flags] [-f makefile]\n\
+ [-I directory] [-J private] [-j max_jobs] [-m directory] [-T file]\n\
+ [-V variable] [variable=value] [target ...]\n", progname);
+ exit(2);
+}
+
+
+int
+PrintAddr(void *a, void *b)
+{
+ printf("%lx ", (unsigned long) a);
+ return b ? 0 : 0;
+}
+
+
+
+void
+PrintOnError(const char *s)
+{
+ char tmp[64];
+ char *cp;
+
+ if (s)
+ printf("%s", s);
+
+ printf("\n%s: stopped in %s\n", progname, curdir);
+ strncpy(tmp, "${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'\n@}",
+ sizeof(tmp) - 1);
+ cp = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ if (cp) {
+ if (*cp)
+ printf("%s", cp);
+ free(cp);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(Boolean first)
+{
+ static int once = 1;
+ char tmp[64];
+ char *s;
+
+ if (once != first)
+ return;
+ once = 0;
+
+ strncpy(tmp, "${.MAKEFLAGS} ${.MAKEOVERRIDES:O:u:@v@$v=${$v:Q}@}",
+ sizeof(tmp));
+ s = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_CMD, 0);
+ if (s && *s) {
+#ifdef POSIX
+ setenv("MAKEFLAGS", s, 1);
+#else
+ setenv("MAKE", s, 1);
+#endif
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+.\" $NetBSD: make.1,v 1.166 2009/11/19 06:48:37 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\" without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" from: @(#)make.1 8.4 (Berkeley) 3/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd November 15, 2009
+.Dt MAKE 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm make
+.Nd maintain program dependencies
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl BeikNnqrstWX
+.Bk -words
+.Op Fl C Ar directory
+.Ek
+.Bk -words
+.Op Fl D Ar variable
+.Ek
+.Bk -words
+.Op Fl d Ar flags
+.Ek
+.Bk -words
+.Op Fl f Ar makefile
+.Ek
+.Bk -words
+.Op Fl I Ar directory
+.Ek
+.Bk -words
+.Op Fl J Ar private
+.Ek
+.Bk -words
+.Op Fl j Ar max_jobs
+.Ek
+.Bk -words
+.Op Fl m Ar directory
+.Ek
+.Bk -words
+.Op Fl T Ar file
+.Ek
+.Bk -words
+.Op Fl V Ar variable
+.Ek
+.Op Ar variable=value
+.Bk -words
+.Op Ar target ...
+.Ek
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+is a program designed to simplify the maintenance of other programs.
+Its input is a list of specifications as to the files upon which programs
+and other files depend.
+If no
+.Fl f Ar makefile
+makefile option is given,
+.Nm
+will try to open
+.Ql Pa makefile
+then
+.Ql Pa Makefile
+in order to find the specifications.
+If the file
+.Ql Pa .depend
+exists, it is read (see
+.Xr mkdep 1 ) .
+.Pp
+This manual page is intended as a reference document only.
+For a more thorough description of
+.Nm
+and makefiles, please refer to
+.%T "Make \- A Tutorial" .
+.Pp
+.Nm
+will prepend the contents of the
+.Va MAKEFLAGS
+environment variable to the command line arguments before parsing them.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl B
+Try to be backwards compatible by executing a single shell per command and
+by executing the commands to make the sources of a dependency line in sequence.
+.It Fl C Ar directory
+Change to
+.Ar directory
+before reading the makefiles or doing anything else.
+If multiple
+.Fl C
+options are specified, each is interpreted relative to the previous one:
+.Fl C Pa / Fl C Pa etc
+is equivalent to
+.Fl C Pa /etc .
+.It Fl D Ar variable
+Define
+.Ar variable
+to be 1, in the global context.
+.It Fl d Ar [-]flags
+Turn on debugging, and specify which portions of
+.Nm
+are to print debugging information.
+Unless the flags are preceded by
+.Ql -
+they are added to the
+.Va MAKEFLAGS
+environment variable and will be processed by any child make processes.
+By default, debugging information is printed to standard error,
+but this can be changed using the
+.Ar F
+debugging flag.
+The debugging output is always unbuffered; in addition, if debugging
+is enabled but debugging output is not directed to standard output,
+then the standard output is line buffered.
+.Ar Flags
+is one or more of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ar A
+Print all possible debugging information;
+equivalent to specifying all of the debugging flags.
+.It Ar a
+Print debugging information about archive searching and caching.
+.It Ar C
+Print debugging information about current working directory.
+.It Ar c
+Print debugging information about conditional evaluation.
+.It Ar d
+Print debugging information about directory searching and caching.
+.It Ar e
+Print debugging information about failed commands and targets.
+.It Ar F Ns Oo Sy \&+ Oc Ns Ar filename
+Specify where debugging output is written.
+This must be the last flag, because it consumes the remainder of
+the argument.
+If the character immediately after the
+.Ql F
+flag is
+.Ql \&+ ,
+then the file will be opened in append mode;
+otherwise the file will be overwritten.
+If the file name is
+.Ql stdout
+or
+.Ql stderr
+then debugging output will be written to the
+standard output or standard error output file descriptors respectively
+(and the
+.Ql \&+
+option has no effect).
+Otherwise, the output will be written to the named file.
+If the file name ends
+.Ql .%d
+then the
+.Ql %d
+is replaced by the pid.
+.It Ar f
+Print debugging information about loop evaluation.
+.It Ar "g1"
+Print the input graph before making anything.
+.It Ar "g2"
+Print the input graph after making everything, or before exiting
+on error.
+.It Ar "g3"
+Print the input graph before exiting on error.
+.It Ar j
+Print debugging information about running multiple shells.
+.It Ar l
+Print commands in Makefiles regardless of whether or not they are prefixed by
+.Ql @
+or other "quiet" flags.
+Also known as "loud" behavior.
+.It Ar m
+Print debugging information about making targets, including modification
+dates.
+.It Ar n
+Don't delete the temporary command scripts created when running commands.
+These temporary scripts are created in the directory
+referred to by the
+.Ev TMPDIR
+environment variable, or in
+.Pa /tmp
+if
+.Ev TMPDIR
+is unset or set to the empty string.
+The temporary scripts are created by
+.Xr mkstemp 3 ,
+and have names of the form
+.Pa makeXXXXXX .
+.Em NOTE :
+This can create many files in
+.Ev TMPDIR
+or
+.Pa /tmp ,
+so use with care.
+.It Ar p
+Print debugging information about makefile parsing.
+.It Ar s
+Print debugging information about suffix-transformation rules.
+.It Ar t
+Print debugging information about target list maintenance.
+.It Ar v
+Print debugging information about variable assignment.
+.It Ar x
+Run shell commands with
+.Fl x
+so the actual commands are printed as they are executed.
+.El
+.It Fl e
+Specify that environment variables override macro assignments within
+makefiles.
+.It Fl f Ar makefile
+Specify a makefile to read instead of the default
+.Ql Pa makefile .
+If
+.Ar makefile
+is
+.Ql Fl ,
+standard input is read.
+Multiple makefiles may be specified, and are read in the order specified.
+.It Fl I Ar directory
+Specify a directory in which to search for makefiles and included makefiles.
+The system makefile directory (or directories, see the
+.Fl m
+option) is automatically included as part of this list.
+.It Fl i
+Ignore non-zero exit of shell commands in the makefile.
+Equivalent to specifying
+.Ql Fl
+before each command line in the makefile.
+.It Fl J Ar private
+This option should
+.Em not
+be specified by the user.
+.Pp
+When the
+.Ar j
+option is in use in a recursive build, this option is passed by a make
+to child makes to allow all the make processes in the build to
+cooperate to avoid overloading the system.
+.It Fl j Ar max_jobs
+Specify the maximum number of jobs that
+.Nm
+may have running at any one time.
+Turns compatibility mode off, unless the
+.Ar B
+flag is also specified.
+When compatibility mode is off, all commands associated with a
+target are executed in a single shell invocation as opposed to the
+traditional one shell invocation per line.
+This can break traditional scripts which change directories on each
+command invocation and then expect to start with a fresh environment
+on the next line.
+It is more efficient to correct the scripts rather than turn backwards
+compatibility on.
+.It Fl k
+Continue processing after errors are encountered, but only on those targets
+that do not depend on the target whose creation caused the error.
+.It Fl m Ar directory
+Specify a directory in which to search for sys.mk and makefiles included
+via the
+.Ao Ar file Ac Ns -style
+include statement.
+The
+.Fl m
+option can be used multiple times to form a search path.
+This path will override the default system include path: /etc/mk.
+Furthermore the system include path will be appended to the search path used
+for
+.Qo Ar file Qc Ns -style
+include statements (see the
+.Fl I
+option).
+.Pp
+If a file or directory name in the
+.Fl m
+argument (or the
+.Ev MAKESYSPATH
+environment variable) starts with the string
+.Qq \&.../
+then
+.Nm
+will search for the specified file or directory named in the remaining part
+of the argument string.
+The search starts with the current directory of
+the Makefile and then works upward towards the root of the filesystem.
+If the search is successful, then the resulting directory replaces the
+.Qq \&.../
+specification in the
+.Fl m
+argument.
+If used, this feature allows
+.Nm
+to easily search in the current source tree for customized sys.mk files
+(e.g., by using
+.Qq \&.../mk/sys.mk
+as an argument).
+.It Fl n
+Display the commands that would have been executed, but do not
+actually execute them unless the target depends on the .MAKE special
+source (see below).
+.It Fl N
+Display the commands which would have been executed, but do not
+actually execute any of them; useful for debugging top-level makefiles
+without descending into subdirectories.
+.It Fl q
+Do not execute any commands, but exit 0 if the specified targets are
+up-to-date and 1, otherwise.
+.It Fl r
+Do not use the built-in rules specified in the system makefile.
+.It Fl s
+Do not echo any commands as they are executed.
+Equivalent to specifying
+.Ql Ic @
+before each command line in the makefile.
+.It Fl T Ar tracefile
+When used with the
+.Fl j
+flag,
+append a trace record to
+.Ar tracefile
+for each job started and completed.
+.It Fl t
+Rather than re-building a target as specified in the makefile, create it
+or update its modification time to make it appear up-to-date.
+.It Fl V Ar variable
+Print
+.Nm Ns 's
+idea of the value of
+.Ar variable ,
+in the global context.
+Do not build any targets.
+Multiple instances of this option may be specified;
+the variables will be printed one per line,
+with a blank line for each null or undefined variable.
+If
+.Ar variable
+contains a
+.Ql \&$
+then the value will be expanded before printing.
+.It Fl W
+Treat any warnings during makefile parsing as errors.
+.It Fl X
+Don't export variables passed on the command line to the environment
+individually.
+Variables passed on the command line are still exported
+via the
+.Va MAKEFLAGS
+environment variable.
+This option may be useful on systems which have a small limit on the
+size of command arguments.
+.It Ar variable=value
+Set the value of the variable
+.Ar variable
+to
+.Ar value .
+Normally, all values passed on the command line are also exported to
+sub-makes in the environment.
+The
+.Fl X
+flag disables this behavior.
+Variable assignments should follow options for POSIX compatibility
+but no ordering is enforced.
+.El
+.Pp
+There are seven different types of lines in a makefile: file dependency
+specifications, shell commands, variable assignments, include statements,
+conditional directives, for loops, and comments.
+.Pp
+In general, lines may be continued from one line to the next by ending
+them with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+The trailing newline character and initial whitespace on the following
+line are compressed into a single space.
+.Sh FILE DEPENDENCY SPECIFICATIONS
+Dependency lines consist of one or more targets, an operator, and zero
+or more sources.
+This creates a relationship where the targets
+.Dq depend
+on the sources
+and are usually created from them.
+The exact relationship between the target and the source is determined
+by the operator that separates them.
+The three operators are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width flag
+.It Ic \&:
+A target is considered out-of-date if its modification time is less than
+those of any of its sources.
+Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator
+is used.
+The target is removed if
+.Nm
+is interrupted.
+.It Ic \&!
+Targets are always re-created, but not until all sources have been
+examined and re-created as necessary.
+Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator
+is used.
+The target is removed if
+.Nm
+is interrupted.
+.It Ic \&::
+If no sources are specified, the target is always re-created.
+Otherwise, a target is considered out-of-date if any of its sources has
+been modified more recently than the target.
+Sources for a target do not accumulate over dependency lines when this
+operator is used.
+The target will not be removed if
+.Nm
+is interrupted.
+.El
+.Pp
+Targets and sources may contain the shell wildcard values
+.Ql \&? ,
+.Ql * ,
+.Ql [] ,
+and
+.Ql {} .
+The values
+.Ql \&? ,
+.Ql * ,
+and
+.Ql []
+may only be used as part of the final
+component of the target or source, and must be used to describe existing
+files.
+The value
+.Ql {}
+need not necessarily be used to describe existing files.
+Expansion is in directory order, not alphabetically as done in the shell.
+.Sh SHELL COMMANDS
+Each target may have associated with it a series of shell commands, normally
+used to create the target.
+Each of the commands in this script
+.Em must
+be preceded by a tab.
+While any target may appear on a dependency line, only one of these
+dependencies may be followed by a creation script, unless the
+.Ql Ic \&::
+operator is used.
+.Pp
+If the first characters of the command line are any combination of
+.Ql Ic @ ,
+.Ql Ic + ,
+or
+.Ql Ic \- ,
+the command is treated specially.
+A
+.Ql Ic @
+causes the command not to be echoed before it is executed.
+A
+.Ql Ic +
+causes the command to be executed even when
+.Fl n
+is given.
+This is similar to the effect of the .MAKE special source,
+except that the effect can be limited to a single line of a script.
+A
+.Ql Ic \-
+causes any non-zero exit status of the command line to be ignored.
+.Sh VARIABLE ASSIGNMENTS
+Variables in make are much like variables in the shell, and, by tradition,
+consist of all upper-case letters.
+.Ss Variable assignment modifiers
+The five operators that can be used to assign values to variables are as
+follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ic \&=
+Assign the value to the variable.
+Any previous value is overridden.
+.It Ic \&+=
+Append the value to the current value of the variable.
+.It Ic \&?=
+Assign the value to the variable if it is not already defined.
+.It Ic \&:=
+Assign with expansion, i.e. expand the value before assigning it
+to the variable.
+Normally, expansion is not done until the variable is referenced.
+.Em NOTE :
+References to undefined variables are
+.Em not
+expanded.
+This can cause problems when variable modifiers are used.
+.It Ic \&!=
+Expand the value and pass it to the shell for execution and assign
+the result to the variable.
+Any newlines in the result are replaced with spaces.
+.El
+.Pp
+Any white-space before the assigned
+.Ar value
+is removed; if the value is being appended, a single space is inserted
+between the previous contents of the variable and the appended value.
+.Pp
+Variables are expanded by surrounding the variable name with either
+curly braces
+.Pq Ql {}
+or parentheses
+.Pq Ql ()
+and preceding it with
+a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$ .
+If the variable name contains only a single letter, the surrounding
+braces or parentheses are not required.
+This shorter form is not recommended.
+.Pp
+If the variable name contains a dollar, then the name itself is expanded first.
+This allows almost arbitrary variable names, however names containing dollar,
+braces, parenthesis, or whitespace are really best avoided!
+.Pp
+If the result of expanding a variable contains a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$
+the string is expanded again.
+.Pp
+Variable substitution occurs at two distinct times, depending on where
+the variable is being used.
+Variables in dependency lines are expanded as the line is read.
+Variables in shell commands are expanded when the shell command is
+executed.
+.Ss Variable classes
+The four different classes of variables (in order of increasing precedence)
+are:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Environment variables
+Variables defined as part of
+.Nm Ns 's
+environment.
+.It Global variables
+Variables defined in the makefile or in included makefiles.
+.It Command line variables
+Variables defined as part of the command line.
+.It Local variables
+Variables that are defined specific to a certain target.
+The seven local variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width ".ARCHIVE"
+.It Va .ALLSRC
+The list of all sources for this target; also known as
+.Ql Va \&\*[Gt] .
+.It Va .ARCHIVE
+The name of the archive file.
+.It Va .IMPSRC
+In suffix-transformation rules, the name/path of the source from which the
+target is to be transformed (the
+.Dq implied
+source); also known as
+.Ql Va \&\*[Lt] .
+It is not defined in explicit rules.
+.It Va .MEMBER
+The name of the archive member.
+.It Va .OODATE
+The list of sources for this target that were deemed out-of-date; also
+known as
+.Ql Va \&? .
+.It Va .PREFIX
+The file prefix of the file, containing only the file portion, no suffix
+or preceding directory components; also known as
+.Ql Va * .
+.It Va .TARGET
+The name of the target; also known as
+.Ql Va @ .
+.El
+.Pp
+The shorter forms
+.Ql Va @ ,
+.Ql Va \&? ,
+.Ql Va \&\*[Lt] ,
+.Ql Va \&\*[Gt] ,
+and
+.Ql Va *
+are permitted for backward
+compatibility with historical makefiles and are not recommended.
+The six variables
+.Ql Va "@F" ,
+.Ql Va "@D" ,
+.Ql Va "\*[Lt]F" ,
+.Ql Va "\*[Lt]D" ,
+.Ql Va "*F" ,
+and
+.Ql Va "*D"
+are permitted for compatibility with
+.At V
+makefiles and are not recommended.
+.Pp
+Four of the local variables may be used in sources on dependency lines
+because they expand to the proper value for each target on the line.
+These variables are
+.Ql Va .TARGET ,
+.Ql Va .PREFIX ,
+.Ql Va .ARCHIVE ,
+and
+.Ql Va .MEMBER .
+.El
+.Ss Additional built-in variables
+In addition,
+.Nm
+sets or knows about the following variables:
+.Bl -tag -width .MAKEOVERRIDES
+.It Va \&$
+A single dollar sign
+.Ql \&$ ,
+i.e.
+.Ql \&$$
+expands to a single dollar
+sign.
+.It Va .ALLTARGETS
+The list of all targets encountered in the Makefile.
+If evaluated during
+Makefile parsing, lists only those targets encountered thus far.
+.It Va .CURDIR
+A path to the directory where
+.Nm
+was executed.
+Refer to the description of
+.Ql Ev PWD
+for more details.
+.It Ev MAKE
+The name that
+.Nm
+was executed with
+.Pq Va argv[0] .
+For compatibility
+.Nm
+also sets
+.Va .MAKE
+with the same value.
+The preferred variable to use is the environment variable
+.Ev MAKE
+because it is more compatible with other versions of
+.Nm
+and cannot be confused with the special target with the same name.
+.It Va .MAKE.EXPORTED
+The list of variables exported by
+.Nm .
+.It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILES
+The list of makefiles read by
+.Nm ,
+which is useful for tracking dependencies.
+Each makefile is recorded only once, regardless of the number of times read.
+.It Va .MAKE.LEVEL
+The recursion depth of
+.Nm .
+The initial instance of
+.Nm
+will be 0, and an incremented value is put into the environment
+to be seen by the next generation.
+This allows tests like:
+.Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0
+to protect things which should only be evaluated in the initial instance of
+.Nm .
+.It Va .MAKE.PID
+The process-id of
+.Nm .
+.It Va .MAKE.PPID
+The parent process-id of
+.Nm .
+.It Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX
+If
+.Nm
+is run with
+.Ar j
+then output for each target is prefixed with a token
+.Ql --- target ---
+the first part of which can be controlled via
+.Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX .
+.br
+For example:
+.Li .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX=${.newline}---${.MAKE:T}[${.MAKE.PID}]
+would produce tokens like
+.Ql ---make[1234] target ---
+making it easier to track the degree of parallelism being achieved.
+.It Ev MAKEFLAGS
+The environment variable
+.Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS
+may contain anything that
+may be specified on
+.Nm Ns 's
+command line.
+Anything specified on
+.Nm Ns 's
+command line is appended to the
+.Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS
+variable which is then
+entered into the environment for all programs which
+.Nm
+executes.
+.It Va .MAKEOVERRIDES
+This variable is used to record the names of variables assigned to
+on the command line, so that they may be exported as part of
+.Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS .
+This behaviour can be disabled by assigning an empty value to
+.Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES
+within a makefile.
+Extra variables can be exported from a makefile
+by appending their names to
+.Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES .
+.Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS
+is re-exported whenever
+.Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES
+is modified.
+.It Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR
+When
+.Nm
+stops due to an error, it prints its name and the value of
+.Ql Va .CURDIR
+as well as the value of any variables named in
+.Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR .
+.It Va .newline
+This variable is simply assigned a newline character as its value.
+This allows expansions using the
+.Cm \&:@
+modifier to put a newline between
+iterations of the loop rather than a space.
+For example, the printing of
+.Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR
+could be done as ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}.
+.It Va .OBJDIR
+A path to the directory where the targets are built.
+Its value is determined by trying to
+.Xr chdir 2
+to the following directories in order and using the first match:
+.Bl -enum
+.It
+.Ev ${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${.CURDIR}
+.Pp
+(Only if
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
+is set in the environment or on the command line.)
+.It
+.Ev ${MAKEOBJDIR}
+.Pp
+(Only if
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR
+is set in the environment or on the command line.)
+.It
+.Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj. Ns Ev ${MACHINE}
+.It
+.Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj
+.It
+.Pa /usr/obj/ Ns Ev ${.CURDIR}
+.It
+.Ev ${.CURDIR}
+.El
+.Pp
+Variable expansion is performed on the value before it's used,
+so expressions such as
+.Dl ${.CURDIR:C,^/usr/src,/var/obj,}
+may be used.
+.Pp
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+may be modified in the makefile as a global variable.
+In all cases,
+.Nm
+will
+.Xr chdir 2
+to
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+and set
+.Ql Ev PWD
+to that directory before executing any targets.
+.
+.It Va .PARSEDIR
+A path to the directory of the current
+.Ql Pa Makefile
+being parsed.
+.It Va .PARSEFILE
+The basename of the current
+.Ql Pa Makefile
+being parsed.
+This variable and
+.Ql Va .PARSEDIR
+are both set only while the
+.Ql Pa Makefiles
+are being parsed.
+.It Va .PATH
+A variable that represents the list of directories that
+.Nm
+will search for files.
+The search list should be updated using the target
+.Ql Va .PATH
+rather than the variable.
+.It Ev PWD
+Alternate path to the current directory.
+.Nm
+normally sets
+.Ql Va .CURDIR
+to the canonical path given by
+.Xr getcwd 3 .
+However, if the environment variable
+.Ql Ev PWD
+is set and gives a path to the current directory, then
+.Nm
+sets
+.Ql Va .CURDIR
+to the value of
+.Ql Ev PWD
+instead.
+This behaviour is disabled if
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
+is set or
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR
+contains a variable transform.
+.Ql Ev PWD
+is set to the value of
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+for all programs which
+.Nm
+executes.
+.It Ev VPATH
+Colon-separated
+.Pq Dq \&:
+lists of directories that
+.Nm
+will search for files.
+The variable is supported for compatibility with old make programs only,
+use
+.Ql Va .PATH
+instead.
+.El
+.Ss Variable modifiers
+Variable expansion may be modified to select or modify each word of the
+variable (where a
+.Dq word
+is white-space delimited sequence of characters).
+The general format of a variable expansion is as follows:
+.Pp
+.Dl ${variable[:modifier[:...]]}
+.Pp
+Each modifier begins with a colon,
+which may be escaped with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+.Pp
+A set of modifiers can be specified via a variable, as follows:
+.Pp
+.Dl modifier_variable=modifier[:...]
+.Dl ${variable:${modifier_variable}[:...]}
+.Pp
+In this case the first modifier in the modifier_variable does not
+start with a colon, since that must appear in the referencing
+variable.
+If any of the modifiers in the modifier_variable contain a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql $ ,
+these must be doubled to avoid early expansion.
+.Pp
+The supported modifiers are:
+.Bl -tag -width EEE
+.It Cm \&:E
+Replaces each word in the variable with its suffix.
+.It Cm \&:H
+Replaces each word in the variable with everything but the last component.
+.It Cm \&:M Ns Ar pattern
+Select only those words that match
+.Ar pattern .
+The standard shell wildcard characters
+.Pf ( Ql * ,
+.Ql \&? ,
+and
+.Ql Op )
+may
+be used.
+The wildcard characters may be escaped with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+.It Cm \&:N Ns Ar pattern
+This is identical to
+.Ql Cm \&:M ,
+but selects all words which do not match
+.Ar pattern .
+.It Cm \&:O
+Order every word in variable alphabetically.
+To sort words in
+reverse order use the
+.Ql Cm \&:O:[-1..1]
+combination of modifiers.
+.It Cm \&:Ox
+Randomize words in variable.
+The results will be different each time you are referring to the
+modified variable; use the assignment with expansion
+.Pq Ql Cm \&:=
+to prevent such behaviour.
+For example,
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+LIST= uno due tre quattro
+RANDOM_LIST= ${LIST:Ox}
+STATIC_RANDOM_LIST:= ${LIST:Ox}
+
+all:
+ @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}"
+ @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}"
+ @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}"
+ @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}"
+.Ed
+may produce output similar to:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+quattro due tre uno
+tre due quattro uno
+due uno quattro tre
+due uno quattro tre
+.Ed
+.It Cm \&:Q
+Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, so that it can be passed
+safely through recursive invocations of
+.Nm .
+.It Cm \&:R
+Replaces each word in the variable with everything but its suffix.
+.It Cm \&:tl
+Converts variable to lower-case letters.
+.It Cm \&:ts Ns Ar c
+Words in the variable are normally separated by a space on expansion.
+This modifier sets the separator to the character
+.Ar c .
+If
+.Ar c
+is omitted, then no separator is used.
+.It Cm \&:tu
+Converts variable to upper-case letters.
+.It Cm \&:tW
+Causes the value to be treated as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+See also
+.Ql Cm \&:[*] .
+.It Cm \&:tw
+Causes the value to be treated as a sequence of
+words delimited by white space.
+See also
+.Ql Cm \&:[@] .
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:S No \&/ Ar old_string No \&/ Ar new_string No \&/ Op Cm 1gW
+.Sm on
+Modify the first occurrence of
+.Ar old_string
+in the variable's value, replacing it with
+.Ar new_string .
+If a
+.Ql g
+is appended to the last slash of the pattern, all occurrences
+in each word are replaced.
+If a
+.Ql 1
+is appended to the last slash of the pattern, only the first word
+is affected.
+If a
+.Ql W
+is appended to the last slash of the pattern,
+then the value is treated as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+If
+.Ar old_string
+begins with a caret
+.Pq Ql ^ ,
+.Ar old_string
+is anchored at the beginning of each word.
+If
+.Ar old_string
+ends with a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$ ,
+it is anchored at the end of each word.
+Inside
+.Ar new_string ,
+an ampersand
+.Pq Ql \*[Am]
+is replaced by
+.Ar old_string
+(without any
+.Ql ^
+or
+.Ql \&$ ) .
+Any character may be used as a delimiter for the parts of the modifier
+string.
+The anchoring, ampersand and delimiter characters may be escaped with a
+backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+.Pp
+Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both
+.Ar old_string
+and
+.Ar new_string
+with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion
+of a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$ ,
+not a preceding dollar sign as is usual.
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:C No \&/ Ar pattern No \&/ Ar replacement No \&/ Op Cm 1gW
+.Sm on
+The
+.Cm \&:C
+modifier is just like the
+.Cm \&:S
+modifier except that the old and new strings, instead of being
+simple strings, are a regular expression (see
+.Xr regex 3 )
+string
+.Ar pattern
+and an
+.Xr ed 1 Ns \-style
+string
+.Ar replacement .
+Normally, the first occurrence of the pattern
+.Ar pattern
+in each word of the value is substituted with
+.Ar replacement .
+The
+.Ql 1
+modifier causes the substitution to apply to at most one word; the
+.Ql g
+modifier causes the substitution to apply to as many instances of the
+search pattern
+.Ar pattern
+as occur in the word or words it is found in; the
+.Ql W
+modifier causes the value to be treated as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+Note that
+.Ql 1
+and
+.Ql g
+are orthogonal; the former specifies whether multiple words are
+potentially affected, the latter whether multiple substitutions can
+potentially occur within each affected word.
+.It Cm \&:T
+Replaces each word in the variable with its last component.
+.It Cm \&:u
+Remove adjacent duplicate words (like
+.Xr uniq 1 ) .
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:\&? Ar true_string Cm \&: Ar false_string
+.Sm on
+If the variable name (not its value), when parsed as a .if conditional
+expression, evaluates to true, return as its value the
+.Ar true_string ,
+otherwise return the
+.Ar false_string .
+Since the variable name is used as the expression, \&:\&? must be the
+first modifier after the variable name itself - which will, of course,
+usually contain variable expansions.
+A common error is trying to use expressions like
+.Dl ${NUMBERS:M42:?match:no}
+which actually tests defined(NUMBERS),
+to determine is any words match "42" you need to use something like:
+.Dl ${${NUMBERS:M42} != "":?match:no} .
+.It Ar :old_string=new_string
+This is the
+.At V
+style variable substitution.
+It must be the last modifier specified.
+If
+.Ar old_string
+or
+.Ar new_string
+do not contain the pattern matching character
+.Ar %
+then it is assumed that they are
+anchored at the end of each word, so only suffixes or entire
+words may be replaced.
+Otherwise
+.Ar %
+is the substring of
+.Ar old_string
+to be replaced in
+.Ar new_string .
+.Pp
+Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both
+.Ar old_string
+and
+.Ar new_string
+with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the
+expansion of a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$ ,
+not a preceding dollar sign as is usual.
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:@ Ar temp Cm @ Ar string Cm @
+.Sm on
+This is the loop expansion mechanism from the OSF Development
+Environment (ODE) make.
+Unlike
+.Cm \&.for
+loops expansion occurs at the time of
+reference.
+Assign
+.Ar temp
+to each word in the variable and evaluate
+.Ar string .
+The ODE convention is that
+.Ar temp
+should start and end with a period.
+For example.
+.Dl ${LINKS:@.LINK.@${LN} ${TARGET} ${.LINK.}@}
+.It Cm \&:U Ns Ar newval
+If the variable is undefined
+.Ar newval
+is the value.
+If the variable is defined, the existing value is returned.
+This is another ODE make feature.
+It is handy for setting per-target CFLAGS for instance:
+.Dl ${_${.TARGET:T}_CFLAGS:U${DEF_CFLAGS}}
+If a value is only required if the variable is undefined, use:
+.Dl ${VAR:D:Unewval}
+.It Cm \&:D Ns Ar newval
+If the variable is defined
+.Ar newval
+is the value.
+.It Cm \&:L
+The name of the variable is the value.
+.It Cm \&:P
+The path of the node which has the same name as the variable
+is the value.
+If no such node exists or its path is null, then the
+name of the variable is used.
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:\&! Ar cmd Cm \&!
+.Sm on
+The output of running
+.Ar cmd
+is the value.
+.It Cm \&:sh
+If the variable is non-empty it is run as a command and the output
+becomes the new value.
+.It Cm \&::= Ns Ar str
+The variable is assigned the value
+.Ar str
+after substitution.
+This modifier and its variations are useful in
+obscure situations such as wanting to set a variable when shell commands
+are being parsed.
+These assignment modifiers always expand to
+nothing, so if appearing in a rule line by themselves should be
+preceded with something to keep
+.Nm
+happy.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql Cm \&::
+helps avoid false matches with the
+.At V
+style
+.Cm \&:=
+modifier and since substitution always occurs the
+.Cm \&::=
+form is vaguely appropriate.
+.It Cm \&::?= Ns Ar str
+As for
+.Cm \&::=
+but only if the variable does not already have a value.
+.It Cm \&::+= Ns Ar str
+Append
+.Ar str
+to the variable.
+.It Cm \&::!= Ns Ar cmd
+Assign the output of
+.Ar cmd
+to the variable.
+.It Cm \&:\&[ Ns Ar range Ns Cm \&]
+Selects one or more words from the value,
+or performs other operations related to the way in which the
+value is divided into words.
+.Pp
+Ordinarily, a value is treated as a sequence of words
+delimited by white space.
+Some modifiers suppress this behaviour,
+causing a value to be treated as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+An empty value, or a value that consists entirely of white-space,
+is treated as a single word.
+For the purposes of the
+.Ql Cm \&:[]
+modifier, the words are indexed both forwards using positive integers
+(where index 1 represents the first word),
+and backwards using negative integers
+(where index -1 represents the last word).
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar range
+is subjected to variable expansion, and the expanded result is
+then interpreted as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width index
+.\" :[n]
+.It Ar index
+Selects a single word from the value.
+.\" :[start..end]
+.It Ar start Ns Cm \&.. Ns Ar end
+Selects all words from
+.Ar start
+to
+.Ar end ,
+inclusive.
+For example,
+.Ql Cm \&:[2..-1]
+selects all words from the second word to the last word.
+If
+.Ar start
+is greater than
+.Ar end ,
+then the words are output in reverse order.
+For example,
+.Ql Cm \&:[-1..1]
+selects all the words from last to first.
+.\" :[*]
+.It Cm \&*
+Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+Analogous to the effect of
+\&"$*\&"
+in Bourne shell.
+.\" :[0]
+.It 0
+Means the same as
+.Ql Cm \&:[*] .
+.\" :[*]
+.It Cm \&@
+Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a sequence of words
+delimited by white space.
+Analogous to the effect of
+\&"$@\&"
+in Bourne shell.
+.\" :[#]
+.It Cm \&#
+Returns the number of words in the value.
+.El \" :[range]
+.El
+.Sh INCLUDE STATEMENTS, CONDITIONALS AND FOR LOOPS
+Makefile inclusion, conditional structures and for loops reminiscent
+of the C programming language are provided in
+.Nm .
+All such structures are identified by a line beginning with a single
+dot
+.Pq Ql \&.
+character.
+Files are included with either
+.Cm \&.include Aq Ar file
+or
+.Cm \&.include Pf \*q Ar file Ns \*q .
+Variables between the angle brackets or double quotes are expanded
+to form the file name.
+If angle brackets are used, the included makefile is expected to be in
+the system makefile directory.
+If double quotes are used, the including makefile's directory and any
+directories specified using the
+.Fl I
+option are searched before the system
+makefile directory.
+For compatibility with other versions of
+.Nm
+.Ql include file ...
+is also accepted.
+If the include statement is written as
+.Cm .-include
+or as
+.Cm .sinclude
+then errors locating and/or opening include files are ignored.
+.Pp
+Conditional expressions are also preceded by a single dot as the first
+character of a line.
+The possible conditionals are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ic .export Ar variable ...
+Export the specified global variable.
+If no variable list is provided, all globals are exported
+except for internal variables (those that start with
+.Ql \&. ) .
+This is not affected by the
+.Fl X
+flag, so should be used with caution.
+.Pp
+Appending a variable name to
+.Va .MAKE.EXPORTED
+is equivalent to exporting a variable.
+.It Ic .unexport Ar variable ...
+The opposite of
+.Ql .export .
+The specified global
+.Va variable
+will be removed from
+.Va .MAKE.EXPORTED .
+If no variable list is provided, all globals are unexported,
+and
+.Va .MAKE.EXPORTED
+deleted.
+.It Ic .unexport-env
+Unexport all globals previously exported and
+clear the environment inherited from the parent.
+This operation will cause a memory leak of the original environment,
+so should be used sparingly.
+Testing for
+.Va .MAKE.LEVEL
+being 0, would make sense.
+Also note that any variables which originated in the parent environment
+should be explicitly preserved if desired.
+For example:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0
+PATH := ${PATH}
+.Li .unexport-env
+.Li .export PATH
+.Li .endif
+.Pp
+.Ed
+Would result in an environment containing only
+.Ql Ev PATH ,
+which is the minimal useful environment.
+Actually
+.Ql Ev .MAKE.LEVEL
+will also be pushed into the new environment.
+.It Ic .undef Ar variable
+Un-define the specified global variable.
+Only global variables may be un-defined.
+.It Ic \&.if Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ...
+Test the value of an expression.
+.It Ic .ifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ...
+Test the value of a variable.
+.It Ic .ifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ...
+Test the value of a variable.
+.It Ic .ifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ...
+Test the target being built.
+.It Ic .ifnmake Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar target Op Ar operator target ...
+Test the target being built.
+.It Ic .else
+Reverse the sense of the last conditional.
+.It Ic .elif Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .if .
+.It Ic .elifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .ifdef .
+.It Ic .elifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .ifndef .
+.It Ic .elifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .ifmake .
+.It Ic .elifnmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .ifnmake .
+.It Ic .endif
+End the body of the conditional.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar operator
+may be any one of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width "Cm XX"
+.It Cm \&|\&|
+Logical OR.
+.It Cm \&\*[Am]\*[Am]
+Logical
+.Tn AND ;
+of higher precedence than
+.Dq \&|\&| .
+.El
+.Pp
+As in C,
+.Nm
+will only evaluate a conditional as far as is necessary to determine
+its value.
+Parentheses may be used to change the order of evaluation.
+The boolean operator
+.Ql Ic \&!
+may be used to logically negate an entire
+conditional.
+It is of higher precedence than
+.Ql Ic \&\*[Am]\*[Am] .
+.Pp
+The value of
+.Ar expression
+may be any of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width defined
+.It Ic defined
+Takes a variable name as an argument and evaluates to true if the variable
+has been defined.
+.It Ic make
+Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target
+was specified as part of
+.Nm Ns 's
+command line or was declared the default target (either implicitly or
+explicitly, see
+.Va .MAIN )
+before the line containing the conditional.
+.It Ic empty
+Takes a variable, with possible modifiers, and evaluates to true if
+the expansion of the variable would result in an empty string.
+.It Ic exists
+Takes a file name as an argument and evaluates to true if the file exists.
+The file is searched for on the system search path (see
+.Va .PATH ) .
+.It Ic target
+Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target
+has been defined.
+.It Ic commands
+Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target
+has been defined and has commands associated with it.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Ar Expression
+may also be an arithmetic or string comparison.
+Variable expansion is
+performed on both sides of the comparison, after which the integral
+values are compared.
+A value is interpreted as hexadecimal if it is
+preceded by 0x, otherwise it is decimal; octal numbers are not supported.
+The standard C relational operators are all supported.
+If after
+variable expansion, either the left or right hand side of a
+.Ql Ic ==
+or
+.Ql Ic "!="
+operator is not an integral value, then
+string comparison is performed between the expanded
+variables.
+If no relational operator is given, it is assumed that the expanded
+variable is being compared against 0 or an empty string in the case
+of a string comparison.
+.Pp
+When
+.Nm
+is evaluating one of these conditional expressions, and it encounters
+a (white-space separated) word it doesn't recognize, either the
+.Dq make
+or
+.Dq defined
+expression is applied to it, depending on the form of the conditional.
+If the form is
+.Ql Ic .ifdef ,
+.Ql Ic .ifndef ,
+or
+.Ql Ic .if
+the
+.Dq defined
+expression is applied.
+Similarly, if the form is
+.Ql Ic .ifmake
+or
+.Ql Ic .ifnmake , the
+.Dq make
+expression is applied.
+.Pp
+If the conditional evaluates to true the parsing of the makefile continues
+as before.
+If it evaluates to false, the following lines are skipped.
+In both cases this continues until a
+.Ql Ic .else
+or
+.Ql Ic .endif
+is found.
+.Pp
+For loops are typically used to apply a set of rules to a list of files.
+The syntax of a for loop is:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -compact -width Ds
+.It Ic \&.for Ar variable Oo Ar variable ... Oc Ic in Ar expression
+.It Aq make-rules
+.It Ic \&.endfor
+.El
+.Pp
+After the for
+.Ic expression
+is evaluated, it is split into words.
+On each iteration of the loop, one word is taken and assigned to each
+.Ic variable ,
+in order, and these
+.Ic variables
+are substituted into the
+.Ic make-rules
+inside the body of the for loop.
+The number of words must come out even; that is, if there are three
+iteration variables, the number of words provided must be a multiple
+of three.
+.Sh COMMENTS
+Comments begin with a hash
+.Pq Ql \&#
+character, anywhere but in a shell
+command line, and continue to the end of an unescaped new line.
+.Sh SPECIAL SOURCES (ATTRIBUTES)
+.Bl -tag -width .IGNOREx
+.It Ic .EXEC
+Target is never out of date, but always execute commands anyway.
+.It Ic .IGNORE
+Ignore any errors from the commands associated with this target, exactly
+as if they all were preceded by a dash
+.Pq Ql \- .
+.\" .It Ic .INVISIBLE
+.\" XXX
+.\" .It Ic .JOIN
+.\" XXX
+.It Ic .MADE
+Mark all sources of this target as being up-to-date.
+.It Ic .MAKE
+Execute the commands associated with this target even if the
+.Fl n
+or
+.Fl t
+options were specified.
+Normally used to mark recursive
+.Nm Ns 's .
+.It Ic .NOPATH
+Do not search for the target in the directories specified by
+.Ic .PATH .
+.It Ic .NOTMAIN
+Normally
+.Nm
+selects the first target it encounters as the default target to be built
+if no target was specified.
+This source prevents this target from being selected.
+.It Ic .OPTIONAL
+If a target is marked with this attribute and
+.Nm
+can't figure out how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume
+the file isn't needed or already exists.
+.It Ic .PHONY
+The target does not
+correspond to an actual file; it is always considered to be out of date,
+and will not be created with the
+.Fl t
+option.
+.It Ic .PRECIOUS
+When
+.Nm
+is interrupted, it normally removes any partially made targets.
+This source prevents the target from being removed.
+.It Ic .RECURSIVE
+Synonym for
+.Ic .MAKE .
+.It Ic .SILENT
+Do not echo any of the commands associated with this target, exactly
+as if they all were preceded by an at sign
+.Pq Ql @ .
+.It Ic .USE
+Turn the target into
+.Nm Ns 's
+version of a macro.
+When the target is used as a source for another target, the other target
+acquires the commands, sources, and attributes (except for
+.Ic .USE )
+of the
+source.
+If the target already has commands, the
+.Ic .USE
+target's commands are appended
+to them.
+.It Ic .USEBEFORE
+Exactly like
+.Ic .USE ,
+but prepend the
+.Ic .USEBEFORE
+target commands to the target.
+.It Ic .WAIT
+If
+.Ic .WAIT
+appears in a dependency line, the sources that precede it are
+made before the sources that succeed it in the line.
+Since the dependents of files are not made until the file itself
+could be made, this also stops the dependents being built unless they
+are needed for another branch of the dependency tree.
+So given:
+.Bd -literal
+x: a .WAIT b
+ echo x
+a:
+ echo a
+b: b1
+ echo b
+b1:
+ echo b1
+
+.Ed
+the output is always
+.Ql a ,
+.Ql b1 ,
+.Ql b ,
+.Ql x .
+.br
+The ordering imposed by
+.Ic .WAIT
+is only relevant for parallel makes.
+.El
+.Sh SPECIAL TARGETS
+Special targets may not be included with other targets, i.e. they must be
+the only target specified.
+.Bl -tag -width .BEGINx
+.It Ic .BEGIN
+Any command lines attached to this target are executed before anything
+else is done.
+.It Ic .DEFAULT
+This is sort of a
+.Ic .USE
+rule for any target (that was used only as a
+source) that
+.Nm
+can't figure out any other way to create.
+Only the shell script is used.
+The
+.Ic .IMPSRC
+variable of a target that inherits
+.Ic .DEFAULT Ns 's
+commands is set
+to the target's own name.
+.It Ic .END
+Any command lines attached to this target are executed after everything
+else is done.
+.It Ic .IGNORE
+Mark each of the sources with the
+.Ic .IGNORE
+attribute.
+If no sources are specified, this is the equivalent of specifying the
+.Fl i
+option.
+.It Ic .INTERRUPT
+If
+.Nm
+is interrupted, the commands for this target will be executed.
+.It Ic .MAIN
+If no target is specified when
+.Nm
+is invoked, this target will be built.
+.It Ic .MAKEFLAGS
+This target provides a way to specify flags for
+.Nm
+when the makefile is used.
+The flags are as if typed to the shell, though the
+.Fl f
+option will have
+no effect.
+.\" XXX: NOT YET!!!!
+.\" .It Ic .NOTPARALLEL
+.\" The named targets are executed in non parallel mode.
+.\" If no targets are
+.\" specified, then all targets are executed in non parallel mode.
+.It Ic .NOPATH
+Apply the
+.Ic .NOPATH
+attribute to any specified sources.
+.It Ic .NOTPARALLEL
+Disable parallel mode.
+.It Ic .NO_PARALLEL
+Synonym for
+.Ic .NOTPARALLEL ,
+for compatibility with other pmake variants.
+.It Ic .ORDER
+The named targets are made in sequence.
+This ordering does not add targets to the list of targets to be made.
+Since the dependents of a target do not get built until the target itself
+could be built, unless
+.Ql a
+is built by another part of the dependency graph,
+the following is a dependency loop:
+.Bd -literal
+\&.ORDER: a b
+b: a
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The ordering imposed by
+.Ic .ORDER
+is only relevant for parallel makes.
+.\" XXX: NOT YET!!!!
+.\" .It Ic .PARALLEL
+.\" The named targets are executed in parallel mode.
+.\" If no targets are
+.\" specified, then all targets are executed in parallel mode.
+.It Ic .PATH
+The sources are directories which are to be searched for files not
+found in the current directory.
+If no sources are specified, any previously specified directories are
+deleted.
+If the source is the special
+.Ic .DOTLAST
+target, then the current working
+directory is searched last.
+.It Ic .PHONY
+Apply the
+.Ic .PHONY
+attribute to any specified sources.
+.It Ic .PRECIOUS
+Apply the
+.Ic .PRECIOUS
+attribute to any specified sources.
+If no sources are specified, the
+.Ic .PRECIOUS
+attribute is applied to every
+target in the file.
+.It Ic .SHELL
+Sets the shell that
+.Nm
+will use to execute commands.
+The sources are a set of
+.Ar field=value
+pairs.
+.Bl -tag -width hasErrCtls
+.It Ar name
+This is the minimal specification, used to select one of the builtin
+shell specs;
+.Ar sh ,
+.Ar ksh ,
+and
+.Ar csh .
+.It Ar path
+Specifies the path to the shell.
+.It Ar hasErrCtl
+Indicates whether the shell supports exit on error.
+.It Ar check
+The command to turn on error checking.
+.It Ar ignore
+The command to disable error checking.
+.It Ar echo
+The command to turn on echoing of commands executed.
+.It Ar quiet
+The command to turn off echoing of commands executed.
+.It Ar filter
+The output to filter after issuing the
+.Ar quiet
+command.
+It is typically identical to
+.Ar quiet .
+.It Ar errFlag
+The flag to pass the shell to enable error checking.
+.It Ar echoFlag
+The flag to pass the shell to enable command echoing.
+.It Ar newline
+The string literal to pass the shell that results in a single newline
+character when used outside of any quoting characters.
+.El
+Example:
+.Bd -literal
+\&.SHELL: name=ksh path=/bin/ksh hasErrCtl=true \\
+ check="set -e" ignore="set +e" \\
+ echo="set -v" quiet="set +v" filter="set +v" \\
+ echoFlag=v errFlag=e newline="'\\n'"
+.Ed
+.It Ic .SILENT
+Apply the
+.Ic .SILENT
+attribute to any specified sources.
+If no sources are specified, the
+.Ic .SILENT
+attribute is applied to every
+command in the file.
+.It Ic .SUFFIXES
+Each source specifies a suffix to
+.Nm .
+If no sources are specified, any previously specified suffixes are deleted.
+It allows the creation of suffix-transformation rules.
+.Pp
+Example:
+.Bd -literal
+\&.SUFFIXES: .o
+\&.c.o:
+ cc -o ${.TARGET} -c ${.IMPSRC}
+.Ed
+.El
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.Nm
+uses the following environment variables, if they exist:
+.Ev MACHINE ,
+.Ev MACHINE_ARCH ,
+.Ev MAKE ,
+.Ev MAKEFLAGS ,
+.Ev MAKEOBJDIR ,
+.Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX ,
+.Ev MAKESYSPATH ,
+.Ev PWD ,
+and
+.Ev TMPDIR .
+.Pp
+.Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
+and
+.Ev MAKEOBJDIR
+may only be set in the environment or on the command line to
+.Nm
+and not as makefile variables;
+see the description of
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+for more details.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/mk -compact
+.It .depend
+list of dependencies
+.It Makefile
+list of dependencies
+.It makefile
+list of dependencies
+.It sys.mk
+system makefile
+.It /etc/mk
+system makefile directory
+.El
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The basic make syntax is compatible between different versions of make,
+however the special variables, variable modifiers and conditionals are not.
+.Pp
+The way that parallel makes are scheduled changed in
+.Nx 4.0
+so that .ORDER and .WAIT apply recursively to the dependant nodes.
+The algorithms used may change again in the future.
+.Pp
+The way that .for loop variables are substituted changed after
+.Nx 5.0
+so that they still appear to be variable expansions.
+In particular this stops them being treated as syntax, and removes some
+obscure problems using them in .if statements.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mkdep 1
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.At v7 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Nm
+syntax is difficult to parse without actually acting of the data.
+For instance finding the end of a variable use should involve scanning each
+the modifiers using the correct terminator for each field.
+In many places
+.Nm
+just counts {} and () in order to find the end of a variable expansion.
+.Pp
+There is no way of escaping a space character in a filename.
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: make.c,v 1.78 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: make.c,v 1.78 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)make.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: make.c,v 1.78 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * make.c --
+ * The functions which perform the examination of targets and
+ * their suitability for creation
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ * Make_Run Initialize things for the module and recreate
+ * whatever needs recreating. Returns TRUE if
+ * work was (or would have been) done and FALSE
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ * Make_Update Update all parents of a given child. Performs
+ * various bookkeeping chores like the updating
+ * of the cmtime field of the parent, filling
+ * of the IMPSRC context variable, etc. It will
+ * place the parent on the toBeMade queue if it
+ * should be.
+ *
+ * Make_TimeStamp Function to set the parent's cmtime field
+ * based on a child's modification time.
+ *
+ * Make_DoAllVar Set up the various local variables for a
+ * target, including the .ALLSRC variable, making
+ * sure that any variable that needs to exist
+ * at the very least has the empty value.
+ *
+ * Make_OODate Determine if a target is out-of-date.
+ *
+ * Make_HandleUse See if a child is a .USE node for a parent
+ * and perform the .USE actions if so.
+ *
+ * Make_ExpandUse Expand .USE nodes
+ */
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+#include "job.h"
+
+static unsigned int checked = 1;/* Sequence # to detect recursion */
+static Lst toBeMade; /* The current fringe of the graph. These
+ * are nodes which await examination by
+ * MakeOODate. It is added to by
+ * Make_Update and subtracted from by
+ * MakeStartJobs */
+
+static int MakeAddChild(void *, void *);
+static int MakeFindChild(void *, void *);
+static int MakeUnmark(void *, void *);
+static int MakeAddAllSrc(void *, void *);
+static int MakeTimeStamp(void *, void *);
+static int MakeHandleUse(void *, void *);
+static Boolean MakeStartJobs(void);
+static int MakePrintStatus(void *, void *);
+static int MakeCheckOrder(void *, void *);
+static int MakeBuildChild(void *, void *);
+static int MakeBuildParent(void *, void *);
+
+static void
+make_abort(GNode *gn, int line)
+{
+ static int two = 2;
+
+ fprintf(debug_file, "make_abort from line %d\n", line);
+ Targ_PrintNode(gn, &two);
+ Lst_ForEach(toBeMade, Targ_PrintNode, &two);
+ Targ_PrintGraph(3);
+ abort();
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_TimeStamp --
+ * Set the cmtime field of a parent node based on the mtime stamp in its
+ * child. Called from MakeOODate via Lst_ForEach.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * pgn the current parent
+ * cgn the child we've just examined
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Always returns 0.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The cmtime of the parent node will be changed if the mtime
+ * field of the child is greater than it.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Make_TimeStamp(GNode *pgn, GNode *cgn)
+{
+ if (cgn->mtime > pgn->cmtime) {
+ pgn->cmtime = cgn->mtime;
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Input:
+ * pgn the current parent
+ * cgn the child we've just examined
+ *
+ */
+static int
+MakeTimeStamp(void *pgn, void *cgn)
+{
+ return Make_TimeStamp((GNode *)pgn, (GNode *)cgn);
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_OODate --
+ * See if a given node is out of date with respect to its sources.
+ * Used by Make_Run when deciding which nodes to place on the
+ * toBeMade queue initially and by Make_Update to screen out USE and
+ * EXEC nodes. In the latter case, however, any other sort of node
+ * must be considered out-of-date since at least one of its children
+ * will have been recreated.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gn the node to check
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if the node is out of date. FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The mtime field of the node and the cmtime field of its parents
+ * will/may be changed.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Make_OODate(GNode *gn)
+{
+ Boolean oodate;
+
+ /*
+ * Certain types of targets needn't even be sought as their datedness
+ * doesn't depend on their modification time...
+ */
+ if ((gn->type & (OP_JOIN|OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE|OP_EXEC)) == 0) {
+ (void)Dir_MTime(gn);
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ if (gn->mtime != 0) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "modified %s...", Targ_FmtTime(gn->mtime));
+ } else {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "non-existent...");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * A target is remade in one of the following circumstances:
+ * its modification time is smaller than that of its youngest child
+ * and it would actually be run (has commands or type OP_NOP)
+ * it's the object of a force operator
+ * it has no children, was on the lhs of an operator and doesn't exist
+ * already.
+ *
+ * Libraries are only considered out-of-date if the archive module says
+ * they are.
+ *
+ * These weird rules are brought to you by Backward-Compatibility and
+ * the strange people who wrote 'Make'.
+ */
+ if (gn->type & (OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE)) {
+ /*
+ * If the node is a USE node it is *never* out of date
+ * no matter *what*.
+ */
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, ".USE node...");
+ }
+ oodate = FALSE;
+ } else if ((gn->type & OP_LIB) &&
+ ((gn->mtime==0) || Arch_IsLib(gn))) {
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "library...");
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * always out of date if no children and :: target
+ * or non-existent.
+ */
+ oodate = (gn->mtime == 0 || Arch_LibOODate(gn) ||
+ (gn->cmtime == 0 && (gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP)));
+ } else if (gn->type & OP_JOIN) {
+ /*
+ * A target with the .JOIN attribute is only considered
+ * out-of-date if any of its children was out-of-date.
+ */
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, ".JOIN node...");
+ }
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "source %smade...", gn->flags & CHILDMADE ? "" : "not ");
+ }
+ oodate = (gn->flags & CHILDMADE) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+ } else if (gn->type & (OP_FORCE|OP_EXEC|OP_PHONY)) {
+ /*
+ * A node which is the object of the force (!) operator or which has
+ * the .EXEC attribute is always considered out-of-date.
+ */
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ if (gn->type & OP_FORCE) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "! operator...");
+ } else if (gn->type & OP_PHONY) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, ".PHONY node...");
+ } else {
+ fprintf(debug_file, ".EXEC node...");
+ }
+ }
+ oodate = TRUE;
+ } else if (gn->mtime < gn->cmtime ||
+ (gn->cmtime == 0 &&
+ ((gn->mtime == 0 && !(gn->type & OP_OPTIONAL))
+ || gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP)))
+ {
+ /*
+ * A node whose modification time is less than that of its
+ * youngest child or that has no children (cmtime == 0) and
+ * either doesn't exist (mtime == 0) and it isn't optional
+ * or was the object of a * :: operator is out-of-date.
+ * Why? Because that's the way Make does it.
+ */
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ if (gn->mtime < gn->cmtime) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "modified before source...");
+ } else if (gn->mtime == 0) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "non-existent and no sources...");
+ } else {
+ fprintf(debug_file, ":: operator and no sources...");
+ }
+ }
+ oodate = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * When a non-existing child with no sources
+ * (such as a typically used FORCE source) has been made and
+ * the target of the child (usually a directory) has the same
+ * timestamp as the timestamp just given to the non-existing child
+ * after it was considered made.
+ */
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ if (gn->flags & FORCE)
+ fprintf(debug_file, "non existing child...");
+ }
+ oodate = (gn->flags & FORCE) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If the target isn't out-of-date, the parents need to know its
+ * modification time. Note that targets that appear to be out-of-date
+ * but aren't, because they have no commands and aren't of type OP_NOP,
+ * have their mtime stay below their children's mtime to keep parents from
+ * thinking they're out-of-date.
+ */
+ if (!oodate) {
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->parents, MakeTimeStamp, gn);
+ }
+
+ return (oodate);
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MakeAddChild --
+ * Function used by Make_Run to add a child to the list l.
+ * It will only add the child if its make field is FALSE.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gnp the node to add
+ * lp the list to which to add it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The given list is extended
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+MakeAddChild(void *gnp, void *lp)
+{
+ GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+ Lst l = (Lst) lp;
+
+ if ((gn->flags & REMAKE) == 0 && !(gn->type & (OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE))) {
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "MakeAddChild: need to examine %s%s\n",
+ gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+ (void)Lst_EnQueue(l, gn);
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MakeFindChild --
+ * Function used by Make_Run to find the pathname of a child
+ * that was already made.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gnp the node to find
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The path and mtime of the node and the cmtime of the parent are
+ * updated; the unmade children count of the parent is decremented.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+MakeFindChild(void *gnp, void *pgnp)
+{
+ GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+ GNode *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
+
+ (void)Dir_MTime(gn);
+ Make_TimeStamp(pgn, gn);
+ pgn->unmade--;
+
+ return (0);
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_HandleUse --
+ * Function called by Make_Run and SuffApplyTransform on the downward
+ * pass to handle .USE and transformation nodes. It implements the
+ * .USE and transformation functionality by copying the node's commands,
+ * type flags and children to the parent node.
+ *
+ * A .USE node is much like an explicit transformation rule, except
+ * its commands are always added to the target node, even if the
+ * target already has commands.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * cgn The .USE node
+ * pgn The target of the .USE node
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Children and commands may be added to the parent and the parent's
+ * type may be changed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Make_HandleUse(GNode *cgn, GNode *pgn)
+{
+ LstNode ln; /* An element in the children list */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+ if ((cgn->type & (OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE|OP_TRANSFORM)) == 0) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Make_HandleUse: called for plain node %s\n", cgn->name);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if ((cgn->type & (OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE)) || Lst_IsEmpty(pgn->commands)) {
+ if (cgn->type & OP_USEBEFORE) {
+ /*
+ * .USEBEFORE --
+ * prepend the child's commands to the parent.
+ */
+ Lst cmds = pgn->commands;
+ pgn->commands = Lst_Duplicate(cgn->commands, NULL);
+ (void)Lst_Concat(pgn->commands, cmds, LST_CONCNEW);
+ Lst_Destroy(cmds, NULL);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * .USE or target has no commands --
+ * append the child's commands to the parent.
+ */
+ (void)Lst_Concat(pgn->commands, cgn->commands, LST_CONCNEW);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Lst_Open(cgn->children) == SUCCESS) {
+ while ((ln = Lst_Next(cgn->children)) != NULL) {
+ GNode *tgn, *gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+ /*
+ * Expand variables in the .USE node's name
+ * and save the unexpanded form.
+ * We don't need to do this for commands.
+ * They get expanded properly when we execute.
+ */
+ if (gn->uname == NULL) {
+ gn->uname = gn->name;
+ } else {
+ if (gn->name)
+ free(gn->name);
+ }
+ gn->name = Var_Subst(NULL, gn->uname, pgn, FALSE);
+ if (gn->name && gn->uname && strcmp(gn->name, gn->uname) != 0) {
+ /* See if we have a target for this node. */
+ tgn = Targ_FindNode(gn->name, TARG_NOCREATE);
+ if (tgn != NULL)
+ gn = tgn;
+ }
+
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(pgn->children, gn);
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->parents, pgn);
+ pgn->unmade += 1;
+ }
+ Lst_Close(cgn->children);
+ }
+
+ pgn->type |= cgn->type & ~(OP_OPMASK|OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE|OP_TRANSFORM);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MakeHandleUse --
+ * Callback function for Lst_ForEach, used by Make_Run on the downward
+ * pass to handle .USE nodes. Should be called before the children
+ * are enqueued to be looked at by MakeAddChild.
+ * This function calls Make_HandleUse to copy the .USE node's commands,
+ * type flags and children to the parent node.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * cgnp the child we've just examined
+ * pgnp the current parent
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * returns 0.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * After expansion, .USE child nodes are removed from the parent
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+MakeHandleUse(void *cgnp, void *pgnp)
+{
+ GNode *cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
+ GNode *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
+ LstNode ln; /* An element in the children list */
+ int unmarked;
+
+ unmarked = ((cgn->type & OP_MARK) == 0);
+ cgn->type |= OP_MARK;
+
+ if ((cgn->type & (OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE)) == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ if (unmarked)
+ Make_HandleUse(cgn, pgn);
+
+ /*
+ * This child node is now "made", so we decrement the count of
+ * unmade children in the parent... We also remove the child
+ * from the parent's list to accurately reflect the number of decent
+ * children the parent has. This is used by Make_Run to decide
+ * whether to queue the parent or examine its children...
+ */
+ if ((ln = Lst_Member(pgn->children, cgn)) != NULL) {
+ Lst_Remove(pgn->children, ln);
+ pgn->unmade--;
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_Recheck --
+ * Check the modification time of a gnode, and update it as described
+ * in the comments below.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * returns 0 if the gnode does not exist, or it's filesystem
+ * time if it does.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * the gnode's modification time and path name are affected.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+time_t
+Make_Recheck(GNode *gn)
+{
+ time_t mtime = Dir_MTime(gn);
+
+#ifndef RECHECK
+ /*
+ * We can't re-stat the thing, but we can at least take care of rules
+ * where a target depends on a source that actually creates the
+ * target, but only if it has changed, e.g.
+ *
+ * parse.h : parse.o
+ *
+ * parse.o : parse.y
+ * yacc -d parse.y
+ * cc -c y.tab.c
+ * mv y.tab.o parse.o
+ * cmp -s y.tab.h parse.h || mv y.tab.h parse.h
+ *
+ * In this case, if the definitions produced by yacc haven't changed
+ * from before, parse.h won't have been updated and gn->mtime will
+ * reflect the current modification time for parse.h. This is
+ * something of a kludge, I admit, but it's a useful one..
+ * XXX: People like to use a rule like
+ *
+ * FRC:
+ *
+ * To force things that depend on FRC to be made, so we have to
+ * check for gn->children being empty as well...
+ */
+ if (!Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands) || Lst_IsEmpty(gn->children)) {
+ gn->mtime = now;
+ }
+#else
+ /*
+ * This is what Make does and it's actually a good thing, as it
+ * allows rules like
+ *
+ * cmp -s y.tab.h parse.h || cp y.tab.h parse.h
+ *
+ * to function as intended. Unfortunately, thanks to the stateless
+ * nature of NFS (by which I mean the loose coupling of two clients
+ * using the same file from a common server), there are times
+ * when the modification time of a file created on a remote
+ * machine will not be modified before the local stat() implied by
+ * the Dir_MTime occurs, thus leading us to believe that the file
+ * is unchanged, wreaking havoc with files that depend on this one.
+ *
+ * I have decided it is better to make too much than to make too
+ * little, so this stuff is commented out unless you're sure it's ok.
+ * -- ardeb 1/12/88
+ */
+ /*
+ * Christos, 4/9/92: If we are saving commands pretend that
+ * the target is made now. Otherwise archives with ... rules
+ * don't work!
+ */
+ if (NoExecute(gn) || (gn->type & OP_SAVE_CMDS) ||
+ (mtime == 0 && !(gn->type & OP_WAIT))) {
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " recheck(%s): update time from %s to now\n",
+ gn->name, Targ_FmtTime(gn->mtime));
+ }
+ gn->mtime = now;
+ }
+ else {
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, " recheck(%s): current update time: %s\n",
+ gn->name, Targ_FmtTime(gn->mtime));
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ return mtime;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_Update --
+ * Perform update on the parents of a node. Used by JobFinish once
+ * a node has been dealt with and by MakeStartJobs if it finds an
+ * up-to-date node.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * cgn the child node
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The unmade field of pgn is decremented and pgn may be placed on
+ * the toBeMade queue if this field becomes 0.
+ *
+ * If the child was made, the parent's flag CHILDMADE field will be
+ * set true and its cmtime set to now.
+ *
+ * If the child is not up-to-date and still does not exist,
+ * set the FORCE flag on the parents.
+ *
+ * If the child wasn't made, the cmtime field of the parent will be
+ * altered if the child's mtime is big enough.
+ *
+ * Finally, if the child is the implied source for the parent, the
+ * parent's IMPSRC variable is set appropriately.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Make_Update(GNode *cgn)
+{
+ GNode *pgn; /* the parent node */
+ char *cname; /* the child's name */
+ LstNode ln; /* Element in parents and iParents lists */
+ time_t mtime = -1;
+ char *p1;
+ Lst parents;
+ GNode *centurion;
+
+ /* It is save to re-examine any nodes again */
+ checked++;
+
+ cname = Var_Value(TARGET, cgn, &p1);
+ if (p1)
+ free(p1);
+
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Make_Update: %s%s\n", cgn->name, cgn->cohort_num);
+
+ /*
+ * If the child was actually made, see what its modification time is
+ * now -- some rules won't actually update the file. If the file still
+ * doesn't exist, make its mtime now.
+ */
+ if (cgn->made != UPTODATE) {
+ mtime = Make_Recheck(cgn);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If this is a `::' node, we must consult its first instance
+ * which is where all parents are linked.
+ */
+ if ((centurion = cgn->centurion) != NULL) {
+ if (!Lst_IsEmpty(cgn->parents))
+ Punt("%s%s: cohort has parents", cgn->name, cgn->cohort_num);
+ centurion->unmade_cohorts -= 1;
+ if (centurion->unmade_cohorts < 0)
+ Error("Graph cycles through centurion %s", centurion->name);
+ } else {
+ centurion = cgn;
+ }
+ parents = centurion->parents;
+
+ /* If this was a .ORDER node, schedule the RHS */
+ Lst_ForEach(centurion->order_succ, MakeBuildParent, Lst_First(toBeMade));
+
+ /* Now mark all the parents as having one less unmade child */
+ if (Lst_Open(parents) == SUCCESS) {
+ while ((ln = Lst_Next(parents)) != NULL) {
+ pgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "inspect parent %s%s: flags %x, "
+ "type %x, made %d, unmade %d ",
+ pgn->name, pgn->cohort_num, pgn->flags,
+ pgn->type, pgn->made, pgn->unmade-1);
+
+ if (!(pgn->flags & REMAKE)) {
+ /* This parent isn't needed */
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "- not needed\n");
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (mtime == 0 && !(cgn->type & OP_WAIT))
+ pgn->flags |= FORCE;
+
+ /*
+ * If the parent has the .MADE attribute, its timestamp got
+ * updated to that of its newest child, and its unmake
+ * child count got set to zero in Make_ExpandUse().
+ * However other things might cause us to build one of its
+ * children - and so we mustn't do any processing here when
+ * the child build finishes.
+ */
+ if (pgn->type & OP_MADE) {
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "- .MADE\n");
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if ( ! (cgn->type & (OP_EXEC|OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE))) {
+ if (cgn->made == MADE)
+ pgn->flags |= CHILDMADE;
+ (void)Make_TimeStamp(pgn, cgn);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * A parent must wait for the completion of all instances
+ * of a `::' dependency.
+ */
+ if (centurion->unmade_cohorts != 0 || centurion->made < MADE) {
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file,
+ "- centurion made %d, %d unmade cohorts\n",
+ centurion->made, centurion->unmade_cohorts);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* One more child of this parent is now made */
+ pgn->unmade -= 1;
+ if (pgn->unmade < 0) {
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Graph cycles through %s%s\n",
+ pgn->name, pgn->cohort_num);
+ Targ_PrintGraph(2);
+ }
+ Error("Graph cycles through %s%s", pgn->name, pgn->cohort_num);
+ }
+
+ /* We must always rescan the parents of .WAIT and .ORDER nodes. */
+ if (pgn->unmade != 0 && !(centurion->type & OP_WAIT)
+ && !(centurion->flags & DONE_ORDER)) {
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "- unmade children\n");
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (pgn->made != DEFERRED) {
+ /*
+ * Either this parent is on a different branch of the tree,
+ * or it on the RHS of a .WAIT directive
+ * or it is already on the toBeMade list.
+ */
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "- not deferred\n");
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (pgn->order_pred
+ && Lst_ForEach(pgn->order_pred, MakeCheckOrder, 0)) {
+ /* A .ORDER rule stops us building this */
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ static int two = 2;
+ fprintf(debug_file, "- %s%s made, schedule %s%s (made %d)\n",
+ cgn->name, cgn->cohort_num,
+ pgn->name, pgn->cohort_num, pgn->made);
+ Targ_PrintNode(pgn, &two);
+ }
+ /* Ok, we can schedule the parent again */
+ pgn->made = REQUESTED;
+ (void)Lst_EnQueue(toBeMade, pgn);
+ }
+ Lst_Close(parents);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Set the .PREFIX and .IMPSRC variables for all the implied parents
+ * of this node.
+ */
+ if (Lst_Open(cgn->iParents) == SUCCESS) {
+ char *cpref = Var_Value(PREFIX, cgn, &p1);
+
+ while ((ln = Lst_Next(cgn->iParents)) != NULL) {
+ pgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ if (pgn->flags & REMAKE) {
+ Var_Set(IMPSRC, cname, pgn, 0);
+ if (cpref != NULL)
+ Var_Set(PREFIX, cpref, pgn, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ if (p1)
+ free(p1);
+ Lst_Close(cgn->iParents);
+ }
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MakeAddAllSrc --
+ * Add a child's name to the ALLSRC and OODATE variables of the given
+ * node. Called from Make_DoAllVar via Lst_ForEach. A child is added only
+ * if it has not been given the .EXEC, .USE or .INVISIBLE attributes.
+ * .EXEC and .USE children are very rarely going to be files, so...
+ * If the child is a .JOIN node, its ALLSRC is propagated to the parent.
+ *
+ * A child is added to the OODATE variable if its modification time is
+ * later than that of its parent, as defined by Make, except if the
+ * parent is a .JOIN node. In that case, it is only added to the OODATE
+ * variable if it was actually made (since .JOIN nodes don't have
+ * modification times, the comparison is rather unfair...)..
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The ALLSRC variable for the given node is extended.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+MakeUnmark(void *cgnp, void *pgnp __unused)
+{
+ GNode *cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
+
+ cgn->type &= ~OP_MARK;
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Input:
+ * cgnp The child to add
+ * pgnp The parent to whose ALLSRC variable it should
+ * be added
+ *
+ */
+static int
+MakeAddAllSrc(void *cgnp, void *pgnp)
+{
+ GNode *cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
+ GNode *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
+
+ if (cgn->type & OP_MARK)
+ return (0);
+ cgn->type |= OP_MARK;
+
+ if ((cgn->type & (OP_EXEC|OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE|OP_INVISIBLE)) == 0) {
+ char *child, *allsrc;
+ char *p1 = NULL, *p2 = NULL;
+
+ if (cgn->type & OP_ARCHV)
+ child = Var_Value(MEMBER, cgn, &p1);
+ else
+ child = cgn->path ? cgn->path : cgn->name;
+ if (cgn->type & OP_JOIN) {
+ allsrc = Var_Value(ALLSRC, cgn, &p2);
+ } else {
+ allsrc = child;
+ }
+ if (allsrc != NULL)
+ Var_Append(ALLSRC, allsrc, pgn);
+ if (p2)
+ free(p2);
+ if (pgn->type & OP_JOIN) {
+ if (cgn->made == MADE) {
+ Var_Append(OODATE, child, pgn);
+ }
+ } else if ((pgn->mtime < cgn->mtime) ||
+ (cgn->mtime >= now && cgn->made == MADE))
+ {
+ /*
+ * It goes in the OODATE variable if the parent is younger than the
+ * child or if the child has been modified more recently than
+ * the start of the make. This is to keep pmake from getting
+ * confused if something else updates the parent after the
+ * make starts (shouldn't happen, I know, but sometimes it
+ * does). In such a case, if we've updated the kid, the parent
+ * is likely to have a modification time later than that of
+ * the kid and anything that relies on the OODATE variable will
+ * be hosed.
+ *
+ * XXX: This will cause all made children to go in the OODATE
+ * variable, even if they're not touched, if RECHECK isn't defined,
+ * since cgn->mtime is set to now in Make_Update. According to
+ * some people, this is good...
+ */
+ Var_Append(OODATE, child, pgn);
+ }
+ if (p1)
+ free(p1);
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_DoAllVar --
+ * Set up the ALLSRC and OODATE variables. Sad to say, it must be
+ * done separately, rather than while traversing the graph. This is
+ * because Make defined OODATE to contain all sources whose modification
+ * times were later than that of the target, *not* those sources that
+ * were out-of-date. Since in both compatibility and native modes,
+ * the modification time of the parent isn't found until the child
+ * has been dealt with, we have to wait until now to fill in the
+ * variable. As for ALLSRC, the ordering is important and not
+ * guaranteed when in native mode, so it must be set here, too.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The ALLSRC and OODATE variables of the given node is filled in.
+ * If the node is a .JOIN node, its TARGET variable will be set to
+ * match its ALLSRC variable.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Make_DoAllVar(GNode *gn)
+{
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeUnmark, gn);
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeAddAllSrc, gn);
+
+ if (!Var_Exists (OODATE, gn)) {
+ Var_Set(OODATE, "", gn, 0);
+ }
+ if (!Var_Exists (ALLSRC, gn)) {
+ Var_Set(ALLSRC, "", gn, 0);
+ }
+
+ if (gn->type & OP_JOIN) {
+ char *p1;
+ Var_Set(TARGET, Var_Value(ALLSRC, gn, &p1), gn, 0);
+ if (p1)
+ free(p1);
+ }
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MakeStartJobs --
+ * Start as many jobs as possible.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * If the query flag was given to pmake, no job will be started,
+ * but as soon as an out-of-date target is found, this function
+ * returns TRUE. At all other times, this function returns FALSE.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Nodes are removed from the toBeMade queue and job table slots
+ * are filled.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+MakeCheckOrder(void *v_bn, void *ignore __unused)
+{
+ GNode *bn = v_bn;
+
+ if (bn->made >= MADE || !(bn->flags & REMAKE))
+ return 0;
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "MakeCheckOrder: Waiting for .ORDER node %s%s\n",
+ bn->name, bn->cohort_num);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+MakeBuildChild(void *v_cn, void *toBeMade_next)
+{
+ GNode *cn = v_cn;
+
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "MakeBuildChild: inspect %s%s, made %d, type %x\n",
+ cn->name, cn->cohort_num, cn->made, cn->type);
+ if (cn->made > DEFERRED)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* If this node is on the RHS of a .ORDER, check LHSs. */
+ if (cn->order_pred && Lst_ForEach(cn->order_pred, MakeCheckOrder, 0)) {
+ /* Can't build this (or anything else in this child list) yet */
+ cn->made = DEFERRED;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "MakeBuildChild: schedule %s%s\n",
+ cn->name, cn->cohort_num);
+
+ cn->made = REQUESTED;
+ if (toBeMade_next == NULL)
+ Lst_AtEnd(toBeMade, cn);
+ else
+ Lst_InsertBefore(toBeMade, toBeMade_next, cn);
+
+ if (cn->unmade_cohorts != 0)
+ Lst_ForEach(cn->cohorts, MakeBuildChild, toBeMade_next);
+
+ /*
+ * If this node is a .WAIT node with unmade chlidren
+ * then don't add the next sibling.
+ */
+ return cn->type & OP_WAIT && cn->unmade > 0;
+}
+
+/* When a .ORDER RHS node completes we do this on each LHS */
+static int
+MakeBuildParent(void *v_pn, void *toBeMade_next)
+{
+ GNode *pn = v_pn;
+
+ if (pn->made != DEFERRED)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (MakeBuildChild(pn, toBeMade_next) == 0) {
+ /* Mark so that when this node is built we reschedule its parents */
+ pn->flags |= DONE_ORDER;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static Boolean
+MakeStartJobs(void)
+{
+ GNode *gn;
+ int have_token = 0;
+
+ while (!Lst_IsEmpty (toBeMade)) {
+ /* Get token now to avoid cycling job-list when we only have 1 token */
+ if (!have_token && !Job_TokenWithdraw())
+ break;
+ have_token = 1;
+
+ gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(toBeMade);
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Examining %s%s...\n",
+ gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+
+ if (gn->made != REQUESTED) {
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "state %d\n", gn->made);
+
+ make_abort(gn, __LINE__);
+ }
+
+ if (gn->checked == checked) {
+ /* We've already looked at this node since a job finished... */
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "already checked %s%s\n",
+ gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+ gn->made = DEFERRED;
+ continue;
+ }
+ gn->checked = checked;
+
+ if (gn->unmade != 0) {
+ /*
+ * We can't build this yet, add all unmade children to toBeMade,
+ * just before the current first element.
+ */
+ gn->made = DEFERRED;
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeBuildChild, Lst_First(toBeMade));
+ /* and drop this node on the floor */
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "dropped %s%s\n", gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ gn->made = BEINGMADE;
+ if (Make_OODate(gn)) {
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "out-of-date\n");
+ }
+ if (queryFlag) {
+ return (TRUE);
+ }
+ Make_DoAllVar(gn);
+ Job_Make(gn);
+ have_token = 0;
+ } else {
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "up-to-date\n");
+ }
+ gn->made = UPTODATE;
+ if (gn->type & OP_JOIN) {
+ /*
+ * Even for an up-to-date .JOIN node, we need it to have its
+ * context variables so references to it get the correct
+ * value for .TARGET when building up the context variables
+ * of its parent(s)...
+ */
+ Make_DoAllVar(gn);
+ }
+ Make_Update(gn);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (have_token)
+ Job_TokenReturn();
+
+ return (FALSE);
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MakePrintStatus --
+ * Print the status of a top-level node, viz. it being up-to-date
+ * already or not created due to an error in a lower level.
+ * Callback function for Make_Run via Lst_ForEach.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gnp Node to examine
+ * cyclep True if gn->unmade being non-zero implies a
+ * cycle in the graph, not an error in an
+ * inferior.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Always returns 0.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * A message may be printed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+MakePrintStatusOrder(void *ognp, void *gnp)
+{
+ GNode *ogn = ognp;
+ GNode *gn = gnp;
+
+ if (!(ogn->flags & REMAKE) || ogn->made > REQUESTED)
+ /* not waiting for this one */
+ return 0;
+
+ printf(" `%s%s' has .ORDER dependency against %s%s "
+ "(made %d, flags %x, type %x)\n",
+ gn->name, gn->cohort_num,
+ ogn->name, ogn->cohort_num, ogn->made, ogn->flags, ogn->type);
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE) && debug_file != stdout)
+ fprintf(debug_file, " `%s%s' has .ORDER dependency against %s%s "
+ "(made %d, flags %x, type %x)\n",
+ gn->name, gn->cohort_num,
+ ogn->name, ogn->cohort_num, ogn->made, ogn->flags, ogn->type);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MakePrintStatus(void *gnp, void *v_errors)
+{
+ GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+ int *errors = v_errors;
+
+ if (gn->flags & DONECYCLE)
+ /* We've completely processed this node before, don't do it again. */
+ return 0;
+
+ if (gn->unmade == 0) {
+ gn->flags |= DONECYCLE;
+ switch (gn->made) {
+ case UPTODATE:
+ printf("`%s%s' is up to date.\n", gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+ break;
+ case MADE:
+ break;
+ case UNMADE:
+ case DEFERRED:
+ case REQUESTED:
+ case BEINGMADE:
+ (*errors)++;
+ printf("`%s%s' was not built (made %d, flags %x, type %x)!\n",
+ gn->name, gn->cohort_num, gn->made, gn->flags, gn->type);
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE) && debug_file != stdout)
+ fprintf(debug_file,
+ "`%s%s' was not built (made %d, flags %x, type %x)!\n",
+ gn->name, gn->cohort_num, gn->made, gn->flags, gn->type);
+ /* Most likely problem is actually caused by .ORDER */
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->order_pred, MakePrintStatusOrder, gn);
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Errors - already counted */
+ printf("`%s%s' not remade because of errors.\n",
+ gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE) && debug_file != stdout)
+ fprintf(debug_file, "`%s%s' not remade because of errors.\n",
+ gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+ break;
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "MakePrintStatus: %s%s has %d unmade children\n",
+ gn->name, gn->cohort_num, gn->unmade);
+ /*
+ * If printing cycles and came to one that has unmade children,
+ * print out the cycle by recursing on its children.
+ */
+ if (!(gn->flags & CYCLE)) {
+ /* Fist time we've seen this node, check all children */
+ gn->flags |= CYCLE;
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakePrintStatus, errors);
+ /* Mark that this node needn't be processed again */
+ gn->flags |= DONECYCLE;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Only output the error once per node */
+ gn->flags |= DONECYCLE;
+ Error("Graph cycles through `%s%s'", gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+ if ((*errors)++ > 100)
+ /* Abandon the whole error report */
+ return 1;
+
+ /* Reporting for our children will give the rest of the loop */
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakePrintStatus, errors);
+ return 0;
+}
+\f
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_ExpandUse --
+ * Expand .USE nodes and create a new targets list
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * targs the initial list of targets
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Make_ExpandUse(Lst targs)
+{
+ GNode *gn; /* a temporary pointer */
+ Lst examine; /* List of targets to examine */
+
+ examine = Lst_Duplicate(targs, NULL);
+
+ /*
+ * Make an initial downward pass over the graph, marking nodes to be made
+ * as we go down. We call Suff_FindDeps to find where a node is and
+ * to get some children for it if it has none and also has no commands.
+ * If the node is a leaf, we stick it on the toBeMade queue to
+ * be looked at in a minute, otherwise we add its children to our queue
+ * and go on about our business.
+ */
+ while (!Lst_IsEmpty (examine)) {
+ gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(examine);
+
+ if (gn->flags & REMAKE)
+ /* We've looked at this one already */
+ continue;
+ gn->flags |= REMAKE;
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Make_ExpandUse: examine %s%s\n",
+ gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+
+ if ((gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (gn->cohorts)) {
+ /* Append all the 'cohorts' to the list of things to examine */
+ Lst new;
+ new = Lst_Duplicate(gn->cohorts, NULL);
+ Lst_Concat(new, examine, LST_CONCLINK);
+ examine = new;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Apply any .USE rules before looking for implicit dependencies
+ * to make sure everything has commands that should...
+ * Make sure that the TARGET is set, so that we can make
+ * expansions.
+ */
+ if (gn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
+ char *eoa, *eon;
+ eoa = strchr(gn->name, '(');
+ eon = strchr(gn->name, ')');
+ if (eoa == NULL || eon == NULL)
+ continue;
+ *eoa = '\0';
+ *eon = '\0';
+ Var_Set(MEMBER, eoa + 1, gn, 0);
+ Var_Set(ARCHIVE, gn->name, gn, 0);
+ *eoa = '(';
+ *eon = ')';
+ }
+
+ (void)Dir_MTime(gn);
+ Var_Set(TARGET, gn->path ? gn->path : gn->name, gn, 0);
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeUnmark, gn);
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeHandleUse, gn);
+
+ if ((gn->type & OP_MADE) == 0)
+ Suff_FindDeps(gn);
+ else {
+ /* Pretend we made all this node's children */
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeFindChild, gn);
+ if (gn->unmade != 0)
+ printf("Warning: %s%s still has %d unmade children\n",
+ gn->name, gn->cohort_num, gn->unmade);
+ }
+
+ if (gn->unmade != 0)
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeAddChild, examine);
+ }
+
+ Lst_Destroy(examine, NULL);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_ProcessWait --
+ * Convert .WAIT nodes into dependencies
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * targs the initial list of targets
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+link_parent(void *cnp, void *pnp)
+{
+ GNode *cn = cnp;
+ GNode *pn = pnp;
+
+ Lst_AtEnd(pn->children, cn);
+ Lst_AtEnd(cn->parents, pn);
+ pn->unmade++;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+add_wait_dep(void *v_cn, void *v_wn)
+{
+ GNode *cn = v_cn;
+ GNode *wn = v_wn;
+
+ if (cn == wn)
+ return 1;
+
+ if (cn == NULL || wn == NULL) {
+ printf("bad wait dep %p %p\n", cn, wn);
+ exit(4);
+ }
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, ".WAIT: add dependency %s%s -> %s\n",
+ cn->name, cn->cohort_num, wn->name);
+
+ Lst_AtEnd(wn->children, cn);
+ wn->unmade++;
+ Lst_AtEnd(cn->parents, wn);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+Make_ProcessWait(Lst targs)
+{
+ GNode *pgn; /* 'parent' node we are examining */
+ GNode *cgn; /* Each child in turn */
+ LstNode owln; /* Previous .WAIT node */
+ Lst examine; /* List of targets to examine */
+ LstNode ln;
+
+ /*
+ * We need all the nodes to have a common parent in order for the
+ * .WAIT and .ORDER scheduling to work.
+ * Perhaps this should be done earlier...
+ */
+
+ pgn = Targ_NewGN(".MAIN");
+ pgn->flags = REMAKE;
+ pgn->type = OP_PHONY | OP_DEPENDS;
+ /* Get it displayed in the diag dumps */
+ Lst_AtFront(Targ_List(), pgn);
+
+ Lst_ForEach(targs, link_parent, pgn);
+
+ /* Start building with the 'dummy' .MAIN' node */
+ MakeBuildChild(pgn, NULL);
+
+ examine = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ Lst_AtEnd(examine, pgn);
+
+ while (!Lst_IsEmpty (examine)) {
+ pgn = Lst_DeQueue(examine);
+
+ /* We only want to process each child-list once */
+ if (pgn->flags & DONE_WAIT)
+ continue;
+ pgn->flags |= DONE_WAIT;
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Make_ProcessWait: examine %s\n", pgn->name);
+
+ if ((pgn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (pgn->cohorts)) {
+ /* Append all the 'cohorts' to the list of things to examine */
+ Lst new;
+ new = Lst_Duplicate(pgn->cohorts, NULL);
+ Lst_Concat(new, examine, LST_CONCLINK);
+ examine = new;
+ }
+
+ owln = Lst_First(pgn->children);
+ Lst_Open(pgn->children);
+ for (; (ln = Lst_Next(pgn->children)) != NULL; ) {
+ cgn = Lst_Datum(ln);
+ if (cgn->type & OP_WAIT) {
+ /* Make the .WAIT node depend on the previous children */
+ Lst_ForEachFrom(pgn->children, owln, add_wait_dep, cgn);
+ owln = ln;
+ } else {
+ Lst_AtEnd(examine, cgn);
+ }
+ }
+ Lst_Close(pgn->children);
+ }
+
+ Lst_Destroy(examine, NULL);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_Run --
+ * Initialize the nodes to remake and the list of nodes which are
+ * ready to be made by doing a breadth-first traversal of the graph
+ * starting from the nodes in the given list. Once this traversal
+ * is finished, all the 'leaves' of the graph are in the toBeMade
+ * queue.
+ * Using this queue and the Job module, work back up the graph,
+ * calling on MakeStartJobs to keep the job table as full as
+ * possible.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * targs the initial list of targets
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if work was done. FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The make field of all nodes involved in the creation of the given
+ * targets is set to 1. The toBeMade list is set to contain all the
+ * 'leaves' of these subgraphs.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Make_Run(Lst targs)
+{
+ int errors; /* Number of errors the Job module reports */
+
+ /* Start trying to make the current targets... */
+ toBeMade = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+ Make_ExpandUse(targs);
+ Make_ProcessWait(targs);
+
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "#***# full graph\n");
+ Targ_PrintGraph(1);
+ }
+
+ if (queryFlag) {
+ /*
+ * We wouldn't do any work unless we could start some jobs in the
+ * next loop... (we won't actually start any, of course, this is just
+ * to see if any of the targets was out of date)
+ */
+ return (MakeStartJobs());
+ }
+ /*
+ * Initialization. At the moment, no jobs are running and until some
+ * get started, nothing will happen since the remaining upward
+ * traversal of the graph is performed by the routines in job.c upon
+ * the finishing of a job. So we fill the Job table as much as we can
+ * before going into our loop.
+ */
+ (void)MakeStartJobs();
+
+ /*
+ * Main Loop: The idea here is that the ending of jobs will take
+ * care of the maintenance of data structures and the waiting for output
+ * will cause us to be idle most of the time while our children run as
+ * much as possible. Because the job table is kept as full as possible,
+ * the only time when it will be empty is when all the jobs which need
+ * running have been run, so that is the end condition of this loop.
+ * Note that the Job module will exit if there were any errors unless the
+ * keepgoing flag was given.
+ */
+ while (!Lst_IsEmpty(toBeMade) || jobTokensRunning > 0) {
+ Job_CatchOutput();
+ (void)MakeStartJobs();
+ }
+
+ errors = Job_Finish();
+
+ /*
+ * Print the final status of each target. E.g. if it wasn't made
+ * because some inferior reported an error.
+ */
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "done: errors %d\n", errors);
+ if (errors == 0) {
+ Lst_ForEach(targs, MakePrintStatus, &errors);
+ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "done: errors %d\n", errors);
+ if (errors)
+ Targ_PrintGraph(4);
+ }
+ }
+ return errors != 0;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: make.h,v 1.79 2009/09/08 17:29:20 sjg Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)make.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 6/13/95
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)make.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 6/13/95
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * make.h --
+ * The global definitions for pmake
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MAKE_H_
+#define _MAKE_H_
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef BSD4_4
+# include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(__GNUC_PREREQ__)
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#define __GNUC_PREREQ__(x, y) \
+ ((__GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y)) || \
+ (__GNUC__ > (x)))
+#else /* defined(__GNUC__) */
+#define __GNUC_PREREQ__(x, y) 0
+#endif /* defined(__GNUC__) */
+#endif /* !defined(__GNUC_PREREQ__) */
+
+#if !defined(__unused)
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ__(2, 7)
+#define __unused __attribute__((__unused__))
+#else
+#define __unused /* delete */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "sprite.h"
+#include "lst.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "config.h"
+#include "buf.h"
+#include "make_malloc.h"
+
+/*-
+ * The structure for an individual graph node. Each node has several
+ * pieces of data associated with it.
+ * 1) the name of the target it describes
+ * 2) the location of the target file in the file system.
+ * 3) the type of operator used to define its sources (qv. parse.c)
+ * 4) whether it is involved in this invocation of make
+ * 5) whether the target has been remade
+ * 6) whether any of its children has been remade
+ * 7) the number of its children that are, as yet, unmade
+ * 8) its modification time
+ * 9) the modification time of its youngest child (qv. make.c)
+ * 10) a list of nodes for which this is a source (parents)
+ * 11) a list of nodes on which this depends (children)
+ * 12) a list of nodes that depend on this, as gleaned from the
+ * transformation rules (iParents)
+ * 13) a list of ancestor nodes, which includes parents, iParents,
+ * and recursive parents of parents
+ * 14) a list of nodes of the same name created by the :: operator
+ * 15) a list of nodes that must be made (if they're made) before
+ * this node can be, but that do not enter into the datedness of
+ * this node.
+ * 16) a list of nodes that must be made (if they're made) before
+ * this node or any child of this node can be, but that do not
+ * enter into the datedness of this node.
+ * 17) a list of nodes that must be made (if they're made) after
+ * this node is, but that do not depend on this node, in the
+ * normal sense.
+ * 18) a Lst of ``local'' variables that are specific to this target
+ * and this target only (qv. var.c [$@ $< $?, etc.])
+ * 19) a Lst of strings that are commands to be given to a shell
+ * to create this target.
+ */
+typedef struct GNode {
+ char *name; /* The target's name */
+ char *uname; /* The unexpanded name of a .USE node */
+ char *path; /* The full pathname of the file */
+ int type; /* Its type (see the OP flags, below) */
+
+ int flags;
+#define REMAKE 0x1 /* this target needs to be (re)made */
+#define CHILDMADE 0x2 /* children of this target were made */
+#define FORCE 0x4 /* children don't exist, and we pretend made */
+#define DONE_WAIT 0x8 /* Set by Make_ProcessWait() */
+#define DONE_ORDER 0x10 /* Build requested by .ORDER processing */
+#define FROM_DEPEND 0x20 /* Node created from .depend */
+#define CYCLE 0x1000 /* Used by MakePrintStatus */
+#define DONECYCLE 0x2000 /* Used by MakePrintStatus */
+ enum enum_made {
+ UNMADE, DEFERRED, REQUESTED, BEINGMADE,
+ MADE, UPTODATE, ERROR, ABORTED
+ } made; /* Set to reflect the state of processing
+ * on this node:
+ * UNMADE - Not examined yet
+ * DEFERRED - Examined once (building child)
+ * REQUESTED - on toBeMade list
+ * BEINGMADE - Target is already being made.
+ * Indicates a cycle in the graph.
+ * MADE - Was out-of-date and has been made
+ * UPTODATE - Was already up-to-date
+ * ERROR - An error occurred while it was being
+ * made (used only in compat mode)
+ * ABORTED - The target was aborted due to
+ * an error making an inferior (compat).
+ */
+ int unmade; /* The number of unmade children */
+
+ time_t mtime; /* Its modification time */
+ time_t cmtime; /* The modification time of its youngest
+ * child */
+
+ Lst iParents; /* Links to parents for which this is an
+ * implied source, if any */
+ Lst cohorts; /* Other nodes for the :: operator */
+ Lst parents; /* Nodes that depend on this one */
+ Lst children; /* Nodes on which this one depends */
+ Lst order_pred; /* .ORDER nodes we need made */
+ Lst order_succ; /* .ORDER nodes who need us */
+
+ char cohort_num[8]; /* #n for this cohort */
+ int unmade_cohorts;/* # of unmade instances on the
+ cohorts list */
+ struct GNode *centurion; /* Pointer to the first instance of a ::
+ node; only set when on a cohorts list */
+ unsigned int checked; /* Last time we tried to makle this node */
+
+ Hash_Table context; /* The local variables */
+ Lst commands; /* Creation commands */
+
+ struct _Suff *suffix; /* Suffix for the node (determined by
+ * Suff_FindDeps and opaque to everyone
+ * but the Suff module) */
+ const char *fname; /* filename where the GNode got defined */
+ int lineno; /* line number where the GNode got defined */
+} GNode;
+
+/*
+ * The OP_ constants are used when parsing a dependency line as a way of
+ * communicating to other parts of the program the way in which a target
+ * should be made. These constants are bitwise-OR'ed together and
+ * placed in the 'type' field of each node. Any node that has
+ * a 'type' field which satisfies the OP_NOP function was never never on
+ * the lefthand side of an operator, though it may have been on the
+ * righthand side...
+ */
+#define OP_DEPENDS 0x00000001 /* Execution of commands depends on
+ * kids (:) */
+#define OP_FORCE 0x00000002 /* Always execute commands (!) */
+#define OP_DOUBLEDEP 0x00000004 /* Execution of commands depends on kids
+ * per line (::) */
+#define OP_OPMASK (OP_DEPENDS|OP_FORCE|OP_DOUBLEDEP)
+
+#define OP_OPTIONAL 0x00000008 /* Don't care if the target doesn't
+ * exist and can't be created */
+#define OP_USE 0x00000010 /* Use associated commands for parents */
+#define OP_EXEC 0x00000020 /* Target is never out of date, but always
+ * execute commands anyway. Its time
+ * doesn't matter, so it has none...sort
+ * of */
+#define OP_IGNORE 0x00000040 /* Ignore errors when creating the node */
+#define OP_PRECIOUS 0x00000080 /* Don't remove the target when
+ * interrupted */
+#define OP_SILENT 0x00000100 /* Don't echo commands when executed */
+#define OP_MAKE 0x00000200 /* Target is a recursive make so its
+ * commands should always be executed when
+ * it is out of date, regardless of the
+ * state of the -n or -t flags */
+#define OP_JOIN 0x00000400 /* Target is out-of-date only if any of its
+ * children was out-of-date */
+#define OP_MADE 0x00000800 /* Assume the children of the node have
+ * been already made */
+#define OP_SPECIAL 0x00001000 /* Special .BEGIN, .END, .INTERRUPT */
+#define OP_USEBEFORE 0x00002000 /* Like .USE, only prepend commands */
+#define OP_INVISIBLE 0x00004000 /* The node is invisible to its parents.
+ * I.e. it doesn't show up in the parents's
+ * local variables. */
+#define OP_NOTMAIN 0x00008000 /* The node is exempt from normal 'main
+ * target' processing in parse.c */
+#define OP_PHONY 0x00010000 /* Not a file target; run always */
+#define OP_NOPATH 0x00020000 /* Don't search for file in the path */
+#define OP_WAIT 0x00040000 /* .WAIT phony node */
+/* Attributes applied by PMake */
+#define OP_TRANSFORM 0x80000000 /* The node is a transformation rule */
+#define OP_MEMBER 0x40000000 /* Target is a member of an archive */
+#define OP_LIB 0x20000000 /* Target is a library */
+#define OP_ARCHV 0x10000000 /* Target is an archive construct */
+#define OP_HAS_COMMANDS 0x08000000 /* Target has all the commands it should.
+ * Used when parsing to catch multiple
+ * commands for a target */
+#define OP_SAVE_CMDS 0x04000000 /* Saving commands on .END (Compat) */
+#define OP_DEPS_FOUND 0x02000000 /* Already processed by Suff_FindDeps */
+#define OP_MARK 0x01000000 /* Node found while expanding .ALLSRC */
+
+#define NoExecute(gn) ((gn->type & OP_MAKE) ? noRecursiveExecute : noExecute)
+/*
+ * OP_NOP will return TRUE if the node with the given type was not the
+ * object of a dependency operator
+ */
+#define OP_NOP(t) (((t) & OP_OPMASK) == 0x00000000)
+
+#define OP_NOTARGET (OP_NOTMAIN|OP_USE|OP_EXEC|OP_TRANSFORM)
+
+/*
+ * The TARG_ constants are used when calling the Targ_FindNode and
+ * Targ_FindList functions in targ.c. They simply tell the functions what to
+ * do if the desired node(s) is (are) not found. If the TARG_CREATE constant
+ * is given, a new, empty node will be created for the target, placed in the
+ * table of all targets and its address returned. If TARG_NOCREATE is given,
+ * a NULL pointer will be returned.
+ */
+#define TARG_NOCREATE 0x00 /* don't create it */
+#define TARG_CREATE 0x01 /* create node if not found */
+#define TARG_NOHASH 0x02 /* don't look in/add to hash table */
+
+/*
+ * These constants are all used by the Str_Concat function to decide how the
+ * final string should look. If STR_ADDSPACE is given, a space will be
+ * placed between the two strings. If STR_ADDSLASH is given, a '/' will
+ * be used instead of a space. If neither is given, no intervening characters
+ * will be placed between the two strings in the final output. If the
+ * STR_DOFREE bit is set, the two input strings will be freed before
+ * Str_Concat returns.
+ */
+#define STR_ADDSPACE 0x01 /* add a space when Str_Concat'ing */
+#define STR_ADDSLASH 0x02 /* add a slash when Str_Concat'ing */
+
+/*
+ * Error levels for parsing. PARSE_FATAL means the process cannot continue
+ * once the makefile has been parsed. PARSE_WARNING means it can. Passed
+ * as the first argument to Parse_Error.
+ */
+#define PARSE_WARNING 2
+#define PARSE_FATAL 1
+
+/*
+ * Values returned by Cond_Eval.
+ */
+#define COND_PARSE 0 /* Parse the next lines */
+#define COND_SKIP 1 /* Skip the next lines */
+#define COND_INVALID 2 /* Not a conditional statement */
+
+/*
+ * Definitions for the "local" variables. Used only for clarity.
+ */
+#define TARGET "@" /* Target of dependency */
+#define OODATE "?" /* All out-of-date sources */
+#define ALLSRC ">" /* All sources */
+#define IMPSRC "<" /* Source implied by transformation */
+#define PREFIX "*" /* Common prefix */
+#define ARCHIVE "!" /* Archive in "archive(member)" syntax */
+#define MEMBER "%" /* Member in "archive(member)" syntax */
+
+#define FTARGET "@F" /* file part of TARGET */
+#define DTARGET "@D" /* directory part of TARGET */
+#define FIMPSRC "<F" /* file part of IMPSRC */
+#define DIMPSRC "<D" /* directory part of IMPSRC */
+#define FPREFIX "*F" /* file part of PREFIX */
+#define DPREFIX "*D" /* directory part of PREFIX */
+
+/*
+ * Global Variables
+ */
+extern Lst create; /* The list of target names specified on the
+ * command line. used to resolve #if
+ * make(...) statements */
+extern Lst dirSearchPath; /* The list of directories to search when
+ * looking for targets */
+
+extern Boolean compatMake; /* True if we are make compatible */
+extern Boolean ignoreErrors; /* True if should ignore all errors */
+extern Boolean beSilent; /* True if should print no commands */
+extern Boolean noExecute; /* True if should execute nothing */
+extern Boolean noRecursiveExecute; /* True if should execute nothing */
+extern Boolean allPrecious; /* True if every target is precious */
+extern Boolean keepgoing; /* True if should continue on unaffected
+ * portions of the graph when have an error
+ * in one portion */
+extern Boolean touchFlag; /* TRUE if targets should just be 'touched'
+ * if out of date. Set by the -t flag */
+extern Boolean queryFlag; /* TRUE if we aren't supposed to really make
+ * anything, just see if the targets are out-
+ * of-date */
+extern Boolean doing_depend; /* TRUE if processing .depend */
+
+extern Boolean checkEnvFirst; /* TRUE if environment should be searched for
+ * variables before the global context */
+extern Boolean jobServer; /* a jobServer already exists */
+
+extern Boolean parseWarnFatal; /* TRUE if makefile parsing warnings are
+ * treated as errors */
+
+extern Boolean varNoExportEnv; /* TRUE if we should not export variables
+ * set on the command line to the env. */
+
+extern GNode *DEFAULT; /* .DEFAULT rule */
+
+extern GNode *VAR_GLOBAL; /* Variables defined in a global context, e.g
+ * in the Makefile itself */
+extern GNode *VAR_CMD; /* Variables defined on the command line */
+extern GNode *VAR_FOR; /* Iteration variables */
+extern char var_Error[]; /* Value returned by Var_Parse when an error
+ * is encountered. It actually points to
+ * an empty string, so naive callers needn't
+ * worry about it. */
+
+extern time_t now; /* The time at the start of this whole
+ * process */
+
+extern Boolean oldVars; /* Do old-style variable substitution */
+
+extern Lst sysIncPath; /* The system include path. */
+extern Lst defIncPath; /* The default include path. */
+
+extern char *progname; /* The program name */
+
+#define MAKEFLAGS ".MAKEFLAGS"
+#define MAKEOVERRIDES ".MAKEOVERRIDES"
+#define MAKE_JOB_PREFIX ".MAKE.JOB.PREFIX" /* prefix for job target output */
+#define MAKE_EXPORTED ".MAKE.EXPORTED" /* variables we export */
+#define MAKE_MAKEFILES ".MAKE.MAKEFILES" /* all the makefiles we read */
+#define MAKE_LEVEL ".MAKE.LEVEL" /* recursion level */
+
+/*
+ * debug control:
+ * There is one bit per module. It is up to the module what debug
+ * information to print.
+ */
+FILE *debug_file; /* Output written here - default stdout */
+extern int debug;
+#define DEBUG_ARCH 0x00001
+#define DEBUG_COND 0x00002
+#define DEBUG_DIR 0x00004
+#define DEBUG_GRAPH1 0x00008
+#define DEBUG_GRAPH2 0x00010
+#define DEBUG_JOB 0x00020
+#define DEBUG_MAKE 0x00040
+#define DEBUG_SUFF 0x00080
+#define DEBUG_TARG 0x00100
+#define DEBUG_VAR 0x00200
+#define DEBUG_FOR 0x00400
+#define DEBUG_SHELL 0x00800
+#define DEBUG_ERROR 0x01000
+#define DEBUG_LOUD 0x02000
+#define DEBUG_GRAPH3 0x10000
+#define DEBUG_SCRIPT 0x20000
+#define DEBUG_PARSE 0x40000
+#define DEBUG_CWD 0x80000
+
+#define CONCAT(a,b) a##b
+
+#define DEBUG(module) (debug & CONCAT(DEBUG_,module))
+
+#include "nonints.h"
+
+int Make_TimeStamp(GNode *, GNode *);
+Boolean Make_OODate(GNode *);
+void Make_ExpandUse(Lst);
+time_t Make_Recheck(GNode *);
+void Make_HandleUse(GNode *, GNode *);
+void Make_Update(GNode *);
+void Make_DoAllVar(GNode *);
+Boolean Make_Run(Lst);
+char * Check_Cwd_Cmd(const char *);
+void Check_Cwd(const char **);
+void PrintOnError(const char *);
+void Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(Boolean);
+Boolean Main_SetObjdir(const char *);
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define UNCONST(ptr) ({ \
+ union __unconst { \
+ const void *__cp; \
+ void *__p; \
+ } __d; \
+ __d.__cp = ptr, __d.__p; })
+#else
+#define UNCONST(ptr) (void *)(ptr)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MIN
+#define MIN(a, b) ((a < b) ? a : b)
+#endif
+#ifndef MAX
+#define MAX(a, b) ((a > b) ? a : b)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _MAKE_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: make_malloc.c,v 1.5 2009/01/24 23:19:50 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef MAKE_NATIVE
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: make_malloc.c,v 1.5 2009/01/24 23:19:50 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "make_malloc.h"
+
+#ifndef USE_EMALLOC
+/*
+ * enomem --
+ * die when out of memory.
+ */
+static void
+enomem(void)
+{
+ extern char *progname;
+
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s.\n", progname, strerror(errno));
+ exit(2);
+}
+
+/*
+ * bmake_malloc --
+ * malloc, but die on error.
+ */
+void *
+bmake_malloc(size_t len)
+{
+ void *p;
+
+ if ((p = malloc(len)) == NULL)
+ enomem();
+ return(p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * bmake_strdup --
+ * strdup, but die on error.
+ */
+char *
+bmake_strdup(const char *str)
+{
+ size_t len;
+ char *p;
+
+ len = strlen(str) + 1;
+ if ((p = malloc(len)) == NULL)
+ enomem();
+ return memcpy(p, str, len);
+}
+
+/*
+ * bmake_strndup --
+ * strndup, but die on error.
+ */
+char *
+bmake_strndup(const char *str, size_t max_len)
+{
+ size_t len;
+ char *p;
+
+ if (str == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ len = strlen(str);
+ if (len > max_len)
+ len = max_len;
+ p = bmake_malloc(len + 1);
+ memcpy(p, str, len);
+ p[len] = '\0';
+
+ return(p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * bmake_realloc --
+ * realloc, but die on error.
+ */
+void *
+bmake_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size)
+{
+ if ((ptr = realloc(ptr, size)) == NULL)
+ enomem();
+ return(ptr);
+}
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: make_malloc.h,v 1.4 2009/01/24 14:43:29 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef USE_EMALLOC
+void *bmake_malloc(size_t);
+void *bmake_realloc(void *, size_t);
+char *bmake_strdup(const char *);
+char *bmake_strndup(const char *, size_t);
+#else
+#include <util.h>
+#define bmake_malloc(x) emalloc(x)
+#define bmake_realloc(x,y) erealloc(x,y)
+#define bmake_strdup(x) estrdup(x)
+#define bmake_strndup(x,y) estrndup(x,y)
+#endif
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: nonints.h,v 1.57 2009/11/19 00:30:24 sjg Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)nonints.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)nonints.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+#undef __attribute__
+#define __attribute__(x)
+#endif
+
+/* arch.c */
+ReturnStatus Arch_ParseArchive(char **, Lst, GNode *);
+void Arch_Touch(GNode *);
+void Arch_TouchLib(GNode *);
+time_t Arch_MTime(GNode *);
+time_t Arch_MemMTime(GNode *);
+void Arch_FindLib(GNode *, Lst);
+Boolean Arch_LibOODate(GNode *);
+void Arch_Init(void);
+void Arch_End(void);
+int Arch_IsLib(GNode *);
+
+/* compat.c */
+int CompatRunCommand(void *, void *);
+void Compat_Run(Lst);
+int Compat_Make(void *, void *);
+
+/* cond.c */
+struct If;
+int Cond_EvalExpression(const struct If *, char *, Boolean *, int);
+int Cond_Eval(char *);
+void Cond_restore_depth(unsigned int);
+unsigned int Cond_save_depth(void);
+
+/* for.c */
+int For_Eval(char *);
+int For_Accum(char *);
+void For_Run(int);
+
+/* main.c */
+void Main_ParseArgLine(const char *);
+int main(int, char **);
+char *Cmd_Exec(const char *, const char **);
+void Error(const char *, ...) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, 1, 2)));
+void Fatal(const char *, ...)
+ __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, 1, 2),__noreturn__));
+void Punt(const char *, ...)
+ __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, 1, 2),__noreturn__));
+void DieHorribly(void) __attribute__((__noreturn__));
+int PrintAddr(void *, void *);
+void Finish(int);
+int eunlink(const char *);
+void execError(const char *, const char *);
+
+/* parse.c */
+void Parse_Error(int, const char *, ...)
+ __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, 2, 3)));
+Boolean Parse_AnyExport(void);
+Boolean Parse_IsVar(char *);
+void Parse_DoVar(char *, GNode *);
+void Parse_AddIncludeDir(char *);
+void Parse_File(const char *, int);
+void Parse_Init(void);
+void Parse_End(void);
+void Parse_SetInput(const char *, int, int, char *(*)(void *), void *);
+Lst Parse_MainName(void);
+
+/* str.c */
+char *str_concat(const char *, const char *, int);
+char **brk_string(const char *, int *, Boolean, char **);
+char *Str_FindSubstring(const char *, const char *);
+int Str_Match(const char *, const char *);
+char *Str_SYSVMatch(const char *, const char *, int *len);
+void Str_SYSVSubst(Buffer *, char *, char *, int);
+
+/* suff.c */
+void Suff_ClearSuffixes(void);
+Boolean Suff_IsTransform(char *);
+GNode *Suff_AddTransform(char *);
+int Suff_EndTransform(void *, void *);
+void Suff_AddSuffix(char *, GNode **);
+Lst Suff_GetPath(char *);
+void Suff_DoPaths(void);
+void Suff_AddInclude(char *);
+void Suff_AddLib(char *);
+void Suff_FindDeps(GNode *);
+Lst Suff_FindPath(GNode *);
+void Suff_SetNull(char *);
+void Suff_Init(void);
+void Suff_End(void);
+void Suff_PrintAll(void);
+
+/* targ.c */
+void Targ_Init(void);
+void Targ_End(void);
+Lst Targ_List(void);
+GNode *Targ_NewGN(const char *);
+GNode *Targ_FindNode(const char *, int);
+Lst Targ_FindList(Lst, int);
+Boolean Targ_Ignore(GNode *);
+Boolean Targ_Silent(GNode *);
+Boolean Targ_Precious(GNode *);
+void Targ_SetMain(GNode *);
+int Targ_PrintCmd(void *, void *);
+int Targ_PrintNode(void *, void *);
+char *Targ_FmtTime(time_t);
+void Targ_PrintType(int);
+void Targ_PrintGraph(int);
+void Targ_Propagate(void);
+void Targ_Propagate_Wait(void);
+
+/* var.c */
+void Var_Delete(const char *, GNode *);
+void Var_Set(const char *, const char *, GNode *, int);
+void Var_Append(const char *, const char *, GNode *);
+Boolean Var_Exists(const char *, GNode *);
+char *Var_Value(const char *, GNode *, char **);
+char *Var_Parse(const char *, GNode *, Boolean, int *, void **);
+char *Var_Subst(const char *, const char *, GNode *, Boolean);
+char *Var_GetTail(const char *);
+char *Var_GetHead(const char *);
+void Var_Init(void);
+void Var_End(void);
+void Var_Dump(GNode *);
+void Var_ExportVars(void);
+void Var_Export(char *, int);
+void Var_UnExport(char *);
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.160 2009/11/19 00:30:25 sjg Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.160 2009/11/19 00:30:25 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)parse.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.160 2009/11/19 00:30:25 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * parse.c --
+ * Functions to parse a makefile.
+ *
+ * One function, Parse_Init, must be called before any functions
+ * in this module are used. After that, the function Parse_File is the
+ * main entry point and controls most of the other functions in this
+ * module.
+ *
+ * Most important structures are kept in Lsts. Directories for
+ * the .include "..." function are kept in the 'parseIncPath' Lst, while
+ * those for the .include <...> are kept in the 'sysIncPath' Lst. The
+ * targets currently being defined are kept in the 'targets' Lst.
+ *
+ * The variables 'fname' and 'lineno' are used to track the name
+ * of the current file and the line number in that file so that error
+ * messages can be more meaningful.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ * Parse_Init Initialization function which must be
+ * called before anything else in this module
+ * is used.
+ *
+ * Parse_End Cleanup the module
+ *
+ * Parse_File Function used to parse a makefile. It must
+ * be given the name of the file, which should
+ * already have been opened, and a function
+ * to call to read a character from the file.
+ *
+ * Parse_IsVar Returns TRUE if the given line is a
+ * variable assignment. Used by MainParseArgs
+ * to determine if an argument is a target
+ * or a variable assignment. Used internally
+ * for pretty much the same thing...
+ *
+ * Parse_Error Function called when an error occurs in
+ * parsing. Used by the variable and
+ * conditional modules.
+ * Parse_MainName Returns a Lst of the main target to create.
+ */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+#include "job.h"
+#include "buf.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+
+/*
+ * These values are returned by ParseEOF to tell Parse_File whether to
+ * CONTINUE parsing, i.e. it had only reached the end of an include file,
+ * or if it's DONE.
+ */
+#define CONTINUE 1
+#define DONE 0
+static Lst targets; /* targets we're working on */
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+static Lst targCmds; /* command lines for targets */
+#endif
+static Boolean inLine; /* true if currently in a dependency
+ * line or its commands */
+static int fatals = 0;
+
+static GNode *mainNode; /* The main target to create. This is the
+ * first target on the first dependency
+ * line in the first makefile */
+typedef struct IFile {
+ const char *fname; /* name of file */
+ int lineno; /* current line number in file */
+ int first_lineno; /* line number of start of text */
+ int fd; /* the open file */
+ int cond_depth; /* 'if' nesting when file opened */
+ char *P_str; /* point to base of string buffer */
+ char *P_ptr; /* point to next char of string buffer */
+ char *P_end; /* point to the end of string buffer */
+ int P_buflen; /* current size of file buffer */
+ char *(*nextbuf)(void *); /* Function to get more data */
+ void *nextbuf_arg; /* Opaque arg for nextbuf() */
+} IFile;
+
+#define IFILE_BUFLEN 0x8000
+static IFile *curFile;
+
+
+/*
+ * Definitions for handling #include specifications
+ */
+
+static Lst includes; /* stack of IFiles generated by .includes */
+Lst parseIncPath; /* list of directories for "..." includes */
+Lst sysIncPath; /* list of directories for <...> includes */
+Lst defIncPath; /* default directories for <...> includes */
+
+/*-
+ * specType contains the SPECial TYPE of the current target. It is
+ * Not if the target is unspecial. If it *is* special, however, the children
+ * are linked as children of the parent but not vice versa. This variable is
+ * set in ParseDoDependency
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ Begin, /* .BEGIN */
+ Default, /* .DEFAULT */
+ End, /* .END */
+ Ignore, /* .IGNORE */
+ Includes, /* .INCLUDES */
+ Interrupt, /* .INTERRUPT */
+ Libs, /* .LIBS */
+ MFlags, /* .MFLAGS or .MAKEFLAGS */
+ Main, /* .MAIN and we don't have anything user-specified to
+ * make */
+ NoExport, /* .NOEXPORT */
+ NoPath, /* .NOPATH */
+ Not, /* Not special */
+ NotParallel, /* .NOTPARALLEL */
+ Null, /* .NULL */
+ ExObjdir, /* .OBJDIR */
+ Order, /* .ORDER */
+ Parallel, /* .PARALLEL */
+ ExPath, /* .PATH */
+ Phony, /* .PHONY */
+#ifdef POSIX
+ Posix, /* .POSIX */
+#endif
+ Precious, /* .PRECIOUS */
+ ExShell, /* .SHELL */
+ Silent, /* .SILENT */
+ SingleShell, /* .SINGLESHELL */
+ Suffixes, /* .SUFFIXES */
+ Wait, /* .WAIT */
+ Attribute /* Generic attribute */
+} ParseSpecial;
+
+static ParseSpecial specType;
+
+#define LPAREN '('
+#define RPAREN ')'
+/*
+ * Predecessor node for handling .ORDER. Initialized to NULL when .ORDER
+ * seen, then set to each successive source on the line.
+ */
+static GNode *predecessor;
+
+/*
+ * The parseKeywords table is searched using binary search when deciding
+ * if a target or source is special. The 'spec' field is the ParseSpecial
+ * type of the keyword ("Not" if the keyword isn't special as a target) while
+ * the 'op' field is the operator to apply to the list of targets if the
+ * keyword is used as a source ("0" if the keyword isn't special as a source)
+ */
+static struct {
+ const char *name; /* Name of keyword */
+ ParseSpecial spec; /* Type when used as a target */
+ int op; /* Operator when used as a source */
+} parseKeywords[] = {
+{ ".BEGIN", Begin, 0 },
+{ ".DEFAULT", Default, 0 },
+{ ".END", End, 0 },
+{ ".EXEC", Attribute, OP_EXEC },
+{ ".IGNORE", Ignore, OP_IGNORE },
+{ ".INCLUDES", Includes, 0 },
+{ ".INTERRUPT", Interrupt, 0 },
+{ ".INVISIBLE", Attribute, OP_INVISIBLE },
+{ ".JOIN", Attribute, OP_JOIN },
+{ ".LIBS", Libs, 0 },
+{ ".MADE", Attribute, OP_MADE },
+{ ".MAIN", Main, 0 },
+{ ".MAKE", Attribute, OP_MAKE },
+{ ".MAKEFLAGS", MFlags, 0 },
+{ ".MFLAGS", MFlags, 0 },
+{ ".NOPATH", NoPath, OP_NOPATH },
+{ ".NOTMAIN", Attribute, OP_NOTMAIN },
+{ ".NOTPARALLEL", NotParallel, 0 },
+{ ".NO_PARALLEL", NotParallel, 0 },
+{ ".NULL", Null, 0 },
+{ ".OBJDIR", ExObjdir, 0 },
+{ ".OPTIONAL", Attribute, OP_OPTIONAL },
+{ ".ORDER", Order, 0 },
+{ ".PARALLEL", Parallel, 0 },
+{ ".PATH", ExPath, 0 },
+{ ".PHONY", Phony, OP_PHONY },
+#ifdef POSIX
+{ ".POSIX", Posix, 0 },
+#endif
+{ ".PRECIOUS", Precious, OP_PRECIOUS },
+{ ".RECURSIVE", Attribute, OP_MAKE },
+{ ".SHELL", ExShell, 0 },
+{ ".SILENT", Silent, OP_SILENT },
+{ ".SINGLESHELL", SingleShell, 0 },
+{ ".SUFFIXES", Suffixes, 0 },
+{ ".USE", Attribute, OP_USE },
+{ ".USEBEFORE", Attribute, OP_USEBEFORE },
+{ ".WAIT", Wait, 0 },
+};
+
+static int ParseIsEscaped(const char *, const char *);
+static void ParseErrorInternal(const char *, size_t, int, const char *, ...)
+ __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, 4, 5)));
+static void ParseVErrorInternal(FILE *, const char *, size_t, int, const char *, va_list)
+ __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, 5, 0)));
+static int ParseFindKeyword(const char *);
+static int ParseLinkSrc(void *, void *);
+static int ParseDoOp(void *, void *);
+static void ParseDoSrc(int, const char *);
+static int ParseFindMain(void *, void *);
+static int ParseAddDir(void *, void *);
+static int ParseClearPath(void *, void *);
+static void ParseDoDependency(char *);
+static int ParseAddCmd(void *, void *);
+static void ParseHasCommands(void *);
+static void ParseDoInclude(char *);
+static void ParseSetParseFile(const char *);
+#ifdef SYSVINCLUDE
+static void ParseTraditionalInclude(char *);
+#endif
+static int ParseEOF(void);
+static char *ParseReadLine(void);
+static void ParseFinishLine(void);
+static void ParseMark(GNode *);
+
+extern int maxJobs;
+
+
+/*-
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseIsEscaped --
+ * Check if the current character is escaped on the current line
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 0 if the character is not backslash escaped, 1 otherwise
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseIsEscaped(const char *line, const char *c)
+{
+ int active = 0;
+ for (;;) {
+ if (line == c)
+ return active;
+ if (*--c != '\\')
+ return active;
+ active = !active;
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseFindKeyword --
+ * Look in the table of keywords for one matching the given string.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * str String to find
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The index of the keyword, or -1 if it isn't there.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseFindKeyword(const char *str)
+{
+ int start, end, cur;
+ int diff;
+
+ start = 0;
+ end = (sizeof(parseKeywords)/sizeof(parseKeywords[0])) - 1;
+
+ do {
+ cur = start + ((end - start) / 2);
+ diff = strcmp(str, parseKeywords[cur].name);
+
+ if (diff == 0) {
+ return (cur);
+ } else if (diff < 0) {
+ end = cur - 1;
+ } else {
+ start = cur + 1;
+ }
+ } while (start <= end);
+ return (-1);
+}
+
+/*-
+ * ParseVErrorInternal --
+ * Error message abort function for parsing. Prints out the context
+ * of the error (line number and file) as well as the message with
+ * two optional arguments.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * "fatals" is incremented if the level is PARSE_FATAL.
+ */
+/* VARARGS */
+static void
+ParseVErrorInternal(FILE *f, const char *cfname, size_t clineno, int type,
+ const char *fmt, va_list ap)
+{
+ static Boolean fatal_warning_error_printed = FALSE;
+
+ (void)fprintf(f, "%s: ", progname);
+
+ if (cfname != NULL) {
+ (void)fprintf(f, "\"");
+ if (*cfname != '/' && strcmp(cfname, "(stdin)") != 0) {
+ char *cp;
+ const char *dir;
+
+ /*
+ * Nothing is more anoying than not knowing
+ * which Makefile is the culprit.
+ */
+ dir = Var_Value(".PARSEDIR", VAR_GLOBAL, &cp);
+ if (dir == NULL || *dir == '\0' ||
+ (*dir == '.' && dir[1] == '\0'))
+ dir = Var_Value(".CURDIR", VAR_GLOBAL, &cp);
+ if (dir == NULL)
+ dir = ".";
+
+ (void)fprintf(f, "%s/%s", dir, cfname);
+ } else
+ (void)fprintf(f, "%s", cfname);
+
+ (void)fprintf(f, "\" line %d: ", (int)clineno);
+ }
+ if (type == PARSE_WARNING)
+ (void)fprintf(f, "warning: ");
+ (void)vfprintf(f, fmt, ap);
+ (void)fprintf(f, "\n");
+ (void)fflush(f);
+ if (type == PARSE_FATAL || parseWarnFatal)
+ fatals += 1;
+ if (parseWarnFatal && !fatal_warning_error_printed) {
+ Error("parsing warnings being treated as errors");
+ fatal_warning_error_printed = TRUE;
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ * ParseErrorInternal --
+ * Error function
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ */
+/* VARARGS */
+static void
+ParseErrorInternal(const char *cfname, size_t clineno, int type,
+ const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ ParseVErrorInternal(stderr, cfname, clineno, type, fmt, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+
+ if (debug_file != stderr && debug_file != stdout) {
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ ParseVErrorInternal(debug_file, cfname, clineno, type, fmt, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Parse_Error --
+ * External interface to ParseErrorInternal; uses the default filename
+ * Line number.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ */
+/* VARARGS */
+void
+Parse_Error(int type, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+ const char *fname;
+ size_t lineno;
+
+ if (curFile == NULL) {
+ fname = NULL;
+ lineno = 0;
+ } else {
+ fname = curFile->fname;
+ lineno = curFile->lineno;
+ }
+
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ ParseVErrorInternal(stderr, fname, lineno, type, fmt, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+
+ if (debug_file != stderr && debug_file != stdout) {
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ ParseVErrorInternal(debug_file, fname, lineno, type, fmt, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseLinkSrc --
+ * Link the parent node to its new child. Used in a Lst_ForEach by
+ * ParseDoDependency. If the specType isn't 'Not', the parent
+ * isn't linked as a parent of the child.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * pgnp The parent node
+ * cgpn The child node
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Always = 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * New elements are added to the parents list of cgn and the
+ * children list of cgn. the unmade field of pgn is updated
+ * to reflect the additional child.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseLinkSrc(void *pgnp, void *cgnp)
+{
+ GNode *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
+ GNode *cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
+
+ if ((pgn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (pgn->cohorts))
+ pgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(Lst_Last(pgn->cohorts));
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(pgn->children, cgn);
+ if (specType == Not)
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(cgn->parents, pgn);
+ pgn->unmade += 1;
+ if (DEBUG(PARSE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "# ParseLinkSrc: added child %s - %s\n", pgn->name, cgn->name);
+ Targ_PrintNode(pgn, 0);
+ Targ_PrintNode(cgn, 0);
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseDoOp --
+ * Apply the parsed operator to the given target node. Used in a
+ * Lst_ForEach call by ParseDoDependency once all targets have
+ * been found and their operator parsed. If the previous and new
+ * operators are incompatible, a major error is taken.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gnp The node to which the operator is to be applied
+ * opp The operator to apply
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Always 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The type field of the node is altered to reflect any new bits in
+ * the op.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseDoOp(void *gnp, void *opp)
+{
+ GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+ int op = *(int *)opp;
+ /*
+ * If the dependency mask of the operator and the node don't match and
+ * the node has actually had an operator applied to it before, and
+ * the operator actually has some dependency information in it, complain.
+ */
+ if (((op & OP_OPMASK) != (gn->type & OP_OPMASK)) &&
+ !OP_NOP(gn->type) && !OP_NOP(op))
+ {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Inconsistent operator for %s", gn->name);
+ return (1);
+ }
+
+ if ((op == OP_DOUBLEDEP) && ((gn->type & OP_OPMASK) == OP_DOUBLEDEP)) {
+ /*
+ * If the node was the object of a :: operator, we need to create a
+ * new instance of it for the children and commands on this dependency
+ * line. The new instance is placed on the 'cohorts' list of the
+ * initial one (note the initial one is not on its own cohorts list)
+ * and the new instance is linked to all parents of the initial
+ * instance.
+ */
+ GNode *cohort;
+
+ /*
+ * Propagate copied bits to the initial node. They'll be propagated
+ * back to the rest of the cohorts later.
+ */
+ gn->type |= op & ~OP_OPMASK;
+
+ cohort = Targ_FindNode(gn->name, TARG_NOHASH);
+ /*
+ * Make the cohort invisible as well to avoid duplicating it into
+ * other variables. True, parents of this target won't tend to do
+ * anything with their local variables, but better safe than
+ * sorry. (I think this is pointless now, since the relevant list
+ * traversals will no longer see this node anyway. -mycroft)
+ */
+ cohort->type = op | OP_INVISIBLE;
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->cohorts, cohort);
+ cohort->centurion = gn;
+ gn->unmade_cohorts += 1;
+ snprintf(cohort->cohort_num, sizeof cohort->cohort_num, "#%d",
+ gn->unmade_cohorts);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * We don't want to nuke any previous flags (whatever they were) so we
+ * just OR the new operator into the old
+ */
+ gn->type |= op;
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseDoSrc --
+ * Given the name of a source, figure out if it is an attribute
+ * and apply it to the targets if it is. Else decide if there is
+ * some attribute which should be applied *to* the source because
+ * of some special target and apply it if so. Otherwise, make the
+ * source be a child of the targets in the list 'targets'
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * tOp operator (if any) from special targets
+ * src name of the source to handle
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Operator bits may be added to the list of targets or to the source.
+ * The targets may have a new source added to their lists of children.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseDoSrc(int tOp, const char *src)
+{
+ GNode *gn = NULL;
+ static int wait_number = 0;
+ char wait_src[16];
+
+ if (*src == '.' && isupper ((unsigned char)src[1])) {
+ int keywd = ParseFindKeyword(src);
+ if (keywd != -1) {
+ int op = parseKeywords[keywd].op;
+ if (op != 0) {
+ Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseDoOp, &op);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (parseKeywords[keywd].spec == Wait) {
+ /*
+ * We add a .WAIT node in the dependency list.
+ * After any dynamic dependencies (and filename globbing)
+ * have happened, it is given a dependency on the each
+ * previous child back to and previous .WAIT node.
+ * The next child won't be scheduled until the .WAIT node
+ * is built.
+ * We give each .WAIT node a unique name (mainly for diag).
+ */
+ snprintf(wait_src, sizeof wait_src, ".WAIT_%u", ++wait_number);
+ gn = Targ_FindNode(wait_src, TARG_NOHASH);
+ gn->type = OP_WAIT | OP_PHONY | OP_DEPENDS | OP_NOTMAIN;
+ Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseLinkSrc, gn);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ switch (specType) {
+ case Main:
+ /*
+ * If we have noted the existence of a .MAIN, it means we need
+ * to add the sources of said target to the list of things
+ * to create. The string 'src' is likely to be free, so we
+ * must make a new copy of it. Note that this will only be
+ * invoked if the user didn't specify a target on the command
+ * line. This is to allow #ifmake's to succeed, or something...
+ */
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(create, bmake_strdup(src));
+ /*
+ * Add the name to the .TARGETS variable as well, so the user can
+ * employ that, if desired.
+ */
+ Var_Append(".TARGETS", src, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ return;
+
+ case Order:
+ /*
+ * Create proper predecessor/successor links between the previous
+ * source and the current one.
+ */
+ gn = Targ_FindNode(src, TARG_CREATE);
+ if (predecessor != NULL) {
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(predecessor->order_succ, gn);
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->order_pred, predecessor);
+ if (DEBUG(PARSE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "# ParseDoSrc: added Order dependency %s - %s\n",
+ predecessor->name, gn->name);
+ Targ_PrintNode(predecessor, 0);
+ Targ_PrintNode(gn, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ * The current source now becomes the predecessor for the next one.
+ */
+ predecessor = gn;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ /*
+ * If the source is not an attribute, we need to find/create
+ * a node for it. After that we can apply any operator to it
+ * from a special target or link it to its parents, as
+ * appropriate.
+ *
+ * In the case of a source that was the object of a :: operator,
+ * the attribute is applied to all of its instances (as kept in
+ * the 'cohorts' list of the node) or all the cohorts are linked
+ * to all the targets.
+ */
+
+ /* Find/create the 'src' node and attach to all targets */
+ gn = Targ_FindNode(src, TARG_CREATE);
+ if (tOp) {
+ gn->type |= tOp;
+ } else {
+ Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseLinkSrc, gn);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseFindMain --
+ * Find a real target in the list and set it to be the main one.
+ * Called by ParseDoDependency when a main target hasn't been found
+ * yet.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gnp Node to examine
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 0 if main not found yet, 1 if it is.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * mainNode is changed and Targ_SetMain is called.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseFindMain(void *gnp, void *dummy)
+{
+ GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+ if ((gn->type & OP_NOTARGET) == 0) {
+ mainNode = gn;
+ Targ_SetMain(gn);
+ return (dummy ? 1 : 1);
+ } else {
+ return (dummy ? 0 : 0);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseAddDir --
+ * Front-end for Dir_AddDir to make sure Lst_ForEach keeps going
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * === 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * See Dir_AddDir.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseAddDir(void *path, void *name)
+{
+ (void)Dir_AddDir((Lst) path, (char *)name);
+ return(0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseClearPath --
+ * Front-end for Dir_ClearPath to make sure Lst_ForEach keeps going
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * === 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * See Dir_ClearPath
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseClearPath(void *path, void *dummy)
+{
+ Dir_ClearPath((Lst) path);
+ return(dummy ? 0 : 0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseDoDependency --
+ * Parse the dependency line in line.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * line the line to parse
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The nodes of the sources are linked as children to the nodes of the
+ * targets. Some nodes may be created.
+ *
+ * We parse a dependency line by first extracting words from the line and
+ * finding nodes in the list of all targets with that name. This is done
+ * until a character is encountered which is an operator character. Currently
+ * these are only ! and :. At this point the operator is parsed and the
+ * pointer into the line advanced until the first source is encountered.
+ * The parsed operator is applied to each node in the 'targets' list,
+ * which is where the nodes found for the targets are kept, by means of
+ * the ParseDoOp function.
+ * The sources are read in much the same way as the targets were except
+ * that now they are expanded using the wildcarding scheme of the C-Shell
+ * and all instances of the resulting words in the list of all targets
+ * are found. Each of the resulting nodes is then linked to each of the
+ * targets as one of its children.
+ * Certain targets are handled specially. These are the ones detailed
+ * by the specType variable.
+ * The storing of transformation rules is also taken care of here.
+ * A target is recognized as a transformation rule by calling
+ * Suff_IsTransform. If it is a transformation rule, its node is gotten
+ * from the suffix module via Suff_AddTransform rather than the standard
+ * Targ_FindNode in the target module.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseDoDependency(char *line)
+{
+ char *cp; /* our current position */
+ GNode *gn = NULL; /* a general purpose temporary node */
+ int op; /* the operator on the line */
+ char savec; /* a place to save a character */
+ Lst paths; /* List of search paths to alter when parsing
+ * a list of .PATH targets */
+ int tOp; /* operator from special target */
+ Lst sources; /* list of archive source names after
+ * expansion */
+ Lst curTargs; /* list of target names to be found and added
+ * to the targets list */
+ char *lstart = line;
+
+ if (DEBUG(PARSE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "ParseDoDependency(%s)\n", line);
+ tOp = 0;
+
+ specType = Not;
+ paths = (Lst)NULL;
+
+ curTargs = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+ do {
+ for (cp = line; *cp && (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) ||
+ !(isspace((unsigned char)*cp) ||
+ *cp == '!' || *cp == ':' || *cp == LPAREN));
+ cp++) {
+ if (*cp == '$') {
+ /*
+ * Must be a dynamic source (would have been expanded
+ * otherwise), so call the Var module to parse the puppy
+ * so we can safely advance beyond it...There should be
+ * no errors in this, as they would have been discovered
+ * in the initial Var_Subst and we wouldn't be here.
+ */
+ int length;
+ void *freeIt;
+ char *result;
+
+ result = Var_Parse(cp, VAR_CMD, TRUE, &length, &freeIt);
+ if (freeIt)
+ free(freeIt);
+ cp += length-1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) && *cp == LPAREN) {
+ /*
+ * Archives must be handled specially to make sure the OP_ARCHV
+ * flag is set in their 'type' field, for one thing, and because
+ * things like "archive(file1.o file2.o file3.o)" are permissible.
+ * Arch_ParseArchive will set 'line' to be the first non-blank
+ * after the archive-spec. It creates/finds nodes for the members
+ * and places them on the given list, returning SUCCESS if all
+ * went well and FAILURE if there was an error in the
+ * specification. On error, line should remain untouched.
+ */
+ if (Arch_ParseArchive(&line, targets, VAR_CMD) != SUCCESS) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+ "Error in archive specification: \"%s\"", line);
+ goto out;
+ } else {
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ savec = *cp;
+
+ if (!*cp) {
+ /*
+ * Ending a dependency line without an operator is a Bozo
+ * no-no. As a heuristic, this is also often triggered by
+ * undetected conflicts from cvs/rcs merges.
+ */
+ if ((strncmp(line, "<<<<<<", 6) == 0) ||
+ (strncmp(line, "======", 6) == 0) ||
+ (strncmp(line, ">>>>>>", 6) == 0))
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+ "Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts");
+ else
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, lstart[0] == '.' ? "Unknown directive"
+ : "Need an operator");
+ goto out;
+ }
+ *cp = '\0';
+
+ /*
+ * Have a word in line. See if it's a special target and set
+ * specType to match it.
+ */
+ if (*line == '.' && isupper ((unsigned char)line[1])) {
+ /*
+ * See if the target is a special target that must have it
+ * or its sources handled specially.
+ */
+ int keywd = ParseFindKeyword(line);
+ if (keywd != -1) {
+ if (specType == ExPath && parseKeywords[keywd].spec != ExPath) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Mismatched special targets");
+ goto out;
+ }
+
+ specType = parseKeywords[keywd].spec;
+ tOp = parseKeywords[keywd].op;
+
+ /*
+ * Certain special targets have special semantics:
+ * .PATH Have to set the dirSearchPath
+ * variable too
+ * .MAIN Its sources are only used if
+ * nothing has been specified to
+ * create.
+ * .DEFAULT Need to create a node to hang
+ * commands on, but we don't want
+ * it in the graph, nor do we want
+ * it to be the Main Target, so we
+ * create it, set OP_NOTMAIN and
+ * add it to the list, setting
+ * DEFAULT to the new node for
+ * later use. We claim the node is
+ * A transformation rule to make
+ * life easier later, when we'll
+ * use Make_HandleUse to actually
+ * apply the .DEFAULT commands.
+ * .PHONY The list of targets
+ * .NOPATH Don't search for file in the path
+ * .BEGIN
+ * .END
+ * .INTERRUPT Are not to be considered the
+ * main target.
+ * .NOTPARALLEL Make only one target at a time.
+ * .SINGLESHELL Create a shell for each command.
+ * .ORDER Must set initial predecessor to NULL
+ */
+ switch (specType) {
+ case ExPath:
+ if (paths == NULL) {
+ paths = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ }
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(paths, dirSearchPath);
+ break;
+ case Main:
+ if (!Lst_IsEmpty(create)) {
+ specType = Not;
+ }
+ break;
+ case Begin:
+ case End:
+ case Interrupt:
+ gn = Targ_FindNode(line, TARG_CREATE);
+ gn->type |= OP_NOTMAIN|OP_SPECIAL;
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(targets, gn);
+ break;
+ case Default:
+ gn = Targ_NewGN(".DEFAULT");
+ gn->type |= (OP_NOTMAIN|OP_TRANSFORM);
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(targets, gn);
+ DEFAULT = gn;
+ break;
+ case NotParallel:
+ maxJobs = 1;
+ break;
+ case SingleShell:
+ compatMake = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case Order:
+ predecessor = NULL;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ } else if (strncmp(line, ".PATH", 5) == 0) {
+ /*
+ * .PATH<suffix> has to be handled specially.
+ * Call on the suffix module to give us a path to
+ * modify.
+ */
+ Lst path;
+
+ specType = ExPath;
+ path = Suff_GetPath(&line[5]);
+ if (path == NULL) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+ "Suffix '%s' not defined (yet)",
+ &line[5]);
+ goto out;
+ } else {
+ if (paths == (Lst)NULL) {
+ paths = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ }
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(paths, path);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Have word in line. Get or create its node and stick it at
+ * the end of the targets list
+ */
+ if ((specType == Not) && (*line != '\0')) {
+ if (Dir_HasWildcards(line)) {
+ /*
+ * Targets are to be sought only in the current directory,
+ * so create an empty path for the thing. Note we need to
+ * use Dir_Destroy in the destruction of the path as the
+ * Dir module could have added a directory to the path...
+ */
+ Lst emptyPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+ Dir_Expand(line, emptyPath, curTargs);
+
+ Lst_Destroy(emptyPath, Dir_Destroy);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * No wildcards, but we want to avoid code duplication,
+ * so create a list with the word on it.
+ */
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(curTargs, line);
+ }
+
+ while(!Lst_IsEmpty(curTargs)) {
+ char *targName = (char *)Lst_DeQueue(curTargs);
+
+ if (!Suff_IsTransform (targName)) {
+ gn = Targ_FindNode(targName, TARG_CREATE);
+ } else {
+ gn = Suff_AddTransform(targName);
+ }
+
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(targets, gn);
+ }
+ } else if (specType == ExPath && *line != '.' && *line != '\0') {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Extra target (%s) ignored", line);
+ }
+
+ *cp = savec;
+ /*
+ * If it is a special type and not .PATH, it's the only target we
+ * allow on this line...
+ */
+ if (specType != Not && specType != ExPath) {
+ Boolean warning = FALSE;
+
+ while (*cp && (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) ||
+ ((*cp != '!') && (*cp != ':')))) {
+ if (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) ||
+ (*cp != ' ' && *cp != '\t')) {
+ warning = TRUE;
+ }
+ cp++;
+ }
+ if (warning) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Extra target ignored");
+ }
+ } else {
+ while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+ cp++;
+ }
+ }
+ line = cp;
+ } while (*line && (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, line) ||
+ ((*line != '!') && (*line != ':'))));
+
+ /*
+ * Don't need the list of target names anymore...
+ */
+ Lst_Destroy(curTargs, NULL);
+ curTargs = NULL;
+
+ if (!Lst_IsEmpty(targets)) {
+ switch(specType) {
+ default:
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Special and mundane targets don't mix. Mundane ones ignored");
+ break;
+ case Default:
+ case Begin:
+ case End:
+ case Interrupt:
+ /*
+ * These four create nodes on which to hang commands, so
+ * targets shouldn't be empty...
+ */
+ case Not:
+ /*
+ * Nothing special here -- targets can be empty if it wants.
+ */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Have now parsed all the target names. Must parse the operator next. The
+ * result is left in op .
+ */
+ if (*cp == '!') {
+ op = OP_FORCE;
+ } else if (*cp == ':') {
+ if (cp[1] == ':') {
+ op = OP_DOUBLEDEP;
+ cp++;
+ } else {
+ op = OP_DEPENDS;
+ }
+ } else {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, lstart[0] == '.' ? "Unknown directive"
+ : "Missing dependency operator");
+ goto out;
+ }
+
+ cp++; /* Advance beyond operator */
+
+ Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseDoOp, &op);
+
+ /*
+ * Get to the first source
+ */
+ while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+ cp++;
+ }
+ line = cp;
+
+ /*
+ * Several special targets take different actions if present with no
+ * sources:
+ * a .SUFFIXES line with no sources clears out all old suffixes
+ * a .PRECIOUS line makes all targets precious
+ * a .IGNORE line ignores errors for all targets
+ * a .SILENT line creates silence when making all targets
+ * a .PATH removes all directories from the search path(s).
+ */
+ if (!*line) {
+ switch (specType) {
+ case Suffixes:
+ Suff_ClearSuffixes();
+ break;
+ case Precious:
+ allPrecious = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case Ignore:
+ ignoreErrors = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case Silent:
+ beSilent = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case ExPath:
+ Lst_ForEach(paths, ParseClearPath, NULL);
+ Dir_SetPATH();
+ break;
+#ifdef POSIX
+ case Posix:
+ Var_Set("%POSIX", "1003.2", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ } else if (specType == MFlags) {
+ /*
+ * Call on functions in main.c to deal with these arguments and
+ * set the initial character to a null-character so the loop to
+ * get sources won't get anything
+ */
+ Main_ParseArgLine(line);
+ *line = '\0';
+ } else if (specType == ExShell) {
+ if (Job_ParseShell(line) != SUCCESS) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "improper shell specification");
+ goto out;
+ }
+ *line = '\0';
+ } else if ((specType == NotParallel) || (specType == SingleShell)) {
+ *line = '\0';
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * NOW GO FOR THE SOURCES
+ */
+ if ((specType == Suffixes) || (specType == ExPath) ||
+ (specType == Includes) || (specType == Libs) ||
+ (specType == Null) || (specType == ExObjdir))
+ {
+ while (*line) {
+ /*
+ * If the target was one that doesn't take files as its sources
+ * but takes something like suffixes, we take each
+ * space-separated word on the line as a something and deal
+ * with it accordingly.
+ *
+ * If the target was .SUFFIXES, we take each source as a
+ * suffix and add it to the list of suffixes maintained by the
+ * Suff module.
+ *
+ * If the target was a .PATH, we add the source as a directory
+ * to search on the search path.
+ *
+ * If it was .INCLUDES, the source is taken to be the suffix of
+ * files which will be #included and whose search path should
+ * be present in the .INCLUDES variable.
+ *
+ * If it was .LIBS, the source is taken to be the suffix of
+ * files which are considered libraries and whose search path
+ * should be present in the .LIBS variable.
+ *
+ * If it was .NULL, the source is the suffix to use when a file
+ * has no valid suffix.
+ *
+ * If it was .OBJDIR, the source is a new definition for .OBJDIR,
+ * and will cause make to do a new chdir to that path.
+ */
+ while (*cp && !isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+ cp++;
+ }
+ savec = *cp;
+ *cp = '\0';
+ switch (specType) {
+ case Suffixes:
+ Suff_AddSuffix(line, &mainNode);
+ break;
+ case ExPath:
+ Lst_ForEach(paths, ParseAddDir, line);
+ break;
+ case Includes:
+ Suff_AddInclude(line);
+ break;
+ case Libs:
+ Suff_AddLib(line);
+ break;
+ case Null:
+ Suff_SetNull(line);
+ break;
+ case ExObjdir:
+ Main_SetObjdir(line);
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ *cp = savec;
+ if (savec != '\0') {
+ cp++;
+ }
+ while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+ cp++;
+ }
+ line = cp;
+ }
+ if (paths) {
+ Lst_Destroy(paths, NULL);
+ }
+ if (specType == ExPath)
+ Dir_SetPATH();
+ } else {
+ while (*line) {
+ /*
+ * The targets take real sources, so we must beware of archive
+ * specifications (i.e. things with left parentheses in them)
+ * and handle them accordingly.
+ */
+ for (; *cp && !isspace ((unsigned char)*cp); cp++) {
+ if ((*cp == LPAREN) && (cp > line) && (cp[-1] != '$')) {
+ /*
+ * Only stop for a left parenthesis if it isn't at the
+ * start of a word (that'll be for variable changes
+ * later) and isn't preceded by a dollar sign (a dynamic
+ * source).
+ */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (*cp == LPAREN) {
+ sources = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ if (Arch_ParseArchive(&line, sources, VAR_CMD) != SUCCESS) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+ "Error in source archive spec \"%s\"", line);
+ goto out;
+ }
+
+ while (!Lst_IsEmpty (sources)) {
+ gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(sources);
+ ParseDoSrc(tOp, gn->name);
+ }
+ Lst_Destroy(sources, NULL);
+ cp = line;
+ } else {
+ if (*cp) {
+ *cp = '\0';
+ cp += 1;
+ }
+
+ ParseDoSrc(tOp, line);
+ }
+ while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+ cp++;
+ }
+ line = cp;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (mainNode == NULL) {
+ /*
+ * If we have yet to decide on a main target to make, in the
+ * absence of any user input, we want the first target on
+ * the first dependency line that is actually a real target
+ * (i.e. isn't a .USE or .EXEC rule) to be made.
+ */
+ Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseFindMain, NULL);
+ }
+
+out:
+ if (curTargs)
+ Lst_Destroy(curTargs, NULL);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_IsVar --
+ * Return TRUE if the passed line is a variable assignment. A variable
+ * assignment consists of a single word followed by optional whitespace
+ * followed by either a += or an = operator.
+ * This function is used both by the Parse_File function and main when
+ * parsing the command-line arguments.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * line the line to check
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if it is. FALSE if it ain't
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * none
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Parse_IsVar(char *line)
+{
+ Boolean wasSpace = FALSE; /* set TRUE if found a space */
+ char ch;
+ int level = 0;
+#define ISEQOPERATOR(c) \
+ (((c) == '+') || ((c) == ':') || ((c) == '?') || ((c) == '!'))
+
+ /*
+ * Skip to variable name
+ */
+ for (;(*line == ' ') || (*line == '\t'); line++)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Scan for one of the assignment operators outside a variable expansion */
+ while ((ch = *line++) != 0) {
+ if (ch == '(' || ch == '{') {
+ level++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (ch == ')' || ch == '}') {
+ level--;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (level != 0)
+ continue;
+ while (ch == ' ' || ch == '\t') {
+ ch = *line++;
+ wasSpace = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (ch == '=')
+ return TRUE;
+ if (*line == '=' && ISEQOPERATOR(ch))
+ return TRUE;
+ if (wasSpace)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_DoVar --
+ * Take the variable assignment in the passed line and do it in the
+ * global context.
+ *
+ * Note: There is a lexical ambiguity with assignment modifier characters
+ * in variable names. This routine interprets the character before the =
+ * as a modifier. Therefore, an assignment like
+ * C++=/usr/bin/CC
+ * is interpreted as "C+ +=" instead of "C++ =".
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * line a line guaranteed to be a variable assignment.
+ * This reduces error checks
+ * ctxt Context in which to do the assignment
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * the variable structure of the given variable name is altered in the
+ * global context.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Parse_DoVar(char *line, GNode *ctxt)
+{
+ char *cp; /* pointer into line */
+ enum {
+ VAR_SUBST, VAR_APPEND, VAR_SHELL, VAR_NORMAL
+ } type; /* Type of assignment */
+ char *opc; /* ptr to operator character to
+ * null-terminate the variable name */
+ Boolean freeCp = FALSE; /* TRUE if cp needs to be freed,
+ * i.e. if any variable expansion was
+ * performed */
+ int depth;
+
+ /*
+ * Skip to variable name
+ */
+ while ((*line == ' ') || (*line == '\t')) {
+ line++;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Skip to operator character, nulling out whitespace as we go
+ * XXX Rather than counting () and {} we should look for $ and
+ * then expand the variable.
+ */
+ for (depth = 0, cp = line + 1; depth != 0 || *cp != '='; cp++) {
+ if (*cp == '(' || *cp == '{') {
+ depth++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (*cp == ')' || *cp == '}') {
+ depth--;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (depth == 0 && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+ *cp = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ opc = cp-1; /* operator is the previous character */
+ *cp++ = '\0'; /* nuke the = */
+
+ /*
+ * Check operator type
+ */
+ switch (*opc) {
+ case '+':
+ type = VAR_APPEND;
+ *opc = '\0';
+ break;
+
+ case '?':
+ /*
+ * If the variable already has a value, we don't do anything.
+ */
+ *opc = '\0';
+ if (Var_Exists(line, ctxt)) {
+ return;
+ } else {
+ type = VAR_NORMAL;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case ':':
+ type = VAR_SUBST;
+ *opc = '\0';
+ break;
+
+ case '!':
+ type = VAR_SHELL;
+ *opc = '\0';
+ break;
+
+ default:
+#ifdef SUNSHCMD
+ while (opc > line && *opc != ':')
+ opc--;
+
+ if (strncmp(opc, ":sh", 3) == 0) {
+ type = VAR_SHELL;
+ *opc = '\0';
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ type = VAR_NORMAL;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ while (isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+ cp++;
+ }
+
+ if (type == VAR_APPEND) {
+ Var_Append(line, cp, ctxt);
+ } else if (type == VAR_SUBST) {
+ /*
+ * Allow variables in the old value to be undefined, but leave their
+ * invocation alone -- this is done by forcing oldVars to be false.
+ * XXX: This can cause recursive variables, but that's not hard to do,
+ * and this allows someone to do something like
+ *
+ * CFLAGS = $(.INCLUDES)
+ * CFLAGS := -I.. $(CFLAGS)
+ *
+ * And not get an error.
+ */
+ Boolean oldOldVars = oldVars;
+
+ oldVars = FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * make sure that we set the variable the first time to nothing
+ * so that it gets substituted!
+ */
+ if (!Var_Exists(line, ctxt))
+ Var_Set(line, "", ctxt, 0);
+
+ cp = Var_Subst(NULL, cp, ctxt, FALSE);
+ oldVars = oldOldVars;
+ freeCp = TRUE;
+
+ Var_Set(line, cp, ctxt, 0);
+ } else if (type == VAR_SHELL) {
+ char *res;
+ const char *error;
+
+ if (strchr(cp, '$') != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * There's a dollar sign in the command, so perform variable
+ * expansion on the whole thing. The resulting string will need
+ * freeing when we're done, so set freeCmd to TRUE.
+ */
+ cp = Var_Subst(NULL, cp, VAR_CMD, TRUE);
+ freeCp = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ res = Cmd_Exec(cp, &error);
+ Var_Set(line, res, ctxt, 0);
+ free(res);
+
+ if (error)
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, error, cp);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Normal assignment -- just do it.
+ */
+ Var_Set(line, cp, ctxt, 0);
+ }
+ if (strcmp(line, MAKEOVERRIDES) == 0)
+ Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(FALSE); /* re-export MAKEFLAGS */
+ else if (strcmp(line, ".CURDIR") == 0) {
+ /*
+ * Somone is being (too?) clever...
+ * Let's pretend they know what they are doing and
+ * re-initialize the 'cur' Path.
+ */
+ Dir_InitCur(cp);
+ Dir_SetPATH();
+ } else if (strcmp(line, MAKE_JOB_PREFIX) == 0) {
+ Job_SetPrefix();
+ } else if (strcmp(line, MAKE_EXPORTED) == 0) {
+ Var_Export(cp, 0);
+ }
+ if (freeCp)
+ free(cp);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ * ParseAddCmd --
+ * Lst_ForEach function to add a command line to all targets
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gnp the node to which the command is to be added
+ * cmd the command to add
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Always 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * A new element is added to the commands list of the node.
+ */
+static int
+ParseAddCmd(void *gnp, void *cmd)
+{
+ GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+
+ /* Add to last (ie current) cohort for :: targets */
+ if ((gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (gn->cohorts))
+ gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(Lst_Last(gn->cohorts));
+
+ /* if target already supplied, ignore commands */
+ if (!(gn->type & OP_HAS_COMMANDS)) {
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->commands, cmd);
+ ParseMark(gn);
+ } else {
+#ifdef notyet
+ /* XXX: We cannot do this until we fix the tree */
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->commands, cmd);
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+ "overriding commands for target \"%s\"; "
+ "previous commands defined at %s: %d ignored",
+ gn->name, gn->fname, gn->lineno);
+#else
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+ "duplicate script for target \"%s\" ignored",
+ gn->name);
+ ParseErrorInternal(gn->fname, gn->lineno, PARSE_WARNING,
+ "using previous script for \"%s\" defined here",
+ gn->name);
+#endif
+ }
+ return(0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseHasCommands --
+ * Callback procedure for Parse_File when destroying the list of
+ * targets on the last dependency line. Marks a target as already
+ * having commands if it does, to keep from having shell commands
+ * on multiple dependency lines.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gnp Node to examine
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * OP_HAS_COMMANDS may be set for the target.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseHasCommands(void *gnp)
+{
+ GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+ if (!Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands)) {
+ gn->type |= OP_HAS_COMMANDS;
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_AddIncludeDir --
+ * Add a directory to the path searched for included makefiles
+ * bracketed by double-quotes. Used by functions in main.c
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * dir The name of the directory to add
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The directory is appended to the list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Parse_AddIncludeDir(char *dir)
+{
+ (void)Dir_AddDir(parseIncPath, dir);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseDoInclude --
+ * Push to another file.
+ *
+ * The input is the line minus the `.'. A file spec is a string
+ * enclosed in <> or "". The former is looked for only in sysIncPath.
+ * The latter in . and the directories specified by -I command line
+ * options
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * A structure is added to the includes Lst and readProc, lineno,
+ * fname and curFILE are altered for the new file
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+Parse_include_file(char *file, Boolean isSystem, int silent)
+{
+ char *fullname; /* full pathname of file */
+ char *newName;
+ char *prefEnd, *incdir;
+ int fd;
+ int i;
+
+ /*
+ * Now we know the file's name and its search path, we attempt to
+ * find the durn thing. A return of NULL indicates the file don't
+ * exist.
+ */
+ fullname = file[0] == '/' ? bmake_strdup(file) : NULL;
+
+ if (fullname == NULL && !isSystem) {
+ /*
+ * Include files contained in double-quotes are first searched for
+ * relative to the including file's location. We don't want to
+ * cd there, of course, so we just tack on the old file's
+ * leading path components and call Dir_FindFile to see if
+ * we can locate the beast.
+ */
+
+ incdir = bmake_strdup(curFile->fname);
+ prefEnd = strrchr(incdir, '/');
+ if (prefEnd != NULL) {
+ *prefEnd = '\0';
+ /* Now do lexical processing of leading "../" on the filename */
+ for (i = 0; strncmp(file + i, "../", 3) == 0; i += 3) {
+ prefEnd = strrchr(incdir + 1, '/');
+ if (prefEnd == NULL || strcmp(prefEnd, "/..") == 0)
+ break;
+ *prefEnd = '\0';
+ }
+ newName = str_concat(incdir, file + i, STR_ADDSLASH);
+ fullname = Dir_FindFile(newName, parseIncPath);
+ if (fullname == NULL)
+ fullname = Dir_FindFile(newName, dirSearchPath);
+ free(newName);
+ }
+ free(incdir);
+
+ if (fullname == NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Makefile wasn't found in same directory as included makefile.
+ * Search for it first on the -I search path,
+ * then on the .PATH search path, if not found in a -I directory.
+ * If we have a suffix specific path we should use that.
+ */
+ char *suff;
+ Lst suffPath = NULL;
+
+ if ((suff = strrchr(file, '.'))) {
+ suffPath = Suff_GetPath(suff);
+ if (suffPath != NULL) {
+ fullname = Dir_FindFile(file, suffPath);
+ }
+ }
+ if (fullname == NULL) {
+ fullname = Dir_FindFile(file, parseIncPath);
+ if (fullname == NULL) {
+ fullname = Dir_FindFile(file, dirSearchPath);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Looking for a system file or file still not found */
+ if (fullname == NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Look for it on the system path
+ */
+ fullname = Dir_FindFile(file,
+ Lst_IsEmpty(sysIncPath) ? defIncPath : sysIncPath);
+ }
+
+ if (fullname == NULL) {
+ if (!silent)
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Could not find %s", file);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Actually open the file... */
+ fd = open(fullname, O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd == -1) {
+ if (!silent)
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Cannot open %s", fullname);
+ free(fullname);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Start reading from this file next */
+ Parse_SetInput(fullname, 0, fd, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+static void
+ParseDoInclude(char *line)
+{
+ char endc; /* the character which ends the file spec */
+ char *cp; /* current position in file spec */
+ int silent = (*line != 'i') ? 1 : 0;
+ char *file = &line[7 + silent];
+
+ /* Skip to delimiter character so we know where to look */
+ while (*file == ' ' || *file == '\t')
+ file++;
+
+ if (*file != '"' && *file != '<') {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+ ".include filename must be delimited by '\"' or '<'");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Set the search path on which to find the include file based on the
+ * characters which bracket its name. Angle-brackets imply it's
+ * a system Makefile while double-quotes imply it's a user makefile
+ */
+ if (*file == '<') {
+ endc = '>';
+ } else {
+ endc = '"';
+ }
+
+ /* Skip to matching delimiter */
+ for (cp = ++file; *cp && *cp != endc; cp++)
+ continue;
+
+ if (*cp != endc) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+ "Unclosed %cinclude filename. '%c' expected",
+ '.', endc);
+ return;
+ }
+ *cp = '\0';
+
+ /*
+ * Substitute for any variables in the file name before trying to
+ * find the thing.
+ */
+ file = Var_Subst(NULL, file, VAR_CMD, FALSE);
+
+ Parse_include_file(file, endc == '>', silent);
+ free(file);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseSetParseFile --
+ * Set the .PARSEDIR and .PARSEFILE variables to the dirname and
+ * basename of the given filename
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The .PARSEDIR and .PARSEFILE variables are overwritten by the
+ * dirname and basename of the given filename.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseSetParseFile(const char *filename)
+{
+ char *slash;
+ char *dirname;
+ int len;
+
+ slash = strrchr(filename, '/');
+ if (slash == NULL) {
+ Var_Set(".PARSEDIR", ".", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ Var_Set(".PARSEFILE", filename, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ } else {
+ len = slash - filename;
+ dirname = bmake_malloc(len + 1);
+ memcpy(dirname, filename, len);
+ dirname[len] = 0;
+ Var_Set(".PARSEDIR", dirname, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ Var_Set(".PARSEFILE", slash+1, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ free(dirname);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Track the makefiles we read - so makefiles can
+ * set dependencies on them.
+ * Avoid adding anything more than once.
+ */
+
+static void
+ParseTrackInput(const char *name)
+{
+ char *old;
+ char *fp = NULL;
+ size_t name_len = strlen(name);
+
+ old = Var_Value(MAKE_MAKEFILES, VAR_GLOBAL, &fp);
+ if (old) {
+ /* does it contain name? */
+ for (; old != NULL; old = strchr(old, ' ')) {
+ if (*old == ' ')
+ old++;
+ if (memcmp(old, name, name_len) == 0
+ && (old[name_len] == 0 || old[name_len] == ' '))
+ goto cleanup;
+ }
+ }
+ Var_Append (MAKE_MAKEFILES, name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ cleanup:
+ if (fp) {
+ free(fp);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_setInput --
+ * Start Parsing from the given source
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * A structure is added to the includes Lst and readProc, lineno,
+ * fname and curFile are altered for the new file
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Parse_SetInput(const char *name, int line, int fd, char *(*nextbuf)(void *), void *arg)
+{
+ char *buf;
+
+ if (name == NULL)
+ name = curFile->fname;
+ else
+ ParseTrackInput(name);
+
+ if (DEBUG(PARSE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Parse_SetInput: file %s, line %d, fd %d, nextbuf %p, arg %p\n",
+ name, line, fd, nextbuf, arg);
+
+ if (fd == -1 && nextbuf == NULL)
+ /* sanity */
+ return;
+
+ if (curFile != NULL)
+ /* Save exiting file info */
+ Lst_AtFront(includes, curFile);
+
+ /* Allocate and fill in new structure */
+ curFile = bmake_malloc(sizeof *curFile);
+
+ /*
+ * Once the previous state has been saved, we can get down to reading
+ * the new file. We set up the name of the file to be the absolute
+ * name of the include file so error messages refer to the right
+ * place.
+ */
+ curFile->fname = name;
+ curFile->lineno = line;
+ curFile->first_lineno = line;
+ curFile->fd = fd;
+ curFile->nextbuf = nextbuf;
+ curFile->nextbuf_arg = arg;
+
+ if (nextbuf == NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Allocate a 32k data buffer (as stdio seems to).
+ * Set pointers so that first ParseReadc has to do a file read.
+ */
+ buf = bmake_malloc(IFILE_BUFLEN);
+ buf[0] = 0;
+ curFile->P_str = buf;
+ curFile->P_ptr = buf;
+ curFile->P_end = buf;
+ curFile->P_buflen = IFILE_BUFLEN;
+ } else {
+ /* Get first block of input data */
+ buf = curFile->nextbuf(curFile->nextbuf_arg);
+ if (buf == NULL) {
+ /* Was all a waste of time ... */
+ free(curFile);
+ return;
+ }
+ curFile->P_str = buf;
+ curFile->P_ptr = buf;
+ curFile->P_end = NULL;
+ }
+
+ curFile->cond_depth = Cond_save_depth();
+ ParseSetParseFile(name);
+}
+
+#ifdef SYSVINCLUDE
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseTraditionalInclude --
+ * Push to another file.
+ *
+ * The input is the current line. The file name(s) are
+ * following the "include".
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * A structure is added to the includes Lst and readProc, lineno,
+ * fname and curFILE are altered for the new file
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseTraditionalInclude(char *line)
+{
+ char *cp; /* current position in file spec */
+ int done = 0;
+ int silent = (line[0] != 'i') ? 1 : 0;
+ char *file = &line[silent + 7];
+ char *all_files;
+
+ if (DEBUG(PARSE)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "ParseTraditionalInclude: %s\n", file);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Skip over whitespace
+ */
+ while (isspace((unsigned char)*file))
+ file++;
+
+ /*
+ * Substitute for any variables in the file name before trying to
+ * find the thing.
+ */
+ all_files = Var_Subst(NULL, file, VAR_CMD, FALSE);
+
+ if (*file == '\0') {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+ "Filename missing from \"include\"");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (file = all_files; !done; file = cp + 1) {
+ /* Skip to end of line or next whitespace */
+ for (cp = file; *cp && !isspace((unsigned char) *cp); cp++)
+ continue;
+
+ if (*cp)
+ *cp = '\0';
+ else
+ done = 1;
+
+ Parse_include_file(file, FALSE, silent);
+ }
+ free(all_files);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseEOF --
+ * Called when EOF is reached in the current file. If we were reading
+ * an include file, the includes stack is popped and things set up
+ * to go back to reading the previous file at the previous location.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * CONTINUE if there's more to do. DONE if not.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The old curFILE, is closed. The includes list is shortened.
+ * lineno, curFILE, and fname are changed if CONTINUE is returned.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseEOF(void)
+{
+ char *ptr;
+
+ if (curFile->nextbuf != NULL) {
+ /* eg .for loop data, get next iteration */
+ ptr = curFile->nextbuf(curFile->nextbuf_arg);
+ curFile->P_ptr = ptr;
+ curFile->P_str = ptr;
+ curFile->lineno = curFile->first_lineno;
+ if (ptr != NULL) {
+ /* Iterate again */
+ return CONTINUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Ensure the makefile (or loop) didn't have mismatched conditionals */
+ Cond_restore_depth(curFile->cond_depth);
+
+ /* Dispose of curFile info */
+ /* Leak curFile->fname because all the gnodes have pointers to it */
+ if (curFile->fd != -1)
+ close(curFile->fd);
+ free(curFile->P_str);
+ free(curFile);
+
+ curFile = Lst_DeQueue(includes);
+
+ if (curFile == NULL) {
+ /* We've run out of input */
+ Var_Delete(".PARSEDIR", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ Var_Delete(".PARSEFILE", VAR_GLOBAL);
+ return DONE;
+ }
+
+ if (DEBUG(PARSE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "ParseEOF: returning to file %s, line %d, fd %d\n",
+ curFile->fname, curFile->lineno, curFile->fd);
+
+ /* Restore the PARSEDIR/PARSEFILE variables */
+ ParseSetParseFile(curFile->fname);
+ return (CONTINUE);
+}
+
+#define PARSE_RAW 1
+#define PARSE_SKIP 2
+
+static char *
+ParseGetLine(int flags, int *length)
+{
+ IFile *cf = curFile;
+ char *ptr;
+ char ch;
+ char *line;
+ char *line_end;
+ char *escaped;
+ char *comment;
+ char *tp;
+ int len, dist;
+
+ /* Loop through blank lines and comment lines */
+ for (;;) {
+ cf->lineno++;
+ line = cf->P_ptr;
+ ptr = line;
+ line_end = line;
+ escaped = NULL;
+ comment = NULL;
+ for (;;) {
+ ch = *ptr;
+ if (ch == 0 || (ch == '\\' && ptr[1] == 0)) {
+ if (cf->P_end == NULL)
+ /* End of string (aka for loop) data */
+ break;
+ /* End of data read from file, read more data */
+ if (ptr != cf->P_end && (ch != '\\' || ptr + 1 != cf->P_end)) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Zero byte read from file");
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ /* Move existing data to (near) start of file buffer */
+ len = cf->P_end - cf->P_ptr;
+ tp = cf->P_str + 32;
+ memmove(tp, cf->P_ptr, len);
+ dist = cf->P_ptr - tp;
+ /* Update all pointers to reflect moved data */
+ ptr -= dist;
+ line -= dist;
+ line_end -= dist;
+ if (escaped)
+ escaped -= dist;
+ if (comment)
+ comment -= dist;
+ cf->P_ptr = tp;
+ tp += len;
+ cf->P_end = tp;
+ /* Try to read more data from file into buffer space */
+ len = cf->P_str + cf->P_buflen - tp - 32;
+ if (len <= 0) {
+ /* We need a bigger buffer to hold this line */
+ tp = bmake_realloc(cf->P_str, cf->P_buflen + IFILE_BUFLEN);
+ cf->P_ptr = cf->P_ptr - cf->P_str + tp;
+ cf->P_end = cf->P_end - cf->P_str + tp;
+ ptr = ptr - cf->P_str + tp;
+ line = line - cf->P_str + tp;
+ line_end = line_end - cf->P_str + tp;
+ if (escaped)
+ escaped = escaped - cf->P_str + tp;
+ if (comment)
+ comment = comment - cf->P_str + tp;
+ cf->P_str = tp;
+ tp = cf->P_end;
+ len += IFILE_BUFLEN;
+ cf->P_buflen += IFILE_BUFLEN;
+ }
+ len = read(cf->fd, tp, len);
+ if (len <= 0) {
+ if (len < 0) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Makefile read error: %s",
+ strerror(errno));
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ /* End of file */
+ break;
+ }
+ /* 0 terminate the data, and update end pointer */
+ tp += len;
+ cf->P_end = tp;
+ *tp = 0;
+ /* Process newly read characters */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (ch == '\\') {
+ /* Don't treat next character as special, remember first one */
+ if (escaped == NULL)
+ escaped = ptr;
+ if (ptr[1] == '\n')
+ cf->lineno++;
+ ptr += 2;
+ line_end = ptr;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (ch == '#' && comment == NULL) {
+ /* Remember first '#' for comment stripping */
+ comment = line_end;
+ }
+ ptr++;
+ if (ch == '\n')
+ break;
+ if (!isspace((unsigned char)ch))
+ /* We are not interested in trailing whitespace */
+ line_end = ptr;
+ }
+
+ /* Save next 'to be processed' location */
+ cf->P_ptr = ptr;
+
+ /* Check we have a non-comment, non-blank line */
+ if (line_end == line || comment == line) {
+ if (ch == 0)
+ /* At end of file */
+ return NULL;
+ /* Parse another line */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* We now have a line of data */
+ *line_end = 0;
+
+ if (flags & PARSE_RAW) {
+ /* Leave '\' (etc) in line buffer (eg 'for' lines) */
+ *length = line_end - line;
+ return line;
+ }
+
+ if (flags & PARSE_SKIP) {
+ /* Completely ignore non-directives */
+ if (line[0] != '.')
+ continue;
+ /* We could do more of the .else/.elif/.endif checks here */
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Brutally ignore anything after a non-escaped '#' in non-commands */
+ if (comment != NULL && line[0] != '\t') {
+ line_end = comment;
+ *line_end = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* If we didn't see a '\\' then the in-situ data is fine */
+ if (escaped == NULL) {
+ *length = line_end - line;
+ return line;
+ }
+
+ /* Remove escapes from '\n' and '#' */
+ tp = ptr = escaped;
+ escaped = line;
+ for (; ; *tp++ = ch) {
+ ch = *ptr++;
+ if (ch != '\\') {
+ if (ch == 0)
+ break;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ ch = *ptr++;
+ if (ch == 0) {
+ /* Delete '\\' at end of buffer */
+ tp--;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (ch == '#' && line[0] != '\t')
+ /* Delete '\\' from before '#' on non-command lines */
+ continue;
+
+ if (ch != '\n') {
+ /* Leave '\\' in buffer for later */
+ *tp++ = '\\';
+ /* Make sure we don't delete an escaped ' ' from the line end */
+ escaped = tp + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Escaped '\n' replace following whitespace with a single ' ' */
+ while (ptr[0] == ' ' || ptr[0] == '\t')
+ ptr++;
+ ch = ' ';
+ }
+
+ /* Delete any trailing spaces - eg from empty continuations */
+ while (tp > escaped && isspace((unsigned char)tp[-1]))
+ tp--;
+
+ *tp = 0;
+ *length = tp - line;
+ return line;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseReadLine --
+ * Read an entire line from the input file. Called only by Parse_File.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * A line w/o its newline
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Only those associated with reading a character
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+ParseReadLine(void)
+{
+ char *line; /* Result */
+ int lineLength; /* Length of result */
+ int lineno; /* Saved line # */
+ int rval;
+
+ for (;;) {
+ line = ParseGetLine(0, &lineLength);
+ if (line == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (line[0] != '.')
+ return line;
+
+ /*
+ * The line might be a conditional. Ask the conditional module
+ * about it and act accordingly
+ */
+ switch (Cond_Eval(line)) {
+ case COND_SKIP:
+ /* Skip to next conditional that evaluates to COND_PARSE. */
+ do {
+ line = ParseGetLine(PARSE_SKIP, &lineLength);
+ } while (line && Cond_Eval(line) != COND_PARSE);
+ if (line == NULL)
+ break;
+ continue;
+ case COND_PARSE:
+ continue;
+ case COND_INVALID: /* Not a conditional line */
+ /* Check for .for loops */
+ rval = For_Eval(line);
+ if (rval == 0)
+ /* Not a .for line */
+ break;
+ if (rval < 0)
+ /* Syntax error - error printed, ignore line */
+ continue;
+ /* Start of a .for loop */
+ lineno = curFile->lineno;
+ /* Accumulate loop lines until matching .endfor */
+ do {
+ line = ParseGetLine(PARSE_RAW, &lineLength);
+ if (line == NULL) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+ "Unexpected end of file in for loop.\n");
+ break;
+ }
+ } while (For_Accum(line));
+ /* Stash each iteration as a new 'input file' */
+ For_Run(lineno);
+ /* Read next line from for-loop buffer */
+ continue;
+ }
+ return (line);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseFinishLine --
+ * Handle the end of a dependency group.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * inLine set FALSE. 'targets' list destroyed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseFinishLine(void)
+{
+ if (inLine) {
+ Lst_ForEach(targets, Suff_EndTransform, NULL);
+ Lst_Destroy(targets, ParseHasCommands);
+ targets = NULL;
+ inLine = FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_File --
+ * Parse a file into its component parts, incorporating it into the
+ * current dependency graph. This is the main function and controls
+ * almost every other function in this module
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * name the name of the file being read
+ * fd Open file to makefile to parse
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * closes fd.
+ * Loads. Nodes are added to the list of all targets, nodes and links
+ * are added to the dependency graph. etc. etc. etc.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Parse_File(const char *name, int fd)
+{
+ char *cp; /* pointer into the line */
+ char *line; /* the line we're working on */
+
+ inLine = FALSE;
+ fatals = 0;
+
+ Parse_SetInput(name, 0, fd, NULL, NULL);
+
+ do {
+ for (; (line = ParseReadLine()) != NULL; ) {
+ if (DEBUG(PARSE))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "ParseReadLine (%d): '%s'\n",
+ curFile->lineno, line);
+ if (*line == '.') {
+ /*
+ * Lines that begin with the special character may be
+ * include or undef directives.
+ * On the other hand they can be suffix rules (.c.o: ...)
+ * or just dependencies for filenames that start '.'.
+ */
+ for (cp = line + 1; isspace((unsigned char)*cp); cp++) {
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (strncmp(cp, "include", 7) == 0 ||
+ ((cp[0] == 's' || cp[0] == '-') &&
+ strncmp(&cp[1], "include", 7) == 0)) {
+ ParseDoInclude(cp);
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (strncmp(cp, "undef", 5) == 0) {
+ char *cp2;
+ for (cp += 5; isspace((unsigned char) *cp); cp++)
+ continue;
+ for (cp2 = cp; !isspace((unsigned char) *cp2) &&
+ (*cp2 != '\0'); cp2++)
+ continue;
+ *cp2 = '\0';
+ Var_Delete(cp, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ continue;
+ } else if (strncmp(cp, "export", 6) == 0) {
+ for (cp += 6; isspace((unsigned char) *cp); cp++)
+ continue;
+ Var_Export(cp, 1);
+ continue;
+ } else if (strncmp(cp, "unexport", 8) == 0) {
+ Var_UnExport(cp);
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (*line == '\t') {
+ /*
+ * If a line starts with a tab, it can only hope to be
+ * a creation command.
+ */
+ cp = line + 1;
+ shellCommand:
+ for (; isspace ((unsigned char)*cp); cp++) {
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (*cp) {
+ if (!inLine)
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+ "Unassociated shell command \"%s\"",
+ cp);
+ /*
+ * So long as it's not a blank line and we're actually
+ * in a dependency spec, add the command to the list of
+ * commands of all targets in the dependency spec
+ */
+ if (targets) {
+ cp = bmake_strdup(cp);
+ Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseAddCmd, cp);
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+ Lst_AtEnd(targCmds, cp);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+#ifdef SYSVINCLUDE
+ if (((strncmp(line, "include", 7) == 0 &&
+ isspace((unsigned char) line[7])) ||
+ ((line[0] == 's' || line[0] == '-') &&
+ strncmp(&line[1], "include", 7) == 0 &&
+ isspace((unsigned char) line[8]))) &&
+ strchr(line, ':') == NULL) {
+ /*
+ * It's an S3/S5-style "include".
+ */
+ ParseTraditionalInclude(line);
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+ if (Parse_IsVar(line)) {
+ ParseFinishLine();
+ Parse_DoVar(line, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+#ifndef POSIX
+ /*
+ * To make life easier on novices, if the line is indented we
+ * first make sure the line has a dependency operator in it.
+ * If it doesn't have an operator and we're in a dependency
+ * line's script, we assume it's actually a shell command
+ * and add it to the current list of targets.
+ */
+ cp = line;
+ if (isspace((unsigned char) line[0])) {
+ while ((*cp != '\0') && isspace((unsigned char) *cp))
+ cp++;
+ while (*cp && (ParseIsEscaped(line, cp) ||
+ (*cp != ':') && (*cp != '!'))) {
+ cp++;
+ }
+ if (*cp == '\0') {
+ if (inLine) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+ "Shell command needs a leading tab");
+ goto shellCommand;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ ParseFinishLine();
+
+ /*
+ * For some reason - probably to make the parser impossible -
+ * a ';' can be used to separate commands from dependencies.
+ * Attempt to avoid ';' inside substitution patterns.
+ */
+ {
+ int level = 0;
+
+ for (cp = line; *cp != 0; cp++) {
+ if (*cp == '\\' && cp[1] != 0) {
+ cp++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (*cp == '$' &&
+ (cp[1] == '(' || cp[1] == '{')) {
+ level++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (level > 0) {
+ if (*cp == ')' || *cp == '}') {
+ level--;
+ continue;
+ }
+ } else if (*cp == ';') {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (*cp != 0)
+ /* Terminate the dependency list at the ';' */
+ *cp++ = 0;
+ else
+ cp = NULL;
+
+ /*
+ * We now know it's a dependency line so it needs to have all
+ * variables expanded before being parsed. Tell the variable
+ * module to complain if some variable is undefined...
+ */
+ line = Var_Subst(NULL, line, VAR_CMD, TRUE);
+
+ /*
+ * Need a non-circular list for the target nodes
+ */
+ if (targets)
+ Lst_Destroy(targets, NULL);
+
+ targets = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ inLine = TRUE;
+
+ ParseDoDependency(line);
+ free(line);
+
+ /* If there were commands after a ';', add them now */
+ if (cp != NULL) {
+ goto shellCommand;
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ * Reached EOF, but it may be just EOF of an include file...
+ */
+ } while (ParseEOF() == CONTINUE);
+
+ if (fatals) {
+ (void)fprintf(stderr,
+ "%s: Fatal errors encountered -- cannot continue\n",
+ progname);
+ PrintOnError(NULL);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_Init --
+ * initialize the parsing module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * the parseIncPath list is initialized...
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Parse_Init(void)
+{
+ mainNode = NULL;
+ parseIncPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ sysIncPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ defIncPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ includes = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+ targCmds = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+Parse_End(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+ Lst_Destroy(targCmds, (FreeProc *)free);
+ if (targets)
+ Lst_Destroy(targets, NULL);
+ Lst_Destroy(defIncPath, Dir_Destroy);
+ Lst_Destroy(sysIncPath, Dir_Destroy);
+ Lst_Destroy(parseIncPath, Dir_Destroy);
+ Lst_Destroy(includes, NULL); /* Should be empty now */
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_MainName --
+ * Return a Lst of the main target to create for main()'s sake. If
+ * no such target exists, we Punt with an obnoxious error message.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * A Lst of the single node to create.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Parse_MainName(void)
+{
+ Lst mainList; /* result list */
+
+ mainList = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+ if (mainNode == NULL) {
+ Punt("no target to make.");
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+ } else if (mainNode->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) {
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(mainList, mainNode);
+ Lst_Concat(mainList, mainNode->cohorts, LST_CONCNEW);
+ }
+ else
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(mainList, mainNode);
+ Var_Append(".TARGETS", mainNode->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ return (mainList);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseMark --
+ * Add the filename and lineno to the GNode so that we remember
+ * where it was first defined.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseMark(GNode *gn)
+{
+ gn->fname = curFile->fname;
+ gn->lineno = curFile->lineno;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: pathnames.h,v 1.17 2009/04/11 09:41:18 apb Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)pathnames.h 5.2 (Berkeley) 6/1/90
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+#else
+#include <paths.h>
+#endif
+
+#define _PATH_OBJDIR "obj"
+#define _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX "/usr/obj"
+#ifndef _PATH_DEFSHELLDIR
+#define _PATH_DEFSHELLDIR "/bin"
+#endif
+#define _PATH_DEFSYSMK "sys.mk"
+#ifndef _PATH_DEFSYSPATH
+#if defined(__minix)
+#define _PATH_DEFSYSPATH "/etc/mk"
+#else
+#define _PATH_DEFSYSPATH "/usr/share/mk"
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifndef _PATH_TMP
+#define _PATH_TMP "/tmp/" /* with trailing slash */
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: sprite.h,v 1.11 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)sprite.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * from: @(#)sprite.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * sprite.h --
+ *
+ * Common constants and type declarations for Sprite.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SPRITE
+#define _SPRITE
+
+
+/*
+ * A boolean type is defined as an integer, not an enum. This allows a
+ * boolean argument to be an expression that isn't strictly 0 or 1 valued.
+ */
+
+typedef int Boolean;
+#ifndef TRUE
+#define TRUE 1
+#endif /* TRUE */
+#ifndef FALSE
+#define FALSE 0
+#endif /* FALSE */
+
+/*
+ * Functions that must return a status can return a ReturnStatus to
+ * indicate success or type of failure.
+ */
+
+typedef int ReturnStatus;
+
+/*
+ * The following statuses overlap with the first 2 generic statuses
+ * defined in status.h:
+ *
+ * SUCCESS There was no error.
+ * FAILURE There was a general error.
+ */
+
+#define SUCCESS 0x00000000
+#define FAILURE 0x00000001
+
+#endif /* _SPRITE */
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: str.c,v 1.33 2009/02/25 21:17:21 sno Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.33 2009/02/25 21:17:21 sno Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)str.c 5.8 (Berkeley) 6/1/90";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.33 2009/02/25 21:17:21 sno Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+#include "make.h"
+
+/*-
+ * str_concat --
+ * concatenate the two strings, inserting a space or slash between them,
+ * freeing them if requested.
+ *
+ * returns --
+ * the resulting string in allocated space.
+ */
+char *
+str_concat(const char *s1, const char *s2, int flags)
+{
+ int len1, len2;
+ char *result;
+
+ /* get the length of both strings */
+ len1 = strlen(s1);
+ len2 = strlen(s2);
+
+ /* allocate length plus separator plus EOS */
+ result = bmake_malloc((u_int)(len1 + len2 + 2));
+
+ /* copy first string into place */
+ memcpy(result, s1, len1);
+
+ /* add separator character */
+ if (flags & STR_ADDSPACE) {
+ result[len1] = ' ';
+ ++len1;
+ } else if (flags & STR_ADDSLASH) {
+ result[len1] = '/';
+ ++len1;
+ }
+
+ /* copy second string plus EOS into place */
+ memcpy(result + len1, s2, len2 + 1);
+
+ return(result);
+}
+
+/*-
+ * brk_string --
+ * Fracture a string into an array of words (as delineated by tabs or
+ * spaces) taking quotation marks into account. Leading tabs/spaces
+ * are ignored.
+ *
+ * If expand is TRUE, quotes are removed and escape sequences
+ * such as \r, \t, etc... are expanded.
+ *
+ * returns --
+ * Pointer to the array of pointers to the words.
+ * Memory containing the actual words in *buffer.
+ * Both of these must be free'd by the caller.
+ * Number of words in *store_argc.
+ */
+char **
+brk_string(const char *str, int *store_argc, Boolean expand, char **buffer)
+{
+ int argc, ch;
+ char inquote, *start, *t;
+ const char *p;
+ int len;
+ int argmax = 50, curlen = 0;
+ char **argv = bmake_malloc((argmax + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+
+ /* skip leading space chars. */
+ for (; *str == ' ' || *str == '\t'; ++str)
+ continue;
+
+ /* allocate room for a copy of the string */
+ if ((len = strlen(str) + 1) > curlen)
+ *buffer = bmake_malloc(curlen = len);
+
+ /*
+ * copy the string; at the same time, parse backslashes,
+ * quotes and build the argument list.
+ */
+ argc = 0;
+ inquote = '\0';
+ for (p = str, start = t = *buffer;; ++p) {
+ switch(ch = *p) {
+ case '"':
+ case '\'':
+ if (inquote) {
+ if (inquote == ch)
+ inquote = '\0';
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ else {
+ inquote = (char) ch;
+ /* Don't miss "" or '' */
+ if (start == NULL && p[1] == inquote) {
+ if (!expand) {
+ start = t;
+ *t++ = ch;
+ } else
+ start = t + 1;
+ p++;
+ inquote = '\0';
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!expand) {
+ if (!start)
+ start = t;
+ *t++ = ch;
+ }
+ continue;
+ case ' ':
+ case '\t':
+ case '\n':
+ if (inquote)
+ break;
+ if (!start)
+ continue;
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case '\0':
+ /*
+ * end of a token -- make sure there's enough argv
+ * space and save off a pointer.
+ */
+ if (!start)
+ goto done;
+
+ *t++ = '\0';
+ if (argc == argmax) {
+ argmax *= 2; /* ramp up fast */
+ argv = (char **)bmake_realloc(argv,
+ (argmax + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+ }
+ argv[argc++] = start;
+ start = NULL;
+ if (ch == '\n' || ch == '\0') {
+ if (expand && inquote) {
+ free(argv);
+ free(*buffer);
+ *buffer = NULL;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ goto done;
+ }
+ continue;
+ case '\\':
+ if (!expand) {
+ if (!start)
+ start = t;
+ *t++ = '\\';
+ if (*(p+1) == '\0') /* catch '\' at end of line */
+ continue;
+ ch = *++p;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ switch (ch = *++p) {
+ case '\0':
+ case '\n':
+ /* hmmm; fix it up as best we can */
+ ch = '\\';
+ --p;
+ break;
+ case 'b':
+ ch = '\b';
+ break;
+ case 'f':
+ ch = '\f';
+ break;
+ case 'n':
+ ch = '\n';
+ break;
+ case 'r':
+ ch = '\r';
+ break;
+ case 't':
+ ch = '\t';
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!start)
+ start = t;
+ *t++ = (char) ch;
+ }
+done: argv[argc] = NULL;
+ *store_argc = argc;
+ return(argv);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Str_FindSubstring -- See if a string contains a particular substring.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * string String to search.
+ * substring Substring to find in string.
+ *
+ * Results: If string contains substring, the return value is the location of
+ * the first matching instance of substring in string. If string doesn't
+ * contain substring, the return value is NULL. Matching is done on an exact
+ * character-for-character basis with no wildcards or special characters.
+ *
+ * Side effects: None.
+ */
+char *
+Str_FindSubstring(const char *string, const char *substring)
+{
+ const char *a, *b;
+
+ /*
+ * First scan quickly through the two strings looking for a single-
+ * character match. When it's found, then compare the rest of the
+ * substring.
+ */
+
+ for (b = substring; *string != 0; string += 1) {
+ if (*string != *b)
+ continue;
+ a = string;
+ for (;;) {
+ if (*b == 0)
+ return UNCONST(string);
+ if (*a++ != *b++)
+ break;
+ }
+ b = substring;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Str_Match --
+ *
+ * See if a particular string matches a particular pattern.
+ *
+ * Results: Non-zero is returned if string matches pattern, 0 otherwise. The
+ * matching operation permits the following special characters in the
+ * pattern: *?\[] (see the man page for details on what these mean).
+ *
+ * Side effects: None.
+ */
+int
+Str_Match(const char *string, const char *pattern)
+{
+ char c2;
+
+ for (;;) {
+ /*
+ * See if we're at the end of both the pattern and the
+ * string. If, we succeeded. If we're at the end of the
+ * pattern but not at the end of the string, we failed.
+ */
+ if (*pattern == 0)
+ return(!*string);
+ if (*string == 0 && *pattern != '*')
+ return(0);
+ /*
+ * Check for a "*" as the next pattern character. It matches
+ * any substring. We handle this by calling ourselves
+ * recursively for each postfix of string, until either we
+ * match or we reach the end of the string.
+ */
+ if (*pattern == '*') {
+ pattern += 1;
+ if (*pattern == 0)
+ return(1);
+ while (*string != 0) {
+ if (Str_Match(string, pattern))
+ return(1);
+ ++string;
+ }
+ return(0);
+ }
+ /*
+ * Check for a "?" as the next pattern character. It matches
+ * any single character.
+ */
+ if (*pattern == '?')
+ goto thisCharOK;
+ /*
+ * Check for a "[" as the next pattern character. It is
+ * followed by a list of characters that are acceptable, or
+ * by a range (two characters separated by "-").
+ */
+ if (*pattern == '[') {
+ ++pattern;
+ for (;;) {
+ if ((*pattern == ']') || (*pattern == 0))
+ return(0);
+ if (*pattern == *string)
+ break;
+ if (pattern[1] == '-') {
+ c2 = pattern[2];
+ if (c2 == 0)
+ return(0);
+ if ((*pattern <= *string) &&
+ (c2 >= *string))
+ break;
+ if ((*pattern >= *string) &&
+ (c2 <= *string))
+ break;
+ pattern += 2;
+ }
+ ++pattern;
+ }
+ while ((*pattern != ']') && (*pattern != 0))
+ ++pattern;
+ goto thisCharOK;
+ }
+ /*
+ * If the next pattern character is '/', just strip off the
+ * '/' so we do exact matching on the character that follows.
+ */
+ if (*pattern == '\\') {
+ ++pattern;
+ if (*pattern == 0)
+ return(0);
+ }
+ /*
+ * There's no special character. Just make sure that the
+ * next characters of each string match.
+ */
+ if (*pattern != *string)
+ return(0);
+thisCharOK: ++pattern;
+ ++string;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Str_SYSVMatch --
+ * Check word against pattern for a match (% is wild),
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * word Word to examine
+ * pattern Pattern to examine against
+ * len Number of characters to substitute
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Returns the beginning position of a match or null. The number
+ * of characters matched is returned in len.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Str_SYSVMatch(const char *word, const char *pattern, int *len)
+{
+ const char *p = pattern;
+ const char *w = word;
+ const char *m;
+
+ if (*p == '\0') {
+ /* Null pattern is the whole string */
+ *len = strlen(w);
+ return UNCONST(w);
+ }
+
+ if ((m = strchr(p, '%')) != NULL) {
+ /* check that the prefix matches */
+ for (; p != m && *w && *w == *p; w++, p++)
+ continue;
+
+ if (p != m)
+ return NULL; /* No match */
+
+ if (*++p == '\0') {
+ /* No more pattern, return the rest of the string */
+ *len = strlen(w);
+ return UNCONST(w);
+ }
+ }
+
+ m = w;
+
+ /* Find a matching tail */
+ do
+ if (strcmp(p, w) == 0) {
+ *len = w - m;
+ return UNCONST(m);
+ }
+ while (*w++ != '\0');
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Str_SYSVSubst --
+ * Substitute '%' on the pattern with len characters from src.
+ * If the pattern does not contain a '%' prepend len characters
+ * from src.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Places result on buf
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Str_SYSVSubst(Buffer *buf, char *pat, char *src, int len)
+{
+ char *m;
+
+ if ((m = strchr(pat, '%')) != NULL) {
+ /* Copy the prefix */
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, m - pat, pat);
+ /* skip the % */
+ pat = m + 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Copy the pattern */
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, len, src);
+
+ /* append the rest */
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(pat), pat);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: strlist.c,v 1.4 2009/01/24 11:59:39 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by David Laight.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its
+ * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: strlist.c,v 1.4 2009/01/24 11:59:39 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: strlist.c,v 1.4 2009/01/24 11:59:39 dsl Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "strlist.h"
+#include "make_malloc.h"
+
+void
+strlist_init(strlist_t *sl)
+{
+ sl->sl_num = 0;
+ sl->sl_max = 0;
+ sl->sl_items = NULL;
+}
+
+void
+strlist_clean(strlist_t *sl)
+{
+ char *str;
+ int i;
+
+ STRLIST_FOREACH(str, sl, i)
+ free(str);
+ free(sl->sl_items);
+
+ sl->sl_num = 0;
+ sl->sl_max = 0;
+ sl->sl_items = NULL;
+}
+
+void
+strlist_add_str(strlist_t *sl, char *str, unsigned int info)
+{
+ unsigned int n;
+ strlist_item_t *items;
+
+ if (str == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ n = sl->sl_num + 1;
+ sl->sl_num = n;
+ items = sl->sl_items;
+ if (n >= sl->sl_max) {
+ items = bmake_realloc(items, (n + 7) * sizeof *sl->sl_items);
+ sl->sl_items = items;
+ sl->sl_max = n + 6;
+ }
+ items += n - 1;
+ items->si_str = str;
+ items->si_info = info;
+ items[1].si_str = NULL; /* STRLIST_FOREACH() terminator */
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: strlist.h,v 1.3 2009/01/16 21:15:34 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by David Laight.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its
+ * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _STRLIST_H
+#define _STRLIST_H
+
+typedef struct {
+ char *si_str;
+ unsigned int si_info;
+} strlist_item_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned int sl_num;
+ unsigned int sl_max;
+ strlist_item_t *sl_items;
+} strlist_t;
+
+void strlist_init(strlist_t *);
+void strlist_clean(strlist_t *);
+void strlist_add_str(strlist_t *, char *, unsigned int);
+
+#define strlist_num(sl) ((sl)->sl_num)
+#define strlist_str(sl, n) ((sl)->sl_items[n].si_str)
+#define strlist_info(sl, n) ((sl)->sl_items[n].si_info)
+#define strlist_set_info(sl, n, v) ((void)((sl)->sl_items[n].si_info = (v)))
+
+#define STRLIST_FOREACH(v, sl, index) \
+ if ((sl)->sl_items != NULL) \
+ for (index = 0; (v = strlist_str(sl, index)) != NULL; index++)
+
+#endif /* _STRLIST_H */
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: suff.c,v 1.67 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: suff.c,v 1.67 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)suff.c 8.4 (Berkeley) 3/21/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: suff.c,v 1.67 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * suff.c --
+ * Functions to maintain suffix lists and find implicit dependents
+ * using suffix transformation rules
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ * Suff_Init Initialize all things to do with suffixes.
+ *
+ * Suff_End Cleanup the module
+ *
+ * Suff_DoPaths This function is used to make life easier
+ * when searching for a file according to its
+ * suffix. It takes the global search path,
+ * as defined using the .PATH: target, and appends
+ * its directories to the path of each of the
+ * defined suffixes, as specified using
+ * .PATH<suffix>: targets. In addition, all
+ * directories given for suffixes labeled as
+ * include files or libraries, using the .INCLUDES
+ * or .LIBS targets, are played with using
+ * Dir_MakeFlags to create the .INCLUDES and
+ * .LIBS global variables.
+ *
+ * Suff_ClearSuffixes Clear out all the suffixes and defined
+ * transformations.
+ *
+ * Suff_IsTransform Return TRUE if the passed string is the lhs
+ * of a transformation rule.
+ *
+ * Suff_AddSuffix Add the passed string as another known suffix.
+ *
+ * Suff_GetPath Return the search path for the given suffix.
+ *
+ * Suff_AddInclude Mark the given suffix as denoting an include
+ * file.
+ *
+ * Suff_AddLib Mark the given suffix as denoting a library.
+ *
+ * Suff_AddTransform Add another transformation to the suffix
+ * graph. Returns GNode suitable for framing, I
+ * mean, tacking commands, attributes, etc. on.
+ *
+ * Suff_SetNull Define the suffix to consider the suffix of
+ * any file that doesn't have a known one.
+ *
+ * Suff_FindDeps Find implicit sources for and the location of
+ * a target based on its suffix. Returns the
+ * bottom-most node added to the graph or NULL
+ * if the target had no implicit sources.
+ *
+ * Suff_FindPath Return the appropriate path to search in
+ * order to find the node.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <strings.h>
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+
+static Lst sufflist; /* Lst of suffixes */
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+static Lst suffClean; /* Lst of suffixes to be cleaned */
+#endif
+static Lst srclist; /* Lst of sources */
+static Lst transforms; /* Lst of transformation rules */
+
+static int sNum = 0; /* Counter for assigning suffix numbers */
+
+/*
+ * Structure describing an individual suffix.
+ */
+typedef struct _Suff {
+ char *name; /* The suffix itself */
+ int nameLen; /* Length of the suffix */
+ short flags; /* Type of suffix */
+#define SUFF_INCLUDE 0x01 /* One which is #include'd */
+#define SUFF_LIBRARY 0x02 /* One which contains a library */
+#define SUFF_NULL 0x04 /* The empty suffix */
+ Lst searchPath; /* The path along which files of this suffix
+ * may be found */
+ int sNum; /* The suffix number */
+ int refCount; /* Reference count of list membership */
+ Lst parents; /* Suffixes we have a transformation to */
+ Lst children; /* Suffixes we have a transformation from */
+ Lst ref; /* List of lists this suffix is referenced */
+} Suff;
+
+/*
+ * for SuffSuffIsSuffix
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ char *ename; /* The end of the name */
+ int len; /* Length of the name */
+} SuffixCmpData;
+
+/*
+ * Structure used in the search for implied sources.
+ */
+typedef struct _Src {
+ char *file; /* The file to look for */
+ char *pref; /* Prefix from which file was formed */
+ Suff *suff; /* The suffix on the file */
+ struct _Src *parent; /* The Src for which this is a source */
+ GNode *node; /* The node describing the file */
+ int children; /* Count of existing children (so we don't free
+ * this thing too early or never nuke it) */
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+ Lst cp; /* Debug; children list */
+#endif
+} Src;
+
+/*
+ * A structure for passing more than one argument to the Lst-library-invoked
+ * function...
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ Lst l;
+ Src *s;
+} LstSrc;
+
+typedef struct {
+ GNode **gn;
+ Suff *s;
+ Boolean r;
+} GNodeSuff;
+
+static Suff *suffNull; /* The NULL suffix for this run */
+static Suff *emptySuff; /* The empty suffix required for POSIX
+ * single-suffix transformation rules */
+
+
+static const char *SuffStrIsPrefix(const char *, const char *);
+static char *SuffSuffIsSuffix(const Suff *, const SuffixCmpData *);
+static int SuffSuffIsSuffixP(const void *, const void *);
+static int SuffSuffHasNameP(const void *, const void *);
+static int SuffSuffIsPrefix(const void *, const void *);
+static int SuffGNHasNameP(const void *, const void *);
+static void SuffUnRef(void *, void *);
+static void SuffFree(void *);
+static void SuffInsert(Lst, Suff *);
+static void SuffRemove(Lst, Suff *);
+static Boolean SuffParseTransform(char *, Suff **, Suff **);
+static int SuffRebuildGraph(void *, void *);
+static int SuffScanTargets(void *, void *);
+static int SuffAddSrc(void *, void *);
+static int SuffRemoveSrc(Lst);
+static void SuffAddLevel(Lst, Src *);
+static Src *SuffFindThem(Lst, Lst);
+static Src *SuffFindCmds(Src *, Lst);
+static void SuffExpandChildren(LstNode, GNode *);
+static void SuffExpandWildcards(LstNode, GNode *);
+static Boolean SuffApplyTransform(GNode *, GNode *, Suff *, Suff *);
+static void SuffFindDeps(GNode *, Lst);
+static void SuffFindArchiveDeps(GNode *, Lst);
+static void SuffFindNormalDeps(GNode *, Lst);
+static int SuffPrintName(void *, void *);
+static int SuffPrintSuff(void *, void *);
+static int SuffPrintTrans(void *, void *);
+
+ /*************** Lst Predicates ****************/
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffStrIsPrefix --
+ * See if pref is a prefix of str.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * pref possible prefix
+ * str string to check
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * NULL if it ain't, pointer to character in str after prefix if so
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static const char *
+SuffStrIsPrefix(const char *pref, const char *str)
+{
+ while (*str && *pref == *str) {
+ pref++;
+ str++;
+ }
+
+ return (*pref ? NULL : str);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffSuffIsSuffix --
+ * See if suff is a suffix of str. sd->ename should point to THE END
+ * of the string to check. (THE END == the null byte)
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * s possible suffix
+ * sd string to examine
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * NULL if it ain't, pointer to character in str before suffix if
+ * it is.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+SuffSuffIsSuffix(const Suff *s, const SuffixCmpData *sd)
+{
+ char *p1; /* Pointer into suffix name */
+ char *p2; /* Pointer into string being examined */
+
+ if (sd->len < s->nameLen)
+ return NULL; /* this string is shorter than the suffix */
+
+ p1 = s->name + s->nameLen;
+ p2 = sd->ename;
+
+ while (p1 >= s->name && *p1 == *p2) {
+ p1--;
+ p2--;
+ }
+
+ return (p1 == s->name - 1 ? p2 : NULL);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffSuffIsSuffixP --
+ * Predicate form of SuffSuffIsSuffix. Passed as the callback function
+ * to Lst_Find.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 0 if the suffix is the one desired, non-zero if not.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffSuffIsSuffixP(const void *s, const void *sd)
+{
+ return(!SuffSuffIsSuffix(s, sd));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffSuffHasNameP --
+ * Callback procedure for finding a suffix based on its name. Used by
+ * Suff_GetPath.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * s Suffix to check
+ * sd Desired name
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 0 if the suffix is of the given name. non-zero otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffSuffHasNameP(const void *s, const void *sname)
+{
+ return (strcmp(sname, ((const Suff *)s)->name));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffSuffIsPrefix --
+ * See if the suffix described by s is a prefix of the string. Care
+ * must be taken when using this to search for transformations and
+ * what-not, since there could well be two suffixes, one of which
+ * is a prefix of the other...
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * s suffix to compare
+ * str string to examine
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 0 if s is a prefix of str. non-zero otherwise
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffSuffIsPrefix(const void *s, const void *str)
+{
+ return SuffStrIsPrefix(((const Suff *)s)->name, str) == NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffGNHasNameP --
+ * See if the graph node has the desired name
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gn current node we're looking at
+ * name name we're looking for
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 0 if it does. non-zero if it doesn't
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffGNHasNameP(const void *gn, const void *name)
+{
+ return (strcmp(name, ((const GNode *)gn)->name));
+}
+
+ /*********** Maintenance Functions ************/
+
+static void
+SuffUnRef(void *lp, void *sp)
+{
+ Lst l = (Lst) lp;
+
+ LstNode ln = Lst_Member(l, sp);
+ if (ln != NULL) {
+ Lst_Remove(l, ln);
+ ((Suff *)sp)->refCount--;
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffFree --
+ * Free up all memory associated with the given suffix structure.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * the suffix entry is detroyed
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffFree(void *sp)
+{
+ Suff *s = (Suff *)sp;
+
+ if (s == suffNull)
+ suffNull = NULL;
+
+ if (s == emptySuff)
+ emptySuff = NULL;
+
+#ifdef notdef
+ /* We don't delete suffixes in order, so we cannot use this */
+ if (s->refCount)
+ Punt("Internal error deleting suffix `%s' with refcount = %d", s->name,
+ s->refCount);
+#endif
+
+ Lst_Destroy(s->ref, NULL);
+ Lst_Destroy(s->children, NULL);
+ Lst_Destroy(s->parents, NULL);
+ Lst_Destroy(s->searchPath, Dir_Destroy);
+
+ free(s->name);
+ free(s);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffRemove --
+ * Remove the suffix into the list
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The reference count for the suffix is decremented and the
+ * suffix is possibly freed
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffRemove(Lst l, Suff *s)
+{
+ SuffUnRef(l, s);
+ if (s->refCount == 0) {
+ SuffUnRef(sufflist, s);
+ SuffFree(s);
+ }
+}
+\f
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffInsert --
+ * Insert the suffix into the list keeping the list ordered by suffix
+ * numbers.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * l the list where in s should be inserted
+ * s the suffix to insert
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The reference count of the suffix is incremented
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffInsert(Lst l, Suff *s)
+{
+ LstNode ln; /* current element in l we're examining */
+ Suff *s2 = NULL; /* the suffix descriptor in this element */
+
+ if (Lst_Open(l) == FAILURE) {
+ return;
+ }
+ while ((ln = Lst_Next(l)) != NULL) {
+ s2 = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ if (s2->sNum >= s->sNum) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ Lst_Close(l);
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "inserting %s(%d)...", s->name, s->sNum);
+ }
+ if (ln == NULL) {
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "at end of list\n");
+ }
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(l, s);
+ s->refCount++;
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(s->ref, l);
+ } else if (s2->sNum != s->sNum) {
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "before %s(%d)\n", s2->name, s2->sNum);
+ }
+ (void)Lst_InsertBefore(l, ln, s);
+ s->refCount++;
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(s->ref, l);
+ } else if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "already there\n");
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_ClearSuffixes --
+ * This is gross. Nuke the list of suffixes but keep all transformation
+ * rules around. The transformation graph is destroyed in this process,
+ * but we leave the list of rules so when a new graph is formed the rules
+ * will remain.
+ * This function is called from the parse module when a
+ * .SUFFIXES:\n line is encountered.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * the sufflist and its graph nodes are destroyed
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_ClearSuffixes(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+ Lst_Concat(suffClean, sufflist, LST_CONCLINK);
+#endif
+ sufflist = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ sNum = 0;
+ suffNull = emptySuff;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffParseTransform --
+ * Parse a transformation string to find its two component suffixes.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * str String being parsed
+ * srcPtr Place to store source of trans.
+ * targPtr Place to store target of trans.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if the string is a valid transformation and FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The passed pointers are overwritten.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+SuffParseTransform(char *str, Suff **srcPtr, Suff **targPtr)
+{
+ LstNode srcLn; /* element in suffix list of trans source*/
+ Suff *src; /* Source of transformation */
+ LstNode targLn; /* element in suffix list of trans target*/
+ char *str2; /* Extra pointer (maybe target suffix) */
+ LstNode singleLn; /* element in suffix list of any suffix
+ * that exactly matches str */
+ Suff *single = NULL;/* Source of possible transformation to
+ * null suffix */
+
+ srcLn = NULL;
+ singleLn = NULL;
+
+ /*
+ * Loop looking first for a suffix that matches the start of the
+ * string and then for one that exactly matches the rest of it. If
+ * we can find two that meet these criteria, we've successfully
+ * parsed the string.
+ */
+ for (;;) {
+ if (srcLn == NULL) {
+ srcLn = Lst_Find(sufflist, str, SuffSuffIsPrefix);
+ } else {
+ srcLn = Lst_FindFrom(sufflist, Lst_Succ(srcLn), str,
+ SuffSuffIsPrefix);
+ }
+ if (srcLn == NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Ran out of source suffixes -- no such rule
+ */
+ if (singleLn != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Not so fast Mr. Smith! There was a suffix that encompassed
+ * the entire string, so we assume it was a transformation
+ * to the null suffix (thank you POSIX). We still prefer to
+ * find a double rule over a singleton, hence we leave this
+ * check until the end.
+ *
+ * XXX: Use emptySuff over suffNull?
+ */
+ *srcPtr = single;
+ *targPtr = suffNull;
+ return(TRUE);
+ }
+ return (FALSE);
+ }
+ src = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(srcLn);
+ str2 = str + src->nameLen;
+ if (*str2 == '\0') {
+ single = src;
+ singleLn = srcLn;
+ } else {
+ targLn = Lst_Find(sufflist, str2, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+ if (targLn != NULL) {
+ *srcPtr = src;
+ *targPtr = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(targLn);
+ return (TRUE);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_IsTransform --
+ * Return TRUE if the given string is a transformation rule
+ *
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * str string to check
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if the string is a concatenation of two known suffixes.
+ * FALSE otherwise
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Suff_IsTransform(char *str)
+{
+ Suff *src, *targ;
+
+ return (SuffParseTransform(str, &src, &targ));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_AddTransform --
+ * Add the transformation rule described by the line to the
+ * list of rules and place the transformation itself in the graph
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * line name of transformation to add
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The node created for the transformation in the transforms list
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The node is placed on the end of the transforms Lst and links are
+ * made between the two suffixes mentioned in the target name
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+GNode *
+Suff_AddTransform(char *line)
+{
+ GNode *gn; /* GNode of transformation rule */
+ Suff *s, /* source suffix */
+ *t; /* target suffix */
+ LstNode ln; /* Node for existing transformation */
+
+ ln = Lst_Find(transforms, line, SuffGNHasNameP);
+ if (ln == NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Make a new graph node for the transformation. It will be filled in
+ * by the Parse module.
+ */
+ gn = Targ_NewGN(line);
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(transforms, gn);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * New specification for transformation rule. Just nuke the old list
+ * of commands so they can be filled in again... We don't actually
+ * free the commands themselves, because a given command can be
+ * attached to several different transformations.
+ */
+ gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ Lst_Destroy(gn->commands, NULL);
+ Lst_Destroy(gn->children, NULL);
+ gn->commands = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ gn->children = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ }
+
+ gn->type = OP_TRANSFORM;
+
+ (void)SuffParseTransform(line, &s, &t);
+
+ /*
+ * link the two together in the proper relationship and order
+ */
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "defining transformation from `%s' to `%s'\n",
+ s->name, t->name);
+ }
+ SuffInsert(t->children, s);
+ SuffInsert(s->parents, t);
+
+ return (gn);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_EndTransform --
+ * Handle the finish of a transformation definition, removing the
+ * transformation from the graph if it has neither commands nor
+ * sources. This is a callback procedure for the Parse module via
+ * Lst_ForEach
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gnp Node for transformation
+ * dummy Node for transformation
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * === 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If the node has no commands or children, the children and parents
+ * lists of the affected suffixes are altered.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Suff_EndTransform(void *gnp, void *dummy)
+{
+ GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+
+ if ((gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (gn->cohorts))
+ gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(Lst_Last(gn->cohorts));
+ if ((gn->type & OP_TRANSFORM) && Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands) &&
+ Lst_IsEmpty(gn->children))
+ {
+ Suff *s, *t;
+
+ /*
+ * SuffParseTransform() may fail for special rules which are not
+ * actual transformation rules. (e.g. .DEFAULT)
+ */
+ if (SuffParseTransform(gn->name, &s, &t)) {
+ Lst p;
+
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "deleting transformation from `%s' to `%s'\n",
+ s->name, t->name);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Store s->parents because s could be deleted in SuffRemove
+ */
+ p = s->parents;
+
+ /*
+ * Remove the source from the target's children list. We check for a
+ * nil return to handle a beanhead saying something like
+ * .c.o .c.o:
+ *
+ * We'll be called twice when the next target is seen, but .c and .o
+ * are only linked once...
+ */
+ SuffRemove(t->children, s);
+
+ /*
+ * Remove the target from the source's parents list
+ */
+ SuffRemove(p, t);
+ }
+ } else if ((gn->type & OP_TRANSFORM) && DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "transformation %s complete\n", gn->name);
+ }
+
+ return(dummy ? 0 : 0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffRebuildGraph --
+ * Called from Suff_AddSuffix via Lst_ForEach to search through the
+ * list of existing transformation rules and rebuild the transformation
+ * graph when it has been destroyed by Suff_ClearSuffixes. If the
+ * given rule is a transformation involving this suffix and another,
+ * existing suffix, the proper relationship is established between
+ * the two.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * transformp Transformation to test
+ * sp Suffix to rebuild
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Always 0.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The appropriate links will be made between this suffix and
+ * others if transformation rules exist for it.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffRebuildGraph(void *transformp, void *sp)
+{
+ GNode *transform = (GNode *)transformp;
+ Suff *s = (Suff *)sp;
+ char *cp;
+ LstNode ln;
+ Suff *s2;
+ SuffixCmpData sd;
+
+ /*
+ * First see if it is a transformation from this suffix.
+ */
+ cp = UNCONST(SuffStrIsPrefix(s->name, transform->name));
+ if (cp != NULL) {
+ ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, cp, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+ if (ln != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Found target. Link in and return, since it can't be anything
+ * else.
+ */
+ s2 = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ SuffInsert(s2->children, s);
+ SuffInsert(s->parents, s2);
+ return(0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Not from, maybe to?
+ */
+ sd.len = strlen(transform->name);
+ sd.ename = transform->name + sd.len;
+ cp = SuffSuffIsSuffix(s, &sd);
+ if (cp != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Null-terminate the source suffix in order to find it.
+ */
+ cp[1] = '\0';
+ ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, transform->name, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+ /*
+ * Replace the start of the target suffix
+ */
+ cp[1] = s->name[0];
+ if (ln != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Found it -- establish the proper relationship
+ */
+ s2 = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ SuffInsert(s->children, s2);
+ SuffInsert(s2->parents, s);
+ }
+ }
+ return(0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffScanTargets --
+ * Called from Suff_AddSuffix via Lst_ForEach to search through the
+ * list of existing targets and find if any of the existing targets
+ * can be turned into a transformation rule.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 1 if a new main target has been selected, 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If such a target is found and the target is the current main
+ * target, the main target is set to NULL and the next target
+ * examined (if that exists) becomes the main target.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffScanTargets(void *targetp, void *gsp)
+{
+ GNode *target = (GNode *)targetp;
+ GNodeSuff *gs = (GNodeSuff *)gsp;
+ Suff *s, *t;
+ char *ptr;
+
+ if (*gs->gn == NULL && gs->r && (target->type & OP_NOTARGET) == 0) {
+ *gs->gn = target;
+ Targ_SetMain(target);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ if ((unsigned int)target->type == OP_TRANSFORM)
+ return 0;
+
+ if ((ptr = strstr(target->name, gs->s->name)) == NULL ||
+ ptr == target->name)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (SuffParseTransform(target->name, &s, &t)) {
+ if (*gs->gn == target) {
+ gs->r = TRUE;
+ *gs->gn = NULL;
+ Targ_SetMain(NULL);
+ }
+ Lst_Destroy(target->children, NULL);
+ target->children = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ target->type = OP_TRANSFORM;
+ /*
+ * link the two together in the proper relationship and order
+ */
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "defining transformation from `%s' to `%s'\n",
+ s->name, t->name);
+ }
+ SuffInsert(t->children, s);
+ SuffInsert(s->parents, t);
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_AddSuffix --
+ * Add the suffix in string to the end of the list of known suffixes.
+ * Should we restructure the suffix graph? Make doesn't...
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * str the name of the suffix to add
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * A GNode is created for the suffix and a Suff structure is created and
+ * added to the suffixes list unless the suffix was already known.
+ * The mainNode passed can be modified if a target mutated into a
+ * transform and that target happened to be the main target.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_AddSuffix(char *str, GNode **gn)
+{
+ Suff *s; /* new suffix descriptor */
+ LstNode ln;
+ GNodeSuff gs;
+
+ ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, str, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+ if (ln == NULL) {
+ s = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Suff));
+
+ s->name = bmake_strdup(str);
+ s->nameLen = strlen(s->name);
+ s->searchPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ s->children = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ s->parents = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ s->ref = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ s->sNum = sNum++;
+ s->flags = 0;
+ s->refCount = 1;
+
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(sufflist, s);
+ /*
+ * We also look at our existing targets list to see if adding
+ * this suffix will make one of our current targets mutate into
+ * a suffix rule. This is ugly, but other makes treat all targets
+ * that start with a . as suffix rules.
+ */
+ gs.gn = gn;
+ gs.s = s;
+ gs.r = FALSE;
+ Lst_ForEach(Targ_List(), SuffScanTargets, &gs);
+ /*
+ * Look for any existing transformations from or to this suffix.
+ * XXX: Only do this after a Suff_ClearSuffixes?
+ */
+ Lst_ForEach(transforms, SuffRebuildGraph, s);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_GetPath --
+ * Return the search path for the given suffix, if it's defined.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The searchPath for the desired suffix or NULL if the suffix isn't
+ * defined.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Suff_GetPath(char *sname)
+{
+ LstNode ln;
+ Suff *s;
+
+ ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, sname, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+ if (ln == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ } else {
+ s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ return (s->searchPath);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_DoPaths --
+ * Extend the search paths for all suffixes to include the default
+ * search path.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The searchPath field of all the suffixes is extended by the
+ * directories in dirSearchPath. If paths were specified for the
+ * ".h" suffix, the directories are stuffed into a global variable
+ * called ".INCLUDES" with each directory preceded by a -I. The same
+ * is done for the ".a" suffix, except the variable is called
+ * ".LIBS" and the flag is -L.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_DoPaths(void)
+{
+ Suff *s;
+ LstNode ln;
+ char *ptr;
+ Lst inIncludes; /* Cumulative .INCLUDES path */
+ Lst inLibs; /* Cumulative .LIBS path */
+
+ if (Lst_Open(sufflist) == FAILURE) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ inIncludes = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ inLibs = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+ while ((ln = Lst_Next(sufflist)) != NULL) {
+ s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ if (!Lst_IsEmpty (s->searchPath)) {
+#ifdef INCLUDES
+ if (s->flags & SUFF_INCLUDE) {
+ Dir_Concat(inIncludes, s->searchPath);
+ }
+#endif /* INCLUDES */
+#ifdef LIBRARIES
+ if (s->flags & SUFF_LIBRARY) {
+ Dir_Concat(inLibs, s->searchPath);
+ }
+#endif /* LIBRARIES */
+ Dir_Concat(s->searchPath, dirSearchPath);
+ } else {
+ Lst_Destroy(s->searchPath, Dir_Destroy);
+ s->searchPath = Lst_Duplicate(dirSearchPath, Dir_CopyDir);
+ }
+ }
+
+ Var_Set(".INCLUDES", ptr = Dir_MakeFlags("-I", inIncludes), VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ free(ptr);
+ Var_Set(".LIBS", ptr = Dir_MakeFlags("-L", inLibs), VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ free(ptr);
+
+ Lst_Destroy(inIncludes, Dir_Destroy);
+ Lst_Destroy(inLibs, Dir_Destroy);
+
+ Lst_Close(sufflist);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_AddInclude --
+ * Add the given suffix as a type of file which gets included.
+ * Called from the parse module when a .INCLUDES line is parsed.
+ * The suffix must have already been defined.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * sname Name of the suffix to mark
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The SUFF_INCLUDE bit is set in the suffix's flags field
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_AddInclude(char *sname)
+{
+ LstNode ln;
+ Suff *s;
+
+ ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, sname, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+ if (ln != NULL) {
+ s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ s->flags |= SUFF_INCLUDE;
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_AddLib --
+ * Add the given suffix as a type of file which is a library.
+ * Called from the parse module when parsing a .LIBS line. The
+ * suffix must have been defined via .SUFFIXES before this is
+ * called.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * sname Name of the suffix to mark
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The SUFF_LIBRARY bit is set in the suffix's flags field
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_AddLib(char *sname)
+{
+ LstNode ln;
+ Suff *s;
+
+ ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, sname, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+ if (ln != NULL) {
+ s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ s->flags |= SUFF_LIBRARY;
+ }
+}
+
+ /********** Implicit Source Search Functions *********/
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffAddSrc --
+ * Add a suffix as a Src structure to the given list with its parent
+ * being the given Src structure. If the suffix is the null suffix,
+ * the prefix is used unaltered as the file name in the Src structure.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * sp suffix for which to create a Src structure
+ * lsp list and parent for the new Src
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * A Src structure is created and tacked onto the end of the list
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffAddSrc(void *sp, void *lsp)
+{
+ Suff *s = (Suff *)sp;
+ LstSrc *ls = (LstSrc *)lsp;
+ Src *s2; /* new Src structure */
+ Src *targ; /* Target structure */
+
+ targ = ls->s;
+
+ if ((s->flags & SUFF_NULL) && (*s->name != '\0')) {
+ /*
+ * If the suffix has been marked as the NULL suffix, also create a Src
+ * structure for a file with no suffix attached. Two birds, and all
+ * that...
+ */
+ s2 = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Src));
+ s2->file = bmake_strdup(targ->pref);
+ s2->pref = targ->pref;
+ s2->parent = targ;
+ s2->node = NULL;
+ s2->suff = s;
+ s->refCount++;
+ s2->children = 0;
+ targ->children += 1;
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(ls->l, s2);
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+ s2->cp = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ Lst_AtEnd(targ->cp, s2);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "1 add %x %x to %x:", targ, s2, ls->l);
+ Lst_ForEach(ls->l, PrintAddr, NULL);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+#endif
+ }
+ s2 = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Src));
+ s2->file = str_concat(targ->pref, s->name, 0);
+ s2->pref = targ->pref;
+ s2->parent = targ;
+ s2->node = NULL;
+ s2->suff = s;
+ s->refCount++;
+ s2->children = 0;
+ targ->children += 1;
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(ls->l, s2);
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+ s2->cp = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ Lst_AtEnd(targ->cp, s2);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "2 add %x %x to %x:", targ, s2, ls->l);
+ Lst_ForEach(ls->l, PrintAddr, NULL);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+#endif
+
+ return(0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffAddLevel --
+ * Add all the children of targ as Src structures to the given list
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * l list to which to add the new level
+ * targ Src structure to use as the parent
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Lots of structures are created and added to the list
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffAddLevel(Lst l, Src *targ)
+{
+ LstSrc ls;
+
+ ls.s = targ;
+ ls.l = l;
+
+ Lst_ForEach(targ->suff->children, SuffAddSrc, &ls);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffRemoveSrc --
+ * Free all src structures in list that don't have a reference count
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Ture if an src was removed
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The memory is free'd.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffRemoveSrc(Lst l)
+{
+ LstNode ln;
+ Src *s;
+ int t = 0;
+
+ if (Lst_Open(l) == FAILURE) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+ fprintf(debug_file, "cleaning %lx: ", (unsigned long) l);
+ Lst_ForEach(l, PrintAddr, NULL);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+#endif
+
+
+ while ((ln = Lst_Next(l)) != NULL) {
+ s = (Src *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ if (s->children == 0) {
+ free(s->file);
+ if (!s->parent)
+ free(s->pref);
+ else {
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+ LstNode ln = Lst_Member(s->parent->cp, s);
+ if (ln != NULL)
+ Lst_Remove(s->parent->cp, ln);
+#endif
+ --s->parent->children;
+ }
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+ fprintf(debug_file, "free: [l=%x] p=%x %d\n", l, s, s->children);
+ Lst_Destroy(s->cp, NULL);
+#endif
+ Lst_Remove(l, ln);
+ free(s);
+ t |= 1;
+ Lst_Close(l);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+ else {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "keep: [l=%x] p=%x %d: ", l, s, s->children);
+ Lst_ForEach(s->cp, PrintAddr, NULL);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ Lst_Close(l);
+
+ return t;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffFindThem --
+ * Find the first existing file/target in the list srcs
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * srcs list of Src structures to search through
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The lowest structure in the chain of transformations
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Src *
+SuffFindThem(Lst srcs, Lst slst)
+{
+ Src *s; /* current Src */
+ Src *rs; /* returned Src */
+ char *ptr;
+
+ rs = NULL;
+
+ while (!Lst_IsEmpty (srcs)) {
+ s = (Src *)Lst_DeQueue(srcs);
+
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\ttrying %s...", s->file);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * A file is considered to exist if either a node exists in the
+ * graph for it or the file actually exists.
+ */
+ if (Targ_FindNode(s->file, TARG_NOCREATE) != NULL) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+ fprintf(debug_file, "remove %x from %x\n", s, srcs);
+#endif
+ rs = s;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if ((ptr = Dir_FindFile(s->file, s->suff->searchPath)) != NULL) {
+ rs = s;
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+ fprintf(debug_file, "remove %x from %x\n", s, srcs);
+#endif
+ free(ptr);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "not there\n");
+ }
+
+ SuffAddLevel(srcs, s);
+ Lst_AtEnd(slst, s);
+ }
+
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF) && rs) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "got it\n");
+ }
+ return (rs);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffFindCmds --
+ * See if any of the children of the target in the Src structure is
+ * one from which the target can be transformed. If there is one,
+ * a Src structure is put together for it and returned.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * targ Src structure to play with
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The Src structure of the "winning" child, or NULL if no such beast.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * A Src structure may be allocated.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Src *
+SuffFindCmds(Src *targ, Lst slst)
+{
+ LstNode ln; /* General-purpose list node */
+ GNode *t, /* Target GNode */
+ *s; /* Source GNode */
+ int prefLen;/* The length of the defined prefix */
+ Suff *suff; /* Suffix on matching beastie */
+ Src *ret; /* Return value */
+ char *cp;
+
+ t = targ->node;
+ (void)Lst_Open(t->children);
+ prefLen = strlen(targ->pref);
+
+ for (;;) {
+ ln = Lst_Next(t->children);
+ if (ln == NULL) {
+ Lst_Close(t->children);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ s = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+ if (s->type & OP_OPTIONAL && Lst_IsEmpty(t->commands)) {
+ /*
+ * We haven't looked to see if .OPTIONAL files exist yet, so
+ * don't use one as the implicit source.
+ * This allows us to use .OPTIONAL in .depend files so make won't
+ * complain "don't know how to make xxx.h' when a dependant file
+ * has been moved/deleted.
+ */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ cp = strrchr(s->name, '/');
+ if (cp == NULL) {
+ cp = s->name;
+ } else {
+ cp++;
+ }
+ if (strncmp(cp, targ->pref, prefLen) != 0)
+ continue;
+ /*
+ * The node matches the prefix ok, see if it has a known
+ * suffix.
+ */
+ ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, &cp[prefLen], SuffSuffHasNameP);
+ if (ln == NULL)
+ continue;
+ /*
+ * It even has a known suffix, see if there's a transformation
+ * defined between the node's suffix and the target's suffix.
+ *
+ * XXX: Handle multi-stage transformations here, too.
+ */
+ suff = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+ if (Lst_Member(suff->parents, targ->suff) != NULL)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Hot Damn! Create a new Src structure to describe
+ * this transformation (making sure to duplicate the
+ * source node's name so Suff_FindDeps can free it
+ * again (ick)), and return the new structure.
+ */
+ ret = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Src));
+ ret->file = bmake_strdup(s->name);
+ ret->pref = targ->pref;
+ ret->suff = suff;
+ suff->refCount++;
+ ret->parent = targ;
+ ret->node = s;
+ ret->children = 0;
+ targ->children += 1;
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+ ret->cp = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "3 add %x %x\n", targ, ret);
+ Lst_AtEnd(targ->cp, ret);
+#endif
+ Lst_AtEnd(slst, ret);
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\tusing existing source %s\n", s->name);
+ }
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffExpandChildren --
+ * Expand the names of any children of a given node that contain
+ * variable invocations or file wildcards into actual targets.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * cln Child to examine
+ * pgn Parent node being processed
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * === 0 (continue)
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The expanded node is removed from the parent's list of children,
+ * and the parent's unmade counter is decremented, but other nodes
+ * may be added.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffExpandChildren(LstNode cln, GNode *pgn)
+{
+ GNode *cgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(cln);
+ GNode *gn; /* New source 8) */
+ char *cp; /* Expanded value */
+
+ if (!Lst_IsEmpty(cgn->order_pred) || !Lst_IsEmpty(cgn->order_succ))
+ /* It is all too hard to process the result of .ORDER */
+ return;
+
+ if (cgn->type & OP_WAIT)
+ /* Ignore these (& OP_PHONY ?) */
+ return;
+
+ /*
+ * First do variable expansion -- this takes precedence over
+ * wildcard expansion. If the result contains wildcards, they'll be gotten
+ * to later since the resulting words are tacked on to the end of
+ * the children list.
+ */
+ if (strchr(cgn->name, '$') == NULL) {
+ SuffExpandWildcards(cln, pgn);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Expanding \"%s\"...", cgn->name);
+ }
+ cp = Var_Subst(NULL, cgn->name, pgn, TRUE);
+
+ if (cp != NULL) {
+ Lst members = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+ if (cgn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
+ /*
+ * Node was an archive(member) target, so we want to call
+ * on the Arch module to find the nodes for us, expanding
+ * variables in the parent's context.
+ */
+ char *sacrifice = cp;
+
+ (void)Arch_ParseArchive(&sacrifice, members, pgn);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Break the result into a vector of strings whose nodes
+ * we can find, then add those nodes to the members list.
+ * Unfortunately, we can't use brk_string b/c it
+ * doesn't understand about variable specifications with
+ * spaces in them...
+ */
+ char *start;
+ char *initcp = cp; /* For freeing... */
+
+ for (start = cp; *start == ' ' || *start == '\t'; start++)
+ continue;
+ for (cp = start; *cp != '\0'; cp++) {
+ if (*cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t') {
+ /*
+ * White-space -- terminate element, find the node,
+ * add it, skip any further spaces.
+ */
+ *cp++ = '\0';
+ gn = Targ_FindNode(start, TARG_CREATE);
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(members, gn);
+ while (*cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t') {
+ cp++;
+ }
+ /*
+ * Adjust cp for increment at start of loop, but
+ * set start to first non-space.
+ */
+ start = cp--;
+ } else if (*cp == '$') {
+ /*
+ * Start of a variable spec -- contact variable module
+ * to find the end so we can skip over it.
+ */
+ char *junk;
+ int len;
+ void *freeIt;
+
+ junk = Var_Parse(cp, pgn, TRUE, &len, &freeIt);
+ if (junk != var_Error) {
+ cp += len - 1;
+ }
+
+ if (freeIt)
+ free(freeIt);
+ } else if (*cp == '\\' && *cp != '\0') {
+ /*
+ * Escaped something -- skip over it
+ */
+ cp++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (cp != start) {
+ /*
+ * Stuff left over -- add it to the list too
+ */
+ gn = Targ_FindNode(start, TARG_CREATE);
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(members, gn);
+ }
+ /*
+ * Point cp back at the beginning again so the variable value
+ * can be freed.
+ */
+ cp = initcp;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Add all elements of the members list to the parent node.
+ */
+ while(!Lst_IsEmpty(members)) {
+ gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(members);
+
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "%s...", gn->name);
+ }
+ /* Add gn to the parents child list before the original child */
+ (void)Lst_InsertBefore(pgn->children, cln, gn);
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->parents, pgn);
+ pgn->unmade++;
+ /* Expand wildcards on new node */
+ SuffExpandWildcards(Lst_Prev(cln), pgn);
+ }
+ Lst_Destroy(members, NULL);
+
+ /*
+ * Free the result
+ */
+ free(cp);
+ }
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Now the source is expanded, remove it from the list of children to
+ * keep it from being processed.
+ */
+ pgn->unmade--;
+ Lst_Remove(pgn->children, cln);
+ Lst_Remove(cgn->parents, Lst_Member(cgn->parents, pgn));
+}
+
+static void
+SuffExpandWildcards(LstNode cln, GNode *pgn)
+{
+ GNode *cgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(cln);
+ GNode *gn; /* New source 8) */
+ char *cp; /* Expanded value */
+ Lst explist; /* List of expansions */
+
+ if (!Dir_HasWildcards(cgn->name))
+ return;
+
+ /*
+ * Expand the word along the chosen path
+ */
+ explist = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ Dir_Expand(cgn->name, Suff_FindPath(cgn), explist);
+
+ while (!Lst_IsEmpty(explist)) {
+ /*
+ * Fetch next expansion off the list and find its GNode
+ */
+ cp = (char *)Lst_DeQueue(explist);
+
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "%s...", cp);
+ }
+ gn = Targ_FindNode(cp, TARG_CREATE);
+
+ /* Add gn to the parents child list before the original child */
+ (void)Lst_InsertBefore(pgn->children, cln, gn);
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->parents, pgn);
+ pgn->unmade++;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Nuke what's left of the list
+ */
+ Lst_Destroy(explist, NULL);
+
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Now the source is expanded, remove it from the list of children to
+ * keep it from being processed.
+ */
+ pgn->unmade--;
+ Lst_Remove(pgn->children, cln);
+ Lst_Remove(cgn->parents, Lst_Member(cgn->parents, pgn));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_FindPath --
+ * Find a path along which to expand the node.
+ *
+ * If the word has a known suffix, use that path.
+ * If it has no known suffix, use the default system search path.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gn Node being examined
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The appropriate path to search for the GNode.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * XXX: We could set the suffix here so that we don't have to scan
+ * again.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Suff_FindPath(GNode* gn)
+{
+ Suff *suff = gn->suffix;
+
+ if (suff == NULL) {
+ SuffixCmpData sd; /* Search string data */
+ LstNode ln;
+ sd.len = strlen(gn->name);
+ sd.ename = gn->name + sd.len;
+ ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, &sd, SuffSuffIsSuffixP);
+
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Wildcard expanding \"%s\"...", gn->name);
+ }
+ if (ln != NULL)
+ suff = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ /* XXX: Here we can save the suffix so we don't have to do this again */
+ }
+
+ if (suff != NULL) {
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "suffix is \"%s\"...", suff->name);
+ }
+ return suff->searchPath;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Use default search path
+ */
+ return dirSearchPath;
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffApplyTransform --
+ * Apply a transformation rule, given the source and target nodes
+ * and suffixes.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * tGn Target node
+ * sGn Source node
+ * t Target suffix
+ * s Source suffix
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if successful, FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The source and target are linked and the commands from the
+ * transformation are added to the target node's commands list.
+ * All attributes but OP_DEPMASK and OP_TRANSFORM are applied
+ * to the target. The target also inherits all the sources for
+ * the transformation rule.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+SuffApplyTransform(GNode *tGn, GNode *sGn, Suff *t, Suff *s)
+{
+ LstNode ln, nln; /* General node */
+ char *tname; /* Name of transformation rule */
+ GNode *gn; /* Node for same */
+
+ /*
+ * Form the proper links between the target and source.
+ */
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(tGn->children, sGn);
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(sGn->parents, tGn);
+ tGn->unmade += 1;
+
+ /*
+ * Locate the transformation rule itself
+ */
+ tname = str_concat(s->name, t->name, 0);
+ ln = Lst_Find(transforms, tname, SuffGNHasNameP);
+ free(tname);
+
+ if (ln == NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Not really such a transformation rule (can happen when we're
+ * called to link an OP_MEMBER and OP_ARCHV node), so return
+ * FALSE.
+ */
+ return(FALSE);
+ }
+
+ gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\tapplying %s -> %s to \"%s\"\n", s->name, t->name, tGn->name);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Record last child for expansion purposes
+ */
+ ln = Lst_Last(tGn->children);
+
+ /*
+ * Pass the buck to Make_HandleUse to apply the rule
+ */
+ (void)Make_HandleUse(gn, tGn);
+
+ /*
+ * Deal with wildcards and variables in any acquired sources
+ */
+ for (ln = Lst_Succ(ln); ln != NULL; ln = nln) {
+ nln = Lst_Succ(ln);
+ SuffExpandChildren(ln, tGn);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Keep track of another parent to which this beast is transformed so
+ * the .IMPSRC variable can be set correctly for the parent.
+ */
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(sGn->iParents, tGn);
+
+ return(TRUE);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffFindArchiveDeps --
+ * Locate dependencies for an OP_ARCHV node.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gn Node for which to locate dependencies
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Same as Suff_FindDeps
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffFindArchiveDeps(GNode *gn, Lst slst)
+{
+ char *eoarch; /* End of archive portion */
+ char *eoname; /* End of member portion */
+ GNode *mem; /* Node for member */
+ static const char *copy[] = {
+ /* Variables to be copied from the member node */
+ TARGET, /* Must be first */
+ PREFIX, /* Must be second */
+ };
+ int i; /* Index into copy and vals */
+ Suff *ms; /* Suffix descriptor for member */
+ char *name; /* Start of member's name */
+
+ /*
+ * The node is an archive(member) pair. so we must find a
+ * suffix for both of them.
+ */
+ eoarch = strchr(gn->name, '(');
+ eoname = strchr(eoarch, ')');
+
+ *eoname = '\0'; /* Nuke parentheses during suffix search */
+ *eoarch = '\0'; /* So a suffix can be found */
+
+ name = eoarch + 1;
+
+ /*
+ * To simplify things, call Suff_FindDeps recursively on the member now,
+ * so we can simply compare the member's .PREFIX and .TARGET variables
+ * to locate its suffix. This allows us to figure out the suffix to
+ * use for the archive without having to do a quadratic search over the
+ * suffix list, backtracking for each one...
+ */
+ mem = Targ_FindNode(name, TARG_CREATE);
+ SuffFindDeps(mem, slst);
+
+ /*
+ * Create the link between the two nodes right off
+ */
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->children, mem);
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(mem->parents, gn);
+ gn->unmade += 1;
+
+ /*
+ * Copy in the variables from the member node to this one.
+ */
+ for (i = (sizeof(copy)/sizeof(copy[0]))-1; i >= 0; i--) {
+ char *p1;
+ Var_Set(copy[i], Var_Value(copy[i], mem, &p1), gn, 0);
+ if (p1)
+ free(p1);
+
+ }
+
+ ms = mem->suffix;
+ if (ms == NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Didn't know what it was -- use .NULL suffix if not in make mode
+ */
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "using null suffix\n");
+ }
+ ms = suffNull;
+ }
+
+
+ /*
+ * Set the other two local variables required for this target.
+ */
+ Var_Set(MEMBER, name, gn, 0);
+ Var_Set(ARCHIVE, gn->name, gn, 0);
+
+ if (ms != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Member has a known suffix, so look for a transformation rule from
+ * it to a possible suffix of the archive. Rather than searching
+ * through the entire list, we just look at suffixes to which the
+ * member's suffix may be transformed...
+ */
+ LstNode ln;
+ SuffixCmpData sd; /* Search string data */
+
+ /*
+ * Use first matching suffix...
+ */
+ sd.len = eoarch - gn->name;
+ sd.ename = eoarch;
+ ln = Lst_Find(ms->parents, &sd, SuffSuffIsSuffixP);
+
+ if (ln != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Got one -- apply it
+ */
+ if (!SuffApplyTransform(gn, mem, (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln), ms) &&
+ DEBUG(SUFF))
+ {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\tNo transformation from %s -> %s\n",
+ ms->name, ((Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln))->name);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Replace the opening and closing parens now we've no need of the separate
+ * pieces.
+ */
+ *eoarch = '('; *eoname = ')';
+
+ /*
+ * Pretend gn appeared to the left of a dependency operator so
+ * the user needn't provide a transformation from the member to the
+ * archive.
+ */
+ if (OP_NOP(gn->type)) {
+ gn->type |= OP_DEPENDS;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Flag the member as such so we remember to look in the archive for
+ * its modification time.
+ */
+ mem->type |= OP_MEMBER;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffFindNormalDeps --
+ * Locate implicit dependencies for regular targets.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gn Node for which to find sources
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Same as Suff_FindDeps...
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffFindNormalDeps(GNode *gn, Lst slst)
+{
+ char *eoname; /* End of name */
+ char *sopref; /* Start of prefix */
+ LstNode ln, nln; /* Next suffix node to check */
+ Lst srcs; /* List of sources at which to look */
+ Lst targs; /* List of targets to which things can be
+ * transformed. They all have the same file,
+ * but different suff and pref fields */
+ Src *bottom; /* Start of found transformation path */
+ Src *src; /* General Src pointer */
+ char *pref; /* Prefix to use */
+ Src *targ; /* General Src target pointer */
+ SuffixCmpData sd; /* Search string data */
+
+
+ sd.len = strlen(gn->name);
+ sd.ename = eoname = gn->name + sd.len;
+
+ sopref = gn->name;
+
+ /*
+ * Begin at the beginning...
+ */
+ ln = Lst_First(sufflist);
+ srcs = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ targs = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+ /*
+ * We're caught in a catch-22 here. On the one hand, we want to use any
+ * transformation implied by the target's sources, but we can't examine
+ * the sources until we've expanded any variables/wildcards they may hold,
+ * and we can't do that until we've set up the target's local variables
+ * and we can't do that until we know what the proper suffix for the
+ * target is (in case there are two suffixes one of which is a suffix of
+ * the other) and we can't know that until we've found its implied
+ * source, which we may not want to use if there's an existing source
+ * that implies a different transformation.
+ *
+ * In an attempt to get around this, which may not work all the time,
+ * but should work most of the time, we look for implied sources first,
+ * checking transformations to all possible suffixes of the target,
+ * use what we find to set the target's local variables, expand the
+ * children, then look for any overriding transformations they imply.
+ * Should we find one, we discard the one we found before.
+ */
+
+ while (ln != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Look for next possible suffix...
+ */
+ ln = Lst_FindFrom(sufflist, ln, &sd, SuffSuffIsSuffixP);
+
+ if (ln != NULL) {
+ int prefLen; /* Length of the prefix */
+
+ /*
+ * Allocate a Src structure to which things can be transformed
+ */
+ targ = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Src));
+ targ->file = bmake_strdup(gn->name);
+ targ->suff = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ targ->suff->refCount++;
+ targ->node = gn;
+ targ->parent = NULL;
+ targ->children = 0;
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+ targ->cp = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * Allocate room for the prefix, whose end is found by subtracting
+ * the length of the suffix from the end of the name.
+ */
+ prefLen = (eoname - targ->suff->nameLen) - sopref;
+ targ->pref = bmake_malloc(prefLen + 1);
+ memcpy(targ->pref, sopref, prefLen);
+ targ->pref[prefLen] = '\0';
+
+ /*
+ * Add nodes from which the target can be made
+ */
+ SuffAddLevel(srcs, targ);
+
+ /*
+ * Record the target so we can nuke it
+ */
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(targs, targ);
+
+ /*
+ * Search from this suffix's successor...
+ */
+ ln = Lst_Succ(ln);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Handle target of unknown suffix...
+ */
+ if (Lst_IsEmpty(targs) && suffNull != NULL) {
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\tNo known suffix on %s. Using .NULL suffix\n", gn->name);
+ }
+
+ targ = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Src));
+ targ->file = bmake_strdup(gn->name);
+ targ->suff = suffNull;
+ targ->suff->refCount++;
+ targ->node = gn;
+ targ->parent = NULL;
+ targ->children = 0;
+ targ->pref = bmake_strdup(sopref);
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+ targ->cp = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * Only use the default suffix rules if we don't have commands
+ * defined for this gnode; traditional make programs used to
+ * not define suffix rules if the gnode had children but we
+ * don't do this anymore.
+ */
+ if (Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands))
+ SuffAddLevel(srcs, targ);
+ else {
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "not ");
+ }
+
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "adding suffix rules\n");
+
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(targs, targ);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Using the list of possible sources built up from the target suffix(es),
+ * try and find an existing file/target that matches.
+ */
+ bottom = SuffFindThem(srcs, slst);
+
+ if (bottom == NULL) {
+ /*
+ * No known transformations -- use the first suffix found for setting
+ * the local variables.
+ */
+ if (!Lst_IsEmpty(targs)) {
+ targ = (Src *)Lst_Datum(Lst_First(targs));
+ } else {
+ targ = NULL;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Work up the transformation path to find the suffix of the
+ * target to which the transformation was made.
+ */
+ for (targ = bottom; targ->parent != NULL; targ = targ->parent)
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ Var_Set(TARGET, gn->path ? gn->path : gn->name, gn, 0);
+
+ pref = (targ != NULL) ? targ->pref : gn->name;
+ Var_Set(PREFIX, pref, gn, 0);
+
+ /*
+ * Now we've got the important local variables set, expand any sources
+ * that still contain variables or wildcards in their names.
+ */
+ for (ln = Lst_First(gn->children); ln != NULL; ln = nln) {
+ nln = Lst_Succ(ln);
+ SuffExpandChildren(ln, gn);
+ }
+
+ if (targ == NULL) {
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\tNo valid suffix on %s\n", gn->name);
+ }
+
+sfnd_abort:
+ /*
+ * Deal with finding the thing on the default search path. We
+ * always do that, not only if the node is only a source (not
+ * on the lhs of a dependency operator or [XXX] it has neither
+ * children or commands) as the old pmake did.
+ */
+ if ((gn->type & (OP_PHONY|OP_NOPATH)) == 0) {
+ free(gn->path);
+ gn->path = Dir_FindFile(gn->name,
+ (targ == NULL ? dirSearchPath :
+ targ->suff->searchPath));
+ if (gn->path != NULL) {
+ char *ptr;
+ Var_Set(TARGET, gn->path, gn, 0);
+
+ if (targ != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Suffix known for the thing -- trim the suffix off
+ * the path to form the proper .PREFIX variable.
+ */
+ int savep = strlen(gn->path) - targ->suff->nameLen;
+ char savec;
+
+ if (gn->suffix)
+ gn->suffix->refCount--;
+ gn->suffix = targ->suff;
+ gn->suffix->refCount++;
+
+ savec = gn->path[savep];
+ gn->path[savep] = '\0';
+
+ if ((ptr = strrchr(gn->path, '/')) != NULL)
+ ptr++;
+ else
+ ptr = gn->path;
+
+ Var_Set(PREFIX, ptr, gn, 0);
+
+ gn->path[savep] = savec;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * The .PREFIX gets the full path if the target has
+ * no known suffix.
+ */
+ if (gn->suffix)
+ gn->suffix->refCount--;
+ gn->suffix = NULL;
+
+ if ((ptr = strrchr(gn->path, '/')) != NULL)
+ ptr++;
+ else
+ ptr = gn->path;
+
+ Var_Set(PREFIX, ptr, gn, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ goto sfnd_return;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If the suffix indicates that the target is a library, mark that in
+ * the node's type field.
+ */
+ if (targ->suff->flags & SUFF_LIBRARY) {
+ gn->type |= OP_LIB;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Check for overriding transformation rule implied by sources
+ */
+ if (!Lst_IsEmpty(gn->children)) {
+ src = SuffFindCmds(targ, slst);
+
+ if (src != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Free up all the Src structures in the transformation path
+ * up to, but not including, the parent node.
+ */
+ while (bottom && bottom->parent != NULL) {
+ if (Lst_Member(slst, bottom) == NULL) {
+ Lst_AtEnd(slst, bottom);
+ }
+ bottom = bottom->parent;
+ }
+ bottom = src;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (bottom == NULL) {
+ /*
+ * No idea from where it can come -- return now.
+ */
+ goto sfnd_abort;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * We now have a list of Src structures headed by 'bottom' and linked via
+ * their 'parent' pointers. What we do next is create links between
+ * source and target nodes (which may or may not have been created)
+ * and set the necessary local variables in each target. The
+ * commands for each target are set from the commands of the
+ * transformation rule used to get from the src suffix to the targ
+ * suffix. Note that this causes the commands list of the original
+ * node, gn, to be replaced by the commands of the final
+ * transformation rule. Also, the unmade field of gn is incremented.
+ * Etc.
+ */
+ if (bottom->node == NULL) {
+ bottom->node = Targ_FindNode(bottom->file, TARG_CREATE);
+ }
+
+ for (src = bottom; src->parent != NULL; src = src->parent) {
+ targ = src->parent;
+
+ if (src->node->suffix)
+ src->node->suffix->refCount--;
+ src->node->suffix = src->suff;
+ src->node->suffix->refCount++;
+
+ if (targ->node == NULL) {
+ targ->node = Targ_FindNode(targ->file, TARG_CREATE);
+ }
+
+ SuffApplyTransform(targ->node, src->node,
+ targ->suff, src->suff);
+
+ if (targ->node != gn) {
+ /*
+ * Finish off the dependency-search process for any nodes
+ * between bottom and gn (no point in questing around the
+ * filesystem for their implicit source when it's already
+ * known). Note that the node can't have any sources that
+ * need expanding, since SuffFindThem will stop on an existing
+ * node, so all we need to do is set the standard and System V
+ * variables.
+ */
+ targ->node->type |= OP_DEPS_FOUND;
+
+ Var_Set(PREFIX, targ->pref, targ->node, 0);
+
+ Var_Set(TARGET, targ->node->name, targ->node, 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (gn->suffix)
+ gn->suffix->refCount--;
+ gn->suffix = src->suff;
+ gn->suffix->refCount++;
+
+ /*
+ * Nuke the transformation path and the Src structures left over in the
+ * two lists.
+ */
+sfnd_return:
+ if (bottom)
+ if (Lst_Member(slst, bottom) == NULL)
+ Lst_AtEnd(slst, bottom);
+
+ while (SuffRemoveSrc(srcs) || SuffRemoveSrc(targs))
+ continue;
+
+ Lst_Concat(slst, srcs, LST_CONCLINK);
+ Lst_Concat(slst, targs, LST_CONCLINK);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_FindDeps --
+ * Find implicit sources for the target described by the graph node
+ * gn
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Nodes are added to the graph below the passed-in node. The nodes
+ * are marked to have their IMPSRC variable filled in. The
+ * PREFIX variable is set for the given node and all its
+ * implied children.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ * The path found by this target is the shortest path in the
+ * transformation graph, which may pass through non-existent targets,
+ * to an existing target. The search continues on all paths from the
+ * root suffix until a file is found. I.e. if there's a path
+ * .o -> .c -> .l -> .l,v from the root and the .l,v file exists but
+ * the .c and .l files don't, the search will branch out in
+ * all directions from .o and again from all the nodes on the
+ * next level until the .l,v node is encountered.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Suff_FindDeps(GNode *gn)
+{
+
+ SuffFindDeps(gn, srclist);
+ while (SuffRemoveSrc(srclist))
+ continue;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Input:
+ * gn node we're dealing with
+ *
+ */
+static void
+SuffFindDeps(GNode *gn, Lst slst)
+{
+ if (gn->type & (OP_DEPS_FOUND|OP_PHONY)) {
+ /*
+ * If dependencies already found, no need to do it again...
+ * If this is a .PHONY target, we do not apply suffix rules.
+ */
+ return;
+ } else {
+ gn->type |= OP_DEPS_FOUND;
+ }
+
+ if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "SuffFindDeps (%s)\n", gn->name);
+ }
+
+ if (gn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
+ SuffFindArchiveDeps(gn, slst);
+ } else if (gn->type & OP_LIB) {
+ /*
+ * If the node is a library, it is the arch module's job to find it
+ * and set the TARGET variable accordingly. We merely provide the
+ * search path, assuming all libraries end in ".a" (if the suffix
+ * hasn't been defined, there's nothing we can do for it, so we just
+ * set the TARGET variable to the node's name in order to give it a
+ * value).
+ */
+ LstNode ln;
+ Suff *s;
+
+ ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, LIBSUFF, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+ if (gn->suffix)
+ gn->suffix->refCount--;
+ if (ln != NULL) {
+ gn->suffix = s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ gn->suffix->refCount++;
+ Arch_FindLib(gn, s->searchPath);
+ } else {
+ gn->suffix = NULL;
+ Var_Set(TARGET, gn->name, gn, 0);
+ }
+ /*
+ * Because a library (-lfoo) target doesn't follow the standard
+ * filesystem conventions, we don't set the regular variables for
+ * the thing. .PREFIX is simply made empty...
+ */
+ Var_Set(PREFIX, "", gn, 0);
+ } else {
+ SuffFindNormalDeps(gn, slst);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_SetNull --
+ * Define which suffix is the null suffix.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * name Name of null suffix
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * 'suffNull' is altered.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ * Need to handle the changing of the null suffix gracefully so the
+ * old transformation rules don't just go away.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_SetNull(char *name)
+{
+ Suff *s;
+ LstNode ln;
+
+ ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, name, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+ if (ln != NULL) {
+ s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ if (suffNull != NULL) {
+ suffNull->flags &= ~SUFF_NULL;
+ }
+ s->flags |= SUFF_NULL;
+ /*
+ * XXX: Here's where the transformation mangling would take place
+ */
+ suffNull = s;
+ } else {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Desired null suffix %s not defined.",
+ name);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_Init --
+ * Initialize suffixes module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Many
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_Init(void)
+{
+ sufflist = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+ suffClean = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+#endif
+ srclist = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ transforms = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+ sNum = 0;
+ /*
+ * Create null suffix for single-suffix rules (POSIX). The thing doesn't
+ * actually go on the suffix list or everyone will think that's its
+ * suffix.
+ */
+ emptySuff = suffNull = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Suff));
+
+ suffNull->name = bmake_strdup("");
+ suffNull->nameLen = 0;
+ suffNull->searchPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ Dir_Concat(suffNull->searchPath, dirSearchPath);
+ suffNull->children = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ suffNull->parents = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ suffNull->ref = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ suffNull->sNum = sNum++;
+ suffNull->flags = SUFF_NULL;
+ suffNull->refCount = 1;
+
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_End --
+ * Cleanup the this module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The memory is free'd.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Suff_End(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+ Lst_Destroy(sufflist, SuffFree);
+ Lst_Destroy(suffClean, SuffFree);
+ if (suffNull)
+ SuffFree(suffNull);
+ Lst_Destroy(srclist, NULL);
+ Lst_Destroy(transforms, NULL);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/********************* DEBUGGING FUNCTIONS **********************/
+
+static int SuffPrintName(void *s, void *dummy)
+{
+ fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", ((Suff *)s)->name);
+ return (dummy ? 0 : 0);
+}
+
+static int
+SuffPrintSuff(void *sp, void *dummy)
+{
+ Suff *s = (Suff *)sp;
+ int flags;
+ int flag;
+
+ fprintf(debug_file, "# `%s' [%d] ", s->name, s->refCount);
+
+ flags = s->flags;
+ if (flags) {
+ fputs(" (", debug_file);
+ while (flags) {
+ flag = 1 << (ffs(flags) - 1);
+ flags &= ~flag;
+ switch (flag) {
+ case SUFF_NULL:
+ fprintf(debug_file, "NULL");
+ break;
+ case SUFF_INCLUDE:
+ fprintf(debug_file, "INCLUDE");
+ break;
+ case SUFF_LIBRARY:
+ fprintf(debug_file, "LIBRARY");
+ break;
+ }
+ fputc(flags ? '|' : ')', debug_file);
+ }
+ }
+ fputc('\n', debug_file);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "#\tTo: ");
+ Lst_ForEach(s->parents, SuffPrintName, NULL);
+ fputc('\n', debug_file);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "#\tFrom: ");
+ Lst_ForEach(s->children, SuffPrintName, NULL);
+ fputc('\n', debug_file);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "#\tSearch Path: ");
+ Dir_PrintPath(s->searchPath);
+ fputc('\n', debug_file);
+ return (dummy ? 0 : 0);
+}
+
+static int
+SuffPrintTrans(void *tp, void *dummy)
+{
+ GNode *t = (GNode *)tp;
+
+ fprintf(debug_file, "%-16s: ", t->name);
+ Targ_PrintType(t->type);
+ fputc('\n', debug_file);
+ Lst_ForEach(t->commands, Targ_PrintCmd, NULL);
+ fputc('\n', debug_file);
+ return(dummy ? 0 : 0);
+}
+
+void
+Suff_PrintAll(void)
+{
+ fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Suffixes:\n");
+ Lst_ForEach(sufflist, SuffPrintSuff, NULL);
+
+ fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Transformations:\n");
+ Lst_ForEach(transforms, SuffPrintTrans, NULL);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: targ.c,v 1.55 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: targ.c,v 1.55 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)targ.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: targ.c,v 1.55 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * targ.c --
+ * Functions for maintaining the Lst allTargets. Target nodes are
+ * kept in two structures: a Lst, maintained by the list library, and a
+ * hash table, maintained by the hash library.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ * Targ_Init Initialization procedure.
+ *
+ * Targ_End Cleanup the module
+ *
+ * Targ_List Return the list of all targets so far.
+ *
+ * Targ_NewGN Create a new GNode for the passed target
+ * (string). The node is *not* placed in the
+ * hash table, though all its fields are
+ * initialized.
+ *
+ * Targ_FindNode Find the node for a given target, creating
+ * and storing it if it doesn't exist and the
+ * flags are right (TARG_CREATE)
+ *
+ * Targ_FindList Given a list of names, find nodes for all
+ * of them. If a name doesn't exist and the
+ * TARG_NOCREATE flag was given, an error message
+ * is printed. Else, if a name doesn't exist,
+ * its node is created.
+ *
+ * Targ_Ignore Return TRUE if errors should be ignored when
+ * creating the given target.
+ *
+ * Targ_Silent Return TRUE if we should be silent when
+ * creating the given target.
+ *
+ * Targ_Precious Return TRUE if the target is precious and
+ * should not be removed if we are interrupted.
+ *
+ * Targ_Propagate Propagate information between related
+ * nodes. Should be called after the
+ * makefiles are parsed but before any
+ * action is taken.
+ *
+ * Debugging:
+ * Targ_PrintGraph Print out the entire graphm all variables
+ * and statistics for the directory cache. Should
+ * print something for suffixes, too, but...
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <strings.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+
+static Lst allTargets; /* the list of all targets found so far */
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+static Lst allGNs; /* List of all the GNodes */
+#endif
+static Hash_Table targets; /* a hash table of same */
+
+#define HTSIZE 191 /* initial size of hash table */
+
+static int TargPrintOnlySrc(void *, void *);
+static int TargPrintName(void *, void *);
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+static void TargFreeGN(void *);
+#endif
+static int TargPropagateCohort(void *, void *);
+static int TargPropagateNode(void *, void *);
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_Init --
+ * Initialize this module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The allTargets list and the targets hash table are initialized
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Targ_Init(void)
+{
+ allTargets = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ Hash_InitTable(&targets, HTSIZE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_End --
+ * Finalize this module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * All lists and gnodes are cleared
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Targ_End(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+ Lst_Destroy(allTargets, NULL);
+ if (allGNs)
+ Lst_Destroy(allGNs, TargFreeGN);
+ Hash_DeleteTable(&targets);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_List --
+ * Return the list of all targets
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The list of all targets.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Targ_List(void)
+{
+ return allTargets;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_NewGN --
+ * Create and initialize a new graph node
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * name the name to stick in the new node
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * An initialized graph node with the name field filled with a copy
+ * of the passed name
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The gnode is added to the list of all gnodes.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+GNode *
+Targ_NewGN(const char *name)
+{
+ GNode *gn;
+
+ gn = bmake_malloc(sizeof(GNode));
+ gn->name = bmake_strdup(name);
+ gn->uname = NULL;
+ gn->path = NULL;
+ if (name[0] == '-' && name[1] == 'l') {
+ gn->type = OP_LIB;
+ } else {
+ gn->type = 0;
+ }
+ gn->unmade = 0;
+ gn->unmade_cohorts = 0;
+ gn->cohort_num[0] = 0;
+ gn->centurion = NULL;
+ gn->made = UNMADE;
+ gn->flags = 0;
+ gn->checked = 0;
+ gn->mtime = gn->cmtime = 0;
+ gn->iParents = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ gn->cohorts = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ gn->parents = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ gn->children = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ gn->order_pred = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ gn->order_succ = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ Hash_InitTable(&gn->context, 0);
+ gn->commands = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ gn->suffix = NULL;
+ gn->lineno = 0;
+ gn->fname = NULL;
+
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+ if (allGNs == NULL)
+ allGNs = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+ Lst_AtEnd(allGNs, gn);
+#endif
+
+ return (gn);
+}
+
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TargFreeGN --
+ * Destroy a GNode
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+TargFreeGN(void *gnp)
+{
+ GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+
+
+ free(gn->name);
+ if (gn->uname)
+ free(gn->uname);
+ if (gn->path)
+ free(gn->path);
+ /* gn->fname points to name allocated when file was opened, don't free */
+
+ Lst_Destroy(gn->iParents, NULL);
+ Lst_Destroy(gn->cohorts, NULL);
+ Lst_Destroy(gn->parents, NULL);
+ Lst_Destroy(gn->children, NULL);
+ Lst_Destroy(gn->order_succ, NULL);
+ Lst_Destroy(gn->order_pred, NULL);
+ Hash_DeleteTable(&gn->context);
+ Lst_Destroy(gn->commands, NULL);
+ free(gn);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_FindNode --
+ * Find a node in the list using the given name for matching
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * name the name to find
+ * flags flags governing events when target not
+ * found
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The node in the list if it was. If it wasn't, return NULL of
+ * flags was TARG_NOCREATE or the newly created and initialized node
+ * if it was TARG_CREATE
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Sometimes a node is created and added to the list
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+GNode *
+Targ_FindNode(const char *name, int flags)
+{
+ GNode *gn; /* node in that element */
+ Hash_Entry *he; /* New or used hash entry for node */
+ Boolean isNew; /* Set TRUE if Hash_CreateEntry had to create */
+ /* an entry for the node */
+
+ if (!(flags & (TARG_CREATE | TARG_NOHASH))) {
+ he = Hash_FindEntry(&targets, name);
+ if (he == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ return (GNode *)Hash_GetValue(he);
+ }
+
+ if (!(flags & TARG_NOHASH)) {
+ he = Hash_CreateEntry(&targets, name, &isNew);
+ if (!isNew)
+ return (GNode *)Hash_GetValue(he);
+ }
+
+ gn = Targ_NewGN(name);
+ if (!(flags & TARG_NOHASH))
+ Hash_SetValue(he, gn);
+ Var_Append(".ALLTARGETS", name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(allTargets, gn);
+ if (doing_depend)
+ gn->flags |= FROM_DEPEND;
+ return gn;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_FindList --
+ * Make a complete list of GNodes from the given list of names
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * name list of names to find
+ * flags flags used if no node is found for a given name
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * A complete list of graph nodes corresponding to all instances of all
+ * the names in names.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If flags is TARG_CREATE, nodes will be created for all names in
+ * names which do not yet have graph nodes. If flags is TARG_NOCREATE,
+ * an error message will be printed for each name which can't be found.
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Targ_FindList(Lst names, int flags)
+{
+ Lst nodes; /* result list */
+ LstNode ln; /* name list element */
+ GNode *gn; /* node in tLn */
+ char *name;
+
+ nodes = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+ if (Lst_Open(names) == FAILURE) {
+ return (nodes);
+ }
+ while ((ln = Lst_Next(names)) != NULL) {
+ name = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+ gn = Targ_FindNode(name, flags);
+ if (gn != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Note: Lst_AtEnd must come before the Lst_Concat so the nodes
+ * are added to the list in the order in which they were
+ * encountered in the makefile.
+ */
+ (void)Lst_AtEnd(nodes, gn);
+ } else if (flags == TARG_NOCREATE) {
+ Error("\"%s\" -- target unknown.", name);
+ }
+ }
+ Lst_Close(names);
+ return (nodes);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_Ignore --
+ * Return true if should ignore errors when creating gn
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gn node to check for
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if should ignore errors
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Targ_Ignore(GNode *gn)
+{
+ if (ignoreErrors || gn->type & OP_IGNORE) {
+ return (TRUE);
+ } else {
+ return (FALSE);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_Silent --
+ * Return true if be silent when creating gn
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gn node to check for
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if should be silent
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Targ_Silent(GNode *gn)
+{
+ if (beSilent || gn->type & OP_SILENT) {
+ return (TRUE);
+ } else {
+ return (FALSE);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_Precious --
+ * See if the given target is precious
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gn the node to check
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if it is precious. FALSE otherwise
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Targ_Precious(GNode *gn)
+{
+ if (allPrecious || (gn->type & (OP_PRECIOUS|OP_DOUBLEDEP))) {
+ return (TRUE);
+ } else {
+ return (FALSE);
+ }
+}
+
+/******************* DEBUG INFO PRINTING ****************/
+
+static GNode *mainTarg; /* the main target, as set by Targ_SetMain */
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_SetMain --
+ * Set our idea of the main target we'll be creating. Used for
+ * debugging output.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gn The main target we'll create
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * "mainTarg" is set to the main target's node.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Targ_SetMain(GNode *gn)
+{
+ mainTarg = gn;
+}
+
+static int
+TargPrintName(void *gnp, void *pflags __unused)
+{
+ GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+
+ fprintf(debug_file, "%s%s ", gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+int
+Targ_PrintCmd(void *cmd, void *dummy)
+{
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\t%s\n", (char *)cmd);
+ return (dummy ? 0 : 0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_FmtTime --
+ * Format a modification time in some reasonable way and return it.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The time reformatted.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The time is placed in a static area, so it is overwritten
+ * with each call.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Targ_FmtTime(time_t tm)
+{
+ struct tm *parts;
+ static char buf[128];
+
+ parts = localtime(&tm);
+ (void)strftime(buf, sizeof buf, "%k:%M:%S %b %d, %Y", parts);
+ return(buf);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_PrintType --
+ * Print out a type field giving only those attributes the user can
+ * set.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Targ_PrintType(int type)
+{
+ int tbit;
+
+#define PRINTBIT(attr) case CONCAT(OP_,attr): fprintf(debug_file, "." #attr " "); break
+#define PRINTDBIT(attr) case CONCAT(OP_,attr): if (DEBUG(TARG))fprintf(debug_file, "." #attr " "); break
+
+ type &= ~OP_OPMASK;
+
+ while (type) {
+ tbit = 1 << (ffs(type) - 1);
+ type &= ~tbit;
+
+ switch(tbit) {
+ PRINTBIT(OPTIONAL);
+ PRINTBIT(USE);
+ PRINTBIT(EXEC);
+ PRINTBIT(IGNORE);
+ PRINTBIT(PRECIOUS);
+ PRINTBIT(SILENT);
+ PRINTBIT(MAKE);
+ PRINTBIT(JOIN);
+ PRINTBIT(INVISIBLE);
+ PRINTBIT(NOTMAIN);
+ PRINTDBIT(LIB);
+ /*XXX: MEMBER is defined, so CONCAT(OP_,MEMBER) gives OP_"%" */
+ case OP_MEMBER: if (DEBUG(TARG))fprintf(debug_file, ".MEMBER "); break;
+ PRINTDBIT(ARCHV);
+ PRINTDBIT(MADE);
+ PRINTDBIT(PHONY);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static const char *
+made_name(enum enum_made made)
+{
+ switch (made) {
+ case UNMADE: return "unmade";
+ case DEFERRED: return "deferred";
+ case REQUESTED: return "requested";
+ case BEINGMADE: return "being made";
+ case MADE: return "made";
+ case UPTODATE: return "up-to-date";
+ case ERROR: return "error when made";
+ case ABORTED: return "aborted";
+ default: return "unknown enum_made value";
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TargPrintNode --
+ * print the contents of a node
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Targ_PrintNode(void *gnp, void *passp)
+{
+ GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+ int pass = passp ? *(int *)passp : 0;
+
+ fprintf(debug_file, "# %s%s, flags %x, type %x, made %d\n",
+ gn->name, gn->cohort_num, gn->flags, gn->type, gn->made);
+ if (gn->flags == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (!OP_NOP(gn->type)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "#\n");
+ if (gn == mainTarg) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "# *** MAIN TARGET ***\n");
+ }
+ if (pass >= 2) {
+ if (gn->unmade) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "# %d unmade children\n", gn->unmade);
+ } else {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "# No unmade children\n");
+ }
+ if (! (gn->type & (OP_JOIN|OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE|OP_EXEC))) {
+ if (gn->mtime != 0) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "# last modified %s: %s\n",
+ Targ_FmtTime(gn->mtime),
+ made_name(gn->made));
+ } else if (gn->made != UNMADE) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "# non-existent (maybe): %s\n",
+ made_name(gn->made));
+ } else {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "# unmade\n");
+ }
+ }
+ if (!Lst_IsEmpty (gn->iParents)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "# implicit parents: ");
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->iParents, TargPrintName, NULL);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (gn->unmade)
+ fprintf(debug_file, "# %d unmade children\n", gn->unmade);
+ }
+ if (!Lst_IsEmpty (gn->parents)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "# parents: ");
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->parents, TargPrintName, NULL);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+ }
+ if (!Lst_IsEmpty (gn->order_pred)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "# order_pred: ");
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->order_pred, TargPrintName, NULL);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+ }
+ if (!Lst_IsEmpty (gn->order_succ)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "# order_succ: ");
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->order_succ, TargPrintName, NULL);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+ }
+
+ fprintf(debug_file, "%-16s", gn->name);
+ switch (gn->type & OP_OPMASK) {
+ case OP_DEPENDS:
+ fprintf(debug_file, ": "); break;
+ case OP_FORCE:
+ fprintf(debug_file, "! "); break;
+ case OP_DOUBLEDEP:
+ fprintf(debug_file, ":: "); break;
+ }
+ Targ_PrintType(gn->type);
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->children, TargPrintName, NULL);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, Targ_PrintCmd, NULL);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n\n");
+ if (gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) {
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->cohorts, Targ_PrintNode, &pass);
+ }
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TargPrintOnlySrc --
+ * Print only those targets that are just a source.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 0.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The name of each file is printed preceded by #\t
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+TargPrintOnlySrc(void *gnp, void *dummy __unused)
+{
+ GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+ if (!OP_NOP(gn->type))
+ return 0;
+
+ fprintf(debug_file, "#\t%s [%s] ",
+ gn->name, gn->path ? gn->path : gn->name);
+ Targ_PrintType(gn->type);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_PrintGraph --
+ * print the entire graph. heh heh
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * pass Which pass this is. 1 => no processing
+ * 2 => processing done
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * lots o' output
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Targ_PrintGraph(int pass)
+{
+ fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Input graph:\n");
+ Lst_ForEach(allTargets, Targ_PrintNode, &pass);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n\n");
+ fprintf(debug_file, "#\n# Files that are only sources:\n");
+ Lst_ForEach(allTargets, TargPrintOnlySrc, NULL);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Global Variables:\n");
+ Var_Dump(VAR_GLOBAL);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Command-line Variables:\n");
+ Var_Dump(VAR_CMD);
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+ Dir_PrintDirectories();
+ fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+ Suff_PrintAll();
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TargPropagateNode --
+ * Propagate information from a single node to related nodes if
+ * appropriate.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * gnp The node that we are processing.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Always returns 0, for the benefit of Lst_ForEach().
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Information is propagated from this node to cohort or child
+ * nodes.
+ *
+ * If the node was defined with "::", then TargPropagateCohort()
+ * will be called for each cohort node.
+ *
+ * If the node has recursive predecessors, then
+ * TargPropagateRecpred() will be called for each recursive
+ * predecessor.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+TargPropagateNode(void *gnp, void *junk __unused)
+{
+ GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+
+ if (gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP)
+ Lst_ForEach(gn->cohorts, TargPropagateCohort, gnp);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TargPropagateCohort --
+ * Propagate some bits in the type mask from a node to
+ * a related cohort node.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * cnp The node that we are processing.
+ * gnp Another node that has cnp as a cohort.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * Always returns 0, for the benefit of Lst_ForEach().
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * cnp's type bitmask is modified to incorporate some of the
+ * bits from gnp's type bitmask. (XXX need a better explanation.)
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+TargPropagateCohort(void *cgnp, void *pgnp)
+{
+ GNode *cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
+ GNode *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
+
+ cgn->type |= pgn->type & ~OP_OPMASK;
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_Propagate --
+ * Propagate information between related nodes. Should be called
+ * after the makefiles are parsed but before any action is taken.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Information is propagated between related nodes throughout the
+ * graph.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Targ_Propagate(void)
+{
+ Lst_ForEach(allTargets, TargPropagateNode, NULL);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: trace.c,v 1.11 2008/12/28 18:31:51 christos Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Bill Sommerfeld
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: trace.c,v 1.11 2008/12/28 18:31:51 christos Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: trace.c,v 1.11 2008/12/28 18:31:51 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * trace.c --
+ * handle logging of trace events generated by various parts of make.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ * Trace_Init Initialize tracing (called once during
+ * the lifetime of the process)
+ *
+ * Trace_End Finalize tracing (called before make exits)
+ *
+ * Trace_Log Log an event about a particular make job.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "job.h"
+#include "trace.h"
+
+static FILE *trfile;
+static pid_t trpid;
+char *trwd;
+
+static const char *evname[] = {
+ "BEG",
+ "END",
+ "ERR",
+ "JOB",
+ "DON",
+ "INT",
+};
+
+void
+Trace_Init(const char *pathname)
+{
+ char *p1;
+ if (pathname != NULL) {
+ trpid = getpid();
+ trwd = Var_Value(".CURDIR", VAR_GLOBAL, &p1);
+
+ trfile = fopen(pathname, "a");
+ }
+}
+
+void
+Trace_Log(TrEvent event, Job *job)
+{
+ struct timeval rightnow;
+
+ if (trfile == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ gettimeofday(&rightnow, NULL);
+
+#if defined(__minix)
+ fprintf(trfile, "%ld.%06ld %d %s %d %s",
+ (long)rightnow.tv_sec, (long)rightnow.tv_usec,
+ jobTokensRunning,
+ evname[event], trpid, trwd);
+#else
+ fprintf(trfile, "%lld.%06ld %d %s %d %s",
+ (long long)rightnow.tv_sec, (long)rightnow.tv_usec,
+ jobTokensRunning,
+ evname[event], trpid, trwd);
+#endif
+ if (job != NULL) {
+ fprintf(trfile, " %s %d %x %x", job->node->name,
+ job->pid, job->flags, job->node->type);
+ }
+ fputc('\n', trfile);
+ fflush(trfile);
+}
+
+void
+Trace_End(void)
+{
+ if (trfile != NULL)
+ fclose(trfile);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: trace.h,v 1.3 2008/04/28 20:24:14 martin Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Bill Sommerfeld
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * trace.h --
+ * Definitions pertaining to the tracing of jobs in parallel mode.
+ */
+
+typedef enum {
+ MAKESTART,
+ MAKEEND,
+ MAKEERROR,
+ JOBSTART,
+ JOBEND,
+ MAKEINTR
+} TrEvent;
+
+void Trace_Init(const char *);
+void Trace_Log(TrEvent, Job *);
+void Trace_End(void);
+
--- /dev/null
+# $NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.25 2009/11/19 00:30:25 sjg Exp $
+#
+# Unit tests for make(1)
+# The main targets are:
+#
+# all: run all the tests
+# test: run 'all', capture output and compare to expected results
+# accept: move generated output to expected results
+#
+# Adding a test case.
+# Each feature should get its own set of tests in its own suitably
+# named makefile which should be added to SUBFILES to hook it in.
+#
+
+.MAIN: all
+
+UNIT_TESTS:= ${.PARSEDIR}
+
+# Simple sub-makefiles - we run them as a black box
+# keep the list sorted.
+SUBFILES= \
+ comment \
+ cond1 \
+ export \
+ export-all \
+ dotwait \
+ forsubst \
+ moderrs \
+ modmatch \
+ modmisc \
+ modorder \
+ modts \
+ modword \
+ posix \
+ qequals \
+ ternary \
+ unexport \
+ unexport-env \
+ varcmd
+
+all: ${SUBFILES}
+
+# the tests are actually done with sub-makes.
+.PHONY: ${SUBFILES}
+.PRECIOUS: ${SUBFILES}
+${SUBFILES}:
+ -@${.MAKE} -k -f ${UNIT_TESTS}/$@
+
+clean:
+ rm -f *.out *.fail *.core
+
+.include <bsd.obj.mk>
+
+TEST_MAKE?= ${.MAKE}
+
+# The driver.
+# We always pretend .MAKE was called 'make'
+# and strip ${.CURDIR}/ from the output
+# and replace anything after 'stopped in' with unit-tests
+# so the results can be compared.
+test:
+ @echo "${TEST_MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} > ${.TARGET}.out 2>&1"
+ @cd ${.OBJDIR} && ${TEST_MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} 2>&1 | \
+ ${TOOL_SED} -e 's,^${TEST_MAKE:T:C/\./\\\./g}:,make:,' \
+ -e '/stopped/s, /.*, unit-tests,' \
+ -e 's,${.CURDIR:C/\./\\\./g}/,,g' \
+ -e 's,${UNIT_TESTS:C/\./\\\./g}/,,g' > ${.TARGET}.out || { \
+ tail ${.TARGET}.out; mv ${.TARGET}.out ${.TARGET}.fail; exit 1; }
+ diff -u ${UNIT_TESTS}/${.TARGET}.exp ${.TARGET}.out
+
+accept:
+ mv test.out ${.CURDIR}/test.exp
+
--- /dev/null
+# This is a comment
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == something
+FOO=bar
+.endif
+
+#\
+ Multiline comment
+
+BAR=# defined
+FOOBAR= # defined
+
+# This is an escaped comment \
+that keeps going until the end of this line
+
+# Another escaped comment \
+that \
+goes \
+on
+
+# This is NOT an escaped comment due to the double backslashes \\
+all: hi foo bar
+ @echo comment testing done
+
+hi:
+ @echo comment testing start
+
+foo:
+ @echo this is $@
+
+bar:
+ @echo This is how a comment looks: '# comment'
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: cond1,v 1.4 2008/10/29 15:37:08 sjg Exp $
+
+# hard code these!
+TEST_UNAME_S= NetBSD
+TEST_UNAME_M= sparc
+TEST_MACHINE= i386
+
+.if ${TEST_UNAME_S}
+Ok=var,
+.endif
+.if ("${TEST_UNAME_S}")
+Ok+=(\"var\"),
+.endif
+.if (${TEST_UNAME_M} != ${TEST_MACHINE})
+Ok+=(var != var),
+.endif
+.if ${TEST_UNAME_M} != ${TEST_MACHINE}
+Ok+= var != var,
+.endif
+.if !((${TEST_UNAME_M} != ${TEST_MACHINE}) && defined(X))
+Ok+= !((var != var) && defined(name)),
+.endif
+# from bsd.obj.mk
+MKOBJ?=no
+.if ${MKOBJ} == "no"
+o= no
+Ok+= var == "quoted",
+.else
+.if defined(notMAKEOBJDIRPREFIX) || defined(norMAKEOBJDIR)
+.if defined(notMAKEOBJDIRPREFIX)
+o=${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${__curdir}
+.else
+o= ${MAKEOBJDIR}
+.endif
+.endif
+o= o
+.endif
+
+# repeat the above to check we get the same result
+.if ${MKOBJ} == "no"
+o2= no
+.else
+.if defined(notMAKEOBJDIRPREFIX) || defined(norMAKEOBJDIR)
+.if defined(notMAKEOBJDIRPREFIX)
+o2=${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${__curdir}
+.else
+o2= ${MAKEOBJDIR}
+.endif
+.endif
+o2= o
+.endif
+
+PRIMES=2 3 5 7 11
+NUMBERS=1 2 3 4 5
+
+n=2
+.if ${PRIMES:M$n} == ""
+X=not
+.else
+X=
+.endif
+
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == no-such
+A=one
+.else
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == not-this
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == something-else
+A=unlikely
+.else
+A=no
+.endif
+.endif
+A=other
+# We expect an extra else warning - we're not skipping here
+.else
+A=this should be an error
+.endif
+
+.if $X != ""
+.if $X == not
+B=one
+.else
+B=other
+# We expect an extra else warning - we are skipping here
+.else
+B=this should be an error
+.endif
+.else
+B=unknown
+.endif
+
+.if "quoted" == quoted
+C=clever
+.else
+C=dim
+.endif
+
+all:
+ @echo "$n is $X prime"
+ @echo "A='$A' B='$B' C='$C' o='$o,${o2}'"
+ @echo "Passed:${.newline} ${Ok:S/,/${.newline}/}"
+ @echo "${NUMBERS:@n@$n is ${("${PRIMES:M$n}" == ""):?not:} prime${.newline}@}"
+ @echo "${"${DoNotQuoteHere:U0}" > 0:?OK:No}"
+ @echo "${${NoSuchNumber:U42} > 0:?OK:No}"
--- /dev/null
+# $NetBSD: dotwait,v 1.1 2006/02/26 22:45:46 apb Exp $
+
+THISMAKEFILE:= ${.PARSEDIR}/${.PARSEFILE}
+
+TESTS= simple recursive shared cycle
+PAUSE= sleep 1
+
+# Use a .for loop rather than dependencies here, to ensure
+# that the tests are run one by one, with parallelism
+# only within tests.
+# Ignore "--- target ---" lines printed by parallel make.
+all:
+.for t in ${TESTS}
+ @${.MAKE} -f ${THISMAKEFILE} -j4 $t | grep -v "^--- "
+.endfor
+
+#
+# Within each test, the names of the sub-targets follow these
+# conventions:
+# * If it's expected that two or more targets may be made in parallel,
+# then the target names will differ only in an alphabetic component
+# such as ".a" or ".b".
+# * If it's expected that two or more targets should be made in sequence
+# then the target names will differ in numeric components, such that
+# lexical ordering of the target names matches the expected order
+# in which the targets should be made.
+#
+# Targets may echo ${PARALLEL_TARG} to print a modified version
+# of their own name, in which alphabetic components like ".a" or ".b"
+# are converted to ".*". Two targets that are expected to
+# be made in parallel will thus print the same strings, so that the
+# output is independent of the order in which these targets are made.
+#
+PARALLEL_TARG= ${.TARGET:C/\.[a-z]/.*/g:Q}
+.DEFAULT:
+ @echo ${PARALLEL_TARG}; ${PAUSE}; echo ${PARALLEL_TARG}
+_ECHOUSE: .USE
+ @echo ${PARALLEL_TARG}; ${PAUSE}; echo ${PARALLEL_TARG}
+
+# simple: no recursion, no cycles
+simple: simple.1 .WAIT simple.2
+
+# recursive: all children of the left hand side of the .WAIT
+# must be made before any child of the right hand side.
+recursive: recursive.1.99 .WAIT recursive.2.99
+recursive.1.99: recursive.1.1.a recursive.1.1.b _ECHOUSE
+recursive.2.99: recursive.2.1.a recursive.2.1.b _ECHOUSE
+
+# shared: both shared.1.99 and shared.2.99 depend on shared.0.
+# shared.0 must be made first, even though it is a child of
+# the right hand side of the .WAIT.
+shared: shared.1.99 .WAIT shared.2.99
+shared.1.99: shared.0 _ECHOUSE
+shared.2.99: shared.2.1 shared.0 _ECHOUSE
+
+# cycle: the cyclic dependency must not cause infinite recursion
+# leading to stack overflow and a crash.
+cycle: cycle.1.99 .WAIT cycle.2.99
+cycle.2.99: cycle.2.98 _ECHOUSE
+cycle.2.98: cycle.2.97 _ECHOUSE
+cycle.2.97: cycle.2.99 _ECHOUSE
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: export,v 1.1 2007/10/05 15:27:46 sjg Exp $
+
+UT_TEST=export
+UT_FOO=foo${BAR}
+UT_FU=fubar
+UT_ZOO=hoopie
+UT_NO=all
+# belive it or not, we expect this one to come out with $UT_FU unexpanded.
+UT_DOLLAR= This is $$UT_FU
+
+.export UT_FU UT_FOO
+.export UT_DOLLAR
+# this one will be ignored
+.export .MAKE.PID
+
+BAR=bar is ${UT_FU}
+
+.MAKE.EXPORTED+= UT_ZOO UT_TEST
+
+all:
+ @env | grep '^UT_' | sort
+
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: export-all,v 1.1 2007/10/05 15:27:46 sjg Exp $
+
+UT_OK=good
+UT_F=fine
+
+.export
+
+.include "export"
+
+UT_TEST=export-all
+UT_ALL=even this gets exported
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: forsubst,v 1.1 2009/10/07 16:40:30 sjg Exp $
+
+all: for-subst
+
+here := ${.PARSEDIR}
+# this should not run foul of the parser
+.for file in ${.PARSEFILE}
+for-subst: ${file:S;^;${here}/;g}
+ @echo ".for with :S;... OK"
+.endfor
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: moderrs,v 1.2 2006/05/11 18:48:33 sjg Exp $
+#
+# various modifier error tests
+
+VAR=TheVariable
+# incase we have to change it ;-)
+MOD_UNKN=Z
+MOD_TERM=S,V,v
+MOD_S:= ${MOD_TERM},
+
+all: modunkn modunknV varterm vartermV modtermV
+
+modunkn:
+ @echo "Expect: Unknown modifier 'Z'"
+ @echo "VAR:Z=${VAR:Z}"
+
+modunknV:
+ @echo "Expect: Unknown modifier 'Z'"
+ @echo "VAR:${MOD_UNKN}=${VAR:${MOD_UNKN}}"
+
+varterm:
+ @echo "Expect: Unclosed variable specification for VAR"
+ @echo VAR:S,V,v,=${VAR:S,V,v,
+
+vartermV:
+ @echo "Expect: Unclosed variable specification for VAR"
+ @echo VAR:${MOD_TERM},=${VAR:${MOD_S}
+
+modtermV:
+ @echo "Expect: Unclosed substitution for VAR (, missing)"
+ -@echo "VAR:${MOD_TERM}=${VAR:${MOD_TERM}}"
--- /dev/null
+
+X=a b c d e
+
+.for x in $X
+LIB${x:tu}=/tmp/lib$x.a
+.endfor
+
+X_LIBS= ${LIBA} ${LIBD} ${LIBE}
+
+LIB?=a
+
+var = head
+res = no
+.if !empty(var:M${:Uhead\:tail:C/:.*//})
+res = OK
+.endif
+
+all:
+ @for x in $X; do ${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} show LIB=$$x; done
+ @echo "Mscanner=${res}"
+
+show:
+ @echo 'LIB=${LIB} X_LIBS:M$${LIB$${LIB:tu}} is "${X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}}}"'
+ @echo 'LIB=${LIB} X_LIBS:M*/lib$${LIB}.a is "${X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a}"'
+ @echo 'LIB=${LIB} X_LIBS:M*/lib$${LIB}.a:tu is "${X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu}"'
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: modmisc,v 1.4 2006/05/11 15:37:07 sjg Exp $
+#
+# miscellaneous modifier tests
+
+path=:/bin:/usr/bin::/sbin:/usr/sbin:.:/home/user/bin:.
+# strip cwd from path.
+MOD_NODOT=S/:/ /g:N.:ts:
+# and decorate, note that $'s need to be doubled. Also note that
+# the modifier_variable can be used with other modifiers.
+MOD_NODOTX=S/:/ /g:N.:@d@'$$d'@
+# another mod - pretend it is more interesting
+MOD_HOMES=S,/home/,/homes/,
+MOD_OPT=@d@$${exists($$d):?$$d:$${d:S,/usr,/opt,}}@
+MOD_SEP=S,:, ,g
+
+all: modvar modvarloop
+
+modvar:
+ @echo "path='${path}'"
+ @echo "path='${path:${MOD_NODOT}}'"
+ @echo "path='${path:S,home,homes,:${MOD_NODOT}}'"
+ @echo "path=${path:${MOD_NODOTX}:ts:}"
+ @echo "path=${path:${MOD_HOMES}:${MOD_NODOTX}:ts:}"
+
+.for d in ${path:${MOD_SEP}:N.} /usr/xbin
+path_$d?= ${d:${MOD_OPT}:${MOD_HOMES}}/
+paths+= ${d:${MOD_OPT}:${MOD_HOMES}}
+.endfor
+
+modvarloop:
+ @echo "path_/usr/xbin=${path_/usr/xbin}"
+ @echo "paths=${paths}"
+ @echo "PATHS=${paths:tu}"
--- /dev/null
+# $NetBSD: modorder,v 1.2 2007/10/05 15:27:46 sjg Exp $
+
+LIST= one two three four five six seven eight nine ten
+LISTX= ${LIST:Ox}
+LISTSX:= ${LIST:Ox}
+TEST_RESULT= && echo Ok || echo Failed
+
+# unit-tests have to produce the same results on each run
+# so we cannot actually include :Ox output.
+all:
+ @echo "LIST = ${LIST}"
+ @echo "LIST:O = ${LIST:O}"
+ # Note that 1 in every 10! trials two independently generated
+ # randomized orderings will be the same. The test framework doesn't
+ # support checking probabilistic output, so we accept that the test
+ # will incorrectly fail with probability 2.8E-7.
+ @echo "LIST:Ox = `test '${LIST:Ox}' != '${LIST:Ox}' ${TEST_RESULT}`"
+ @echo "LIST:O:Ox = `test '${LIST:O:Ox}' != '${LIST:O:Ox}' ${TEST_RESULT}`"
+ @echo "LISTX = `test '${LISTX}' != '${LISTX}' ${TEST_RESULT}`"
+ @echo "LISTSX = `test '${LISTSX}' = '${LISTSX}' ${TEST_RESULT}`"
+ @echo "BADMOD 1 = ${LIST:OX}"
+ @echo "BADMOD 2 = ${LIST:OxXX}"
--- /dev/null
+
+LIST= one two three
+LIST+= four five six
+
+FU_mod-ts = a / b / cool
+
+AAA= a a a
+B.aaa= Baaa
+
+all: mod-ts
+
+mod-ts:
+ @echo 'LIST="${LIST}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:ts,="${LIST:ts,}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:ts/:tu="${LIST:ts/:tu}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:ts::tu="${LIST:ts::tu}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:ts:tu="${LIST:ts:tu}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:tu:ts/="${LIST:tu:ts/}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:ts:="${LIST:ts:}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:ts="${LIST:ts}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:ts:S/two/2/="${LIST:ts:S/two/2/}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:S/two/2/:ts="${LIST:S/two/2/:ts}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:ts/:S/two/2/="${LIST:ts/:S/two/2/}"'
+ @echo "Pretend the '/' in '/n' etc. below are back-slashes."
+ @echo 'LIST:ts/n="${LIST:ts\n}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:ts/t="${LIST:ts\t}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:ts/012:tu="${LIST:ts\012:tu}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:tx="${LIST:tx}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:ts/x:tu="${LIST:ts\x:tu}"'
+ @echo 'FU_$@="${FU_${@:ts}:ts}"'
+ @echo 'FU_$@:ts:T="${FU_${@:ts}:ts:T}" == cool?'
+ @echo 'B.$${AAA:ts}="${B.${AAA:ts}}" == Baaa?'
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: modword,v 1.1 2003/09/27 21:29:37 sjg Exp $
+#
+# Test behaviour of new :[] modifier
+
+all: mod-squarebrackets mod-S-W mod-C-W mod-tW-tw
+
+LIST= one two three
+LIST+= four five six
+LONGLIST= 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
+
+EMPTY= # the space should be ignored
+ESCAPEDSPACE=\ # escaped space before the '#'
+REALLYSPACE:=${EMPTY:C/^/ /W}
+HASH= \#
+AT= @
+STAR= *
+ZERO= 0
+ONE= 1
+MINUSONE= -1
+
+mod-squarebrackets: mod-squarebrackets-0-star-at \
+ mod-squarebrackets-hash \
+ mod-squarebrackets-n \
+ mod-squarebrackets-start-end \
+ mod-squarebrackets-nested
+
+mod-squarebrackets-0-star-at:
+ @echo 'LIST:[]="${LIST:[]}" is an error'
+ @echo 'LIST:[0]="${LIST:[0]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[0x0]="${LIST:[0x0]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[000]="${LIST:[000]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[*]="${LIST:[*]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[@]="${LIST:[@]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[0]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[0]:C/ /,/}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[0]:C/ /,/g="${LIST:[0]:C/ /,/g}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[0]:C/ /,/1g="${LIST:[0]:C/ /,/1g}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[*]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[*]:C/ /,/}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[*]:C/ /,/g="${LIST:[*]:C/ /,/g}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[*]:C/ /,/1g="${LIST:[*]:C/ /,/1g}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[@]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[@]:C/ /,/}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[@]:C/ /,/g="${LIST:[@]:C/ /,/g}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[@]:C/ /,/1g="${LIST:[@]:C/ /,/1g}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[@]:[0]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[@]:[0]:C/ /,/}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[0]:[@]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[0]:[@]:C/ /,/}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[@]:[*]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[@]:[*]:C/ /,/}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[*]:[@]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[*]:[@]:C/ /,/}"'
+
+mod-squarebrackets-hash:
+ @echo 'EMPTY="${EMPTY}"'
+ @echo 'EMPTY:[#]="${EMPTY:[#]}" == 1 ?'
+ @echo 'ESCAPEDSPACE="${ESCAPEDSPACE}"'
+ @echo 'ESCAPEDSPACE:[#]="${ESCAPEDSPACE:[#]}" == 1 ?'
+ @echo 'REALLYSPACE="${REALLYSPACE}"'
+ @echo 'REALLYSPACE:[#]="${REALLYSPACE:[#]}" == 1 ?'
+ @echo 'LIST:[#]="${LIST:[#]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[0]:[#]="${LIST:[0]:[#]}" == 1 ?'
+ @echo 'LIST:[*]:[#]="${LIST:[*]:[#]}" == 1 ?'
+ @echo 'LIST:[@]:[#]="${LIST:[@]:[#]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[1]:[#]="${LIST:[1]:[#]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[1..3]:[#]="${LIST:[1..3]:[#]}"'
+
+mod-squarebrackets-n:
+ @echo 'EMPTY:[1]="${EMPTY:[1]}"'
+ @echo 'ESCAPEDSPACE="${ESCAPEDSPACE}"'
+ @echo 'ESCAPEDSPACE:[1]="${ESCAPEDSPACE:[1]}"'
+ @echo 'REALLYSPACE="${REALLYSPACE}"'
+ @echo 'REALLYSPACE:[1]="${REALLYSPACE:[1]}" == "" ?'
+ @echo 'REALLYSPACE:[*]:[1]="${REALLYSPACE:[*]:[1]}" == " " ?'
+ @echo 'LIST:[1]="${LIST:[1]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[1.]="${LIST:[1.]}" is an error'
+ @echo 'LIST:[1].="${LIST:[1].}" is an error'
+ @echo 'LIST:[2]="${LIST:[2]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[6]="${LIST:[6]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[7]="${LIST:[7]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[999]="${LIST:[999]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[-]="${LIST:[-]}" is an error'
+ @echo 'LIST:[--]="${LIST:[--]}" is an error'
+ @echo 'LIST:[-1]="${LIST:[-1]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[-2]="${LIST:[-2]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[-6]="${LIST:[-6]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[-7]="${LIST:[-7]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[-999]="${LIST:[-999]}"'
+ @echo 'LONGLIST:[17]="${LONGLIST:[17]}"'
+ @echo 'LONGLIST:[0x11]="${LONGLIST:[0x11]}"'
+ @echo 'LONGLIST:[021]="${LONGLIST:[021]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[0]:[1]="${LIST:[0]:[1]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[*]:[1]="${LIST:[*]:[1]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[@]:[1]="${LIST:[@]:[1]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[0]:[2]="${LIST:[0]:[2]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[*]:[2]="${LIST:[*]:[2]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[@]:[2]="${LIST:[@]:[2]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[2]="${LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[2]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[*]:[2]="${LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[*]:[2]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[@]:[2]="${LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[@]:[2]}"'
+
+mod-squarebrackets-start-end:
+ @echo 'LIST:[1.]="${LIST:[1.]}" is an error'
+ @echo 'LIST:[1..]="${LIST:[1..]}" is an error'
+ @echo 'LIST:[1..1]="${LIST:[1..1]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[1..1.]="${LIST:[1..1.]}" is an error'
+ @echo 'LIST:[1..2]="${LIST:[1..2]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[2..1]="${LIST:[2..1]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[3..-2]="${LIST:[3..-2]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[-4..4]="${LIST:[-4..4]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[0..1]="${LIST:[0..1]}" is an error'
+ @echo 'LIST:[-1..0]="${LIST:[-1..0]}" is an error'
+ @echo 'LIST:[-1..1]="${LIST:[-1..1]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[0..0]="${LIST:[0..0]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[3..99]="${LIST:[3..99]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[-3..-99]="${LIST:[-3..-99]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[-99..-3]="${LIST:[-99..-3]}"'
+
+mod-squarebrackets-nested:
+ @echo 'HASH="${HASH}" == "#" ?'
+ @echo 'LIST:[$${HASH}]="${LIST:[${HASH}]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[$${ZERO}]="${LIST:[${ZERO}]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[$${ZERO}x$${ONE}]="${LIST:[${ZERO}x${ONE}]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[$${ONE}]="${LIST:[${ONE}]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[$${MINUSONE}]="${LIST:[${MINUSONE}]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[$${STAR}]="${LIST:[${STAR}]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[$${AT}]="${LIST:[${AT}]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[$${EMPTY}]="${LIST:[${EMPTY}]}" is an error'
+ @echo 'LIST:[$${LONGLIST:[21]:S/2//}]="${LIST:[${LONGLIST:[21]:S/2//}]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[$${LIST:[#]}]="${LIST:[${LIST:[#]}]}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:[$${LIST:[$${HASH}]}]="${LIST:[${LIST:[${HASH}]}]}"'
+
+mod-C-W:
+ @echo 'LIST:C/ /,/="${LIST:C/ /,/}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:C/ /,/W="${LIST:C/ /,/W}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:C/ /,/gW="${LIST:C/ /,/gW}"'
+ @echo 'EMPTY:C/^/,/="${EMPTY:C/^/,/}"'
+ @echo 'EMPTY:C/^/,/W="${EMPTY:C/^/,/W}"'
+
+mod-S-W:
+ @echo 'LIST:S/ /,/="${LIST:S/ /,/}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:S/ /,/W="${LIST:S/ /,/W}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:S/ /,/gW="${LIST:S/ /,/gW}"'
+ @echo 'EMPTY:S/^/,/="${EMPTY:S/^/,/}"'
+ @echo 'EMPTY:S/^/,/W="${EMPTY:S/^/,/W}"'
+
+mod-tW-tw:
+ @echo 'LIST:tW="${LIST:tW}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:tw="${LIST:tw}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:tW:C/ /,/="${LIST:tW:C/ /,/}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:tW:C/ /,/g="${LIST:tW:C/ /,/g}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:tW:C/ /,/1g="${LIST:tW:C/ /,/1g}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:tw:C/ /,/="${LIST:tw:C/ /,/}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:tw:C/ /,/g="${LIST:tw:C/ /,/g}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:tw:C/ /,/1g="${LIST:tw:C/ /,/1g}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:tw:tW:C/ /,/="${LIST:tw:tW:C/ /,/}"'
+ @echo 'LIST:tW:tw:C/ /,/="${LIST:tW:tw:C/ /,/}"'
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: posix,v 1.1 2004/05/07 08:12:16 sjg Exp $
+
+all: x plus subs err
+
+x:
+ @echo "Posix says we should execute the command as if run by system(3)"
+ @echo "Expect 'Hello,' and 'World!'"
+ @echo Hello,; false; echo "World!"
+
+plus:
+ @echo a command
+ +@echo "a command prefixed by '+' executes even with -n"
+ @echo another command
+
+subs:
+ @echo make -n
+ @${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} -n plus
+ @echo make -n -j1
+ @${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} -n -j1 plus
+
+err:
+ @(echo Now we expect an error...; exit 1)
+ @echo "Oops! you shouldn't see this!"
+
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: qequals,v 1.1 2008/03/31 00:12:21 sjg Exp $
+
+M= i386
+V.i386= OK
+V.$M ?= bug
+
+all:
+ @echo 'V.$M ?= ${V.$M}'
--- /dev/null
+
+all:
+ @for x in "" A= A=42; do ${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} show $$x; done
+
+show:
+ @echo "The answer is ${A:?known:unknown}"
+ @echo "The answer is ${A:?$A:unknown}"
+ @echo "The answer is ${empty(A):?empty:$A}"
--- /dev/null
+comment testing start
+this is foo
+This is how a comment looks: # comment
+comment testing done
+make: "cond1" line 75: warning: extra else
+make: "cond1" line 85: warning: extra else
+2 is prime
+A='other' B='unknown' C='clever' o='no,no'
+Passed:
+ var
+ ("var")
+ (var != var)
+ var != var
+ !((var != var) && defined(name))
+ var == quoted
+
+1 is not prime
+2 is prime
+3 is prime
+4 is not prime
+5 is prime
+
+make: warning: String comparison operator should be either == or !=
+make: Bad conditional expression `"0" > 0' in "0" > 0?OK:No
+
+OK
+UT_DOLLAR=This is $UT_FU
+UT_FOO=foobar is fubar
+UT_FU=fubar
+UT_TEST=export
+UT_ZOO=hoopie
+UT_ALL=even this gets exported
+UT_DOLLAR=This is $UT_FU
+UT_F=fine
+UT_FOO=foobar is fubar
+UT_FU=fubar
+UT_NO=all
+UT_OK=good
+UT_TEST=export-all
+UT_ZOO=hoopie
+simple.1
+simple.1
+simple.2
+simple.2
+recursive.1.1.*
+recursive.1.1.*
+recursive.1.1.*
+recursive.1.1.*
+recursive.1.99
+recursive.1.99
+recursive.2.1.*
+recursive.2.1.*
+recursive.2.1.*
+recursive.2.1.*
+recursive.2.99
+recursive.2.99
+shared.0
+shared.0
+shared.1.99
+shared.1.99
+shared.2.1
+shared.2.1
+shared.2.99
+shared.2.99
+make: Graph cycles through `cycle.2.99'
+make: Graph cycles through `cycle.2.98'
+make: Graph cycles through `cycle.2.97'
+cycle.1.99
+cycle.1.99
+.for with :S;... OK
+Expect: Unknown modifier 'Z'
+make: Unknown modifier 'Z'
+VAR:Z=
+Expect: Unknown modifier 'Z'
+make: Unknown modifier 'Z'
+VAR:Z=
+Expect: Unclosed variable specification for VAR
+make: Unclosed variable specification (expecting '}') for "VAR" (value "Thevariable") modifier S
+VAR:S,V,v,=Thevariable
+Expect: Unclosed variable specification for VAR
+make: Unclosed variable specification after complex modifier (expecting '}') for VAR
+VAR:S,V,v,=Thevariable
+Expect: Unclosed substitution for VAR (, missing)
+make: Unclosed substitution for VAR (, missing)
+VAR:S,V,v=
+LIB=a X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}} is "/tmp/liba.a"
+LIB=a X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a is "/tmp/liba.a"
+LIB=a X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu is "/TMP/LIBA.A"
+LIB=b X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}} is ""
+LIB=b X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a is ""
+LIB=b X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu is ""
+LIB=c X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}} is ""
+LIB=c X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a is ""
+LIB=c X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu is ""
+LIB=d X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}} is "/tmp/libd.a"
+LIB=d X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a is "/tmp/libd.a"
+LIB=d X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu is "/TMP/LIBD.A"
+LIB=e X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}} is "/tmp/libe.a"
+LIB=e X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a is "/tmp/libe.a"
+LIB=e X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu is "/TMP/LIBE.A"
+Mscanner=OK
+path=':/bin:/usr/bin::/sbin:/usr/sbin:.:/home/user/bin:.'
+path='/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin:/home/user/bin'
+path='/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin:/homes/user/bin'
+path='/bin':'/usr/bin':'/sbin':'/usr/sbin':'/home/user/bin'
+path='/bin':'/usr/bin':'/sbin':'/usr/sbin':'/homes/user/bin'
+path_/usr/xbin=/opt/xbin/
+paths=/bin /usr/bin /sbin /usr/sbin /homes/user/bin /opt/xbin
+PATHS=/BIN /USR/BIN /SBIN /USR/SBIN /HOMES/USER/BIN /OPT/XBIN
+LIST = one two three four five six seven eight nine ten
+LIST:O = eight five four nine one seven six ten three two
+LIST:Ox = Ok
+LIST:O:Ox = Ok
+LISTX = Ok
+LISTSX = Ok
+make: Bad modifier `:OX' for LIST
+BADMOD 1 = }
+make: Bad modifier `:OxXX' for LIST
+BADMOD 2 = XX}
+LIST="one two three four five six"
+LIST:ts,="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:ts/:tu="ONE/TWO/THREE/FOUR/FIVE/SIX"
+LIST:ts::tu="ONE:TWO:THREE:FOUR:FIVE:SIX"
+LIST:ts:tu="ONETWOTHREEFOURFIVESIX"
+LIST:tu:ts/="ONE/TWO/THREE/FOUR/FIVE/SIX"
+LIST:ts:="one:two:three:four:five:six"
+LIST:ts="onetwothreefourfivesix"
+LIST:ts:S/two/2/="one2threefourfivesix"
+LIST:S/two/2/:ts="one2threefourfivesix"
+LIST:ts/:S/two/2/="one/2/three/four/five/six"
+Pretend the '/' in '/n' etc. below are back-slashes.
+LIST:ts/n="one
+two
+three
+four
+five
+six"
+LIST:ts/t="one two three four five six"
+LIST:ts/012:tu="ONE
+TWO
+THREE
+FOUR
+FIVE
+SIX"
+make: Bad modifier `:tx' for LIST
+LIST:tx="}"
+make: Bad modifier `:ts\x' for LIST
+LIST:ts/x:tu="\x:tu}"
+FU_mod-ts="a/b/cool"
+FU_mod-ts:ts:T="cool" == cool?
+B.${AAA:ts}="Baaa" == Baaa?
+make: Bad modifier `:[]' for LIST
+LIST:[]="" is an error
+LIST:[0]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[0x0]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[000]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[*]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[@]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[0]:C/ /,/="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:[0]:C/ /,/g="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:[0]:C/ /,/1g="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:[*]:C/ /,/="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:[*]:C/ /,/g="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:[*]:C/ /,/1g="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:[@]:C/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[@]:C/ /,/g="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[@]:C/ /,/1g="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[@]:[0]:C/ /,/="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:[0]:[@]:C/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[@]:[*]:C/ /,/="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:[*]:[@]:C/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+EMPTY=""
+EMPTY:[#]="1" == 1 ?
+ESCAPEDSPACE="\ "
+ESCAPEDSPACE:[#]="1" == 1 ?
+REALLYSPACE=" "
+REALLYSPACE:[#]="1" == 1 ?
+LIST:[#]="6"
+LIST:[0]:[#]="1" == 1 ?
+LIST:[*]:[#]="1" == 1 ?
+LIST:[@]:[#]="6"
+LIST:[1]:[#]="1"
+LIST:[1..3]:[#]="3"
+EMPTY:[1]=""
+ESCAPEDSPACE="\ "
+ESCAPEDSPACE:[1]="\ "
+REALLYSPACE=" "
+REALLYSPACE:[1]="" == "" ?
+REALLYSPACE:[*]:[1]=" " == " " ?
+LIST:[1]="one"
+make: Bad modifier `:[1.]' for LIST
+LIST:[1.]="" is an error
+make: Bad modifier `:[1].' for LIST
+LIST:[1].="}" is an error
+LIST:[2]="two"
+LIST:[6]="six"
+LIST:[7]=""
+LIST:[999]=""
+make: Bad modifier `:[-]' for LIST
+LIST:[-]="" is an error
+make: Bad modifier `:[--]' for LIST
+LIST:[--]="" is an error
+LIST:[-1]="six"
+LIST:[-2]="five"
+LIST:[-6]="one"
+LIST:[-7]=""
+LIST:[-999]=""
+LONGLIST:[17]="17"
+LONGLIST:[0x11]="17"
+LONGLIST:[021]="17"
+LIST:[0]:[1]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[*]:[1]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[@]:[1]="one"
+LIST:[0]:[2]=""
+LIST:[*]:[2]=""
+LIST:[@]:[2]="two"
+LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[2]=""
+LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[*]:[2]=""
+LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[@]:[2]="three"
+make: Bad modifier `:[1.]' for LIST
+LIST:[1.]="" is an error
+make: Bad modifier `:[1..]' for LIST
+LIST:[1..]="" is an error
+LIST:[1..1]="one"
+make: Bad modifier `:[1..1.]' for LIST
+LIST:[1..1.]="" is an error
+LIST:[1..2]="one two"
+LIST:[2..1]="two one"
+LIST:[3..-2]="three four five"
+LIST:[-4..4]="three four"
+make: Bad modifier `:[0..1]' for LIST
+LIST:[0..1]="" is an error
+make: Bad modifier `:[-1..0]' for LIST
+LIST:[-1..0]="" is an error
+LIST:[-1..1]="six five four three two one"
+LIST:[0..0]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[3..99]="three four five six"
+LIST:[-3..-99]="four three two one"
+LIST:[-99..-3]="one two three four"
+HASH="#" == "#" ?
+LIST:[${HASH}]="6"
+LIST:[${ZERO}]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[${ZERO}x${ONE}]="one"
+LIST:[${ONE}]="one"
+LIST:[${MINUSONE}]="six"
+LIST:[${STAR}]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[${AT}]="one two three four five six"
+make: Bad modifier `:[${EMPTY' for LIST
+LIST:[${EMPTY}]="" is an error
+LIST:[${LONGLIST:[21]:S/2//}]="one"
+LIST:[${LIST:[#]}]="six"
+LIST:[${LIST:[${HASH}]}]="six"
+LIST:S/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+LIST:S/ /,/W="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:S/ /,/gW="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+EMPTY:S/^/,/=","
+EMPTY:S/^/,/W=","
+LIST:C/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+LIST:C/ /,/W="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:C/ /,/gW="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+EMPTY:C/^/,/=","
+EMPTY:C/^/,/W=","
+LIST:tW="one two three four five six"
+LIST:tw="one two three four five six"
+LIST:tW:C/ /,/="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:tW:C/ /,/g="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:tW:C/ /,/1g="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:tw:C/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+LIST:tw:C/ /,/g="one two three four five six"
+LIST:tw:C/ /,/1g="one two three four five six"
+LIST:tw:tW:C/ /,/="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:tW:tw:C/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+Posix says we should execute the command as if run by system(3)
+Expect 'Hello,' and 'World!'
+Hello,
+World!
+a command
+a command prefixed by '+' executes even with -n
+another command
+make -n
+echo a command
+echo "a command prefixed by '+' executes even with -n"
+a command prefixed by '+' executes even with -n
+echo another command
+make -n -j1
+{ echo a command
+} || exit $?
+echo "a command prefixed by '+' executes even with -n"
+a command prefixed by '+' executes even with -n
+{ echo another command
+} || exit $?
+Now we expect an error...
+*** Error code 1 (continuing)
+`all' not remade because of errors.
+V.i386 ?= OK
+The answer is unknown
+The answer is unknown
+The answer is empty
+The answer is known
+The answer is
+The answer is empty
+The answer is known
+The answer is 42
+The answer is 42
+UT_DOLLAR=This is $UT_FU
+UT_FU=fubar
+UT_TEST=unexport
+UT_TEST=unexport-env
+default FU=<v>fu</v> FOO=<v>foo</v> VAR=<v></v>
+two FU=<v>bar</v> FOO=<v>goo</v> VAR=<v></v>
+three FU=<v>bar</v> FOO=<v>goo</v> VAR=<v></v>
+four FU=<v>bar</v> FOO=<v>goo</v> VAR=<v>Internal</v>
+five FU=<v>bar</v> FOO=<v>goo</v> VAR=<v>Internal</v>
+five v=is x k=is x
+six v=is y k=is y
+show-v v=override k=override
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: unexport,v 1.1 2009/11/19 00:30:25 sjg Exp $
+
+# pick up a bunch of exported vars
+.include "export"
+
+.unexport UT_ZOO UT_FOO
+
+UT_TEST = unexport
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: unexport-env,v 1.1 2009/11/19 00:30:25 sjg Exp $
+
+# pick up a bunch of exported vars
+.include "export"
+
+# an example of setting up a minimal environment.
+PATH = /bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin
+
+# now clobber the environment to just PATH and UT_TEST
+UT_TEST = unexport-env
+
+# this removes everything
+.unexport-env
+.export PATH UT_TEST
--- /dev/null
+# $Id: varcmd,v 1.3 2008/05/14 14:27:02 sjg Exp $
+#
+# Test behaviour of recursive make and vars set on command line.
+
+FU=fu
+FOO?=foo
+.if !empty(.TARGETS)
+TAG=${.TARGETS}
+.endif
+TAG?=default
+
+all: one
+
+show:
+ @echo "${TAG} FU=<v>${FU}</v> FOO=<v>${FOO}</v> VAR=<v>${VAR}</v>"
+
+one: show
+ @${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} FU=bar FOO=goo two
+
+two: show
+ @${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} three
+
+three: show
+ @${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} four
+
+
+.ifmake four
+VAR=Internal
+.MAKEOVERRIDES+= VAR
+.endif
+
+four: show
+ @${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} five
+
+M = x
+V.y = is y
+V.x = is x
+V := ${V.$M}
+K := ${V}
+
+show-v:
+ @echo '${TAG} v=${V} k=${K}'
+
+five: show show-v
+ @${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} M=y six
+
+six: show-v
+ @${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} V=override show-v
+
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: util.c,v 1.48 2009/01/29 09:03:04 dholland Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Missing stuff from OS's
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.48 2009/01/29 09:03:04 dholland Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.48 2009/01/29 09:03:04 dholland Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+
+#if !defined(MAKE_NATIVE) && !defined(HAVE_STRERROR)
+extern int errno, sys_nerr;
+extern char *sys_errlist[];
+
+char *
+strerror(int e)
+{
+ static char buf[100];
+ if (e < 0 || e >= sys_nerr) {
+ snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "Unknown error %d", e);
+ return buf;
+ }
+ else
+ return sys_errlist[e];
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MAKE_NATIVE) && !defined(HAVE_SETENV)
+extern char **environ;
+
+static char *
+findenv(const char *name, int *offset)
+{
+ size_t i, len;
+ char *p, *q;
+
+ for (i = 0; (q = environ[i]); i++) {
+ char *p = strchr(q, '=');
+ if (p == NULL)
+ continue;
+ if (strncmp(name, q, len = p - q) == 0) {
+ *offset = i;
+ return q + len + 1;
+ }
+ }
+ *offset = i;
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+int
+unsetenv(const char *name)
+{
+ char **p;
+ int offset;
+
+ if (name == NULL || *name == '\0' || strchr(name, '=') != NULL) {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ while (findenv(name, &offset)) { /* if set multiple times */
+ for (p = &environ[offset];; ++p)
+ if (!(*p = *(p + 1)))
+ break;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+setenv(const char *name, const char *value, int rewrite)
+{
+ static char **saveenv; /* copy of previously allocated space */
+ char *c, **newenv;
+ const char *cc;
+ size_t l_value, size;
+ int offset;
+
+ if (name == NULL || value == NULL) {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (*value == '=') /* no `=' in value */
+ ++value;
+ l_value = strlen(value);
+
+ /* find if already exists */
+ if ((c = findenv(name, &offset))) {
+ if (!rewrite)
+ return 0;
+ if (strlen(c) >= l_value) /* old larger; copy over */
+ goto copy;
+ } else { /* create new slot */
+ size = sizeof(char *) * (offset + 2);
+ if (saveenv == environ) { /* just increase size */
+ if ((newenv = realloc(saveenv, size)) == NULL)
+ return -1;
+ saveenv = newenv;
+ } else { /* get new space */
+ /*
+ * We don't free here because we don't know if
+ * the first allocation is valid on all OS's
+ */
+ if ((saveenv = malloc(size)) == NULL)
+ return -1;
+ (void)memcpy(saveenv, environ, size - sizeof(char *));
+ }
+ environ = saveenv;
+ environ[offset + 1] = NULL;
+ }
+ for (cc = name; *cc && *cc != '='; ++cc) /* no `=' in name */
+ continue;
+ size = cc - name;
+ /* name + `=' + value */
+ if ((environ[offset] = malloc(size + l_value + 2)) == NULL)
+ return -1;
+ c = environ[offset];
+ (void)memcpy(c, name, size);
+ c += size;
+ *c++ = '=';
+copy:
+ (void)memcpy(c, value, l_value + 1);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ setenv(argv[1], argv[2], 0);
+ printf("%s\n", getenv(argv[1]));
+ unsetenv(argv[1]);
+ printf("%s\n", getenv(argv[1]));
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__hpux__) || defined(__hpux)
+/* strrcpy():
+ * Like strcpy, going backwards and returning the new pointer
+ */
+static char *
+strrcpy(char *ptr, char *str)
+{
+ int len = strlen(str);
+
+ while (len)
+ *--ptr = str[--len];
+
+ return (ptr);
+} /* end strrcpy */
+
+char *sys_siglist[] = {
+ "Signal 0",
+ "Hangup", /* SIGHUP */
+ "Interrupt", /* SIGINT */
+ "Quit", /* SIGQUIT */
+ "Illegal instruction", /* SIGILL */
+ "Trace/BPT trap", /* SIGTRAP */
+ "IOT trap", /* SIGIOT */
+ "EMT trap", /* SIGEMT */
+ "Floating point exception", /* SIGFPE */
+ "Killed", /* SIGKILL */
+ "Bus error", /* SIGBUS */
+ "Segmentation fault", /* SIGSEGV */
+ "Bad system call", /* SIGSYS */
+ "Broken pipe", /* SIGPIPE */
+ "Alarm clock", /* SIGALRM */
+ "Terminated", /* SIGTERM */
+ "User defined signal 1", /* SIGUSR1 */
+ "User defined signal 2", /* SIGUSR2 */
+ "Child exited", /* SIGCLD */
+ "Power-fail restart", /* SIGPWR */
+ "Virtual timer expired", /* SIGVTALRM */
+ "Profiling timer expired", /* SIGPROF */
+ "I/O possible", /* SIGIO */
+ "Window size changes", /* SIGWINDOW */
+ "Stopped (signal)", /* SIGSTOP */
+ "Stopped", /* SIGTSTP */
+ "Continued", /* SIGCONT */
+ "Stopped (tty input)", /* SIGTTIN */
+ "Stopped (tty output)", /* SIGTTOU */
+ "Urgent I/O condition", /* SIGURG */
+ "Remote lock lost (NFS)", /* SIGLOST */
+ "Signal 31", /* reserved */
+ "DIL signal" /* SIGDIL */
+};
+#endif /* __hpux__ || __hpux */
+
+#if defined(__hpux__) || defined(__hpux)
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/syscall.h>
+#include <sys/signal.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+int
+killpg(int pid, int sig)
+{
+ return kill(-pid, sig);
+}
+
+#if !defined(__hpux__) && !defined(__hpux)
+void
+srandom(long seed)
+{
+ srand48(seed);
+}
+
+long
+random(void)
+{
+ return lrand48();
+}
+#endif
+
+/* turn into bsd signals */
+void (*
+signal(int s, void (*a)(int)))(int)
+{
+ struct sigvec osv, sv;
+
+ (void)sigvector(s, NULL, &osv);
+ sv = osv;
+ sv.sv_handler = a;
+#ifdef SV_BSDSIG
+ sv.sv_flags = SV_BSDSIG;
+#endif
+
+ if (sigvector(s, &sv, NULL) == -1)
+ return (BADSIG);
+ return (osv.sv_handler);
+}
+
+#if !defined(__hpux__) && !defined(__hpux)
+int
+utimes(char *file, struct timeval tvp[2])
+{
+ struct utimbuf t;
+
+ t.actime = tvp[0].tv_sec;
+ t.modtime = tvp[1].tv_sec;
+ return(utime(file, &t));
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(BSD) && !defined(d_fileno)
+# define d_fileno d_ino
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DEV_DEV_COMPARE
+# define DEV_DEV_COMPARE(a, b) ((a) == (b))
+#endif
+#define ISDOT(c) ((c)[0] == '.' && (((c)[1] == '\0') || ((c)[1] == '/')))
+#define ISDOTDOT(c) ((c)[0] == '.' && ISDOT(&((c)[1])))
+
+char *
+getwd(char *pathname)
+{
+ DIR *dp;
+ struct dirent *d;
+ extern int errno;
+
+ struct stat st_root, st_cur, st_next, st_dotdot;
+ char pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN], nextpathbuf[MAXPATHLEN * 2];
+ char *pathptr, *nextpathptr, *cur_name_add;
+
+ /* find the inode of root */
+ if (stat("/", &st_root) == -1) {
+ (void)sprintf(pathname,
+ "getwd: Cannot stat \"/\" (%s)", strerror(errno));
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1] = '\0';
+ pathptr = &pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1];
+ nextpathbuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1] = '\0';
+ cur_name_add = nextpathptr = &nextpathbuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1];
+
+ /* find the inode of the current directory */
+ if (lstat(".", &st_cur) == -1) {
+ (void)sprintf(pathname,
+ "getwd: Cannot stat \".\" (%s)", strerror(errno));
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ nextpathptr = strrcpy(nextpathptr, "../");
+
+ /* Descend to root */
+ for (;;) {
+
+ /* look if we found root yet */
+ if (st_cur.st_ino == st_root.st_ino &&
+ DEV_DEV_COMPARE(st_cur.st_dev, st_root.st_dev)) {
+ (void)strcpy(pathname, *pathptr != '/' ? "/" : pathptr);
+ return (pathname);
+ }
+
+ /* open the parent directory */
+ if (stat(nextpathptr, &st_dotdot) == -1) {
+ (void)sprintf(pathname,
+ "getwd: Cannot stat directory \"%s\" (%s)",
+ nextpathptr, strerror(errno));
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if ((dp = opendir(nextpathptr)) == NULL) {
+ (void)sprintf(pathname,
+ "getwd: Cannot open directory \"%s\" (%s)",
+ nextpathptr, strerror(errno));
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* look in the parent for the entry with the same inode */
+ if (DEV_DEV_COMPARE(st_dotdot.st_dev, st_cur.st_dev)) {
+ /* Parent has same device. No need to stat every member */
+ for (d = readdir(dp); d != NULL; d = readdir(dp))
+ if (d->d_fileno == st_cur.st_ino)
+ break;
+ }
+ else {
+ /*
+ * Parent has a different device. This is a mount point so we
+ * need to stat every member
+ */
+ for (d = readdir(dp); d != NULL; d = readdir(dp)) {
+ if (ISDOT(d->d_name) || ISDOTDOT(d->d_name))
+ continue;
+ (void)strcpy(cur_name_add, d->d_name);
+ if (lstat(nextpathptr, &st_next) == -1) {
+ (void)sprintf(pathname,
+ "getwd: Cannot stat \"%s\" (%s)",
+ d->d_name, strerror(errno));
+ (void)closedir(dp);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ /* check if we found it yet */
+ if (st_next.st_ino == st_cur.st_ino &&
+ DEV_DEV_COMPARE(st_next.st_dev, st_cur.st_dev))
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (d == NULL) {
+ (void)sprintf(pathname,
+ "getwd: Cannot find \".\" in \"..\"");
+ (void)closedir(dp);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ st_cur = st_dotdot;
+ pathptr = strrcpy(pathptr, d->d_name);
+ pathptr = strrcpy(pathptr, "/");
+ nextpathptr = strrcpy(nextpathptr, "../");
+ (void)closedir(dp);
+ *cur_name_add = '\0';
+ }
+} /* end getwd */
+#endif /* __hpux */
+
+#if defined(sun) && defined(__svr4__)
+#include <signal.h>
+
+/* turn into bsd signals */
+void (*
+signal(int s, void (*a)(int)))(int)
+{
+ struct sigaction sa, osa;
+
+ sa.sa_handler = a;
+ sigemptyset(&sa.sa_mask);
+ sa.sa_flags = SA_RESTART;
+
+ if (sigaction(s, &sa, &osa) == -1)
+ return SIG_ERR;
+ else
+ return osa.sa_handler;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MAKE_NATIVE) && !defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF)
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#if !defined(__osf__)
+#ifdef _IOSTRG
+#define STRFLAG (_IOSTRG|_IOWRT) /* no _IOWRT: avoid stdio bug */
+#else
+#if 0
+#define STRFLAG (_IOREAD) /* XXX: Assume svr4 stdio */
+#endif
+#endif /* _IOSTRG */
+#endif /* __osf__ */
+
+int
+vsnprintf(char *s, size_t n, const char *fmt, va_list args)
+{
+#ifdef STRFLAG
+ FILE fakebuf;
+
+ fakebuf._flag = STRFLAG;
+ /*
+ * Some os's are char * _ptr, others are unsigned char *_ptr...
+ * We cast to void * to make everyone happy.
+ */
+ fakebuf._ptr = (void *)s;
+ fakebuf._cnt = n-1;
+ fakebuf._file = -1;
+ _doprnt(fmt, args, &fakebuf);
+ fakebuf._cnt++;
+ putc('\0', &fakebuf);
+ if (fakebuf._cnt<0)
+ fakebuf._cnt = 0;
+ return (n-fakebuf._cnt-1);
+#else
+ (void)vsprintf(s, fmt, args);
+ return strlen(s);
+#endif
+}
+
+int
+snprintf(char *s, size_t n, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+ int rv;
+
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ rv = vsnprintf(s, n, fmt, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ return rv;
+}
+
+#if !defined(MAKE_NATIVE) && !defined(HAVE_STRFTIME)
+size_t
+strftime(char *buf, size_t len, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm)
+{
+ static char months[][4] = {
+ "Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun",
+ "Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec"
+ };
+
+ size_t s;
+ char *b = buf;
+
+ while (*fmt) {
+ if (len == 0)
+ return buf - b;
+ if (*fmt != '%') {
+ *buf++ = *fmt++;
+ len--;
+ continue;
+ }
+ switch (*fmt++) {
+ case '%':
+ *buf++ = '%';
+ len--;
+ if (len == 0) return buf - b;
+ /*FALLTHROUGH*/
+ case '\0':
+ *buf = '%';
+ s = 1;
+ break;
+ case 'k':
+ s = snprintf(buf, len, "%d", tm->tm_hour);
+ break;
+ case 'M':
+ s = snprintf(buf, len, "%02d", tm->tm_min);
+ break;
+ case 'S':
+ s = snprintf(buf, len, "%02d", tm->tm_sec);
+ break;
+ case 'b':
+ if (tm->tm_mon >= 12)
+ return buf - b;
+ s = snprintf(buf, len, "%s", months[tm->tm_mon]);
+ break;
+ case 'd':
+ s = snprintf(buf, len, "%02d", tm->tm_mday);
+ break;
+ case 'Y':
+ s = snprintf(buf, len, "%d", 1900 + tm->tm_year);
+ break;
+ default:
+ s = snprintf(buf, len, "Unsupported format %c",
+ fmt[-1]);
+ break;
+ }
+ buf += s;
+ len -= s;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: var.c,v 1.155 2009/11/19 00:30:25 sjg Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.155 2009/11/19 00:30:25 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)var.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.155 2009/11/19 00:30:25 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * var.c --
+ * Variable-handling functions
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ * Var_Set Set the value of a variable in the given
+ * context. The variable is created if it doesn't
+ * yet exist. The value and variable name need not
+ * be preserved.
+ *
+ * Var_Append Append more characters to an existing variable
+ * in the given context. The variable needn't
+ * exist already -- it will be created if it doesn't.
+ * A space is placed between the old value and the
+ * new one.
+ *
+ * Var_Exists See if a variable exists.
+ *
+ * Var_Value Return the value of a variable in a context or
+ * NULL if the variable is undefined.
+ *
+ * Var_Subst Substitute named variable, or all variables if
+ * NULL in a string using
+ * the given context as the top-most one. If the
+ * third argument is non-zero, Parse_Error is
+ * called if any variables are undefined.
+ *
+ * Var_Parse Parse a variable expansion from a string and
+ * return the result and the number of characters
+ * consumed.
+ *
+ * Var_Delete Delete a variable in a context.
+ *
+ * Var_Init Initialize this module.
+ *
+ * Debugging:
+ * Var_Dump Print out all variables defined in the given
+ * context.
+ *
+ * XXX: There's a lot of duplication in these functions.
+ */
+
+#ifndef NO_REGEX
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+#endif
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "buf.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+#include "job.h"
+
+/*
+ * This is a harmless return value for Var_Parse that can be used by Var_Subst
+ * to determine if there was an error in parsing -- easier than returning
+ * a flag, as things outside this module don't give a hoot.
+ */
+char var_Error[] = "";
+
+/*
+ * Similar to var_Error, but returned when the 'errnum' flag for Var_Parse is
+ * set false. Why not just use a constant? Well, gcc likes to condense
+ * identical string instances...
+ */
+static char varNoError[] = "";
+
+/*
+ * Internally, variables are contained in four different contexts.
+ * 1) the environment. They may not be changed. If an environment
+ * variable is appended-to, the result is placed in the global
+ * context.
+ * 2) the global context. Variables set in the Makefile are located in
+ * the global context. It is the penultimate context searched when
+ * substituting.
+ * 3) the command-line context. All variables set on the command line
+ * are placed in this context. They are UNALTERABLE once placed here.
+ * 4) the local context. Each target has associated with it a context
+ * list. On this list are located the structures describing such
+ * local variables as $(@) and $(*)
+ * The four contexts are searched in the reverse order from which they are
+ * listed.
+ */
+GNode *VAR_GLOBAL; /* variables from the makefile */
+GNode *VAR_CMD; /* variables defined on the command-line */
+
+#define FIND_CMD 0x1 /* look in VAR_CMD when searching */
+#define FIND_GLOBAL 0x2 /* look in VAR_GLOBAL as well */
+#define FIND_ENV 0x4 /* look in the environment also */
+
+typedef struct Var {
+ char *name; /* the variable's name */
+ Buffer val; /* its value */
+ int flags; /* miscellaneous status flags */
+#define VAR_IN_USE 1 /* Variable's value currently being used.
+ * Used to avoid recursion */
+#define VAR_FROM_ENV 2 /* Variable comes from the environment */
+#define VAR_JUNK 4 /* Variable is a junk variable that
+ * should be destroyed when done with
+ * it. Used by Var_Parse for undefined,
+ * modified variables */
+#define VAR_KEEP 8 /* Variable is VAR_JUNK, but we found
+ * a use for it in some modifier and
+ * the value is therefore valid */
+#define VAR_EXPORTED 16 /* Variable is exported */
+#define VAR_REEXPORT 32 /* Indicate if var needs re-export.
+ * This would be true if it contains $'s
+ */
+#define VAR_FROM_CMD 64 /* Variable came from command line */
+} Var;
+
+/*
+ * Exporting vars is expensive so skip it if we can
+ */
+#define VAR_EXPORTED_NONE 0
+#define VAR_EXPORTED_YES 1
+#define VAR_EXPORTED_ALL 2
+static int var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_NONE;
+/*
+ * We pass this to Var_Export when doing the initial export
+ * or after updating an exported var.
+ */
+#define VAR_EXPORT_PARENT 1
+
+/* Var*Pattern flags */
+#define VAR_SUB_GLOBAL 0x01 /* Apply substitution globally */
+#define VAR_SUB_ONE 0x02 /* Apply substitution to one word */
+#define VAR_SUB_MATCHED 0x04 /* There was a match */
+#define VAR_MATCH_START 0x08 /* Match at start of word */
+#define VAR_MATCH_END 0x10 /* Match at end of word */
+#define VAR_NOSUBST 0x20 /* don't expand vars in VarGetPattern */
+
+/* Var_Set flags */
+#define VAR_NO_EXPORT 0x01 /* do not export */
+
+typedef struct {
+ /*
+ * The following fields are set by Var_Parse() when it
+ * encounters modifiers that need to keep state for use by
+ * subsequent modifiers within the same variable expansion.
+ */
+ Byte varSpace; /* Word separator in expansions */
+ Boolean oneBigWord; /* TRUE if we will treat the variable as a
+ * single big word, even if it contains
+ * embedded spaces (as opposed to the
+ * usual behaviour of treating it as
+ * several space-separated words). */
+} Var_Parse_State;
+
+/* struct passed as 'void *' to VarSubstitute() for ":S/lhs/rhs/",
+ * to VarSYSVMatch() for ":lhs=rhs". */
+typedef struct {
+ const char *lhs; /* String to match */
+ int leftLen; /* Length of string */
+ const char *rhs; /* Replacement string (w/ &'s removed) */
+ int rightLen; /* Length of replacement */
+ int flags;
+} VarPattern;
+
+/* struct passed as 'void *' to VarLoopExpand() for ":@tvar@str@" */
+typedef struct {
+ GNode *ctxt; /* variable context */
+ char *tvar; /* name of temp var */
+ int tvarLen;
+ char *str; /* string to expand */
+ int strLen;
+ int errnum; /* errnum for not defined */
+} VarLoop_t;
+
+#ifndef NO_REGEX
+/* struct passed as 'void *' to VarRESubstitute() for ":C///" */
+typedef struct {
+ regex_t re;
+ int nsub;
+ regmatch_t *matches;
+ char *replace;
+ int flags;
+} VarREPattern;
+#endif
+
+/* struct passed to VarSelectWords() for ":[start..end]" */
+typedef struct {
+ int start; /* first word to select */
+ int end; /* last word to select */
+} VarSelectWords_t;
+
+static Var *VarFind(const char *, GNode *, int);
+static void VarAdd(const char *, const char *, GNode *);
+static Boolean VarHead(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+ char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+static Boolean VarTail(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+ char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+static Boolean VarSuffix(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+ char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+static Boolean VarRoot(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+ char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+static Boolean VarMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+ char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+#ifdef SYSVVARSUB
+static Boolean VarSYSVMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+ char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+#endif
+static Boolean VarNoMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+ char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+#ifndef NO_REGEX
+static void VarREError(int, regex_t *, const char *);
+static Boolean VarRESubstitute(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+ char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+#endif
+static Boolean VarSubstitute(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+ char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+static Boolean VarLoopExpand(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+ char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+static char *VarGetPattern(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+ int, const char **, int, int *, int *,
+ VarPattern *);
+static char *VarQuote(char *);
+static char *VarChangeCase(char *, int);
+static char *VarModify(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+ const char *,
+ Boolean (*)(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *),
+ void *);
+static char *VarOrder(const char *, const char);
+static char *VarUniq(const char *);
+static int VarWordCompare(const void *, const void *);
+static void VarPrintVar(void *);
+
+#define BROPEN '{'
+#define BRCLOSE '}'
+#define PROPEN '('
+#define PRCLOSE ')'
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarFind --
+ * Find the given variable in the given context and any other contexts
+ * indicated.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * name name to find
+ * ctxt context in which to find it
+ * flags FIND_GLOBAL set means to look in the
+ * VAR_GLOBAL context as well. FIND_CMD set means
+ * to look in the VAR_CMD context also. FIND_ENV
+ * set means to look in the environment
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * A pointer to the structure describing the desired variable or
+ * NULL if the variable does not exist.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Var *
+VarFind(const char *name, GNode *ctxt, int flags)
+{
+ Hash_Entry *var;
+ Var *v;
+
+ /*
+ * If the variable name begins with a '.', it could very well be one of
+ * the local ones. We check the name against all the local variables
+ * and substitute the short version in for 'name' if it matches one of
+ * them.
+ */
+ if (*name == '.' && isupper((unsigned char) name[1]))
+ switch (name[1]) {
+ case 'A':
+ if (!strcmp(name, ".ALLSRC"))
+ name = ALLSRC;
+ if (!strcmp(name, ".ARCHIVE"))
+ name = ARCHIVE;
+ break;
+ case 'I':
+ if (!strcmp(name, ".IMPSRC"))
+ name = IMPSRC;
+ break;
+ case 'M':
+ if (!strcmp(name, ".MEMBER"))
+ name = MEMBER;
+ break;
+ case 'O':
+ if (!strcmp(name, ".OODATE"))
+ name = OODATE;
+ break;
+ case 'P':
+ if (!strcmp(name, ".PREFIX"))
+ name = PREFIX;
+ break;
+ case 'T':
+ if (!strcmp(name, ".TARGET"))
+ name = TARGET;
+ break;
+ }
+ /*
+ * First look for the variable in the given context. If it's not there,
+ * look for it in VAR_CMD, VAR_GLOBAL and the environment, in that order,
+ * depending on the FIND_* flags in 'flags'
+ */
+ var = Hash_FindEntry(&ctxt->context, name);
+
+ if ((var == NULL) && (flags & FIND_CMD) && (ctxt != VAR_CMD)) {
+ var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_CMD->context, name);
+ }
+ if (!checkEnvFirst && (var == NULL) && (flags & FIND_GLOBAL) &&
+ (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL))
+ {
+ var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, name);
+ }
+ if ((var == NULL) && (flags & FIND_ENV)) {
+ char *env;
+
+ if ((env = getenv(name)) != NULL) {
+ int len;
+
+ v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var));
+ v->name = bmake_strdup(name);
+
+ len = strlen(env);
+
+ Buf_Init(&v->val, len + 1);
+ Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, len, env);
+
+ v->flags = VAR_FROM_ENV;
+ return (v);
+ } else if (checkEnvFirst && (flags & FIND_GLOBAL) &&
+ (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL))
+ {
+ var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, name);
+ if (var == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ } else {
+ return ((Var *)Hash_GetValue(var));
+ }
+ } else {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ } else if (var == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ } else {
+ return ((Var *)Hash_GetValue(var));
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarFreeEnv --
+ * If the variable is an environment variable, free it
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * v the variable
+ * destroy true if the value buffer should be destroyed.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 1 if it is an environment variable 0 ow.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The variable is free'ed if it is an environent variable.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarFreeEnv(Var *v, Boolean destroy)
+{
+ if ((v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) == 0)
+ return FALSE;
+ free(v->name);
+ Buf_Destroy(&v->val, destroy);
+ free(v);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarAdd --
+ * Add a new variable of name name and value val to the given context
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * name name of variable to add
+ * val value to set it to
+ * ctxt context in which to set it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The new variable is placed at the front of the given context
+ * The name and val arguments are duplicated so they may
+ * safely be freed.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+VarAdd(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt)
+{
+ Var *v;
+ int len;
+ Hash_Entry *h;
+
+ v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var));
+
+ len = val ? strlen(val) : 0;
+ Buf_Init(&v->val, len+1);
+ Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, len, val);
+
+ v->flags = 0;
+
+ h = Hash_CreateEntry(&ctxt->context, name, NULL);
+ Hash_SetValue(h, v);
+ v->name = h->name;
+ if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name, val);
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Delete --
+ * Remove a variable from a context.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The Var structure is removed and freed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Var_Delete(const char *name, GNode *ctxt)
+{
+ Hash_Entry *ln;
+
+ ln = Hash_FindEntry(&ctxt->context, name);
+ if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "%s:delete %s%s\n",
+ ctxt->name, name, ln ? "" : " (not found)");
+ }
+ if (ln != NULL) {
+ Var *v;
+
+ v = (Var *)Hash_GetValue(ln);
+ if ((v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) {
+ unsetenv(v->name);
+ }
+ if (strcmp(MAKE_EXPORTED, v->name) == 0) {
+ var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_NONE;
+ }
+ if (v->name != ln->name)
+ free(v->name);
+ Hash_DeleteEntry(&ctxt->context, ln);
+ Buf_Destroy(&v->val, TRUE);
+ free(v);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Export a var.
+ * We ignore make internal variables (those which start with '.')
+ * Also we jump through some hoops to avoid calling setenv
+ * more than necessary since it can leak.
+ * We only manipulate flags of vars if 'parent' is set.
+ */
+static int
+Var_Export1(const char *name, int parent)
+{
+ char tmp[BUFSIZ];
+ Var *v;
+ char *val = NULL;
+ int n;
+
+ if (*name == '.')
+ return 0; /* skip internals */
+ if (!name[1]) {
+ /*
+ * A single char.
+ * If it is one of the vars that should only appear in
+ * local context, skip it, else we can get Var_Subst
+ * into a loop.
+ */
+ switch (name[0]) {
+ case '@':
+ case '%':
+ case '*':
+ case '!':
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ v = VarFind(name, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ if (v == NULL) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if (!parent &&
+ (v->flags & (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT)) == VAR_EXPORTED) {
+ return 0; /* nothing to do */
+ }
+ val = Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL);
+ if (strchr(val, '$')) {
+ if (parent) {
+ /*
+ * Flag this as something we need to re-export.
+ * No point actually exporting it now though,
+ * the child can do it at the last minute.
+ */
+ v->flags |= (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${%s}", name);
+ if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) {
+ val = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ setenv(name, val, 1);
+ free(val);
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (parent) {
+ v->flags &= ~VAR_REEXPORT; /* once will do */
+ }
+ if (parent || !(v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) {
+ setenv(name, val, 1);
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ * This is so Var_Set knows to call Var_Export again...
+ */
+ if (parent) {
+ v->flags |= VAR_EXPORTED;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This gets called from our children.
+ */
+void
+Var_ExportVars(void)
+{
+ char tmp[BUFSIZ];
+ Hash_Entry *var;
+ Hash_Search state;
+ Var *v;
+ char *val;
+ int n;
+
+ if (VAR_EXPORTED_NONE == var_exportedVars)
+ return;
+
+ if (VAR_EXPORTED_ALL == var_exportedVars) {
+ /*
+ * Ouch! This is crazy...
+ */
+ for (var = Hash_EnumFirst(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, &state);
+ var != NULL;
+ var = Hash_EnumNext(&state)) {
+ v = (Var *)Hash_GetValue(var);
+ Var_Export1(v->name, 0);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ /*
+ * We have a number of exported vars,
+ */
+ n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":O:u}");
+ if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) {
+ char **av;
+ char *as;
+ int ac;
+ int i;
+
+ val = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ av = brk_string(val, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+ for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+ Var_Export1(av[i], 0);
+ }
+ free(val);
+ free(as);
+ free(av);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * This is called when .export is seen or
+ * .MAKE.EXPORTED is modified.
+ * It is also called when any exported var is modified.
+ */
+void
+Var_Export(char *str, int isExport)
+{
+ char *name;
+ char *val;
+ char **av;
+ char *as;
+ int ac;
+ int i;
+
+ if (isExport && (!str || !str[0])) {
+ var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_ALL; /* use with caution! */
+ return;
+ }
+
+ val = Var_Subst(NULL, str, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ av = brk_string(val, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+ for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+ name = av[i];
+ if (!name[1]) {
+ /*
+ * A single char.
+ * If it is one of the vars that should only appear in
+ * local context, skip it, else we can get Var_Subst
+ * into a loop.
+ */
+ switch (name[0]) {
+ case '@':
+ case '%':
+ case '*':
+ case '!':
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ if (Var_Export1(name, VAR_EXPORT_PARENT)) {
+ if (VAR_EXPORTED_ALL != var_exportedVars)
+ var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_YES;
+ if (isExport) {
+ Var_Append(MAKE_EXPORTED, name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ free(val);
+ free(as);
+ free(av);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * This is called when .unexport[-env] is seen.
+ */
+void
+Var_UnExport(char *str)
+{
+ char tmp[BUFSIZ];
+ char *vlist;
+ char *cp;
+ Boolean unexport_env;
+ int n;
+
+ if (!str || !str[0]) {
+ return; /* assert? */
+ }
+
+ vlist = NULL;
+
+ str += 8;
+ unexport_env = (strncmp(str, "-env", 4) == 0);
+ if (unexport_env) {
+ extern char **environ;
+ static char **savenv;
+ char **newenv;
+
+ cp = getenv(MAKE_LEVEL); /* we should preserve this */
+ if (environ == savenv) {
+ /* we have been here before! */
+ newenv = bmake_realloc(environ, 2 * sizeof(char *));
+ } else {
+ if (savenv) {
+ free(savenv);
+ savenv = NULL;
+ }
+ newenv = bmake_malloc(2 * sizeof(char *));
+ }
+ if (!newenv)
+ return;
+ /* Note: we cannot safely free() the original environ. */
+ environ = savenv = newenv;
+ newenv[0] = NULL;
+ newenv[1] = NULL;
+ setenv(MAKE_LEVEL, cp, 1);
+ } else {
+ for (; *str != '\n' && isspace((unsigned char) *str); str++)
+ continue;
+ if (str[0] && str[0] != '\n') {
+ vlist = str;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!vlist) {
+ /* Using .MAKE.EXPORTED */
+ n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":O:u}");
+ if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) {
+ vlist = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ if (vlist) {
+ Var *v;
+ char **av;
+ char *as;
+ int ac;
+ int i;
+
+ av = brk_string(vlist, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+ for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+ v = VarFind(av[i], VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ if (!v)
+ continue;
+ if (!unexport_env &&
+ (v->flags & (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT)) == VAR_EXPORTED) {
+ unsetenv(v->name);
+ }
+ v->flags &= ~(VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT);
+ /*
+ * If we are unexporting a list,
+ * remove each one from .MAKE.EXPORTED.
+ * If we are removing them all,
+ * just delete .MAKE.EXPORTED below.
+ */
+ if (vlist == str) {
+ n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp),
+ "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":N%s}", v->name);
+ if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) {
+ cp = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ Var_Set(MAKE_EXPORTED, cp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+ free(cp);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ free(as);
+ free(av);
+ if (vlist != str) {
+ Var_Delete(MAKE_EXPORTED, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ free(vlist);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Set --
+ * Set the variable name to the value val in the given context.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * name name of variable to set
+ * val value to give to the variable
+ * ctxt context in which to set it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If the variable doesn't yet exist, a new record is created for it.
+ * Else the old value is freed and the new one stuck in its place
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ * The variable is searched for only in its context before being
+ * created in that context. I.e. if the context is VAR_GLOBAL,
+ * only VAR_GLOBAL->context is searched. Likewise if it is VAR_CMD, only
+ * VAR_CMD->context is searched. This is done to avoid the literally
+ * thousands of unnecessary strcmp's that used to be done to
+ * set, say, $(@) or $(<).
+ * If the context is VAR_GLOBAL though, we check if the variable
+ * was set in VAR_CMD from the command line and skip it if so.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Var_Set(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt, int flags)
+{
+ Var *v;
+ char *expanded_name = NULL;
+
+ /*
+ * We only look for a variable in the given context since anything set
+ * here will override anything in a lower context, so there's not much
+ * point in searching them all just to save a bit of memory...
+ */
+ if (strchr(name, '$') != NULL) {
+ expanded_name = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, 0);
+ if (expanded_name[0] == 0) {
+ if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Var_Set(\"%s\", \"%s\", ...) "
+ "name expands to empty string - ignored\n",
+ name, val);
+ }
+ free(expanded_name);
+ return;
+ }
+ name = expanded_name;
+ }
+ if (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL) {
+ v = VarFind(name, VAR_CMD, 0);
+ if (v != NULL) {
+ if ((v->flags & VAR_FROM_CMD)) {
+ if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s ignored!\n", ctxt->name, name, val);
+ }
+ goto out;
+ }
+ VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE);
+ }
+ }
+ v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0);
+ if (v == NULL) {
+ VarAdd(name, val, ctxt);
+ } else {
+ Buf_Empty(&v->val);
+ Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, strlen(val), val);
+
+ if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name, val);
+ }
+ if ((v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) {
+ Var_Export1(name, VAR_EXPORT_PARENT);
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ * Any variables given on the command line are automatically exported
+ * to the environment (as per POSIX standard)
+ */
+ if (ctxt == VAR_CMD && (flags & VAR_NO_EXPORT) == 0) {
+ if (v == NULL) {
+ /* we just added it */
+ v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0);
+ }
+ if (v != NULL)
+ v->flags |= VAR_FROM_CMD;
+ /*
+ * If requested, don't export these in the environment
+ * individually. We still put them in MAKEOVERRIDES so
+ * that the command-line settings continue to override
+ * Makefile settings.
+ */
+ if (varNoExportEnv != TRUE)
+ setenv(name, val, 1);
+
+ Var_Append(MAKEOVERRIDES, name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ }
+ /*
+ * Another special case.
+ * Several make's support this sort of mechanism for tracking
+ * recursion - but each uses a different name.
+ * We allow the makefiles to update .MAKE.LEVEL and ensure
+ * children see a correctly incremented value.
+ */
+ if (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL && strcmp(MAKE_LEVEL, name) == 0) {
+ char tmp[64];
+ int level;
+
+ level = atoi(val);
+ snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%u", level + 1);
+ setenv(MAKE_LEVEL, tmp, 1);
+ }
+
+
+ out:
+ if (expanded_name != NULL)
+ free(expanded_name);
+ if (v != NULL)
+ VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Append --
+ * The variable of the given name has the given value appended to it in
+ * the given context.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * name name of variable to modify
+ * val String to append to it
+ * ctxt Context in which this should occur
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If the variable doesn't exist, it is created. Else the strings
+ * are concatenated (with a space in between).
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ * Only if the variable is being sought in the global context is the
+ * environment searched.
+ * XXX: Knows its calling circumstances in that if called with ctxt
+ * an actual target, it will only search that context since only
+ * a local variable could be being appended to. This is actually
+ * a big win and must be tolerated.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Var_Append(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt)
+{
+ Var *v;
+ Hash_Entry *h;
+ char *expanded_name = NULL;
+
+ if (strchr(name, '$') != NULL) {
+ expanded_name = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, 0);
+ if (expanded_name[0] == 0) {
+ if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Var_Append(\"%s\", \"%s\", ...) "
+ "name expands to empty string - ignored\n",
+ name, val);
+ }
+ free(expanded_name);
+ return;
+ }
+ name = expanded_name;
+ }
+
+ v = VarFind(name, ctxt, (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL) ? FIND_ENV : 0);
+
+ if (v == NULL) {
+ VarAdd(name, val, ctxt);
+ } else {
+ Buf_AddByte(&v->val, ' ');
+ Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, strlen(val), val);
+
+ if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name,
+ Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL));
+ }
+
+ if (v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) {
+ /*
+ * If the original variable came from the environment, we
+ * have to install it in the global context (we could place
+ * it in the environment, but then we should provide a way to
+ * export other variables...)
+ */
+ v->flags &= ~VAR_FROM_ENV;
+ h = Hash_CreateEntry(&ctxt->context, name, NULL);
+ Hash_SetValue(h, v);
+ }
+ }
+ if (expanded_name != NULL)
+ free(expanded_name);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Exists --
+ * See if the given variable exists.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * name Variable to find
+ * ctxt Context in which to start search
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if it does, FALSE if it doesn't
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Var_Exists(const char *name, GNode *ctxt)
+{
+ Var *v;
+ char *cp;
+
+ if ((cp = strchr(name, '$')) != NULL) {
+ cp = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, FALSE);
+ }
+ v = VarFind(cp ? cp : name, ctxt, FIND_CMD|FIND_GLOBAL|FIND_ENV);
+ if (cp != NULL) {
+ free(cp);
+ }
+ if (v == NULL) {
+ return(FALSE);
+ } else {
+ (void)VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE);
+ }
+ return(TRUE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Value --
+ * Return the value of the named variable in the given context
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * name name to find
+ * ctxt context in which to search for it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The value if the variable exists, NULL if it doesn't
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Var_Value(const char *name, GNode *ctxt, char **frp)
+{
+ Var *v;
+
+ v = VarFind(name, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD);
+ *frp = NULL;
+ if (v != NULL) {
+ char *p = (Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL));
+ if (VarFreeEnv(v, FALSE))
+ *frp = p;
+ return p;
+ } else {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarHead --
+ * Remove the tail of the given word and place the result in the given
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * word Word to trim
+ * addSpace True if need to add a space to the buffer
+ * before sticking in the head
+ * buf Buffer in which to store it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be
+ * added to the buffer before the next word).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The trimmed word is added to the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarHead(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+ char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+ void *dummy)
+{
+ char *slash;
+
+ slash = strrchr(word, '/');
+ if (slash != NULL) {
+ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+ }
+ *slash = '\0';
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+ *slash = '/';
+ return (TRUE);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * If no directory part, give . (q.v. the POSIX standard)
+ */
+ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace)
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, '.');
+ }
+ return(dummy ? TRUE : TRUE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarTail --
+ * Remove the head of the given word and place the result in the given
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * word Word to trim
+ * addSpace True if need to add a space to the buffer
+ * before adding the tail
+ * buf Buffer in which to store it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be
+ * added to the buffer before the next word).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The trimmed word is added to the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarTail(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+ char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+ void *dummy)
+{
+ char *slash;
+
+ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+ }
+
+ slash = strrchr(word, '/');
+ if (slash != NULL) {
+ *slash++ = '\0';
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(slash), slash);
+ slash[-1] = '/';
+ } else {
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+ }
+ return (dummy ? TRUE : TRUE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarSuffix --
+ * Place the suffix of the given word in the given buffer.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * word Word to trim
+ * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space before placing the
+ * suffix in the buffer
+ * buf Buffer in which to store it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be
+ * added to the buffer before the next word).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The suffix from the word is placed in the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarSuffix(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+ char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+ void *dummy)
+{
+ char *dot;
+
+ dot = strrchr(word, '.');
+ if (dot != NULL) {
+ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+ }
+ *dot++ = '\0';
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(dot), dot);
+ dot[-1] = '.';
+ addSpace = TRUE;
+ }
+ return (dummy ? addSpace : addSpace);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarRoot --
+ * Remove the suffix of the given word and place the result in the
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * word Word to trim
+ * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer
+ * before placing the root in it
+ * buf Buffer in which to store it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be
+ * added to the buffer before the next word).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The trimmed word is added to the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarRoot(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+ char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+ void *dummy)
+{
+ char *dot;
+
+ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+ }
+
+ dot = strrchr(word, '.');
+ if (dot != NULL) {
+ *dot = '\0';
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+ *dot = '.';
+ } else {
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+ }
+ return (dummy ? TRUE : TRUE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarMatch --
+ * Place the word in the buffer if it matches the given pattern.
+ * Callback function for VarModify to implement the :M modifier.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * word Word to examine
+ * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer
+ * before adding the word, if it matches
+ * buf Buffer in which to store it
+ * pattern Pattern the word must match
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if a space should be placed in the buffer before the next
+ * word.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The word may be copied to the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarMatch(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+ char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+ void *pattern)
+{
+ if (DEBUG(VAR))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "VarMatch [%s] [%s]\n", word, (char *)pattern);
+ if (Str_Match(word, (char *)pattern)) {
+ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+ }
+ addSpace = TRUE;
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+ }
+ return(addSpace);
+}
+
+#ifdef SYSVVARSUB
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarSYSVMatch --
+ * Place the word in the buffer if it matches the given pattern.
+ * Callback function for VarModify to implement the System V %
+ * modifiers.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * word Word to examine
+ * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer
+ * before adding the word, if it matches
+ * buf Buffer in which to store it
+ * patp Pattern the word must match
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if a space should be placed in the buffer before the next
+ * word.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The word may be copied to the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarSYSVMatch(GNode *ctx, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+ char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+ void *patp)
+{
+ int len;
+ char *ptr;
+ VarPattern *pat = (VarPattern *)patp;
+ char *varexp;
+
+ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace)
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+
+ addSpace = TRUE;
+
+ if ((ptr = Str_SYSVMatch(word, pat->lhs, &len)) != NULL) {
+ varexp = Var_Subst(NULL, pat->rhs, ctx, 0);
+ Str_SYSVSubst(buf, varexp, ptr, len);
+ free(varexp);
+ } else {
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+ }
+
+ return(addSpace);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarNoMatch --
+ * Place the word in the buffer if it doesn't match the given pattern.
+ * Callback function for VarModify to implement the :N modifier.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * word Word to examine
+ * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer
+ * before adding the word, if it matches
+ * buf Buffer in which to store it
+ * pattern Pattern the word must match
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if a space should be placed in the buffer before the next
+ * word.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The word may be copied to the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarNoMatch(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+ char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+ void *pattern)
+{
+ if (!Str_Match(word, (char *)pattern)) {
+ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+ }
+ addSpace = TRUE;
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+ }
+ return(addSpace);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarSubstitute --
+ * Perform a string-substitution on the given word, placing the
+ * result in the passed buffer.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * word Word to modify
+ * addSpace True if space should be added before
+ * other characters
+ * buf Buffer for result
+ * patternp Pattern for substitution
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if a space is needed before more characters are added.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarSubstitute(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+ char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+ void *patternp)
+{
+ int wordLen; /* Length of word */
+ char *cp; /* General pointer */
+ VarPattern *pattern = (VarPattern *)patternp;
+
+ wordLen = strlen(word);
+ if ((pattern->flags & (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) !=
+ (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) {
+ /*
+ * Still substituting -- break it down into simple anchored cases
+ * and if none of them fits, perform the general substitution case.
+ */
+ if ((pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_START) &&
+ (strncmp(word, pattern->lhs, pattern->leftLen) == 0)) {
+ /*
+ * Anchored at start and beginning of word matches pattern
+ */
+ if ((pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) &&
+ (wordLen == pattern->leftLen)) {
+ /*
+ * Also anchored at end and matches to the end (word
+ * is same length as pattern) add space and rhs only
+ * if rhs is non-null.
+ */
+ if (pattern->rightLen != 0) {
+ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+ }
+ addSpace = TRUE;
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs);
+ }
+ pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED;
+ } else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) {
+ /*
+ * Doesn't match to end -- copy word wholesale
+ */
+ goto nosub;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Matches at start but need to copy in trailing characters
+ */
+ if ((pattern->rightLen + wordLen - pattern->leftLen) != 0){
+ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+ }
+ addSpace = TRUE;
+ }
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs);
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen - pattern->leftLen,
+ (word + pattern->leftLen));
+ pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED;
+ }
+ } else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_START) {
+ /*
+ * Had to match at start of word and didn't -- copy whole word.
+ */
+ goto nosub;
+ } else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) {
+ /*
+ * Anchored at end, Find only place match could occur (leftLen
+ * characters from the end of the word) and see if it does. Note
+ * that because the $ will be left at the end of the lhs, we have
+ * to use strncmp.
+ */
+ cp = word + (wordLen - pattern->leftLen);
+ if ((cp >= word) &&
+ (strncmp(cp, pattern->lhs, pattern->leftLen) == 0)) {
+ /*
+ * Match found. If we will place characters in the buffer,
+ * add a space before hand as indicated by addSpace, then
+ * stuff in the initial, unmatched part of the word followed
+ * by the right-hand-side.
+ */
+ if (((cp - word) + pattern->rightLen) != 0) {
+ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+ }
+ addSpace = TRUE;
+ }
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, cp - word, word);
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs);
+ pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Had to match at end and didn't. Copy entire word.
+ */
+ goto nosub;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Pattern is unanchored: search for the pattern in the word using
+ * String_FindSubstring, copying unmatched portions and the
+ * right-hand-side for each match found, handling non-global
+ * substitutions correctly, etc. When the loop is done, any
+ * remaining part of the word (word and wordLen are adjusted
+ * accordingly through the loop) is copied straight into the
+ * buffer.
+ * addSpace is set FALSE as soon as a space is added to the
+ * buffer.
+ */
+ Boolean done;
+ int origSize;
+
+ done = FALSE;
+ origSize = Buf_Size(buf);
+ while (!done) {
+ cp = Str_FindSubstring(word, pattern->lhs);
+ if (cp != NULL) {
+ if (addSpace && (((cp - word) + pattern->rightLen) != 0)){
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+ addSpace = FALSE;
+ }
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, cp-word, word);
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs);
+ wordLen -= (cp - word) + pattern->leftLen;
+ word = cp + pattern->leftLen;
+ if (wordLen == 0) {
+ done = TRUE;
+ }
+ if ((pattern->flags & VAR_SUB_GLOBAL) == 0) {
+ done = TRUE;
+ }
+ pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED;
+ } else {
+ done = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ if (wordLen != 0) {
+ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+ }
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen, word);
+ }
+ /*
+ * If added characters to the buffer, need to add a space
+ * before we add any more. If we didn't add any, just return
+ * the previous value of addSpace.
+ */
+ return ((Buf_Size(buf) != origSize) || addSpace);
+ }
+ return (addSpace);
+ }
+ nosub:
+ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+ }
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen, word);
+ return(TRUE);
+}
+
+#ifndef NO_REGEX
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarREError --
+ * Print the error caused by a regcomp or regexec call.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * An error gets printed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+VarREError(int errnum, regex_t *pat, const char *str)
+{
+ char *errbuf;
+ int errlen;
+
+ errlen = regerror(errnum, pat, 0, 0);
+ errbuf = bmake_malloc(errlen);
+ regerror(errnum, pat, errbuf, errlen);
+ Error("%s: %s", str, errbuf);
+ free(errbuf);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarRESubstitute --
+ * Perform a regex substitution on the given word, placing the
+ * result in the passed buffer.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if a space is needed before more characters are added.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarRESubstitute(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate __unused,
+ char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+ void *patternp)
+{
+ VarREPattern *pat;
+ int xrv;
+ char *wp;
+ char *rp;
+ int added;
+ int flags = 0;
+
+#define MAYBE_ADD_SPACE() \
+ if (addSpace && !added) \
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, ' '); \
+ added = 1
+
+ added = 0;
+ wp = word;
+ pat = patternp;
+
+ if ((pat->flags & (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) ==
+ (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED))
+ xrv = REG_NOMATCH;
+ else {
+ tryagain:
+ xrv = regexec(&pat->re, wp, pat->nsub, pat->matches, flags);
+ }
+
+ switch (xrv) {
+ case 0:
+ pat->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED;
+ if (pat->matches[0].rm_so > 0) {
+ MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, pat->matches[0].rm_so, wp);
+ }
+
+ for (rp = pat->replace; *rp; rp++) {
+ if ((*rp == '\\') && ((rp[1] == '&') || (rp[1] == '\\'))) {
+ MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+ Buf_AddByte(buf,rp[1]);
+ rp++;
+ }
+ else if ((*rp == '&') ||
+ ((*rp == '\\') && isdigit((unsigned char)rp[1]))) {
+ int n;
+ const char *subbuf;
+ int sublen;
+ char errstr[3];
+
+ if (*rp == '&') {
+ n = 0;
+ errstr[0] = '&';
+ errstr[1] = '\0';
+ } else {
+ n = rp[1] - '0';
+ errstr[0] = '\\';
+ errstr[1] = rp[1];
+ errstr[2] = '\0';
+ rp++;
+ }
+
+ if (n > pat->nsub) {
+ Error("No subexpression %s", &errstr[0]);
+ subbuf = "";
+ sublen = 0;
+ } else if ((pat->matches[n].rm_so == -1) &&
+ (pat->matches[n].rm_eo == -1)) {
+ Error("No match for subexpression %s", &errstr[0]);
+ subbuf = "";
+ sublen = 0;
+ } else {
+ subbuf = wp + pat->matches[n].rm_so;
+ sublen = pat->matches[n].rm_eo - pat->matches[n].rm_so;
+ }
+
+ if (sublen > 0) {
+ MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, sublen, subbuf);
+ }
+ } else {
+ MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, *rp);
+ }
+ }
+ wp += pat->matches[0].rm_eo;
+ if (pat->flags & VAR_SUB_GLOBAL) {
+ flags |= REG_NOTBOL;
+ if (pat->matches[0].rm_so == 0 && pat->matches[0].rm_eo == 0) {
+ MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, *wp);
+ wp++;
+
+ }
+ if (*wp)
+ goto tryagain;
+ }
+ if (*wp) {
+ MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(wp), wp);
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ VarREError(xrv, &pat->re, "Unexpected regex error");
+ /* fall through */
+ case REG_NOMATCH:
+ if (*wp) {
+ MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf,strlen(wp),wp);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ return(addSpace||added);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarLoopExpand --
+ * Implements the :@<temp>@<string>@ modifier of ODE make.
+ * We set the temp variable named in pattern.lhs to word and expand
+ * pattern.rhs storing the result in the passed buffer.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * word Word to modify
+ * addSpace True if space should be added before
+ * other characters
+ * buf Buffer for result
+ * pattern Datafor substitution
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if a space is needed before more characters are added.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarLoopExpand(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate __unused,
+ char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+ void *loopp)
+{
+ VarLoop_t *loop = (VarLoop_t *)loopp;
+ char *s;
+ int slen;
+
+ if (word && *word) {
+ Var_Set(loop->tvar, word, loop->ctxt, VAR_NO_EXPORT);
+ s = Var_Subst(NULL, loop->str, loop->ctxt, loop->errnum);
+ if (s != NULL && *s != '\0') {
+ if (addSpace && *s != '\n')
+ Buf_AddByte(buf, ' ');
+ Buf_AddBytes(buf, (slen = strlen(s)), s);
+ addSpace = (slen > 0 && s[slen - 1] != '\n');
+ free(s);
+ }
+ }
+ return addSpace;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarSelectWords --
+ * Implements the :[start..end] modifier.
+ * This is a special case of VarModify since we want to be able
+ * to scan the list backwards if start > end.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * str String whose words should be trimmed
+ * seldata words to select
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * A string of all the words selected.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarSelectWords(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+ const char *str, VarSelectWords_t *seldata)
+{
+ Buffer buf; /* Buffer for the new string */
+ Boolean addSpace; /* TRUE if need to add a space to the
+ * buffer before adding the trimmed
+ * word */
+ char **av; /* word list */
+ char *as; /* word list memory */
+ int ac, i;
+ int start, end, step;
+
+ Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+ addSpace = FALSE;
+
+ if (vpstate->oneBigWord) {
+ /* fake what brk_string() would do if there were only one word */
+ ac = 1;
+ av = bmake_malloc((ac + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+ as = bmake_strdup(str);
+ av[0] = as;
+ av[1] = NULL;
+ } else {
+ av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Now sanitize seldata.
+ * If seldata->start or seldata->end are negative, convert them to
+ * the positive equivalents (-1 gets converted to argc, -2 gets
+ * converted to (argc-1), etc.).
+ */
+ if (seldata->start < 0)
+ seldata->start = ac + seldata->start + 1;
+ if (seldata->end < 0)
+ seldata->end = ac + seldata->end + 1;
+
+ /*
+ * We avoid scanning more of the list than we need to.
+ */
+ if (seldata->start > seldata->end) {
+ start = MIN(ac, seldata->start) - 1;
+ end = MAX(0, seldata->end - 1);
+ step = -1;
+ } else {
+ start = MAX(0, seldata->start - 1);
+ end = MIN(ac, seldata->end);
+ step = 1;
+ }
+
+ for (i = start;
+ (step < 0 && i >= end) || (step > 0 && i < end);
+ i += step) {
+ if (av[i] && *av[i]) {
+ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+ }
+ Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]);
+ addSpace = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ free(as);
+ free(av);
+
+ return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarModify --
+ * Modify each of the words of the passed string using the given
+ * function. Used to implement all modifiers.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * str String whose words should be trimmed
+ * modProc Function to use to modify them
+ * datum Datum to pass it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * A string of all the words modified appropriately.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarModify(GNode *ctx, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+ const char *str,
+ Boolean (*modProc)(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *,
+ Boolean, Buffer *, void *),
+ void *datum)
+{
+ Buffer buf; /* Buffer for the new string */
+ Boolean addSpace; /* TRUE if need to add a space to the
+ * buffer before adding the trimmed
+ * word */
+ char **av; /* word list */
+ char *as; /* word list memory */
+ int ac, i;
+
+ Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+ addSpace = FALSE;
+
+ if (vpstate->oneBigWord) {
+ /* fake what brk_string() would do if there were only one word */
+ ac = 1;
+ av = bmake_malloc((ac + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+ as = bmake_strdup(str);
+ av[0] = as;
+ av[1] = NULL;
+ } else {
+ av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+ addSpace = (*modProc)(ctx, vpstate, av[i], addSpace, &buf, datum);
+ }
+
+ free(as);
+ free(av);
+
+ return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+}
+
+
+static int
+VarWordCompare(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+ int r = strcmp(*(const char * const *)a, *(const char * const *)b);
+ return r;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarOrder --
+ * Order the words in the string.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * str String whose words should be sorted.
+ * otype How to order: s - sort, x - random.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * A string containing the words ordered.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarOrder(const char *str, const char otype)
+{
+ Buffer buf; /* Buffer for the new string */
+ char **av; /* word list [first word does not count] */
+ char *as; /* word list memory */
+ int ac, i;
+
+ Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+
+ av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+
+ if (ac > 0)
+ switch (otype) {
+ case 's': /* sort alphabetically */
+ qsort(av, ac, sizeof(char *), VarWordCompare);
+ break;
+ case 'x': /* randomize */
+ {
+ int rndidx;
+ char *t;
+
+ /*
+ * We will use [ac..2] range for mod factors. This will produce
+ * random numbers in [(ac-1)..0] interval, and minimal
+ * reasonable value for mod factor is 2 (the mod 1 will produce
+ * 0 with probability 1).
+ */
+ for (i = ac-1; i > 0; i--) {
+ rndidx = random() % (i + 1);
+ if (i != rndidx) {
+ t = av[i];
+ av[i] = av[rndidx];
+ av[rndidx] = t;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } /* end of switch */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+ Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]);
+ if (i != ac - 1)
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' ');
+ }
+
+ free(as);
+ free(av);
+
+ return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarUniq --
+ * Remove adjacent duplicate words.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * str String whose words should be sorted
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * A string containing the resulting words.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarUniq(const char *str)
+{
+ Buffer buf; /* Buffer for new string */
+ char **av; /* List of words to affect */
+ char *as; /* Word list memory */
+ int ac, i, j;
+
+ Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+ av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+
+ if (ac > 1) {
+ for (j = 0, i = 1; i < ac; i++)
+ if (strcmp(av[i], av[j]) != 0 && (++j != i))
+ av[j] = av[i];
+ ac = j + 1;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+ Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]);
+ if (i != ac - 1)
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' ');
+ }
+
+ free(as);
+ free(av);
+
+ return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarGetPattern --
+ * Pass through the tstr looking for 1) escaped delimiters,
+ * '$'s and backslashes (place the escaped character in
+ * uninterpreted) and 2) unescaped $'s that aren't before
+ * the delimiter (expand the variable substitution unless flags
+ * has VAR_NOSUBST set).
+ * Return the expanded string or NULL if the delimiter was missing
+ * If pattern is specified, handle escaped ampersands, and replace
+ * unescaped ampersands with the lhs of the pattern.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * A string of all the words modified appropriately.
+ * If length is specified, return the string length of the buffer
+ * If flags is specified and the last character of the pattern is a
+ * $ set the VAR_MATCH_END bit of flags.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarGetPattern(GNode *ctxt, Var_Parse_State *vpstate __unused,
+ int errnum, const char **tstr, int delim, int *flags,
+ int *length, VarPattern *pattern)
+{
+ const char *cp;
+ char *rstr;
+ Buffer buf;
+ int junk;
+
+ Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+ if (length == NULL)
+ length = &junk;
+
+#define IS_A_MATCH(cp, delim) \
+ ((cp[0] == '\\') && ((cp[1] == delim) || \
+ (cp[1] == '\\') || (cp[1] == '$') || (pattern && (cp[1] == '&'))))
+
+ /*
+ * Skim through until the matching delimiter is found;
+ * pick up variable substitutions on the way. Also allow
+ * backslashes to quote the delimiter, $, and \, but don't
+ * touch other backslashes.
+ */
+ for (cp = *tstr; *cp && (*cp != delim); cp++) {
+ if (IS_A_MATCH(cp, delim)) {
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, cp[1]);
+ cp++;
+ } else if (*cp == '$') {
+ if (cp[1] == delim) {
+ if (flags == NULL)
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+ else
+ /*
+ * Unescaped $ at end of pattern => anchor
+ * pattern at end.
+ */
+ *flags |= VAR_MATCH_END;
+ } else {
+ if (flags == NULL || (*flags & VAR_NOSUBST) == 0) {
+ char *cp2;
+ int len;
+ void *freeIt;
+
+ /*
+ * If unescaped dollar sign not before the
+ * delimiter, assume it's a variable
+ * substitution and recurse.
+ */
+ cp2 = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, errnum, &len, &freeIt);
+ Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(cp2), cp2);
+ if (freeIt)
+ free(freeIt);
+ cp += len - 1;
+ } else {
+ const char *cp2 = &cp[1];
+
+ if (*cp2 == PROPEN || *cp2 == BROPEN) {
+ /*
+ * Find the end of this variable reference
+ * and suck it in without further ado.
+ * It will be interperated later.
+ */
+ int have = *cp2;
+ int want = (*cp2 == PROPEN) ? PRCLOSE : BRCLOSE;
+ int depth = 1;
+
+ for (++cp2; *cp2 != '\0' && depth > 0; ++cp2) {
+ if (cp2[-1] != '\\') {
+ if (*cp2 == have)
+ ++depth;
+ if (*cp2 == want)
+ --depth;
+ }
+ }
+ Buf_AddBytes(&buf, cp2 - cp, cp);
+ cp = --cp2;
+ } else
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (pattern && *cp == '&')
+ Buf_AddBytes(&buf, pattern->leftLen, pattern->lhs);
+ else
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+ }
+
+ if (*cp != delim) {
+ *tstr = cp;
+ *length = 0;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ *tstr = ++cp;
+ *length = Buf_Size(&buf);
+ rstr = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+ if (DEBUG(VAR))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Modifier pattern: \"%s\"\n", rstr);
+ return rstr;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarQuote --
+ * Quote shell meta-characters in the string
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The quoted string
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarQuote(char *str)
+{
+
+ Buffer buf;
+ /* This should cover most shells :-( */
+ static const char meta[] = "\n \t'`\";&<>()|*?{}[]\\$!#^~";
+ const char *newline;
+ size_t len, nlen;
+
+ if ((newline = Shell_GetNewline()) == NULL)
+ newline = "\\\n";
+ nlen = strlen(newline);
+
+ Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+ while (*str != '\0') {
+ if ((len = strcspn(str, meta)) != 0) {
+ Buf_AddBytes(&buf, len, str);
+ str += len;
+ } else if (*str == '\n') {
+ Buf_AddBytes(&buf, nlen, newline);
+ ++str;
+ } else {
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, '\\');
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str);
+ ++str;
+ }
+ }
+ str = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+ if (DEBUG(VAR))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "QuoteMeta: [%s]\n", str);
+ return str;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarChangeCase --
+ * Change the string to all uppercase or all lowercase
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * str String to modify
+ * upper TRUE -> uppercase, else lowercase
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The string with case changed
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarChangeCase(char *str, int upper)
+{
+ Buffer buf;
+ int (*modProc)(int);
+
+ modProc = (upper ? toupper : tolower);
+ Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+ for (; *str ; str++) {
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, modProc(*str));
+ }
+ return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Now we need to apply any modifiers the user wants applied.
+ * These are:
+ * :M<pattern> words which match the given <pattern>.
+ * <pattern> is of the standard file
+ * wildcarding form.
+ * :N<pattern> words which do not match the given <pattern>.
+ * :S<d><pat1><d><pat2><d>[1gW]
+ * Substitute <pat2> for <pat1> in the value
+ * :C<d><pat1><d><pat2><d>[1gW]
+ * Substitute <pat2> for regex <pat1> in the value
+ * :H Substitute the head of each word
+ * :T Substitute the tail of each word
+ * :E Substitute the extension (minus '.') of
+ * each word
+ * :R Substitute the root of each word
+ * (pathname minus the suffix).
+ * :O ("Order") Alphabeticaly sort words in variable.
+ * :Ox ("intermiX") Randomize words in variable.
+ * :u ("uniq") Remove adjacent duplicate words.
+ * :tu Converts the variable contents to uppercase.
+ * :tl Converts the variable contents to lowercase.
+ * :ts[c] Sets varSpace - the char used to
+ * separate words to 'c'. If 'c' is
+ * omitted then no separation is used.
+ * :tW Treat the variable contents as a single
+ * word, even if it contains spaces.
+ * (Mnemonic: one big 'W'ord.)
+ * :tw Treat the variable contents as multiple
+ * space-separated words.
+ * (Mnemonic: many small 'w'ords.)
+ * :[index] Select a single word from the value.
+ * :[start..end] Select multiple words from the value.
+ * :[*] or :[0] Select the entire value, as a single
+ * word. Equivalent to :tW.
+ * :[@] Select the entire value, as multiple
+ * words. Undoes the effect of :[*].
+ * Equivalent to :tw.
+ * :[#] Returns the number of words in the value.
+ *
+ * :?<true-value>:<false-value>
+ * If the variable evaluates to true, return
+ * true value, else return the second value.
+ * :lhs=rhs Like :S, but the rhs goes to the end of
+ * the invocation.
+ * :sh Treat the current value as a command
+ * to be run, new value is its output.
+ * The following added so we can handle ODE makefiles.
+ * :@<tmpvar>@<newval>@
+ * Assign a temporary local variable <tmpvar>
+ * to the current value of each word in turn
+ * and replace each word with the result of
+ * evaluating <newval>
+ * :D<newval> Use <newval> as value if variable defined
+ * :U<newval> Use <newval> as value if variable undefined
+ * :L Use the name of the variable as the value.
+ * :P Use the path of the node that has the same
+ * name as the variable as the value. This
+ * basically includes an implied :L so that
+ * the common method of refering to the path
+ * of your dependent 'x' in a rule is to use
+ * the form '${x:P}'.
+ * :!<cmd>! Run cmd much the same as :sh run's the
+ * current value of the variable.
+ * The ::= modifiers, actually assign a value to the variable.
+ * Their main purpose is in supporting modifiers of .for loop
+ * iterators and other obscure uses. They always expand to
+ * nothing. In a target rule that would otherwise expand to an
+ * empty line they can be preceded with @: to keep make happy.
+ * Eg.
+ *
+ * foo: .USE
+ * .for i in ${.TARGET} ${.TARGET:R}.gz
+ * @: ${t::=$i}
+ * @echo blah ${t:T}
+ * .endfor
+ *
+ * ::=<str> Assigns <str> as the new value of variable.
+ * ::?=<str> Assigns <str> as value of variable if
+ * it was not already set.
+ * ::+=<str> Appends <str> to variable.
+ * ::!=<cmd> Assigns output of <cmd> as the new value of
+ * variable.
+ */
+
+static char *
+ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
+ int startc, int endc,
+ Var *v, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum,
+ int *lengthPtr, void **freePtr)
+{
+ const char *start;
+ const char *cp; /* Secondary pointer into str (place marker
+ * for tstr) */
+ char *newStr; /* New value to return */
+ char termc; /* Character which terminated scan */
+ int cnt; /* Used to count brace pairs when variable in
+ * in parens or braces */
+ char delim;
+ int modifier; /* that we are processing */
+ Var_Parse_State parsestate; /* Flags passed to helper functions */
+
+ delim = '\0';
+ parsestate.oneBigWord = FALSE;
+ parsestate.varSpace = ' '; /* word separator */
+
+ start = cp = tstr;
+
+ while (*tstr && *tstr != endc) {
+
+ if (*tstr == '$') {
+ /*
+ * We have some complex modifiers in a variable.
+ */
+ void *freeIt;
+ char *rval;
+ int rlen;
+
+ rval = Var_Parse(tstr, ctxt, errnum, &rlen, &freeIt);
+
+ if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Got '%s' from '%.*s'%.*s\n",
+ rval, rlen, tstr, rlen, tstr + rlen);
+ }
+
+ tstr += rlen;
+
+ if (rval != NULL && *rval) {
+ int used;
+
+ nstr = ApplyModifiers(nstr, rval,
+ 0, 0,
+ v, ctxt, errnum, &used, freePtr);
+ if (nstr == var_Error
+ || (nstr == varNoError && errnum == 0)
+ || strlen(rval) != (size_t) used) {
+ if (freeIt)
+ free(freeIt);
+ goto out; /* error already reported */
+ }
+ }
+ if (freeIt)
+ free(freeIt);
+ if (*tstr == ':')
+ tstr++;
+ else if (!*tstr && endc) {
+ Error("Unclosed variable specification after complex modifier (expecting '%c') for %s", endc, v->name);
+ goto out;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Applying :%c to \"%s\"\n", *tstr, nstr);
+ }
+ newStr = var_Error;
+ switch ((modifier = *tstr)) {
+ case ':':
+ {
+ if (tstr[1] == '=' ||
+ (tstr[2] == '=' &&
+ (tstr[1] == '!' || tstr[1] == '+' || tstr[1] == '?'))) {
+ /*
+ * "::=", "::!=", "::+=", or "::?="
+ */
+ GNode *v_ctxt; /* context where v belongs */
+ const char *emsg;
+ char *sv_name;
+ VarPattern pattern;
+ int how;
+
+ if (v->name[0] == 0)
+ goto bad_modifier;
+
+ v_ctxt = ctxt;
+ sv_name = NULL;
+ ++tstr;
+ if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) {
+ /*
+ * We need to bmake_strdup() it incase
+ * VarGetPattern() recurses.
+ */
+ sv_name = v->name;
+ v->name = bmake_strdup(v->name);
+ } else if (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL) {
+ Var *gv = VarFind(v->name, ctxt, 0);
+ if (gv == NULL)
+ v_ctxt = VAR_GLOBAL;
+ else
+ VarFreeEnv(gv, TRUE);
+ }
+
+ switch ((how = *tstr)) {
+ case '+':
+ case '?':
+ case '!':
+ cp = &tstr[2];
+ break;
+ default:
+ cp = ++tstr;
+ break;
+ }
+ delim = BRCLOSE;
+ pattern.flags = 0;
+
+ pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum,
+ &cp, delim, NULL,
+ &pattern.rightLen,
+ NULL);
+ if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) {
+ /* restore original name */
+ free(v->name);
+ v->name = sv_name;
+ }
+ if (pattern.rhs == NULL)
+ goto cleanup;
+
+ termc = *--cp;
+ delim = '\0';
+
+ switch (how) {
+ case '+':
+ Var_Append(v->name, pattern.rhs, v_ctxt);
+ break;
+ case '!':
+ newStr = Cmd_Exec(pattern.rhs, &emsg);
+ if (emsg)
+ Error(emsg, nstr);
+ else
+ Var_Set(v->name, newStr, v_ctxt, 0);
+ if (newStr)
+ free(newStr);
+ break;
+ case '?':
+ if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) == 0)
+ break;
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ Var_Set(v->name, pattern.rhs, v_ctxt, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+ free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs));
+ newStr = var_Error;
+ break;
+ }
+ goto default_case; /* "::<unrecognised>" */
+ }
+ case '@':
+ {
+ VarLoop_t loop;
+ int flags = VAR_NOSUBST;
+
+ cp = ++tstr;
+ delim = '@';
+ if ((loop.tvar = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum,
+ &cp, delim,
+ &flags, &loop.tvarLen,
+ NULL)) == NULL)
+ goto cleanup;
+
+ if ((loop.str = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum,
+ &cp, delim,
+ &flags, &loop.strLen,
+ NULL)) == NULL)
+ goto cleanup;
+
+ termc = *cp;
+ delim = '\0';
+
+ loop.errnum = errnum;
+ loop.ctxt = ctxt;
+ newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarLoopExpand,
+ &loop);
+ free(loop.tvar);
+ free(loop.str);
+ break;
+ }
+ case 'D':
+ case 'U':
+ {
+ Buffer buf; /* Buffer for patterns */
+ int wantit; /* want data in buffer */
+
+ /*
+ * Pass through tstr looking for 1) escaped delimiters,
+ * '$'s and backslashes (place the escaped character in
+ * uninterpreted) and 2) unescaped $'s that aren't before
+ * the delimiter (expand the variable substitution).
+ * The result is left in the Buffer buf.
+ */
+ Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+ for (cp = tstr + 1;
+ *cp != endc && *cp != ':' && *cp != '\0';
+ cp++) {
+ if ((*cp == '\\') &&
+ ((cp[1] == ':') ||
+ (cp[1] == '$') ||
+ (cp[1] == endc) ||
+ (cp[1] == '\\')))
+ {
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, cp[1]);
+ cp++;
+ } else if (*cp == '$') {
+ /*
+ * If unescaped dollar sign, assume it's a
+ * variable substitution and recurse.
+ */
+ char *cp2;
+ int len;
+ void *freeIt;
+
+ cp2 = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, errnum, &len, &freeIt);
+ Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(cp2), cp2);
+ if (freeIt)
+ free(freeIt);
+ cp += len - 1;
+ } else {
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+ }
+ }
+
+ termc = *cp;
+
+ if (*tstr == 'U')
+ wantit = ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0);
+ else
+ wantit = ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) == 0);
+ if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0)
+ v->flags |= VAR_KEEP;
+ if (wantit) {
+ newStr = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+ } else {
+ newStr = nstr;
+ Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case 'L':
+ {
+ if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0)
+ v->flags |= VAR_KEEP;
+ newStr = bmake_strdup(v->name);
+ cp = ++tstr;
+ termc = *tstr;
+ break;
+ }
+ case 'P':
+ {
+ GNode *gn;
+
+ if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0)
+ v->flags |= VAR_KEEP;
+ gn = Targ_FindNode(v->name, TARG_NOCREATE);
+ if (gn == NULL || gn->type & OP_NOPATH) {
+ newStr = NULL;
+ } else if (gn->path) {
+ newStr = bmake_strdup(gn->path);
+ } else {
+ newStr = Dir_FindFile(v->name, Suff_FindPath(gn));
+ }
+ if (!newStr) {
+ newStr = bmake_strdup(v->name);
+ }
+ cp = ++tstr;
+ termc = *tstr;
+ break;
+ }
+ case '!':
+ {
+ const char *emsg;
+ VarPattern pattern;
+ pattern.flags = 0;
+
+ delim = '!';
+
+ cp = ++tstr;
+ if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum,
+ &cp, delim,
+ NULL, &pattern.rightLen,
+ NULL)) == NULL)
+ goto cleanup;
+ newStr = Cmd_Exec(pattern.rhs, &emsg);
+ free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs));
+ if (emsg)
+ Error(emsg, nstr);
+ termc = *cp;
+ delim = '\0';
+ if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) {
+ v->flags |= VAR_KEEP;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case '[':
+ {
+ /*
+ * Look for the closing ']', recursively
+ * expanding any embedded variables.
+ *
+ * estr is a pointer to the expanded result,
+ * which we must free().
+ */
+ char *estr;
+
+ cp = tstr+1; /* point to char after '[' */
+ delim = ']'; /* look for closing ']' */
+ estr = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate,
+ errnum, &cp, delim,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL);
+ if (estr == NULL)
+ goto cleanup; /* report missing ']' */
+ /* now cp points just after the closing ']' */
+ delim = '\0';
+ if (cp[0] != ':' && cp[0] != endc) {
+ /* Found junk after ']' */
+ free(estr);
+ goto bad_modifier;
+ }
+ if (estr[0] == '\0') {
+ /* Found empty square brackets in ":[]". */
+ free(estr);
+ goto bad_modifier;
+ } else if (estr[0] == '#' && estr[1] == '\0') {
+ /* Found ":[#]" */
+
+ /*
+ * We will need enough space for the decimal
+ * representation of an int. We calculate the
+ * space needed for the octal representation,
+ * and add enough slop to cope with a '-' sign
+ * (which should never be needed) and a '\0'
+ * string terminator.
+ */
+ int newStrSize =
+ (sizeof(int) * CHAR_BIT + 2) / 3 + 2;
+
+ newStr = bmake_malloc(newStrSize);
+ if (parsestate.oneBigWord) {
+ strncpy(newStr, "1", newStrSize);
+ } else {
+ /* XXX: brk_string() is a rather expensive
+ * way of counting words. */
+ char **av;
+ char *as;
+ int ac;
+
+ av = brk_string(nstr, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+ snprintf(newStr, newStrSize, "%d", ac);
+ free(as);
+ free(av);
+ }
+ termc = *cp;
+ free(estr);
+ break;
+ } else if (estr[0] == '*' && estr[1] == '\0') {
+ /* Found ":[*]" */
+ parsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE;
+ newStr = nstr;
+ termc = *cp;
+ free(estr);
+ break;
+ } else if (estr[0] == '@' && estr[1] == '\0') {
+ /* Found ":[@]" */
+ parsestate.oneBigWord = FALSE;
+ newStr = nstr;
+ termc = *cp;
+ free(estr);
+ break;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * We expect estr to contain a single
+ * integer for :[N], or two integers
+ * separated by ".." for :[start..end].
+ */
+ char *ep;
+
+ VarSelectWords_t seldata = { 0, 0 };
+
+ seldata.start = strtol(estr, &ep, 0);
+ if (ep == estr) {
+ /* Found junk instead of a number */
+ free(estr);
+ goto bad_modifier;
+ } else if (ep[0] == '\0') {
+ /* Found only one integer in :[N] */
+ seldata.end = seldata.start;
+ } else if (ep[0] == '.' && ep[1] == '.' &&
+ ep[2] != '\0') {
+ /* Expecting another integer after ".." */
+ ep += 2;
+ seldata.end = strtol(ep, &ep, 0);
+ if (ep[0] != '\0') {
+ /* Found junk after ".." */
+ free(estr);
+ goto bad_modifier;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* Found junk instead of ".." */
+ free(estr);
+ goto bad_modifier;
+ }
+ /*
+ * Now seldata is properly filled in,
+ * but we still have to check for 0 as
+ * a special case.
+ */
+ if (seldata.start == 0 && seldata.end == 0) {
+ /* ":[0]" or perhaps ":[0..0]" */
+ parsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE;
+ newStr = nstr;
+ termc = *cp;
+ free(estr);
+ break;
+ } else if (seldata.start == 0 ||
+ seldata.end == 0) {
+ /* ":[0..N]" or ":[N..0]" */
+ free(estr);
+ goto bad_modifier;
+ }
+ /*
+ * Normal case: select the words
+ * described by seldata.
+ */
+ newStr = VarSelectWords(ctxt, &parsestate,
+ nstr, &seldata);
+
+ termc = *cp;
+ free(estr);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ }
+ case 't':
+ {
+ cp = tstr + 1; /* make sure it is set */
+ if (tstr[1] != endc && tstr[1] != ':') {
+ if (tstr[1] == 's') {
+ /*
+ * Use the char (if any) at tstr[2]
+ * as the word separator.
+ */
+ VarPattern pattern;
+
+ if (tstr[2] != endc &&
+ (tstr[3] == endc || tstr[3] == ':')) {
+ /* ":ts<unrecognised><endc>" or
+ * ":ts<unrecognised>:" */
+ parsestate.varSpace = tstr[2];
+ cp = tstr + 3;
+ } else if (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':') {
+ /* ":ts<endc>" or ":ts:" */
+ parsestate.varSpace = 0; /* no separator */
+ cp = tstr + 2;
+ } else if (tstr[2] == '\\') {
+ switch (tstr[3]) {
+ case 'n':
+ parsestate.varSpace = '\n';
+ cp = tstr + 4;
+ break;
+ case 't':
+ parsestate.varSpace = '\t';
+ cp = tstr + 4;
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (isdigit((unsigned char)tstr[3])) {
+ char *ep;
+
+ parsestate.varSpace =
+ strtoul(&tstr[3], &ep, 0);
+ if (*ep != ':' && *ep != endc)
+ goto bad_modifier;
+ cp = ep;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * ":ts<backslash><unrecognised>".
+ */
+ goto bad_modifier;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Found ":ts<unrecognised><unrecognised>".
+ */
+ goto bad_modifier;
+ }
+
+ termc = *cp;
+
+ /*
+ * We cannot be certain that VarModify
+ * will be used - even if there is a
+ * subsequent modifier, so do a no-op
+ * VarSubstitute now to for str to be
+ * re-expanded without the spaces.
+ */
+ pattern.flags = VAR_SUB_ONE;
+ pattern.lhs = pattern.rhs = "\032";
+ pattern.leftLen = pattern.rightLen = 1;
+
+ newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr,
+ VarSubstitute,
+ &pattern);
+ } else if (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':') {
+ /*
+ * Check for two-character options:
+ * ":tu", ":tl"
+ */
+ if (tstr[1] == 'u' || tstr[1] == 'l') {
+ newStr = VarChangeCase(nstr, (tstr[1] == 'u'));
+ cp = tstr + 2;
+ termc = *cp;
+ } else if (tstr[1] == 'W' || tstr[1] == 'w') {
+ parsestate.oneBigWord = (tstr[1] == 'W');
+ newStr = nstr;
+ cp = tstr + 2;
+ termc = *cp;
+ } else {
+ /* Found ":t<unrecognised>:" or
+ * ":t<unrecognised><endc>". */
+ goto bad_modifier;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Found ":t<unrecognised><unrecognised>".
+ */
+ goto bad_modifier;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Found ":t<endc>" or ":t:".
+ */
+ goto bad_modifier;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case 'N':
+ case 'M':
+ {
+ char *pattern;
+ const char *endpat; /* points just after end of pattern */
+ char *cp2;
+ Boolean copy; /* pattern should be, or has been, copied */
+ Boolean needSubst;
+ int nest;
+
+ copy = FALSE;
+ needSubst = FALSE;
+ nest = 1;
+ /*
+ * In the loop below, ignore ':' unless we are at
+ * (or back to) the original brace level.
+ * XXX This will likely not work right if $() and ${}
+ * are intermixed.
+ */
+ for (cp = tstr + 1;
+ *cp != '\0' && !(*cp == ':' && nest == 1);
+ cp++)
+ {
+ if (*cp == '\\' &&
+ (cp[1] == ':' ||
+ cp[1] == endc || cp[1] == startc)) {
+ if (!needSubst) {
+ copy = TRUE;
+ }
+ cp++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (*cp == '$') {
+ needSubst = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (*cp == '(' || *cp == '{')
+ ++nest;
+ if (*cp == ')' || *cp == '}') {
+ --nest;
+ if (nest == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ termc = *cp;
+ endpat = cp;
+ if (copy) {
+ /*
+ * Need to compress the \:'s out of the pattern, so
+ * allocate enough room to hold the uncompressed
+ * pattern (note that cp started at tstr+1, so
+ * cp - tstr takes the null byte into account) and
+ * compress the pattern into the space.
+ */
+ pattern = bmake_malloc(cp - tstr);
+ for (cp2 = pattern, cp = tstr + 1;
+ cp < endpat;
+ cp++, cp2++)
+ {
+ if ((*cp == '\\') && (cp+1 < endpat) &&
+ (cp[1] == ':' || cp[1] == endc)) {
+ cp++;
+ }
+ *cp2 = *cp;
+ }
+ *cp2 = '\0';
+ endpat = cp2;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Either Var_Subst or VarModify will need a
+ * nul-terminated string soon, so construct one now.
+ */
+ pattern = bmake_strndup(tstr+1, endpat - (tstr + 1));
+ }
+ if (needSubst) {
+ /*
+ * pattern contains embedded '$', so use Var_Subst to
+ * expand it.
+ */
+ cp2 = pattern;
+ pattern = Var_Subst(NULL, cp2, ctxt, errnum);
+ free(cp2);
+ }
+ if (DEBUG(VAR))
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Pattern for [%s] is [%s]\n", nstr,
+ pattern);
+ if (*tstr == 'M') {
+ newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarMatch,
+ pattern);
+ } else {
+ newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarNoMatch,
+ pattern);
+ }
+ free(pattern);
+ break;
+ }
+ case 'S':
+ {
+ VarPattern pattern;
+ Var_Parse_State tmpparsestate;
+
+ pattern.flags = 0;
+ tmpparsestate = parsestate;
+ delim = tstr[1];
+ tstr += 2;
+
+ /*
+ * If pattern begins with '^', it is anchored to the
+ * start of the word -- skip over it and flag pattern.
+ */
+ if (*tstr == '^') {
+ pattern.flags |= VAR_MATCH_START;
+ tstr += 1;
+ }
+
+ cp = tstr;
+ if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum,
+ &cp, delim,
+ &pattern.flags,
+ &pattern.leftLen,
+ NULL)) == NULL)
+ goto cleanup;
+
+ if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum,
+ &cp, delim, NULL,
+ &pattern.rightLen,
+ &pattern)) == NULL)
+ goto cleanup;
+
+ /*
+ * Check for global substitution. If 'g' after the final
+ * delimiter, substitution is global and is marked that
+ * way.
+ */
+ for (;; cp++) {
+ switch (*cp) {
+ case 'g':
+ pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_GLOBAL;
+ continue;
+ case '1':
+ pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_ONE;
+ continue;
+ case 'W':
+ tmpparsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE;
+ continue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ termc = *cp;
+ newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &tmpparsestate, nstr,
+ VarSubstitute,
+ &pattern);
+
+ /*
+ * Free the two strings.
+ */
+ free(UNCONST(pattern.lhs));
+ free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs));
+ delim = '\0';
+ break;
+ }
+ case '?':
+ {
+ VarPattern pattern;
+ Boolean value;
+
+ /* find ':', and then substitute accordingly */
+
+ pattern.flags = 0;
+
+ cp = ++tstr;
+ delim = ':';
+ if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum,
+ &cp, delim, NULL,
+ &pattern.leftLen,
+ NULL)) == NULL)
+ goto cleanup;
+
+ /* BROPEN or PROPEN */
+ delim = endc;
+ if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum,
+ &cp, delim, NULL,
+ &pattern.rightLen,
+ NULL)) == NULL)
+ goto cleanup;
+
+ termc = *--cp;
+ delim = '\0';
+ if (Cond_EvalExpression(NULL, v->name, &value, 0)
+ == COND_INVALID) {
+ Error("Bad conditional expression `%s' in %s?%s:%s",
+ v->name, v->name, pattern.lhs, pattern.rhs);
+ goto cleanup;
+ }
+
+ if (value) {
+ newStr = UNCONST(pattern.lhs);
+ free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs));
+ } else {
+ newStr = UNCONST(pattern.rhs);
+ free(UNCONST(pattern.lhs));
+ }
+ if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) {
+ v->flags |= VAR_KEEP;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef NO_REGEX
+ case 'C':
+ {
+ VarREPattern pattern;
+ char *re;
+ int error;
+ Var_Parse_State tmpparsestate;
+
+ pattern.flags = 0;
+ tmpparsestate = parsestate;
+ delim = tstr[1];
+ tstr += 2;
+
+ cp = tstr;
+
+ if ((re = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum, &cp, delim,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL)) == NULL)
+ goto cleanup;
+
+ if ((pattern.replace = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate,
+ errnum, &cp, delim, NULL,
+ NULL, NULL)) == NULL){
+ free(re);
+ goto cleanup;
+ }
+
+ for (;; cp++) {
+ switch (*cp) {
+ case 'g':
+ pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_GLOBAL;
+ continue;
+ case '1':
+ pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_ONE;
+ continue;
+ case 'W':
+ tmpparsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE;
+ continue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ termc = *cp;
+
+ error = regcomp(&pattern.re, re, REG_EXTENDED);
+ free(re);
+ if (error) {
+ *lengthPtr = cp - start + 1;
+ VarREError(error, &pattern.re, "RE substitution error");
+ free(pattern.replace);
+ goto cleanup;
+ }
+
+ pattern.nsub = pattern.re.re_nsub + 1;
+ if (pattern.nsub < 1)
+ pattern.nsub = 1;
+ if (pattern.nsub > 10)
+ pattern.nsub = 10;
+ pattern.matches = bmake_malloc(pattern.nsub *
+ sizeof(regmatch_t));
+ newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &tmpparsestate, nstr,
+ VarRESubstitute,
+ &pattern);
+ regfree(&pattern.re);
+ free(pattern.replace);
+ free(pattern.matches);
+ delim = '\0';
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ case 'Q':
+ if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+ newStr = VarQuote(nstr);
+ cp = tstr + 1;
+ termc = *cp;
+ break;
+ }
+ goto default_case;
+ case 'T':
+ if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+ newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarTail,
+ NULL);
+ cp = tstr + 1;
+ termc = *cp;
+ break;
+ }
+ goto default_case;
+ case 'H':
+ if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+ newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarHead,
+ NULL);
+ cp = tstr + 1;
+ termc = *cp;
+ break;
+ }
+ goto default_case;
+ case 'E':
+ if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+ newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarSuffix,
+ NULL);
+ cp = tstr + 1;
+ termc = *cp;
+ break;
+ }
+ goto default_case;
+ case 'R':
+ if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+ newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarRoot,
+ NULL);
+ cp = tstr + 1;
+ termc = *cp;
+ break;
+ }
+ goto default_case;
+ case 'O':
+ {
+ char otype;
+
+ cp = tstr + 1; /* skip to the rest in any case */
+ if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+ otype = 's';
+ termc = *cp;
+ } else if ( (tstr[1] == 'x') &&
+ (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':') ) {
+ otype = tstr[1];
+ cp = tstr + 2;
+ termc = *cp;
+ } else {
+ goto bad_modifier;
+ }
+ newStr = VarOrder(nstr, otype);
+ break;
+ }
+ case 'u':
+ if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+ newStr = VarUniq(nstr);
+ cp = tstr + 1;
+ termc = *cp;
+ break;
+ }
+ goto default_case;
+#ifdef SUNSHCMD
+ case 's':
+ if (tstr[1] == 'h' && (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':')) {
+ const char *emsg;
+ newStr = Cmd_Exec(nstr, &emsg);
+ if (emsg)
+ Error(emsg, nstr);
+ cp = tstr + 2;
+ termc = *cp;
+ break;
+ }
+ goto default_case;
+#endif
+ default:
+ default_case:
+ {
+#ifdef SYSVVARSUB
+ /*
+ * This can either be a bogus modifier or a System-V
+ * substitution command.
+ */
+ VarPattern pattern;
+ Boolean eqFound;
+
+ pattern.flags = 0;
+ eqFound = FALSE;
+ /*
+ * First we make a pass through the string trying
+ * to verify it is a SYSV-make-style translation:
+ * it must be: <string1>=<string2>)
+ */
+ cp = tstr;
+ cnt = 1;
+ while (*cp != '\0' && cnt) {
+ if (*cp == '=') {
+ eqFound = TRUE;
+ /* continue looking for endc */
+ }
+ else if (*cp == endc)
+ cnt--;
+ else if (*cp == startc)
+ cnt++;
+ if (cnt)
+ cp++;
+ }
+ if (*cp == endc && eqFound) {
+
+ /*
+ * Now we break this sucker into the lhs and
+ * rhs. We must null terminate them of course.
+ */
+ delim='=';
+ cp = tstr;
+ if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate,
+ errnum, &cp, delim, &pattern.flags,
+ &pattern.leftLen, NULL)) == NULL)
+ goto cleanup;
+ delim = endc;
+ if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate,
+ errnum, &cp, delim, NULL, &pattern.rightLen,
+ &pattern)) == NULL)
+ goto cleanup;
+
+ /*
+ * SYSV modifications happen through the whole
+ * string. Note the pattern is anchored at the end.
+ */
+ termc = *--cp;
+ delim = '\0';
+ newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr,
+ VarSYSVMatch,
+ &pattern);
+ free(UNCONST(pattern.lhs));
+ free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs));
+ } else
+#endif
+ {
+ Error("Unknown modifier '%c'", *tstr);
+ for (cp = tstr+1;
+ *cp != ':' && *cp != endc && *cp != '\0';
+ cp++)
+ continue;
+ termc = *cp;
+ newStr = var_Error;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+ fprintf(debug_file, "Result of :%c is \"%s\"\n", modifier, newStr);
+ }
+
+ if (newStr != nstr) {
+ if (*freePtr) {
+ free(nstr);
+ *freePtr = NULL;
+ }
+ nstr = newStr;
+ if (nstr != var_Error && nstr != varNoError) {
+ *freePtr = nstr;
+ }
+ }
+ if (termc == '\0' && endc != '\0') {
+ Error("Unclosed variable specification (expecting '%c') for \"%s\" (value \"%s\") modifier %c", endc, v->name, nstr, modifier);
+ } else if (termc == ':') {
+ cp++;
+ }
+ tstr = cp;
+ }
+ out:
+ *lengthPtr = tstr - start;
+ return (nstr);
+
+ bad_modifier:
+ /* "{(" */
+ Error("Bad modifier `:%.*s' for %s", (int)strcspn(tstr, ":)}"), tstr,
+ v->name);
+
+ cleanup:
+ *lengthPtr = cp - start;
+ if (delim != '\0')
+ Error("Unclosed substitution for %s (%c missing)",
+ v->name, delim);
+ if (*freePtr) {
+ free(*freePtr);
+ *freePtr = NULL;
+ }
+ return (var_Error);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Parse --
+ * Given the start of a variable invocation, extract the variable
+ * name and find its value, then modify it according to the
+ * specification.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * str The string to parse
+ * ctxt The context for the variable
+ * errnum TRUE if undefined variables are an error
+ * lengthPtr OUT: The length of the specification
+ * freePtr OUT: Non-NULL if caller should free *freePtr
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The (possibly-modified) value of the variable or var_Error if the
+ * specification is invalid. The length of the specification is
+ * placed in *lengthPtr (for invalid specifications, this is just
+ * 2...?).
+ * If *freePtr is non-NULL then it's a pointer that the caller
+ * should pass to free() to free memory used by the result.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/* coverity[+alloc : arg-*4] */
+char *
+Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum, int *lengthPtr,
+ void **freePtr)
+{
+ const char *tstr; /* Pointer into str */
+ Var *v; /* Variable in invocation */
+ Boolean haveModifier;/* TRUE if have modifiers for the variable */
+ char endc; /* Ending character when variable in parens
+ * or braces */
+ char startc; /* Starting character when variable in parens
+ * or braces */
+ int vlen; /* Length of variable name */
+ const char *start; /* Points to original start of str */
+ char *nstr; /* New string, used during expansion */
+ Boolean dynamic; /* TRUE if the variable is local and we're
+ * expanding it in a non-local context. This
+ * is done to support dynamic sources. The
+ * result is just the invocation, unaltered */
+ Var_Parse_State parsestate; /* Flags passed to helper functions */
+ char name[2];
+
+ *freePtr = NULL;
+ dynamic = FALSE;
+ start = str;
+ parsestate.oneBigWord = FALSE;
+ parsestate.varSpace = ' '; /* word separator */
+
+ startc = str[1];
+ if (startc != PROPEN && startc != BROPEN) {
+ /*
+ * If it's not bounded by braces of some sort, life is much simpler.
+ * We just need to check for the first character and return the
+ * value if it exists.
+ */
+
+ /* Error out some really stupid names */
+ if (startc == '\0' || strchr(")}:$", startc)) {
+ *lengthPtr = 1;
+ return var_Error;
+ }
+ name[0] = startc;
+ name[1] = '\0';
+
+ v = VarFind(name, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD);
+ if (v == NULL) {
+ *lengthPtr = 2;
+
+ if ((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL)) {
+ /*
+ * If substituting a local variable in a non-local context,
+ * assume it's for dynamic source stuff. We have to handle
+ * this specially and return the longhand for the variable
+ * with the dollar sign escaped so it makes it back to the
+ * caller. Only four of the local variables are treated
+ * specially as they are the only four that will be set
+ * when dynamic sources are expanded.
+ */
+ switch (str[1]) {
+ case '@':
+ return UNCONST("$(.TARGET)");
+ case '%':
+ return UNCONST("$(.ARCHIVE)");
+ case '*':
+ return UNCONST("$(.PREFIX)");
+ case '!':
+ return UNCONST("$(.MEMBER)");
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ * Error
+ */
+ return (errnum ? var_Error : varNoError);
+ } else {
+ haveModifier = FALSE;
+ tstr = &str[1];
+ endc = str[1];
+ }
+ } else {
+ Buffer buf; /* Holds the variable name */
+
+ endc = startc == PROPEN ? PRCLOSE : BRCLOSE;
+ Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+
+ /*
+ * Skip to the end character or a colon, whichever comes first.
+ */
+ for (tstr = str + 2;
+ *tstr != '\0' && *tstr != endc && *tstr != ':';
+ tstr++)
+ {
+ /*
+ * A variable inside a variable, expand
+ */
+ if (*tstr == '$') {
+ int rlen;
+ void *freeIt;
+ char *rval = Var_Parse(tstr, ctxt, errnum, &rlen, &freeIt);
+ if (rval != NULL) {
+ Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(rval), rval);
+ }
+ if (freeIt)
+ free(freeIt);
+ tstr += rlen - 1;
+ }
+ else
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, *tstr);
+ }
+ if (*tstr == ':') {
+ haveModifier = TRUE;
+ } else if (*tstr != '\0') {
+ haveModifier = FALSE;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * If we never did find the end character, return NULL
+ * right now, setting the length to be the distance to
+ * the end of the string, since that's what make does.
+ */
+ *lengthPtr = tstr - str;
+ Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
+ return (var_Error);
+ }
+ str = Buf_GetAll(&buf, &vlen);
+
+ /*
+ * At this point, str points into newly allocated memory from
+ * buf, containing only the name of the variable.
+ *
+ * start and tstr point into the const string that was pointed
+ * to by the original value of the str parameter. start points
+ * to the '$' at the beginning of the string, while tstr points
+ * to the char just after the end of the variable name -- this
+ * will be '\0', ':', PRCLOSE, or BRCLOSE.
+ */
+
+ v = VarFind(str, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD);
+ /*
+ * Check also for bogus D and F forms of local variables since we're
+ * in a local context and the name is the right length.
+ */
+ if ((v == NULL) && (ctxt != VAR_CMD) && (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL) &&
+ (vlen == 2) && (str[1] == 'F' || str[1] == 'D') &&
+ strchr("@%*!<>", str[0]) != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * Well, it's local -- go look for it.
+ */
+ name[0] = *str;
+ name[1] = '\0';
+ v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0);
+
+ if (v != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * No need for nested expansion or anything, as we're
+ * the only one who sets these things and we sure don't
+ * but nested invocations in them...
+ */
+ nstr = Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL);
+
+ if (str[1] == 'D') {
+ nstr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarHead,
+ NULL);
+ } else {
+ nstr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarTail,
+ NULL);
+ }
+ /*
+ * Resulting string is dynamically allocated, so
+ * tell caller to free it.
+ */
+ *freePtr = nstr;
+ *lengthPtr = tstr-start+1;
+ Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
+ VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE);
+ return nstr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (v == NULL) {
+ if (((vlen == 1) ||
+ (((vlen == 2) && (str[1] == 'F' || str[1] == 'D')))) &&
+ ((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL)))
+ {
+ /*
+ * If substituting a local variable in a non-local context,
+ * assume it's for dynamic source stuff. We have to handle
+ * this specially and return the longhand for the variable
+ * with the dollar sign escaped so it makes it back to the
+ * caller. Only four of the local variables are treated
+ * specially as they are the only four that will be set
+ * when dynamic sources are expanded.
+ */
+ switch (*str) {
+ case '@':
+ case '%':
+ case '*':
+ case '!':
+ dynamic = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ } else if ((vlen > 2) && (*str == '.') &&
+ isupper((unsigned char) str[1]) &&
+ ((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL)))
+ {
+ int len;
+
+ len = vlen - 1;
+ if ((strncmp(str, ".TARGET", len) == 0) ||
+ (strncmp(str, ".ARCHIVE", len) == 0) ||
+ (strncmp(str, ".PREFIX", len) == 0) ||
+ (strncmp(str, ".MEMBER", len) == 0))
+ {
+ dynamic = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!haveModifier) {
+ /*
+ * No modifiers -- have specification length so we can return
+ * now.
+ */
+ *lengthPtr = tstr - start + 1;
+ if (dynamic) {
+ char *pstr = bmake_strndup(start, *lengthPtr);
+ *freePtr = pstr;
+ Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
+ return(pstr);
+ } else {
+ Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
+ return (errnum ? var_Error : varNoError);
+ }
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Still need to get to the end of the variable specification,
+ * so kludge up a Var structure for the modifications
+ */
+ v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var));
+ v->name = UNCONST(str);
+ Buf_Init(&v->val, 1);
+ v->flags = VAR_JUNK;
+ Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+ }
+ } else
+ Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
+ }
+
+ if (v->flags & VAR_IN_USE) {
+ Fatal("Variable %s is recursive.", v->name);
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+ } else {
+ v->flags |= VAR_IN_USE;
+ }
+ /*
+ * Before doing any modification, we have to make sure the value
+ * has been fully expanded. If it looks like recursion might be
+ * necessary (there's a dollar sign somewhere in the variable's value)
+ * we just call Var_Subst to do any other substitutions that are
+ * necessary. Note that the value returned by Var_Subst will have
+ * been dynamically-allocated, so it will need freeing when we
+ * return.
+ */
+ nstr = Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL);
+ if (strchr(nstr, '$') != NULL) {
+ nstr = Var_Subst(NULL, nstr, ctxt, errnum);
+ *freePtr = nstr;
+ }
+
+ v->flags &= ~VAR_IN_USE;
+
+ if ((nstr != NULL) && haveModifier) {
+ int used;
+ /*
+ * Skip initial colon.
+ */
+ tstr++;
+
+ nstr = ApplyModifiers(nstr, tstr, startc, endc,
+ v, ctxt, errnum, &used, freePtr);
+ tstr += used;
+ }
+ if (*tstr) {
+ *lengthPtr = tstr - start + 1;
+ } else {
+ *lengthPtr = tstr - start;
+ }
+
+ if (v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) {
+ Boolean destroy = FALSE;
+
+ if (nstr != Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)) {
+ destroy = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Returning the value unmodified, so tell the caller to free
+ * the thing.
+ */
+ *freePtr = nstr;
+ }
+ VarFreeEnv(v, destroy);
+ } else if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) {
+ /*
+ * Perform any free'ing needed and set *freePtr to NULL so the caller
+ * doesn't try to free a static pointer.
+ * If VAR_KEEP is also set then we want to keep str as is.
+ */
+ if (!(v->flags & VAR_KEEP)) {
+ if (*freePtr) {
+ free(nstr);
+ *freePtr = NULL;
+ }
+ if (dynamic) {
+ nstr = bmake_strndup(start, *lengthPtr);
+ *freePtr = nstr;
+ } else {
+ nstr = var_Error;
+ }
+ }
+ if (nstr != Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL))
+ Buf_Destroy(&v->val, TRUE);
+ free(v->name);
+ free(v);
+ }
+ return (nstr);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Subst --
+ * Substitute for all variables in the given string in the given context
+ * If undefErr is TRUE, Parse_Error will be called when an undefined
+ * variable is encountered.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * var Named variable || NULL for all
+ * str the string which to substitute
+ * ctxt the context wherein to find variables
+ * undefErr TRUE if undefineds are an error
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The resulting string.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None. The old string must be freed by the caller
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Var_Subst(const char *var, const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean undefErr)
+{
+ Buffer buf; /* Buffer for forming things */
+ char *val; /* Value to substitute for a variable */
+ int length; /* Length of the variable invocation */
+ Boolean trailingBslash; /* variable ends in \ */
+ void *freeIt = NULL; /* Set if it should be freed */
+ static Boolean errorReported; /* Set true if an error has already
+ * been reported to prevent a plethora
+ * of messages when recursing */
+
+ Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+ errorReported = FALSE;
+ trailingBslash = FALSE;
+
+ while (*str) {
+ if (*str == '\n' && trailingBslash)
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' ');
+ if (var == NULL && (*str == '$') && (str[1] == '$')) {
+ /*
+ * A dollar sign may be escaped either with another dollar sign.
+ * In such a case, we skip over the escape character and store the
+ * dollar sign into the buffer directly.
+ */
+ str++;
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str);
+ str++;
+ } else if (*str != '$') {
+ /*
+ * Skip as many characters as possible -- either to the end of
+ * the string or to the next dollar sign (variable invocation).
+ */
+ const char *cp;
+
+ for (cp = str++; *str != '$' && *str != '\0'; str++)
+ continue;
+ Buf_AddBytes(&buf, str - cp, cp);
+ } else {
+ if (var != NULL) {
+ int expand;
+ for (;;) {
+ if (str[1] == '\0') {
+ /* A trailing $ is kind of a special case */
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, str[0]);
+ str++;
+ expand = FALSE;
+ } else if (str[1] != PROPEN && str[1] != BROPEN) {
+ if (str[1] != *var || strlen(var) > 1) {
+ Buf_AddBytes(&buf, 2, str);
+ str += 2;
+ expand = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ expand = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ else {
+ const char *p;
+
+ /*
+ * Scan up to the end of the variable name.
+ */
+ for (p = &str[2]; *p &&
+ *p != ':' && *p != PRCLOSE && *p != BRCLOSE; p++)
+ if (*p == '$')
+ break;
+ /*
+ * A variable inside the variable. We cannot expand
+ * the external variable yet, so we try again with
+ * the nested one
+ */
+ if (*p == '$') {
+ Buf_AddBytes(&buf, p - str, str);
+ str = p;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (strncmp(var, str + 2, p - str - 2) != 0 ||
+ var[p - str - 2] != '\0') {
+ /*
+ * Not the variable we want to expand, scan
+ * until the next variable
+ */
+ for (;*p != '$' && *p != '\0'; p++)
+ continue;
+ Buf_AddBytes(&buf, p - str, str);
+ str = p;
+ expand = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ expand = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!expand)
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ val = Var_Parse(str, ctxt, undefErr, &length, &freeIt);
+
+ /*
+ * When we come down here, val should either point to the
+ * value of this variable, suitably modified, or be NULL.
+ * Length should be the total length of the potential
+ * variable invocation (from $ to end character...)
+ */
+ if (val == var_Error || val == varNoError) {
+ /*
+ * If performing old-time variable substitution, skip over
+ * the variable and continue with the substitution. Otherwise,
+ * store the dollar sign and advance str so we continue with
+ * the string...
+ */
+ if (oldVars) {
+ str += length;
+ } else if (undefErr) {
+ /*
+ * If variable is undefined, complain and skip the
+ * variable. The complaint will stop us from doing anything
+ * when the file is parsed.
+ */
+ if (!errorReported) {
+ Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+ "Undefined variable \"%.*s\"",length,str);
+ }
+ str += length;
+ errorReported = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str);
+ str += 1;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * We've now got a variable structure to store in. But first,
+ * advance the string pointer.
+ */
+ str += length;
+
+ /*
+ * Copy all the characters from the variable value straight
+ * into the new string.
+ */
+ length = strlen(val);
+ Buf_AddBytes(&buf, length, val);
+ trailingBslash = length > 0 && val[length - 1] == '\\';
+ }
+ if (freeIt) {
+ free(freeIt);
+ freeIt = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_GetTail --
+ * Return the tail from each of a list of words. Used to set the
+ * System V local variables.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * file Filename to modify
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The resulting string.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#if 0
+char *
+Var_GetTail(char *file)
+{
+ return(VarModify(file, VarTail, NULL));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_GetHead --
+ * Find the leading components of a (list of) filename(s).
+ * XXX: VarHead does not replace foo by ., as (sun) System V make
+ * does.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ * file Filename to manipulate
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The leading components.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Var_GetHead(char *file)
+{
+ return(VarModify(file, VarHead, NULL));
+}
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Init --
+ * Initialize the module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The VAR_CMD and VAR_GLOBAL contexts are created
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Var_Init(void)
+{
+ VAR_GLOBAL = Targ_NewGN("Global");
+ VAR_CMD = Targ_NewGN("Command");
+
+}
+
+
+void
+Var_End(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/****************** PRINT DEBUGGING INFO *****************/
+static void
+VarPrintVar(void *vp)
+{
+ Var *v = (Var *)vp;
+ fprintf(debug_file, "%-16s = %s\n", v->name, Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Dump --
+ * print all variables in a context
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Var_Dump(GNode *ctxt)
+{
+ Hash_Search search;
+ Hash_Entry *h;
+
+ for (h = Hash_EnumFirst(&ctxt->context, &search);
+ h != NULL;
+ h = Hash_EnumNext(&search)) {
+ VarPrintVar(Hash_GetValue(h));
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+# $NetBSD: sys.mk,v 1.99 2008/09/07 15:54:52 kent Exp $
+# @(#)sys.mk 8.2 (Berkeley) 3/21/94
+
+unix?= We run MINIX.
+
+.SUFFIXES: .a .o .ln .s .S .c .cc .cpp .cxx .C .f .F .r .p .l .y #.sh
+
+.LIBS: .a
+
+AR?= ar
+ARFLAGS?= rl
+RANLIB?= ranlib
+
+AS?= as
+AFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.s?= ${CC} ${AFLAGS} -c
+LINK.s?= ${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.S?= ${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c -traditional-cpp
+LINK.S?= ${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CC?= cc
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "alpha" || \
+ ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "arm" || \
+ ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "x86_64" || \
+ ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "armeb" || \
+ ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "hppa" || \
+ ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "i386" || \
+ ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "m68k" || \
+ ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb" || \
+ ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mips64el" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mips64eb" || \
+ ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "powerpc" || \
+ ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "sparc" || \
+ ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "sparc64"
+DBG?= -O2
+.elif ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "sh3el" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "sh3eb"
+# -O2 is too -falign-* zealous for low-memory sh3 machines
+DBG?= -Os -freorder-blocks
+.elif ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
+DBG?= -O1 -fgcse -fstrength-reduce -fgcse-after-reload
+.elif ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "m68000"
+# see src/doc/HACKS for details
+DBG?= -O1
+.else
+DBG?= -O
+.endif
+CFLAGS?= ${DBG}
+LDFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.c?= ${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.c?= ${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CXX?= c++
+CXXFLAGS?= ${CFLAGS:N-Wno-traditional:N-Wstrict-prototypes:N-Wmissing-prototypes:N-Wno-pointer-sign:N-ffreestanding:N-std=gnu99}
+
+__ALLSRC1= ${empty(DESTDIR):?${.ALLSRC}:${.ALLSRC:S|^${DESTDIR}|^destdir|}}
+__ALLSRC2= ${empty(MAKEOBJDIR):?${__ALLSRC1}:${__ALLSRC1:S|^${MAKEOBJDIR}|^obj|}}
+__ALLSRC3= ${empty(NETBSDSRCDIR):?${__ALLSRC2}:${__ALLSRC2:S|^${NETBSDSRCDIR}|^src|}}
+
+_CXXSEED?= ${BUILDSEED:D-frandom-seed=${BUILDSEED:Q}/${__ALLSRC3:O:Q}/${.TARGET:Q}}
+
+COMPILE.cc?= ${CXX} ${_CXXSEED} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.cc?= ${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+OBJC?= ${CC}
+OBJCFLAGS?= ${CFLAGS}
+COMPILE.m?= ${OBJC} ${OBJCFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.m?= ${OBJC} ${OBJCFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CPP?= cpp
+CPPFLAGS?=
+
+FC?= f77
+FFLAGS?= -O
+RFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.f?= ${FC} ${FFLAGS} -c
+LINK.f?= ${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.F?= ${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.F?= ${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.r?= ${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} -c
+LINK.r?= ${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+INSTALL?= install
+
+LD?= ld
+
+LEX?= lex
+LFLAGS?=
+LEX.l?= ${LEX} ${LFLAGS}
+
+LINT?= lint
+LINTFLAGS?= -chapbxzFS
+
+LORDER?= lorder
+
+MAKE?= make
+
+NM?= nm
+
+PC?= pc
+PFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.p?= ${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.p?= ${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+SHELL?= sh
+
+SIZE?= size
+
+TSORT?= tsort -q
+
+YACC?= yacc
+YFLAGS?=
+YACC.y?= ${YACC} ${YFLAGS}
+
+# C
+.c:
+ ${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.c.o:
+ ${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+.c.a:
+ ${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+ ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} ${.TARGET} ${.PREFIX}.o
+ rm -f ${.PREFIX}.o
+.c.ln:
+ ${LINT} ${LINTFLAGS} \
+ ${CPPFLAGS:C/-([IDU])[ ]*/-\1/Wg:M-[IDU]*} \
+ -i ${.IMPSRC}
+
+# C++
+.cc .cpp .cxx .C:
+ ${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.cc.o .cpp.o .cxx.o .C.o:
+ ${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.cc.a .cpp.a .cxx.a .C.a:
+ ${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+ ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} ${.TARGET} ${.PREFIX}.o
+ rm -f ${.PREFIX}.o
+
+# Fortran/Ratfor
+.f:
+ ${LINK.f} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.f.o:
+ ${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+.f.a:
+ ${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+ ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} ${.TARGET} ${.PREFIX}.o
+ rm -f ${.PREFIX}.o
+
+.F:
+ ${LINK.F} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.F.o:
+ ${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+.F.a:
+ ${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+ ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} ${.TARGET} ${.PREFIX}.o
+ rm -f ${.PREFIX}.o
+
+.r:
+ ${LINK.r} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.r.o:
+ ${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+.r.a:
+ ${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+ ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} ${.TARGET} ${.PREFIX}.o
+ rm -f ${.PREFIX}.o
+
+# Pascal
+.p:
+ ${LINK.p} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.p.o:
+ ${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+.p.a:
+ ${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+ ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} ${.TARGET} ${.PREFIX}.o
+ rm -f ${.PREFIX}.o
+
+# Assembly
+.s:
+ ${LINK.s} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.s.o:
+ ${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+.s.a:
+ ${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+ ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} ${.TARGET} ${.PREFIX}.o
+ rm -f ${.PREFIX}.o
+.S:
+ ${LINK.S} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.S.o:
+ ${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+.S.a:
+ ${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+ ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} ${.TARGET} ${.PREFIX}.o
+ rm -f ${.PREFIX}.o
+
+# Lex
+.l:
+ ${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+ ${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c ${LDLIBS} -ll
+ rm -f lex.yy.c
+.l.c:
+ ${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+ mv lex.yy.c ${.TARGET}
+.l.o:
+ ${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+ ${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c
+ rm -f lex.yy.c
+
+# Yacc
+.y:
+ ${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+ ${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c ${LDLIBS}
+ rm -f y.tab.c
+.y.c:
+ ${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+ mv y.tab.c ${.TARGET}
+.y.o:
+ ${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+ ${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c
+ rm -f y.tab.c
+
+# Shell
+# .sh:
+# rm -f ${.TARGET}
+# cp ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET}
+# chmod a+x ${.TARGET}
--- /dev/null
+/* $NetBSD: ar.h,v 1.5 2003/08/07 09:44:09 agc Exp $ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ * (c) UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
+ * All or some portions of this file are derived from material licensed
+ * to the University of California by American Telephone and Telegraph
+ * Co. or Unix System Laboratories, Inc. and are reproduced herein with
+ * the permission of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Hugh Smith at The University of Guelph.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * @(#)ar.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 1/21/94
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AR_H_
+#define _AR_H_
+
+/* Pre-4BSD archives had these magic numbers in them. */
+#define OARMAG1 0177555
+#define OARMAG2 0177545
+
+#define ARMAG "!<arch>\n" /* ar "magic number" */
+#define SARMAG 8 /* strlen(ARMAG); */
+
+#define AR_EFMT1 "#1/" /* extended format #1 */
+
+struct ar_hdr {
+ char ar_name[16]; /* name */
+ char ar_date[12]; /* modification time */
+ char ar_uid[6]; /* user id */
+ char ar_gid[6]; /* group id */
+ char ar_mode[8]; /* octal file permissions */
+ char ar_size[10]; /* size in bytes */
+#define ARFMAG "`\n"
+ char ar_fmag[2]; /* consistency check */
+};
+
+#endif /* !_AR_H_ */
-#ifndef __SYS_PARAM_H__
-#define __SYS_PARAM_H__
/*
sys/param.h
*/
+#ifndef __SYS_PARAM_H__
+#define __SYS_PARAM_H__
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
#define MAXHOSTNAMELEN 256 /* max hostname size */
#define NGROUPS 8 /* max number of supplementary groups */
+#define MAXPATHLEN PATH_MAX
#endif /* __SYS_PARAM_H__ */